Watson McDaniel Product Catalog-2013

Manufacturing High-Quality Steam & Fluid Specialty Products for Industry
Made in the USA Since 1878
Steam Traps Pressure Regulators Temperature Regulators Control Valves Condensate Pumps Relief Valves Liquid Drainers Check Valves Other Specialty Products
Product Catalog
Steam Traps Pressure Regulators Temperature Regulators Control Valves Condensate Pumps Relief Valves Liquid Drainers Check Valves Other Specialty Products
Manufacturing High-Quality Steam & Fluid Products for Industry

For over 100 years, Watson McDaniel has been manufacturing a wide range of steam specialty and fluid products for the industrial marketplace. These time-tested products have made the operation of steam, compressed air, heat transfer and fluid systems substantially more effective and efficient. In 1995, Watson McDaniel received its ISO 9001 Quality Certification as industry recognition of our continued commitment to world class manufacturing, assembly and quality control procedures. This level of quality certification assures our customers unequaled dependability of our products. Our manufacturing facilities, with over fifty computer numerical controlled (CNC) machining centers, is considered the most modern in the industry. This gives us both the capacity and capability to rapidly respond to our customers' needs. Watson McDaniel serves the global marketplace with a network of Manufacturers, Representatives, Distributors, Manufacturing Plants and Sales Offices located throughout the world. In 1997, a Manufacturing Plant and Sales Office was opened in Shanghai, China to fulfill the growing demands of steam specialty products in the Far East. The success of this operation has allowed us to quickly deliver products with competitive prices to our customers throughout this region. The structure of our operation affords us the ability to give highly personalized attention to each and every customer. Most importantly, this structure gives us the ability to respond immediately to our customers' requests as well as providing highly costeffective products within the global marketplace. We are confident that you will want to consider our products when choosing a solution for your steam system and fluid applications.
428 Jones Boulevard Limerick Airport Business Center Pottstown PA 19464 Tel. 610.495.5131 Fax. 610.495.5134
www.watsonmcdaniel.com
Table of Contents
STEAM TRAPS
Steam Traps
Page 2- 72
Thermodynamic Thermostatic Float & Thermostatic Inverted Bucket Universal Style Steam Traps (Universal Connectors & Modules) Clean Steam Bi-Metallic Manifolds
Condensate Return Pumps

Page 73 - 115 PUMPS
Non-Electric Condensate Return Pumps PMP Series Standard & Customized Skid Mounted Systems Receiver Tanks Pump-Trap Combinations Accessories & Options Insulation Jackets Gauge Glass Cycle Counters Electric Condensate Pumps
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Pilot-Operated Regulating Valves

Back Pressure Temperature Pressure & Temperature Solenoid On/Off Differential Pressure Air-Operated Pneumatic Temperature Controller Noise Attenuators
Page 116 - 151
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
Direct-Operated Pressure & Temperature Regulating Valves

Pressure Back Pressure & Relief Valves Temperature
Page 152-183
Control Valves
Pneumatic Control Valves Electropneumatic (I/P) Transducer Control Loops Electronic PID Controllers Air Filter/Regulator RTD & Thermocouple Temperature Sensors Thermowells
Page 184-205
CONTROL VALVES
Liquid Drainers
Float Type Inverted Bucket Thermodynamic Guided Float Type Installation Guidelines
Page 206-223
LIQUID DRAINERS
Specialty Products

Page 224-260
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Steam Humidifiers Safety Relief Valves Strainers Mixing Tees Ejectors Air Eliminators Air Vents Separators Exhaust Heads Vacuum Breakers Check Valves Freeze Protection Scald Protection Drip Pan Elbows Flash Tanks Steam Trap Test Valves
ENGINEERING
Engineering Data
Steam Trap Applications Regulating Valve Applications Pressure Motive Pump (PMP) Applications PRODUCT CROSS REFERENCE
Page 261-321
Formulas, Conversions & Guidelines Steam Properties & Flow Characteristics Fluid Flow in Piping Pipe, Fitting & Flange Specifications
322-329
To download any portion of this catalog go to: www.watsonmcdaniel.com
STEAM TRAPS
Steam Traps
WD600
WD600S
WD700S
WD900S
WD3600
THERMODYNAMIC
Model Body Material PMO (PSIG) Sizes Connections
6-15
Page No.
WD600 WD600S WD700S WD900S WD3600
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Alloy Steel Alloy Steel Alloy Steel
600 600 600 900 3600
3/8 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1
NPT NPT NPT, SW, FLG NPT, SW, FLG BW, SW, FLG
6-7 8-9 10-11 12-13 14-15
WT1000
WT2500
WT2000C
WT3000
WT4000
WT5000
TT25B/TT125
THERMOSTATIC
16-27
Page No.
WT1000 WT2500 WT2000C WT3000 WT4000 WT5000 TT25B/TT125
Stainless Steel Cast Iron Stainless Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Brass
300 250 650 650 300 650 25/125
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 3/4, 1 3/8 1 1/2, 3/4
NPT NPT NPT NPT, SW, FLG NPT, SW, FLG NPT, SW NPT
16 17 18-19 20-21 22-23 24-25 26-27
428 Jones Boulevard Limerick Airport Business Center Pottstown PA 19464 Tel: 610-495-5131 Fax: 610-495-5134
STEAM TRAPS
Steam Traps
FT
FT600 & FT601
FTE & FTES
FTT
WFT
FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC

28-40
Page No.
FT FT600/FT601 FTE/FTES FTT WFT
Cast Iron Carbon Steel/Stainless Steel Ductile Iron/Cast Steel Ductile Iron Cast Iron
75 450 200/300 300 250
3/4 2 3/4 4 11/2, 2, 21/2 1/2 2 3/4 2
NPT NPT, SW, FLG NPT, SW, FLG NPT NPT
28-29 30-33 34-35 36-37 38-40
WSIB/WSIBH
1031
1032
1034
1041
1042
1044
INVERTED BUCKET
41-45
Page No.
WSIB/WSIBH IB Series 103X/104X
Stainless Steel Cast Iron
450 250
1/2, 3/4 1/2 11/2
NPT, SW NPT
41 42-45
PMO = Maximum Operating Pressure
STEAM TRAPS
Steam Traps
WU450
WU450S
WU450SB
WU450S-LR
WU450SB-LR
WU450S-RL
WU450SB-RL
WU450 Series UNIVERSAL CONNECTORS

Model Type Body Material PMO
(PSIG)
46-51
Sizes Connections Page No.
WU450 Series
Universal Connectors
Stainless Steel
Trap Module Dependent
1/2, 3/4, 1
NPT, SW, FLG
46-51
WSIB450/WSIB450H
WFT450
WD450
WD450SM
WT450
WB450
450 Series UNIVERSAL STEAM TRAP MODULES

Model Type Body Material PMO
(PSIG)
52-57
Sizes Connections Page No.
WSIB450/ WSIB450H WFT450 WD450/WD450SM WD600LSM-HP WT450 WB450
Inverted Bucket Float & Thermostatic Thermodynamic

High Pressure Thermodynamic
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
450 225 450 600 450 450
Use WU450SM connector Use WU450 & WU450SM connectors Use WU450 connector
Universal Conn. Universal Conn. Universal Conn. Universal Conn. Universal Conn. Universal Conn.
52 53 54 55 56 57
Use WU450SM connector Use WU450 connector Use WU450 connector
Thermostatic Bi-Metallic
450 Series UNIVERSAL STYLE STEAM TRAPS (Trap Module with Connectors)
58-61
STEAM TRAPS
Steam Traps
FDA400
FDA500
FDA600
FDA800
CLEAN STEAM
62-65
Page No.
FDA400 FDA500 FDA600 FDA800
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
90 90 110 150
1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2
Tri-Clamp Tri-Clamp, NPT, TW Tri-Clamp, NPT, TW Tri-Clamp, NPT, TW
62 63 64 65
WPN
BI-METALLIC
66-69
Page No.
WPN
Alloy Steel or Carbon Steel Variation
470-2700
1/2 2
NPT, FLG, SW, BW
66-69
FM
FSM
MANIFOLDS
70-72
Page No.
FM/FSM
Carbon Steel/Forged Steel
720/600
1/2, 3/4
NPT, SW
70-72
PMO = Maximum Operating Pressure

STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Thermodynamic Steam Trap
Model Sizes Connections Body Material Options PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WD600, WD600L 3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1 NPT Stainless Steel 420F Insulation Cap 600 PSIG 800F 600 PSIG up to 800F 800F @ 600 PSIG
WD600
Watson McDaniel reserves the right to change the designs and/or materials of its products without notice. 2010 Watson McDaniel Company
T Y P I C A L A P P L I C AT I O N S
DRIP, TRACER: The WD600 thermodynamic steam trap is commonly used as a drip trap on steam mains and steam supply lines. These traps can be used on tracing applications; however, thermostatic traps are normally recommended for this service. Ideal for outdoor applications that are subject to freezing and for superheated steam conditions.
I N S TA L L AT I O N
Trap can be installed in any position; however, horizontal is preferred. Installation should include isolation valves and a 20 mesh strainer. Do not weld as damage can occur to the seat area.
MAINTENANCE
Dirt is the most common cause of premature failure. For full maintenance details, see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
HOW IT WORKS
The thermodynamic trap has cyclic on-off operation with a disc that is pushed open by incoming condensate and closes tightly when steam tries to escape.
OPTIONS
An insulation cap is available to reduce cycle rates and steam loss in rain, snow, or cold environments.
F E AT U R E S
High pressure applications up to 600 PSIG Hardened stainless steel seat and disc for extended service
life even at high pressure
Single trap will operate over the entire pressure range of
3.5-600 PSIG (Not recommended for use below 10 PSI) Suitable for superheated steam Freezeproof when trap is piped in a vertical orientation for complete drainage of condensate Three-hole balanced discharge extends life of the seat area Trap will function in any orientation (horizontal preferred)
S A M P L E S P E C I F I C AT I O N
The steam trap shall be a thermodynamic disc type with all stainless steel construction. Integral seat design and disc to be hardened for long service life. Unit shall be capable of installation in any orientation and self-draining when mounted vertically.
WD600L
WD600L is a low capacity version of the standard WD600 model. 1/2 WD600L has the same capacity as the 3/8 WD600. 3/4 WD600L has the same capacity as the 1/2 WD600.
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WD600
FLOW
Insulation Cap
D I M E N S I O N S & W E I G H T S inches/pounds
Size/Model 3/8 WD600 1/2 WD600 3/4 WD600 1 WD600 1/2 WD600L 3/4 WD600L Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT A 1.375 1.5 1.75 2.125 1.5 1.5 B 1.6875 2 2.375 2.8125 1.8125 2.25 C 2 2.6875 2.8125 3.8175 2.718 2.75 Weight (lbs) 0.75 1.25 2.0 3.0 1.0 1.75 3-Hole Balanced Discharge
Cover
Disc
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Select working pressure; follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block. Example: Application: 650 lbs/hr at 30 PSIG working inlet pressure Size/Model: 3/4 WD600
M AT E R I A L S
Body Disc Cover Insulation Cap Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Steel, Steel, Steel, Steel, AISI 420F AISI 420 AISI 416 AISI 304
C A PA C I T I E S Condensate (lbs/hr)
Size/Model 3/8 WD600 1/2 WD600L 1/2 WD600 3/4 WD600L 3/4 WD600 1 WD600 3.5 180 300 415 650 5 185 315 430 680 10 190 350 475 740 15 195 380 520 815 20 200 415 565 885 25 215 440 610 30 220 470 650 40 230 515 720 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 50 75 100 150 200 250 580 825 310 710 375 825 500 620 250 710 300 800 350 825 400 450 500 550 600 900 1070 1120 1185 1 2 9 0
1020 1165 1300 1440 1565 1670 1775 1880 1960 2 0 6 0
1020 1185 1480 1710 1950 2110 2265 2490 2625 2780 2985 3140
940 1000 1080 1225 1500 1800 2215 2625 2935 3300 3600 3875 4120 4350 4560 4840
Notes: 1) Maximum back pressure not to exceed 80% of inlet pressure (measured in absolute pressure) or trap may not close. 2) For optimum performance, recommended for operating pressure above 10 PSIG.
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WD600S
Model Sizes Connections Body Material Options PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature

WD600S, WD600LS 1/2, 3/4, 1 NPT Stainless Steel 420F Blowdown Valve, Insulation Cap 600 PSIG 750F 915 PSIG up to 250F 610F @ 750 PSIG
WD600S Strainer
WD600SB Strainer & Blowdown Valve
DRIP, TRACER: The WD600S thermodynamic steam trap is commonly used as a drip trap on steam mains and steam supply lines. Supplied with integral strainer and optional blowdown valve to protect the trap from contamination. These traps can be used on tracing applications; however, thermostatic traps are normally recommended for this service. Ideal for outdoor applications that are subject to freezing and for superheated steam conditions.
The steam trap shall be all stainless steel thermodynamic type with hardened integral seat and disc with integral strainer and blowdown valve.
Trap can be installed in any position; however, horizontal is preferred. Installation should include isolation valves. Do not weld or damage can occur to the seat area.
HOW IT WORKS
MAINTENANCE
If trap fails, close isolation valves and remove cap. Clean disc and seating surfaces and replace cap and disc with groove side toward seat. NOTE: Do not over tighten cap. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
F E AT U R E S
Integral strainer with optional blowdown valve to protect
OPTIONS
An insulation cap is available to reduce cycle rates and steam loss in rain, snow, or cold environments. Blowdown valve, used for flushing dirt and scale from strainer. SB = Strainer and Blowdown Valve L = Low Capacity
trap from contamination High pressure applications up to 600 PSIG Hardened stainless steel seat and disc for extended service life even at high pressure Single trap will operate over the entire pressure range of 3.5-600 PSIG (Not recommended for use below 10 PSI) Suitable for superheated steam Freezeproof when trap is piped in a vertical orientation for complete drainage of condensate Three-hole balanced discharge extends life of the seat area Trap will function in any orientation (horizontal preferred)
WD600LS
WD600LS is a low capacity version of the standard WD600S model. 3/4 WD600LS has the same capacity as the 1/2 WD600S.
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
A
Insulation Cap
WD600S
Cover
B
Disc
FLOW
Body
Optional Blowdown Valve
Strainer
Bottom Cap
D I M E N S I O N S & W E I G H T S inches/pounds
Size/Model 1/2" WD600S 1/2" WD600LS 3/4" WD600S 3/4" WD600LS 1" WD600LS Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT A 3.156 3.156 1.5 1.4375 B C 2.531 2.531 2.531 2.531 2.531 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 Weight (lbs) 2 1.5 2.5 2.4 2.5 Series WD600S (Strainer)
M AT E R I A L S
Body Disc Cover Insulation Cap Strainer Screen Blowdown Valve Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Steel, Steel, Steel, Steel, Steel, Steel, AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI 420F 420 416 304 304 303
3.5625 1.625 3.5625 1.5625 3.75 3.156 3.156 1.4375 1.5 1.4375
Series WD600SB (Strainer & Blowdown Valve) 1/2" WD600SB 1/2" WD600LSB 3/4" WD600SB 3/4" WD600LSB 1" WD600LSB 2.3 2.0 2.8 2.7 2.7
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Select working pressure; follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block. Example: Application: 650 lbs/hr at 30 PSIG working inlet pressure Size/Model: 3/4 WD600S
3.5625 1.625 3.5625 1.5625 3.725 1.4375
Size/ Model 1/2 WD600LS 1 WD600LS 1/2 WD600S 3/4 WD600LS 3/4 WD600S 3.5 180 180 300 415 5 185 185 315 430 10 190 190 350 475 15 195 195 380 520 20 200 200 415 565 25 215 215 440 610 30 220 220 470 650 40 230 230 515 720 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 50 75 100 150 200 250 310 375 500 620 250 310 375 500 620 580 825 710 825 250 710 710 300 800 800 350 825 825 400 900 900 450 500 550 600 1070 1120 1185 1290 1070 1120 1185 1290
1020 1165 1300 1440 1565 1670 1775 1880 1960 2060
1020 1185 1480 1710 1950 2110 2265 2490 2625 2780 2985 3140
Note: Maximum back pressure not to exceed 80% of inlet pressure (measured in absolute pressure) or trap may not close. Note: For optimum performance, recommended for operating pressure above10 PSIG.
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WD700S
Thermodynamic Steam Trap (Repairable)

WD700S, WD700HS 1/2, 3/4, 1 NPT, SW, FLG Chrome-Moly Alloy Steel Blowdown Valve, Insulation Cap 600 PSIG 800F 600 PSIG up to 800F 800F @ 600 PSIG
WD700S Strainer WD700SB Strainer & Blowdown Valve
WD700S is a Direct Replacement for Yarway Model 721
DRIP, TRACER: The WD700S thermodynamic steam trap is commonly used as a drip trap on steam mains and steam supply lines. These traps are used on tracing applications; however, thermostatic traps are normally recommended for this service. Supplied with an integral strainer and optional blowdown valve to protect the trap from contamination. The internal working mechanism of the WD700S can be completely replaced while the trap body remains in line. Ideal for outdoor applications that are subject to freezing and for superheated steam conditions.
The steam trap shall be a thermodynamic style in a chrome-moly alloy steel body with an integral strainer and optional blowdown valve. Unit shall have an all stainless steel in-line removable seat and disc capsule assembly. Trap shall be capable of installation in any orientation and self-draining when mounted vertically.
Trap can be installed in any position; however, horizontal is preferred. Installation should include isolation valves.
HOW IT WORKS
MAINTENANCE
Complete replacement of capsule assembly can be performed while the steam trap remains in line. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
F E AT U R E S
OPTIONS
Blowdown valve, used for flushing dirt and scale from strainer. Customized Flanged Connections: Specify size, face to face dimensions and metallurgy required for application.
Quick Change capsule design for easy in-line repair Integral strainer with optional blowdown valve to protect
trap from contamination
High pressure applications up to 600 PSIG Hardened stainless steel seat and disc for extended service
life even at high pressure Single trap will operate over the entire pressure range 4-600 PSIG (Not recommended for use below 10 PSI) Suitable for superheated steam Freezeproof when trap is piped in a vertical orientation for complete drainage of condensate Weldable body in chrome-moly alloy steel Trap will function in any orientation (horizontal preferred)
WD700HS
The WD700HS is the high pressure version of the WD700S. The standard model WD700S will operate over the entire pressure range, however, the WD700HS will operate more efficiently and have a longer service life for pressures over 300 PSIG. WD700S WD700HS Standard pressure capsule High pressure capsule 4-300 PSIG 150-600 PSIG
10
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
D (Flanged as Reqd) * C (NPT, SW)
Replacement Capsule
WD700S
Gasket
A
Body
FLOW
Strainer
B * Flanged face-to-face dimension 9 standard. For custom sizes consult factory (9 minimum).
Optional Blowdown Valve
Strainer Plug
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Size/Model 1/2" 3/4" 1 1/2" 3/4" 1 Connection NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT, SW A 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 B 2.50 2.50 2.50 3.06 3.06 3.06 Series WD700S & WD700HS (Strainer)
inches/pounds
C 3.16 3.55 6.31 3.16 3.55 6.31 Weight (lbs) 2 2 2
Series WD700SB & WD700HSB (Strainer & Blowdown Valve) 2.25 2.25 2.25
M AT E R I A L S
Body Seat Seat Gasket Cover Disc Retaining Ring Screen Strainer Plug, Pipe Plug Blowdown Valve Flanges Chrome Moly ASTM A-217, GR WC9 Stainless Steel, 420F Annealed Stainless Steel, 416 Stainless Steel, 420 Stainless Steel Spring Wire Stainless Steel, 304 Stainless Steel, 303 Stainless Steel Carbon Steel
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Select working pressure; follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block. Example: Application: 275 lbs/hr at 100 PSIG working inlet pressure Size/Model: WD700S, specify pipe size and connections (NPT, SW, FLG)
Model WD700S (Cold) WD700S (Hot) WD700HS (Cold) WD700HS (Hot) 1 65 2 90 3 110 4 130 95 5 140 105 6 160 115 7 175 120 8 180 125 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 9 10 20 30 40 190 200 280 350 400 130 140 180 220 250 50 440 265 60 500 280 80 575 320 100 650 350 150 800 405 350 250 200 300 400 500 600 925 1200 1450 1600 1750 460 400 280 550 495 330 600 500 380 650 620 410 700 690 450
Notes: 1) Maximum back pressure not to exceed 80% of inlet pressure (measured in absolute pressure) or trap may not close. 2) For optimum performance, recommended for operating pressure above 10 PSIG.
11
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WD900S

WD900S/WD900LS 1/2, 3/4, 1 NPT, SW, 600# FLG Low Carbon Chrome-Moly Insulation Cap 900 PSIG 842F 1500 PSIG @ 100F 842F @ 981 PSIG
DRIP: The WD900S/WD900LS thermodynamic steam trap is primarily used as a drip trap on high pressure steam mains and steam supply lines. Ideal for outdoor applications that are subject to freezing and for superheated steam conditions.
The steam trap shall be a thermodynamic style with body material in chrome-moly alloy steel. Available in size 1/2 and 3/4 Class 600 socket weld ends or flanges. Also available in ANSI 300 FNPT. 1 Unit shall have hardened stainless steel seat and disc with a removable stainless steel strainer.
HOW IT WORKS
F E AT U R E S
MAINTENANCE
The complete replacement of seat and disc can be performed while the steam trap remains in line. The strainer should be periodically cleaned to eliminate dirt, which is the most common cause of premature failure. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
Quick-Change seat and disc for easy in-line repair High pressure applications up to 900 PSIG Integral strainer to protect trap from contamination Hardened stainless steel seat and disc for extended service
life even at extremely high pressures Single trap model will operate over the entire pressure range (20-900 PSIG) Suitable for superheated steam Freezeproof when trap is piped in a vertical orientation for complete drainage of condensate Trap will function in any orientation (horizontal preferred)
OPTIONS
Customized Flanged Connections: Specify size, face-to-face dimensions and metallurgy required for application.
WD900LS
The WD900LS is a low capacity version of the standard WD900S and recommended for working pressures of 120 PSIG and above.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Select working pressure; follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block. Example: Application: 220 lbs/hr at 650 PSIG working inlet pressure Size/Model: WD900LS, specify pipe size and connections
12
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
NUTS NAMEPLATE COVER
WD900S
C Square
DISC GASKET
SEAT
GASKET GASKET
FLOW D
A (NPT, SW) A (Flanged as Reqd)*

BODY
* Flanged face-to-face dimension 9 standard. For custom sizes consult factory (9 minimum).
STRAINER GASKET
GAP

Size/Model 1/2" WD900S/WD900LS 1/2" WD900S/WD900LS 3/4" WD900S/WD900LS 3/4" WD900S/WD900LS 1" 1" WD900S/WD900LS WD900S/WD900LS Connection NPT, SW *600# FLG NPT, SW *600# FLG NPT, SW *600# FLG
M AT E R I A L S
inches/pounds
A B 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 C 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 D 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Weight (lbs) 4.5 9.0 4.5 11.0 4.5 11.0
3.6 9.0 3.6 9.0 6.5 9.0
Body Seat Cover Strainer Cap Strainer Disc Gasket Studs Nuts
Alloy Steel, GR WC9 Stainless Steel, AISI 420 Alloy Steel, GR WC9 Alloy Steel, GR WC9 Stainless Steel, AISI 300 Stainless Steel, AISI 420 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 SA-193, GR B7 SA-194, GR 2H
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WD900S WD900LS
Condensate (lbs/hr)
20 50 411 100 555 150 641 181 200 700 210 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 300 400 500 781 253 835 290 874 325 600 905 360 700 930 381 800 951 405 900 968 429
243
Notes: WD900S: WD900LS:
1) Mnimum recommended working pressure: 20 PSIG. 2) Maximum back pressure not to exceed 80% of inlet pressure (measured in absolute pressure) or trap may not close. 1) Minimum recommended working pressure: 120 PSIG. 2) Maximum back pressure not to exceed 50% of inlet pressure (measured in absolute pressure) or trap may not close.
13
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
High-Pressure Thermodynamic Steam Trap
WD3600
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature
WD3600 1/2, 3/4, 1 BW, SW, 600# FLG, 1500# FLG Forged Alloy Steel 3600 PSIG 975 F @ 3600 psi 1025 F @ 2220 psi 2220 PSIG @ 1025 F 3600 PSIG @ 975 F 1025 F @ 2220 PSIG
Note: Connections may limit Pressure & Temperature ratings.
DRIP, TRACER: The WD3600 thermodynamic steam trap is commmonly used as a drip trap on high-pressure steam mains and steam supply lines. Supplied with an integral strainer to protect the trap from contamination. The internal working mechanism of the WD3600 can be completely replaced while the trap body remains in line. Ideal for outdoor applications that are subject to freezing and for superheated steam conditions.
The steam trap shall be a thermodynamic style with body material in forged alloy steel. Available in size 1/2, 3/4 and 1 Socket Weld, Butt Weld ends or ANSI 600# &1500# RF flanged connections. Unit shall have hardened repairable stainless steel seat and disc with a removable stainless steel sintered strainer.
HOW IT WORKS
MAINTENANCE
Complete replacement of seat and disc can be performed while the steam trap remains in line. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
F E AT U R E S
Quick-Change seat and disc for easy in-line repair OPTIONS High pressure applications up to 3600 PSIG Customized Flanged Connections: Specify size, face to face dimensions and metallurgy required Integral strainer to protect trap from contamination for application. Trap includes strainer. Blowdown option is Hardened stainless steel seat and disc for extended service NOT available.
life even at extremely high pressures range (100-3600 PSIG)
Steam trap model will operate over the entire pressure Suitable for superheated steam Freezeproof when trap is piped in a vertical orientation
for complete drainage of condensate
Trap will function in any orientation (horizontal preferred)

14
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
High-Pressure Thermodynamic Steam Trap
WD3600
E
C D B FLOW A C

Size/Model 1/2, 3/4, 1 WD3600 A 6.3
inches/pounds
B C 3.5 D 3.6 E 4.5 Weight (lbs) 25
5.4
M AT E R I A L S
Body Seat Cover, top & bottom Strainer Disc Gasket Studs Nuts Forged Alloy Steel, ASTM 182 F22 Stainless Steel, AISI 420 Forged Alloy Steel, ASTM 182 F22 Sintered Stainless Steel, AISI 300 Stainless Steel, AISI 420 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 SA-193, GR B16 SA-194, GR 4
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Select working pressure; follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block. Example: Application: 380 lbs/hr at 1000 PSIG working inlet pressure Size/Model: WD3600, Specify pipe size and connections (BW, SW, 600# FLG, 1500# FLG )
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WD3600
Condensate (lbs/hr)
500 290 1000 380 1250 400 1750 435 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 2000 2250 2500 2750 470 500 525 550 3000 575 3250 595 3500 610 3600 620 3600 625
100 165
Note: Maximum back pressure not to exceed 50% of inlet pressure (measured in absolute pressure) or trap may not close.
15
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Thermostatic Steam Trap
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WT1000 1/2, 3/4 NPT Stainless Steel 300 PSIG Saturated Steam Temperature 1032 PSIG @ 100F 750F @ 800 PSIG
WT1000
DRIP, TRACER: The WT1000 thermostatic steam trap was specifically designed for drip and tracing applications as well as an air vent for heat exchangers. Like all thermostatic traps, the WT1000 is small, light, and has excellent air handling capabilities. The discharging of air on start-up allows steam to enter the system more quickly.
OPTIONS
Special bellows available upon request.
M AT E R I A L S
Trap Housing Thermal Element Valve Stainless Steel, AISI 304L Stainless Steel, 300 Series Stainless Steel, AISI 440C
HOW IT WORKS
The thermostatic trap contains a welded stainless steel thermal element that expands when heated and contracts when cooled. When air and condensate are present the trap is in the open discharge position. When steam reaches the trap the element expands and closes off tightly.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Select working pressure, follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block. Example: Application: 435 lbs/hr at 100 PSIG working inlet pressure Size/Model: WT1000, Specify pipe size and connections (1/2, 3/4)
F E AT U R E S
Excellent air handling capability which allows steam to
enter and the system to warm up faster; extremely important during start up Welded stainless steel thermal element which resists shock from water hammer Freezeproof when trap is installed in a vertical orientation allowing for complete condensate drainage
DIMENSIONS
inches
1.75
2.5
1.31
Body is produced from solid stainless steel barstock

The steam trap shall be of thermostatic type with stainless steel body and stainless steel thermal element.
FLOW
I N S TA L L AT I O N & M A I N T E N A N C E
Trap can be installed in any position. Steam trap is nonrepairable. If new trap is needed, remove from line and replace.
MODEL WT1000 5 95 10 140 20 195 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 50 100 125 150 305 435 485 530 200 610 250 685 300 750
Back Pressure as Percentage of Inlet Pressure Percentage of Decrease in Trap Capacity
10 0
20 0
25 0
30 2
40 5
50 12
60 20
70 30
80 40
90 55
16
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WT2500 1/2, 3/4 NPT Cast Iron 250 PSIG 406F 250 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 250 PSIG
WT2500
Units: Inches
ORIFICE
DRIP, TRACER, PROCESS: The WT2500 thermostatic steam trap is used for drip, tracing and process applications. Their compact size, excellent air handling capability and wide operating pressure range make them a great choice for most applications. Thermostatic traps are far superior to bucket traps and thermodynamic disc traps in their ability to remove air from the system.
3.6
FLOW
HOW IT WORKS
The thermostatic trap contains a welded stainless steel thermal element that expands when heated and contracts when cooled. When air and condensate are present, the trap is in the open discharge position. When steam reaches the trap, the element expands and closes off tightly.
3.0
The steam trap shall be of a thermostatic type with cast iron body and stainless steel thermal element. Trap must be in-line repairable with a bolt-on type cover that is sealed with a spiral wound Stainless Steel AISI 316 gasket. Valve and seat to be hardened stainless steel.
F E AT U R E S
The thermal element and seat can be easily removed and
replaced in minutes with the trap body still in-line Operates at steam pressures up to 250 PSIG Thermostatic traps have excellent air handling capability allowing air to be discharged rapidly and steam to enter the system quickly during start up Welded stainless steel thermal element that resists shock from water hammer Freezeproof when trap is installed in a vertical orientation allowing for complete condensate drainage Hardened stainless steel seat for extended service life
M A I N T E N A N C E & I N S TA L L AT I O N
Trap can be installed in any position. If replacement is required, remove the cover and replace the internal working components. Repair kit includes thermal element, seat and gasket. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
OPTION
Fail-closed bellows available upon request. SLR = Steam lock release
M AT E R I A L S
Cover & Body Thermal Element Valve & Seat Cover Gasket Cast Iron ASTM A-126 Class B Stainless Steel, AISI 302 Stainless Steel, AISI 416 Garlock
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Select working pressure; follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block. Example: Application: 1827 lbs/hr at 100 PSIG working inlet pressure Size/Model: WT2501, 3/16 orifice, Specify pipe size (1/2, 3/4)
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WT2501 WT2503 Notes: Orifice Size 3/16 5/16 5 441 903
condensate (lbs/hr)
10 625 1271 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 20 50 100 125 882 1811 1391 2861 1827 3754 1969 4043 150 2095 4300 200 2305 4730 250 2483 5093
1) 5/16 orifice size is standard and is normally used on process equipment. 2) 3/16 orifice size is offered for reduced capacity and normally used for tracing applications.
17
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WT2000C

WT2000C 1/2, 3/4 NPT Stainless Steel 650 PSIG Saturated Steam Temp. 1032 PSIG @ 100F 750F @ 800 PSIG
DRIP, TRACER, PROCESS: The WT2000C thermostatic steam trap is used for drip, tracing, and process applications. Their compact size, all stainless steel construction, excellent air handling capabilities, and the ability to operate over a wide pressure range make them a good choice for most applications. They can also be used as an air vent on heat exchangers. Thermostatic traps are far superior to bucket traps and thermodynamic traps in their ability to remove air from the system. The discharging of air on start up allows steam to enter the system more quickly.
Steam trap shall be of thermostatic type with stainless steel body, thermal element, internal screen, and hardened valve and seat.
Isolation valves should be installed with trap. Trap can be installed in any position.
MAINTENANCE
Steam trap is non-repairable. If failure or malfunction occurs, remove and replace.
HOW IT WORKS
OPTIONS
Fail-closed bellows avaiable upon request. SLR = Steam lock release
F E AT U R E S
Thermostatic traps have excellent air handling capability
allowing air to be discharged rapidly and steam to enter the system quickly during start up Integral strainer to protect trap from contamination Welded stainless steel thermal element which resists shock from water hammer Freezeproof when trap is installed in a vertical orientation allowing for complete condensate drainage Body is produced from stainless steel investment casting Hardened stainless steel seat for extended service life Will operate at steam pressures up to 650 PSIG
18
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WT2000C
FLOW
ORIFICE C

Size 1/2, 3/4 A 3.75 B 1.88
inches/pounds
C Weight (lbs) 1.5
1.31
M AT E R I A L S
Trap Housing Thermal Element Valve & Seat Strainer Screen Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Steel, ASTM A351-CF3 Steel Steel, AISI 416 Steel
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Select working pressure; follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block. Example: Application: 1827 lbs/hr at 100 PSIG working inlet pressure Size/Model: WT2001C, 3/16 orifice, Specify connection size
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WT2001C WT2003C Notes: Orifice Size 3/16 5/16 5 441 903
Condensate (lbs/hr)
10 625 1271 20 882 1811 50 1391 2861 100 1827 3754 125 1969 4043 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 150 200 250 300 2095 4300 2305 4730 2483 5093 2636 5413 350 2777 5702 400 2903 5959 450 3019 6195 500 3129 6421 600 3323 6820 650 3413 7004
1) 5/16 orifice size is standard and is normally used on process equipment. 2) 3/16 orifice size is offered for reduced capacity and normally used for tracing applications.
Back Pressure as Percentage of Inlet Pressure Percentage Decrease in Trap Capacity
10 0
20 0
25 0
30 2
40 5
50 12
60 20
70 30
80 40
90 55
19
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Thermostatic Steam Trap (Repairable)
Model Sizes Connections Body Material Options PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WT3000 1/2, 3/4 NPT, SW, FLG Stainless Steel Strainer, Blowdown Valve 650 PSIG Saturated Steam Temp. 906 PSIG @ 100F 750F @ 725 PSIG
WT3000
PROCESS: The WT3000 thermostatic steam trap is used for industrial process applications. Their compact size, all stainless steel construction, excellent air handling capability and wide operating pressure range make them a great choice for most process applications. Thermostatic traps are far superior to bucket traps and thermodynamic disc traps in their ability to remove air from the system.
MAINTENANCE
If the trap fails, remove the cover and replace the internal working components. Repair kit includes thermal element, seat and gasket. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
HOW IT WORKS
OPTIONS
Strainer, blowdown valve, and steam lock release. S = Strainer (WT3001S) SB = Strainer and blowdown valve (WT3001SB) SLR = Steam lock release Fail-closed Bellows Special Bellows For additional sub-cooling of condensate (down to 43F below saturated steam temperature) Note: Standard bellows are designed for approximately 5F sub-cool temperature
F E AT U R E S
replaced in minutes with the trap body still in-line Operates at steam pressures up to 650 PSIG Thermostatic traps have excellent air handling capability allowing air to be discharged rapidly and steam to enter the system quickly during start up Welded stainless steel thermal element that resists shock from water hammer Freezeproof when trap is installed in a vertical orientation allowing for complete condensate drainage Body is produced from stainless steel investment casting Hardened stainless steel seat for extended service life
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Refer to the Capacity Chart to determine which model is required to satisfy the condensate load. (Select steam inlet pressure, follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block) Example: Application: 3754 lbs/hr at 100 PSIG steam inlet pressure Size/Model: WT3003S, 5/16 orifice with strainer, Specify size & connections (NPT, SW, FLG) Add S to end of the model code if a Strainer is required Add SB to end of the model code if a Strainer & Blowdown Valve is required
Available with integral strainer and blowdown valve

The steam trap shall be of a thermostatic type with stainless steel body, thermal element and internal strainer. Trap must be in-line repairable with a bolt-on type cover that is sealed with a spiral wound Stainless Steel AISI 316 gasket. Seat and valve to be hardened stainless steel.
Examples:
3/4 WT3003S 1/2 WT3001SB 3/4 connections with strainer, 5/16 orifice 1/2 connections with strainer and blowdown valve, 3/16 orifice
20
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
COVER BOLTS COVER GASKET BRACKET
WT3000
2.62 Square
ORIFICE
THERMAL ELEMENT SEAT
REPAIR KIT
FLOW
GASKET BODY
B
STRAINER STRAINER PLUG OPTIONAL BLOWDOWN VALVE
A (NPT, SW) A (Flanged as Reqd) *

Size 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" Connection NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT, SW A 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 B 2.57 2.57 3.2 3.2 Series WT3000, WT3000S (Strainer)
inches/pounds
C 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 Weight (lbs) 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
M AT E R I A L S
Cover & Body Thermal Element Valve & Seat Cover Gasket Seat Gasket Cover Bolts Screen* Blowdown Valve* Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Stainless Steel, AISI 300 Stainless Steel, AISI 416 Stainless Steel, AISI 316 Stainless Steel, AISI 316 Steel, ASTM A193 GR B7 Nickel Plated 0.046 Perforated Stainless Steel AISI 304 Stainless Steel AISI 303
Series WT3000SB (Strainer & Blowdown Valve)
S = Strainer only
SB = Strainer and Blowdown
* Screen and blowdown valve are optional
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WT3001 1/2, 3/4 WT3003 Notes: Pipe Size
Condensate (lbs/hr)
Orifice Size 3/16 5/16 5 441 903 10 625 1271 20 882 1811 50 1391 2861 100 1827 3754 125 1969 4043 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 150 200 250 300 2095 4300 2305 4730 2483 5093 2636 5413 350 2777 5702 400 2903 5959 450 3019 6195 500 3129 6421 600 3323 6820 650 3413 7004
1) 5/16 orifice size is standard and is normally used on process equipment. 2) 3/16 orifice size is offered for reduced capacity. 3) 5/64 low capacity orifice is available upon request.
10 0
20 0
25 0
30 2
40 5
50 12
60 20
70 30
80 40
90 55
21
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Model Sizes Connections Body Material Options PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WT4000 3/4, 1 NPT, SW, FLG Stainless Steel Strainer, Blowdown Valve 300 PSIG Saturated Steam Temperature 906 PSIG @ 100F 750F @ 725 PSIG
WT4000
PROCESS: The WT4000 thermostatic steam trap is used for industrial process applications. Their compact size, all stainless steel construction, excellent air handling capability and wide operating pressure range make them a great choice for most process applications. Thermostatic traps are far superior to bucket traps and thermodynamic disc traps in their ability to remove air from the system.
MAINTENANCE
If trap fails, remove cover and replace the internal working components. Repair kit includes thermal element, seat and gasket. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
HOW IT WORKS
OPTIONS
Strainer, blowdown valve, and steam lock release. S = Strainer (WT4001S) SB = Strainer and blowdown valve (WT4001SB) SLR = Steam lock release Customized flanged connections: Specify size, face-to-face dimensions and metallurgy required for application.
F E AT U R E S

replaced in minutes with the trap body still in-line
Operates at steam pressures up to 300 PSIG Thermostatic traps have excellent air handling capability
allowing air to be discharged rapidly and steam to enter the system quickly during start up from water hammer
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Refer to the Capacity Chart to determine which model is required to satisfy the condensate load. (Select steam inlet pressure; follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block) Example: Application: 5610 lbs/hr at 100 PSIG steam inlet pressure Size/Model: WT4001S, 5/16 orifice with strainer, Specify size & connections (NPT, SW, FLG) Add S to end of model code if a Strainer is required Add SB to end of model code if a Strainer & Blowdown Valve is required
Welded stainless steel thermal element that resists shock Freezeproof when the trap is installed in a vertical
orientation allowing for complete condensate drainage
Body is produced from stainless steel investment casting Hardened stainless steel seat for extended service life Available with integral strainer and blowdown valve
The steam trap shall be of thermostatic type with stainless steel body, thermal element, and internal strainer. Trap must be in-line repairable with a bolt-on type cover that is sealed with a spiral wound Stainless Steel AISI 316 gasket. Seat and valve to be hardened stainless steel.
Examples:
3/4 WT4001S 1 WT4003SB 3/4 connections with strainer, 5/16 orifice 1 connections with strainer and blowdown valve, 7/16 orifice
22
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
COVER BOLTS COVER
WT4000
GASKET
3 Square
ORIFICE C
BRACKET THERMAL ELEMENT SEAT GASKET REPAIR KIT
FLOW
BODY
B
STRAINER STRAINER PLUG
A (NPT, SW) A (Flanged as Reqd)*
OPTIONAL BLOWDOWN VALVE

Size 3/4" 1" 3/4" 1" Connection NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT, SW A 4.81 4.81 4.81 4.81 B 2.57 2.57 3.12 3.12 Series WT4000, WT4000S (Strainer)
inches/pounds
C 4.12 4.12 4.12 4.12 Weight (lbs) 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
M AT E R I A L S
Body Cover Cover Gasket Cover Bolts Thermal Element Valve & Seat Seat Gasket Screen* Blowdown Valve* Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Spiral Wound Stainless Steel, AISI 316 Steel, ASTM A193 GR B7 Nickel Plated Stainless Steel, AISI 302 Hardened Stainless Steel, AISI 416 Stainless Steel, AISI 316 0.046 Perforated Stainless Steel AISI 304 Stainless Steel AISI 300
Series WT4000SB (Strainer & Blowdown Valve)
S = Strainer only
SB = Strainer and Blowdown
* Screen and blowdown valve are optional
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WT4001 3/4, 1 WT4003 Notes: Pipe Size
Condensate (lbs/hr)
Orifice Size 5/16 7/16 1 605 940 2 855 1325 5 1350 2095 10 1910 2960 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 20 50 100 125 2705 4190 4275 6620 5610 8695 150 200 7070 250 7615 300 8095
6045 6425
9365 9950 10955 11800 12540
1) 7/16 orifice size is standard and is normally used on process equipment. 2) 5/16 orifice size is offered for reduced capacity.
10 0
20 0
25 0
30 2
40 5
50 12
60 20
70 30
80 40
90 55
23
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WT5000
Adjustable Discharge Temperature Steam Trap
WT5000 3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1 NPT, SW Stainless Steel 650 PSIG 662F 900 PSIG 800F
TRACER: The WT5000 Series Bimetal Steam Trap is used in steam tracing applications (process lines, instrumentation and winterization, general steam jacketing) and small process applications where accurate control of condensate discharge temperature is required to utilize the sensible heat of the condensate.
HOW IT WORKS
Bimetallic plates of dissimilar metals respond to steam temperature variations, whereby the metals are relaxed at relatively cool conditions (such as start-up) and the trap is open for the discharge of condensate. As temperature nears the preset subcool temperature below saturation, the metals react and expand, closing the trap and preventing the loss of live steam. External field adjustability of the bimetal element allows precise control of the condensate discharge temperature. The condenstate temperature can be field adjusted as follows: To INCREASE the temperature, turn the adjuster screw: COUNTERCLOCKWISE To DECREASE the temperature, turn the adjuster screw: CLOCKWISE Note: The lower the set temperature, the more condensate will back-up in front of the trap inlet connection. Therefore, consideration should be given to providing adequate piping to accomodate any such back-up.
The steam trap shall be of thermostatic type with stainless steel body, seat, valve plug and bimetallic element. Bimetal element shall be externally adjustable for control of condensate discharge temperature. Trap must be in-line repairable with a replaceable bimetal element, valve plug and seat.
MAINTENANCE
If trap fails, remove cover and replace the internal working components. Repair kit includes bimetallic element (including valve stem and plug), seat and gasket. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
F E AT U R E S
Excellent for various steam tracing and small process

applications using the sensible heat of condendate condensate discharge temperature
Field adjustable bimetal element allows precise control of Internal screen and seat/plug design help prevent pipe In-line repairable
scale and debris from accumulating on seating surfaces to provide trouble-free operation
24
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Adjustable Discharge Temperature Steam Trap
Units: inches
WT5000
3.25 4.25
FLOW
3/8 1 NPT, SW
2.75 (3/8 & 1/2) 3.12 (3/4 & 1)
M AT E R I A L S
Body and Cover Bimetal Element Valve Seat Gaskets Valve Stem 304 Stainless Steel GB14 420 Stainless Steel A240 S31600 420 Stainless Steel
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the chart below, confirm that application capacity requirements are satisfied at the working Inlet Pressure and desired Set and Discharge Temperatures. Example: Application: Discharge of 300 lbs/hr at a working inlet pressure of 125 PSIG and 240F set temperature Size/Model: WT5000, Specify pipe size (3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1) and connections (NPT, SW)
Note: WT5000 trap can pass up to 336 lbs/hr of condensate at a working inlet pressure of 125 PSIG and condensate set temperature of 240F (see Capacity Chart).
Maximum Trap Capacities at Various Inlet Pressures and Set Temperatures

Set Temperature 220F 240F 260F 280F 15 56 116 134 143 30 70 164 190 202 50 102 212 245 261 100 144 300 346 370 125 161 336 387 413 150 177 368 424 453
Condensate (lbs/hr) 400 289 600 693 739 450 306 637 735 784 500 323 671 775 826 600 354 735 849 905 650 368 756 883 942
Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 200 250 300 350 204 425 490 523 228 475 548 584 250 520 600 640 270 562 648 691
Notes: 1) Capacities in chart are based on discharging condensate to atmosphere with a condensate temperature of 200F. 2) Maximum discharge capacity up to 970 lbs/hr, depending on operating condition requirements. 3) Contact factory for additional information including other condensate set and discharge temperatures. 4) To ensure proper operation and eliminate possible steam loss, the Set Temperature should be lower than 27F subcool (degrees below inlet steam saturation temperature).
25
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature TT25B, TT125 1/2, 3/4 NPT Brass TT25B 25 PSIG TT125 125 PSIG Saturated Steam Temperature 125 PSIG up to 450F 450F @125 PSIG
TT25B/TT125
TT25B/TT125 thermostatic steam traps are predominantly used in the HVAC industry. They are referred to as radiator traps because the quick-disconnect right angle connection is found on most radiator installations. Their excellent air handling capabilities, compact size, and economical cost make them a great choice for air vents on heat exchangers or for steam trap applications on OEM equipment.
The steam trap shall be of thermostatic type with brass or bronze body and stainless steel thermal element. Trap must be in-line repairable.
HOW IT WORKS
MAINTENANCE
If the trap fails, remove the cover and replace the internal working components. Repair kit includes thermal element, seat and gasket. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
F E AT U R E S
Excellent air handling capability In-line repairable Welded stainless steel thermal element Stainless seat on TT125 High thermal efficiency
26
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
TT25B/TT125
2.12
COVER
1.0
SPRING
ELEMENT
1.19
SEAT
GASKET
A
BODY

Model TT25B, TT125 TT25B, TT125 Pipe Size 1/2 3/4 A 2.1875 3.062
inches/pounds
Weight (lbs) 1.5 1.5
UNION NIPPLE UNION NUT
Note: Other Union Connections and Lengths are available; consult factory.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Select differential pressure; follow column down to correct capacity (lbs/hr) block. Example: Application: 2100 lbs/hr at 40 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 3/4 TT125
M AT E R I A L S
Body Element Cover Spring Seat Gasket Union Nipple Union Nut Forged Brass, CA 377 Welded Stainless Steel, AISI 302 Forged Brass, CA 377 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 TT25B: Brass ASTM B-21 TT125: Stainless Steel, AISI 303 Brass, ASTM B-21 Brass, ASTM B-16 Brass, ASTM B-16
C A PA C I T I E S
Pipe Size 1/2 3/4 15 825 1290
Condensate (lbs/hr)
Differential Pressure (PSI) 40 65 25 1070 1700 1323 2100 1610 2575 125 1950 3300
27
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature FT 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2 NPT Cast Iron 75 PSIG Saturated Steam Temperature 75 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 75 PSIG
FT Series
DRIP, PROCESS: The FT Series float and thermostatic steam traps are used for HVAC and light industrial process applications, and can be applied to unit heaters, water heaters, pressing machines, heat exchangers, and coils. These traps have excellent air removal capability making them an excellent choice for HVAC and process applications requiring quick start-up.
The trap shall be of float and thermostatic design with cast iron body. Thermostatic element to be welded stainless steel. Float and seating material to be stainless steel. Trap must be in-line repairable.
Isolation valves should be installed with trap. The trap must be level and upright for the float mechanism to operate.
HOW IT WORKS
Float and thermostatic steam traps have a float and thermostatic element that work together to remove both condensate and air from the steam system. The float, which is attached to a valve, rises and opens the valve when condensate enters the trap. Air is discharged through the thermostatic air vent to the outlet side of the trap. The thermostatic air vent closes when steam enters the trap.
MAINTENANCE
All internal components can be replaced with the trap body in-line. Repair kit includes thermostatic element, valve seat and disc, float and sealing gasket. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
F E AT U R E S
H-pattern design allows piping from either side of the
steam trap (there are two inlet ports at top and two outlet ports at bottom) Float & Thermostatic traps have excellent air handling capability allowing air to be discharged rapidly and steam to enter the system quickly during start up Welded stainless steel thermostatic air vent resists shock from water hammer In-line repairable (all internals are attached to cover)
28
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
C
FT Series
E
INLET

Model FT-3, FT-4, FT-33 FT-34, FT-73, FT-74 FT-6, FT-35, FT-36 FT-75, FT-76 FT-7, FT-37L, FT-77L FT-8, FT-38, FT-78 FT-S8-15, FT-S8-75 A 4.125 5.00 6.375 6.50 B 5.00 6.81 7.68 11.0 C 5.125 6.47 8.218 8.968
inches/pounds
D 3.125 4.125 5.25 7.468 E 2.75 3.43 4.41 4.531 Weight (lbs) 7.50 13.0 21.0 40.0
B D
OUTLET
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the capacity chart, select the model that can handle the working pressure of the system (PMO). Select the trap that will meet the capacity requirements at the differential pressure. Example: Application: 1700 lbs/hr at 30 PSIG working pressure and 5 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 1 FT-35 or 11/4 FT-36
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Nuts & Bolts Gasket Float Valve & Seat Thermostatic Assembly Cast Iron, ASTM A-126 Class B High-Tensile Steel Grafoil Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Bellows & Valve
C A PA C I T I E S
FT-3 FT-4 FT-6 FT-7 FT-8 FT-S8-15 FT-33 FT-34 FT-35 FT-36 FT-37L FT-38 FT-73 FT-74 FT-75 FT-76 FT-77L FT-78 FT-S8-75 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 2 3/4 1 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 1 11/4 11/2 2 2
Condensate (lbs/hr)
1/4 340 340 850 1300 1/2 440 440 1100 1700 3150 5850 300 300 600 600 800 2045 195 195 360 360 460 1075 1800 1 600 600 1460 2050 4000 7400 405 405 880 880 1200 2625 265 265 485 485 690 1300 2100 2 830 830 2000 2550 5700 530 530 1205 1205 1680 3560 360 360 660 660 900 1700 2800 3 990 990 2350 2900 6100 650 650 1420 1420 2210 4260 430 430 780 780 1200 2000 3300 5 1280 1280 2950 3500 6800 890 890 1845 1845 2600 5660 580 580 1020 1020 1400 2600 4300 10 1790 1790 4000 4400 8300 1210 1210 2560 2560 3500 7890 770 710 1430 1430 1900 3750 6300 Differential Pressure (PSI) 15 20 25 30 2150 2150 4800 5300 9800 1485 1485 3230 3230 4500 990 990 1740 1740 2350 4350 7300 1705 1705 3715 3715 5200 1110 1110 1980 1980 2700 4700 8000 1865 1865 4100 4100 5700 1210 1210 2200 2200 3000 5050 8500 2010 2010 4405 4405 6100 1290 1290 2420 2420 3250 5400 1430 1430 2670 2670 3750 5960 1560 1560 2910 2910 4150 6500 1680 1680 3135 3135 4500 6950 1830 1830 3370 3370 4700 7550 40 50 60 75 90 100 125
PMO Pipe Orifice Model (PSIG) Size Size 9/32 9/32 9/32 1/2
21/32 2500 15/16 4400 11/64 11/64 1/4 1/4 7/16 9/64 9/64 #16 #16 5/16 5/16 220 220 450 450 600 140 140 270 270 340 800
9200 10300 12600 15300 18100
13/32 1550
9440 10500 11360 12095
13/32 1360
9000 10000 11000 11600 12500
29
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Model Sizes Connections Body Material Options PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature FT600 & FT601* 3/4, 1, 11/2, 2, 3, 4 NPT, SW, FLG Carbon Steel or 316SS Live Orifice Air Vent 450 PSIG 750F 990 PSIG @ 100F 750F @ 670 PSIG
FT600 & FT601 Series
11/2 & 2
* FT601 Body Material is 316 SS FT600 Body Material is Carbon Steel
PROCESS The FT600 & FT601 Series high-pressure float and thermostatic steam traps are primarily used on industrial process applications. The excellent air handling capabilities of float and thermostatic traps make them a better choice than bucket traps for applications requiring quick system start-up. These traps have in-line pipe connections. Used in chemical plants and petrochemical refineries on reboilers, heat exchangers, and other critical process applications. Model FT601 is identical to FT600 except body material is 316 SS.
3/4 & 1
HOW IT WORKS
Flanged 11/2 & 2
Installation should include a strainer and isolation valves for maintenance purposes.
F E AT U R E S
Investment cast steel body and cover with class 400
MAINTENANCE
Trap is in-line repairable. Studs are permanently installed into the cover simplifying the replacement of internal components.
shell rating (670 PSIG @ 750F) Hardened stainless steel seat and disc for extended service life even at extreme temperatures and pressures In-line repairability is simplified by having all internals attached to the cover. Studded cover allows for easier removal of body. Welded stainless steel air vent resists shock from water hammer. Live orifice air vent is available for superheated applications F & T traps discharge condensate immediately as it is formed (No condensate will back up into the system)
OPTIONS
Live orifice air vent for superheated applications.
M AT E R I A L S
FT 600: Body & Cover FT 601: Body & Cover Cover Studs Cover Nuts Cover Gasket Valve Assembly Gasket, Valve Assembly Pivot Assembly Mounting Screws Float Air Vent Assembly Cast Steel, ASTM A-216 316 SS Steel, AS 193, GR B7 Steel, SA 194, GR 2H Stainless Steel Reinforced Grafoil Stainless Steel, AISI 431 Stainless Steel Reinforced Grafoil Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel Hex Head, 18-8 Stainless Steel, ASTM -240, 304 Thermostatic element 304 SS Optional: Live orifice
The steam trap shall be of the mechanical float type having cast steel bodies, horizontal in-line connections in NPT, SW, or flanged, and all stainless steel internals. Incorporated into the trap body shall be an all stainless steel welded thermal element air vent which is water hammer resistant. The air vent is to be located at the high point of trap body to assure proper venting of non-condensables. The trap body will be in-line renewable. All bodies and covers shall be class 400 shell design, suitable for 670 PSIG @ 750F.
30
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS

FT600 & FT601: 3/4, 1, 11/2, 2
F min. (for service) AA A E D

Model* Size FT600 FT600 FT600 FT600 3/4" 1" 11/2" 2" A 6.10 6.50 9.80 11.80 AA 10.10 10.40 14.00 16.00 B 2.07 2.50 3.26 3.60 C 3.93 5.50 6.85 7.40
inches/pounds
Weight (lbs) D 7.38 8.44 10.40 11.59 E 8.41 9.50 11.94 13.27 F 5.75 6.25 7.75 8.00 NPT/SW 25 31 82 93 FLG 31 36 91 107
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the capacity chart, select the model that can handle the working pressure of the system (PMO). Select the trap that will meet the capacity requirements at the differential pressure. Example: Application: 1690 lbs/hr at 30 PSIG working pressure and 5 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 1 FT600-65-14 (65 PSIG max), Specify connections (NPT, SW, FLG)
* Chart is applicable for both Models FT600 & FT601
C A PA C I T I E S
PMO Model*/ (PSIG) Sizes FT600-65-13 FT600-65-14 FT600-65-16 FT600-65-17 FT600-145-13 FT600-145-14 FT600-145-16 FT600-145-17 FT600-200-13 FT600-200-14 FT600-300-13 FT600-300-14 FT600-450-13 FT600-450-14 FT600-450-16 FT600-450-17 3/4 1 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/2 2 3/4 1 3/4
1
Condensate (lbs/hr)
1
225 775
2
300 1094 3450
3
363 1340 4130
4
413
5
463
6
500 1865 5875
8
575 2125 6750
Differential Pressure (PSI) 10 20 30 40 50

635 2370 960 3260 1060 3990 1180 4500 1320 5000
65
1460 5500
80
100
145
200
300
400
450
1520 1690 4750 5300
2500 8500 137 400 1275 3125 93 300 50 225 32 137 825 1560
7500 10625 13125 15000 16800 18850
11950 14670 16800 18700 20100 23650 25250 35900 43000 49600 55500 61250 180 555 1750 4400 137 410 68 300 42 180 1130 2187 218 660 2125 5375 160 487 83 363 49 218 1400 2800 250 755 275 850 297 925 2930 7100 227 660 118 500 67 297 1937 3750 340 1060 3370 8700 260 750 137 575 76 340 2190 4300 380 1237 3750 520 1593 5100 625 1925 6250 725 2240 7200 863 2490 7995 895 2750 8875 995 3000 9900 1120 3430 1315 3935
2430 2740 6250 6900 187 560 95 413 56 250 205 610 106 463 62 275
11250 13300
9250 14625 16875 19375 21875 25000 27500 31000 37000 287 925 155 635 84 380 2500 4800 400 1140 197 960 119 520 3375 6750 487 1375 240 1060 145 625 4125 8250 560 1520 275 1180 163 725 4740 9500 610 1687 300 1320 175 863 5250 710 1875 340 1468 192 895 6000 775 2060 375 1640 210 995 6600 875 2312 413 1815 186 1120 7300 1060 2750 490 2130 275 1315 8650 1250 3100 570 2550 312 1500 710 3000 375 1870 425 2125 450 2250
3/4 1 11/2 2
1570 1760 3100 3490
10200 12600 14375 15200
10625 12400 13700 15000 18120 21200 26250 28700 31250
Note: For 450 Model, the Thermostatic Air Vent is replaced with a live Orifice. * Chart is applicable for both Models FT600 & FT601
31
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS

FT600 & FT601: 3 & 4
Lifting Eyes (2) Jack Screws
16
25.8
8.8
FT600 & FT601 3 & 4
A NPT & SW AA Flanged
(4) .62 Mounting Holes

Model* FT600 FT600 Size 3" 4" A 27 N/A AA 39 39
inches/pounds
Weight (lbs) FLG 626 654
NPT/SW 587 N/A
* Chart is applicable for both Models FT600 & FT601
C A PA C I T I E S
Temp COLD* HOT 1/2 44 44 1 59 53 2 81 64
Condensate (1000 lbs/hr)

5 122 83 10 170 100 15 205 112 20 230 121 30 280 138 Differential Pressure (PSI) 40 50 75 100 125 317 149 350 159 425 177 480 190 540 201 150 580 212 175 625 222 200 670 230 250 740 247 300 800 260 350 860 270 400 910 280 450 960 290
* Cold Water capacities are to be used when the trap is used as a liquid drain trap. Note: For liquid drain trap applications, please specify liquid drain trap when ordering.
C A PA C I T Y C O R R E C T I O N FA C T O R S
To obtain capacity with a liquid other than water, multiply water capacity by correction factor.
Spec. Gravity Corr. Factor 1 1 .98 .990 .96 .980 .94 .970 .92 .959 .90 .949 .88 .938 .86 .927 .84 .917 .82 .906 .80 .894 .75 .866 .70 .837 .65 .806 .60 .775 .55 .742 .50 707
PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATING - 3 & 4 Models

PMA TMA 650 PSIG up to 450F 750F @ 375 PSIG
32
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS

Studded Cover to Facilitate Disassembly & Maintenance Studs remain attached to cover
Cover Gasket
Can be Tapped for Liquid Drainer Applications Welded Stainless Steel Thermostatic Air Vent
(Optional Live Orifice for Superheat Applications)
All Wear Points are Heat-treated Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel Float Internally & Externally-Welded for Maximum Strength
Stainless Steel Erosion Protection Shield
Seat Area Heat-treated and Lapped for Extended Life and Tight Shut-off
Investment Cast Body & Cover available in Carbon Steel or 316 SS
33
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
FTE & FTES Series

Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature FTE 11/2, 2, 21/2 NPT Ductile Iron 200 PSIG 450F 300 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 300 PSIG FTES 21/2 NPT, SW, FLG Cast Steel 300 PSIG 450F 300 PSIG up to 750F 750F @ 300 PSIG
PROCESS: The FTE & FTES Series float and thermostatic steam traps are used in HVAC and on industrial process equipment with very high load requirements. These high capacity steam traps are typically used on reboilers, absorption chillers, large air handling coils, large heat exchangers, and other large process equipment.
The trap shall be of float and thermostatic design with ductile iron or cast steel body. The trap must incorporate all stainless steel internals with hardened seat and welded stainless steel thermostatic air vent. Trap must be in-line repairable.
Isolation valves should be installed with trap to facilitate maintenance. The trap must be level and upright for the float mechanism to operate. Larger traps should not be supported by the piping system alone. Trap must be sized and located properly in the steam system.
HOW IT WORKS
MAINTENANCE
All working components can be replaced with the trap body remaining in-line. Repair kits include thermostatic air vent, float, valve seat and disc, and gaskets. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
F E AT U R E S
Ductile Iron has a higher pressure and temperature rating

and is more resistant to shock loads than Cast Iron. Cast Steel Body will allow operating pressures and temperatures up to 300 PSIG and 450F. High Capacity steam trap for draining large process equipment (over 100,000 lbs/hr) All stainless steel internals with hardened seat and wear parts In-line repairable is simplified by having all internals attached to the cover Welded stainless steel thermostatic air vent resists shock from water hammer. Live orifice air vent is available for superheated applications Excellent air handling capability allowing air to be discharged rapidly and steam to enter the system quickly during start up F & T traps discharge condensate immediately as it is formed (No condensate will back up into the system)
OPTIONS
Live orifice air vent for superheated steam applications. Parallel-pipe inlet/outlet connections are standard as shown. An optional In-line inlet/outlet connection is available;
34
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
FTE & FTES Series

F
INLET
C E
OUTLET
A D B

Size/Model 2 2 FTE-20 FTE-50 A 12.6 16.0 15.5 15.5 9.6 12.6 15.5 B 5.7 8.4 8.4 8.4 4.3 5.7 8.4 8.4 C 4.5 7.3 7.3 7.3 3.0 4.5 7.3 7.3 D 0.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 0.7 0.5 1.4 1.4
inches/pounds
E 11.1 15.6 15.6 15.6 8.8 11.1 15.6 15.6 F 3.9 3.6 3.6 3.6 2.6 3.9 3.6 3.6 Weight 54 146 140 146 35 65 146 146
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover (FTE) Body & Cover (FTES) Cover Screw Cover Gasket Valve Discs Main Valve Assembly Housing Valve Assembly Gasket Ball Float Thermostatic Vent Ductile Iron Cast Steel, ASTM A-216 Grade 5 Carbon Steel Grafoil Stainless Steel, AISI 17-4PH Stainless Steel, AISI 17-4PH Garlock Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Stainless Steel, AISI 300 Optional: Live orifice air vent
21/2 FTE-50 21/2 FTE-125 11/2 FTE-200 2 FTE-200 21/2 FTE-200
21/2 FTES-300 15.5
Note:
21/2
FTES-50, 125 & 200 have same dimensions and capacities as FTE-50, 125 & 200.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the capacity chart, select the model that can handle the working pressure of the system (PMO). Select the trap that will meet the capacity requirements at the differential pressure. Example: Application: 2,700 lbs/hr at 150 PSIG working pressure and 1/4 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 2 FTE-200, NPT connections
C A PA C I T I E S
PMO Model (PSIG) FTE-20* FTE-50 FTE-50 20 50 50 Pipe Size 2 2
Condensate (lbs/hr)
1/4 6100 1/2 7800 1 2 5 10 15 Differential Pressure (PSI) 20 30 40 50 75 100 125 200 250 300
Orifice Size .937
9300 11800 15900 19500 22500 26000
2.125 12800 16900 20100 25300 33000 40200 43500 46000 47800 50500 52500
21/2 2.125 20400 25700 31000 37000 46300 55100 60300 65100 72000 77300 82100 21/2 2.125 20400 25700 31000 37000 46300 55100 60300 65100 72000 77300 82100 90400 97700 105000 11/2 2 21/2 21/2 .375 .75 1.5 1.5 950 2700 1350 4100 1900 5700 2200 7400 2700 3300 3900 4400 5300 5800 6400 7600 8500 9400 11900 9900 11800 13400 14400 16400 18000 19000 21500 23000 24500 29200
FTE-125 125 FTE-200 200 FTE-200 200 FTE-200 200 FTES-300 300
7200 12300 17400 21500 27600 32600 36000 39300 43100 46600 49200 54700 58800 61900 74000 7200 12300 17400 21500 27600 32600 36000 39300 43100 46600 49200 54700 58800 61900 74000 86000 100550
* Single seat orifice. All others are double seated. 428 Jones Boulevard Limerick Airport Business Center Pottstown PA 19464 Tel: 610-495-5131 Fax: 610-495-5134
35
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
FTT Series

FTT 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/2, 2 NPT Ductile Iron 300 PSIG Saturated Steam Temperature 300 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 300 PSIG
DRIP, PROCESS: The FTT Series float and thermostatic steam traps are used in drip and process applications, industrial and HVAC process equipment. The excellent air handling capabilities of float and thermostatic traps make them a better choice than bucket traps for applications requiring quick system start-up. These traps have in-line pipe connections. Used on unit heaters, textile machines, heat exchangers, and other medium sized process equipment.
MAINTENANCE
All internal components can be replaced with the trap body remaining in-line. Repair kits include thermostatic air vent, float, valve seat and disc, and gaskets. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
OPTIONS
Live orifice air vent for superheated steam applications.
HOW IT WORKS
F E AT U R E S
Ductile Iron has a higher pressure and temperature rating

and is more resistant to shock loads than cast Iron wear parts
All stainless steel internals with hardened seat and In-line repairability is simplified by having all internals
attached to the cover
The trap shall be of float and thermostatic design with ductile iron body and in-line piping configuration. Thermostatic air vent to be welded stainless steel. All internals must be stainless steel with hardened seat area. Trap must be in-line repairable.
Welded stainless steel thermostatic air vent resists shock

from water hammer. Live orifice air vent is available for superheated applications
Excellent air handling capability allowing air to be
discharged rapidly and steam to enter the system quickly during start-up. is formed (No condensate will back-up into the system)
The trap must be level and upright for the float mechanism to operate. Trap must be sized and located properly in the steam system.
F & T traps discharge condensate immediately as it
36
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
FTT 1/2 & 3/4
A D
C L PIPING
FTT Series
C
FTT 1
C
FLOW
E B
B
D C L PIPING
FTT 11/2 & 2

C Size 1/2, 3/4 1 B
D C L PIPING
inches/pounds
E 5.5 8.8 12.0 12.0 Weight 6 16 40 40
A 4.8 4.8 10.6 11.9
B 1.9 3.1 4.3 4.3
C 3.9 7.5 9.6 9.6
D 2.5 1.1 1.4 1.4
11/2 2
M AT E R I A L S HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the capacity chart, select the model that can handle the working pressure of the system (PMO). Select the trap that will meet the capacity requirements at the differential pressure. Example: Application: 2740 lbs/hr at 100 PSIG working pressure and 5 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 11/2 FTT-145 (145 PSIG max), NPT connections
Body & Cover Gasket Cover Screws Float Internals Thermostat Valve Seat Valve Disc Ductile Iron Grafoil Steel, GR5 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel, AISI 420F
C A PA C I T I E S
Model FTT-65 FTT-65 FTT-65 FTT-65 FTT-145 FTT-145 FTT-145 FTT-145 FTT-225 FTT-225 FTT-250 FTT-250 FTT-300 PMO (PSIG) 65 65 65 65 145 145 145 145 225 225 250 250 300 Pipe Size 1/2, 3/4 1 11/2 2 1/2, 3/4 1 11/2 2 1/2, 3/4 1 11/2 2 1
Condensate (lbs/hr)
1/4 115 340 1/2 155 500 1 205 2 270 5 390 10 520 15 610 20 685 Differential Pressure (PSI) 30 40 50 65 75 810 910 995 1110 100 125 145 200 225 250 300
775 1100 1700 2400 2800 3250 3925 4200 5000 5825
1150 1650 2500 3450 5300 7500 8180 10600 13100 15000 16800 18900 3470 4820 8500 11950 18700 25200 26900 36000 43000 49600 55500 61300 55 190 685 40 150 530 695 100 75 275 100 405 135 550 200 270 320 365 435 490 540 600 640 725 795 850 840 1200 1380 1600 1850 2200 2450 2750 2920 3400 3700 3900
970 1275 1750 2740 3750 4490 5100 6250 7200 8000 8900 9600 11250 12000 13300 50 200 710 155 70 300 95 405 135 600 185 820 220 245 290 330 360 405 430 485 530 565 645 680
1860 2680 3125 4400 6900 9250 13790 14600 16900 19400 21900 25000 26800 31000 34000 37000 975 1130 1375 1510 1620 1875 2000 2350 2600 2750 3100 3250
825 1130 1760 2500 2950 3375 4125 4740 5250 6000 6400 7300 8000 8650 10200 10800 11300 220 300 460 630 750 860 1060 1240 1360 1450 1600 1820 2000 2130 2500 2650 2800 3000
985 1560 2185 3490 4800 5800 6750 8250 9500 10650 12400 13300 15000 16600 18120 21200 22300 23200
37
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WFT Series

WFT 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2 NPT Cast Iron 250 PSIG Saturated Steam Temperature 250 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 250 PSIG
WFT 3/4 & 1
PROCESS: The WFT Series float and thermostatic steam traps are used for HVAC and industrial process applications. The excellent air handling capabilities of these traps make them a better choice than bucket traps for applications requiring quick start-up. Used on unit heaters, textile machines, heat exchangers, and other process equipment.
WFT 2
HOW IT WORKS
Float and thermostatic steam traps have a float and thermostatic element that work together to remove both condensate and air from the steam system. The valve, which is attached to a float, rises and opens the valve when condensate enters the trap. Air is discharged through the thermostatic air vent to the outlet side of the trap. The thermostatic air vent closes when steam enters the trap.
WFT 11/4 & 11/2
F E AT U R E S
Isolation valves should be installed with trap to facilitate maintenance. The trap must be level and upright for the float mechanism to operate. Trap must be sized and located properly in the steam system.
All stainless steel internals with hardened seat and
wear parts In-line repairability is simplified by having all internals attached to the cover Welded stainless steel thermostatic air vent resists shock from water hammer. Live orifice air vent is available for superheated applications Excellent air handling capability allowing air to be discharged rapidly and steam to enter the system quickly during start-up F & T traps discharge condensate immediately as it is formed (no condensate will back-up into the system)
MAINTENANCE
Close isolation valves prior to performing any maintenance. All internal components can be replaced with the trap body remaining in-line. Repair kits include thermostatic air vent, float, valve seat and disc, and gaskets. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
OPTIONS S A M P L E S P E C I F I C AT I O N
The trap shall be of float and thermostatic design with cast iron body and in-line piping configuration. Thermostatic air vent to be welded stainless steel. All internals must be stainless steel with hardened seat area. Trap must be in-line repairable. Live orifice air vent for superheated steam applications.
38
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Dimensions: inches
6.2 3.1 3.4 1.3 8.2 3.0 5.9 3.3 2.6 0.3 0.7 4.2 2.2 4.3 8.9
WFT Series
4.8
Dimensions: inches
S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Model WFT-15 WFT-30 WFT-75 WFT-125 Sizes 3/4, 1, 11/4 3/4, 1, 11/4 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT PMO (PSIG) 15 30 75 125 PMA (PSIG) 125 125 125 125 Weight (lbs) 9 9 9 9
Model WFT-175 WFT-250 Sizes 3/4, 1, 11/4 3/4, 1, 11/4 Connection NPT NPT PMO (PSIG) 175 250 PMA (PSIG) 250 250 Weight (lbs) 20 20
Dimensions: inches
4.8
Dimensions: inches
3.9 8.2 3.0 4.5 2.6 10.9
0.3 0.7 2.2 4.3
8.9
0.5 5.7
12.2
Model WFT-15 WFT-30 WFT-75 WFT-125 WFT-175 WFT-250 Sizes 11/2 11/2 11/4, 11/2 11/4, 11/2 11/4, 11/2 11/4, 11/2 Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT PMO (PSIG) 15 30 75 125 175 250 PMA (PSIG) 250 250 250 250 250 250 Weight (lbs) 21 21 21 21 21 21
Model WFT-15 WFT-30 WFT-75 WFT-125 WFT-175 WFT-250 Sizes 2 2 2 2 2 2 Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT PMO (PSIG) 15 30 75 125 175 250 PMA (PSIG) 250 250 250 250 250 250 Weight (lbs) 53 53 53 53 53 53
39
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WFT Series
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Gasket Cover Screws Float Internals Thermostat Valve Seat Valve Disc Cast Iron Grafoil Steel, GR5 Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel,

HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the capacity chart, select the model that can handle the working pressure of the system (PMO). Select the trap that will meet the capacity requirements at the differential pressure. Example:
AISI 304 300 Series 17-4 PH AISI 420F
Application: 1,910 lbs/hr at 30 PSIG working pressure and 1/2 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 2 WFT-030-17, 0.500 Orifice, NPT connections
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WFT-015-13 WFT-015-14 WFT-015-15 WFT-015-16 WFT-015-17 WFT-030-13 WFT-030-14 WFT-030-15 WFT-030-16 WFT-030-17 WFT-075-13 WFT-075-14 WFT-075-15 WFT-075-16 WFT-075-17 WFT-125-13 WFT-125-14 WFT-125-15 WFT-125-16 WFT-125-17 WFT-175-13 WFT-175-14 WFT-175-15 WFT-175-16 WFT-175-17 WFT-250-13 WFT-250-14 WFT-250-15 WFT-250-16 WFT-250-17 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 75 75 75 75 75 125 125 125 125 125 175 175 175 175 175 250 250 250 250 250
Condensate (lbs/hr)
1/2 490 490 770 1 620 620 960 2 5 10 15 Differential Pressure (PSI) 20 30 40 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
PMO Pipe Orifice (PSIG) Size Size 1/4 3/4 0.250 390 1 0.250 390 11/4 0.312 610 2 1
780 1050 1320 1500 780 1050 1320 1500 1210 1630 2040 2330
11/2 0.500 1420 1910 2570 3460 5120 6890 8190 0.625 2260 2950 3860 5040 7170 9360 10930 420 420 420 530 530 530 670 670 670 930 930 930 1180 1350 1500 1720 1180 1350 1500 1720 1180 1350 1500 1720 0.228 330 3/4 0.228 330 11/4 0.228 330 11/2 0.390 930 2 1 3/4 0.166 175 0.166 175 11/4 0.312 640 11/2 0.312 640 2 1 3/4 0.128 105 0.128 105 11/4 0.250 410 11/2 0.250 410 2 1 0.332 720 0.166 190 3/4 0.166 190 11/4 0.250 410 11/2 0.250 410 2 1 0.281 520 0.128 115 3/4 0.128 115 11/4 0.203 270 11/2 0.203 270 2 0.250 410
1240 1650 2190 3210 4280 5060 5700 6750 225 225 295 295 385 385 545 545 705 705 825 825 920 920 1075 1200 1305 1525 1075 1200 1305 1525
0.500 1420 1910 2570 3460 5120 6890 8190 9260 11020
850 1130 1500 2180 2900 3420 3850 4540 5110 5600 6610 850 1130 1500 2180 2900 3420 3850 4540 5110 5600 6610 135 135 540 540 250 250 540 540 680 145 145 350 350 540 180 180 710 710 320 320 710 710 900 190 190 450 450 710 235 235 340 340 445 445 525 525 585 585 690 690 770 770 845 845 990 990 1110 1210 1110 1210
0.422 1020 1340 1760 2310 3330 4380 5140 5760 6770 7590 8290 9730
930 1340 1770 2070 2320 2730 3050 3340 3920 4390 4790 930 1340 1770 2070 2320 2730 3050 3340 3920 4390 4790 420 420 590 590 770 770 900 1010 1180 1310 1430 1670 1870 2030 2180 2310 900 1010 1180 1310 1430 1670 1870 2030 2180 2310
960 1270 1690 2460 3270 3860 4340 5130 5770 6320 7460 8390 9190
930 1340 1770 2070 2320 2730 3050 3340 3920 4390 4790 5150 5470 930 1340 1770 2070 2320 2730 3050 3340 3920 4390 4790 5150 5470 1180 1700 2230 2620 2930 3440 3860 4210 4950 5540 6050 6510 6920 245 245 590 590 345 345 820 820 450 450 520 520 580 580 675 675 755 755 820 820 955 955 1060 1155 1235 1310 1375 1440 1495 1060 1155 1235 1310 1375 1440 1495
1070 1240 1380 1600 1780 1940 2250 2500 2720 2910 3080 3240 3380 3520 1070 1240 1380 1600 1780 1940 2250 2500 2720 2910 3080 3240 3380 3520
930 1340 1760 2060 2310 2710 3040 3320 3890 4360 4760 5110 5430 5730 6000 6250
40
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WSIB/WSIBH
Inverted Bucket Steam Trap
Units: inches
Model Size Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature
WSIB, WSIBH 1/2, 3/4 NPT, SW Stainless Steel 450 PSIG* 750F 720 PSIG @ 100F 750F @ 400 PSIG
4.55
WSIB
6.56
WSIBH
7.81
WSIB
*750F @ operating pressures below 400 PSIG. See installation note regarding using trap in superheated applications.
5.81
DRIP, TRACER: The WSIB inverted bucket trap is primarily used in drip and tracer applications. Inverted bucket traps can handle superheated steam when a check valve is used. These traps are also used on unit heaters, laundry equipment, and other small process equipment where slow start-up due to poor air handling capability can be tolerated.
WSIB Inverted Bucket Steam Trap
WSIBH
6.56
3.0
FLOW
HOW IT WORKS
When there is condensate in the system, the inverted bucket inside the steam trap sits on the bottom of the trap due to its inherent weight. This allows condensate to enter the trap and to be discharged through the seat orifice located at the top. When steam enters the trap, the bucket floats to the surface and closes off the discharge valve containing the steam in the system. Eventually steam is bled off through a small hole in the top of the bucket causing the bucket to sink which repeats the cycle.
Steam trap shall be an all stainless steel module design inverted bucket type with a frictionless valve lever assembly.
Trap must be installed in upright position to function properly. Steam trap is non-repairable. If a new trap is required, remove and replace. With superheated steam, a check valve must be installed at inlet of trap. For full maintenance details, see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
F E AT U R E S
All stainless steel body Acceptable for superheated steam
(with check valve installed at inlet) Water hammer resistant Valve & seat are at the top of the trap making it less sensitive to dirt All stainless steel internals with hardened valve & seat
M AT E R I A L S
Body Cover Internals Valve Plug & Seat Stainless Steel GR CF3 304L Stainless Steel 300 Series Stainless Steel 420F Stainless Steel
Model WSIB-20 WSIB-80 WSIB-150 WSIB-450 WSIBH-15 WSIBH-30 WSIBH-70 WSIBH-125 WSIBH-200 WSIBH-250 WSIBH-450 Orifice PMO Size (PSIG) 3/16 1/8 #38 .057 1/4 3/16 5/32 1/8 7/64 #38 .057 20 80 150 450 15 30 70 125 200 250 450 5 450 300 210 31 830 530 380 285 205 155 31 10 560 350 250 50 700 500 375 265 205 50 15 640 400 280 70 820 560 440 315 240 70 20 690 440 300 84 880 620 485 350 270 84 460 320 95 500 350 105 550 380 120 580 400 133 635 420 145 660 450 152 690 470 160 500 174 550 187 570 198 208 215 228 248 263 25 30 40 Differential Pressure (PSI) 50 60 70 80 100 125 150 180 200 250 350 450
950 1060 950 1000 680 530 385 295 95 710 560 410 320 105 770 620 465 360 120 840 670 500 400 133 90 720 580 500 145 950 780 590 530 152 800 620 550 160 860 650 580 174 950 700 630 187 810 660 198 840 690 208 860 710 215 760 228 248 263
41
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
IB Series
Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

1031, 1032, 1033, 1034, 1031S, 1041, 1042, 1044, 1038S 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2 NPT Cast Iron Internal check valve, air vent 250 PSIG 450F 250 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 250 PSIG
DRIP, TRACER, PROCESS: The IB Series inverted bucket traps are available in several sizes and capacity ranges. Inverted bucket traps can handle superheated steam when a check valve is used. The smaller traps are primarily used in drip and tracer applications. These traps are also used on unit heaters, laundry equipment, and other process equipment where slow start-up due to poor air handling capability can be tolerated. Larger sizes are used on process equipment; however, since bucket traps have limited air handling capability, F&T traps are the preferred choice.
1031/1032/1033/1034 (No Strainer) 1031S (with Strainer)
1041/1042/1044/1038S (with Strainer)
HOW IT WORKS
When there is condensate in the system, the inverted bucket inside the steam trap sits on the bottom of the trap due to its inherent weight. This allows condensate to enter the trap and to be discharged through the seat orifice located at the top. When steam enters the trap, the bucket floats to the surface and closes off the discharge valve containing the steam in the system. Eventually steam is bled off through a small hole in the top of the bucket causing the bucket to sink which repeats the cycle.
DIRECT REPLACEMENT FOR THE FOLLOWING ARMSTRONG MODELS

Watson Model Armstrong Model (Without Integral Strainer) 1031 800 1032 811 1033 812 1034 813 (Includes Integral Strainer) 1031S/1038S N/A 1041 880 1042 881 1044 883
F E AT U R E S
Water hammer resistant Suitable for superheated steam
(use internal check valve option to eliminate loss of prime)
In-line repairability is simplified by having all internals

attached to the cover Valve & seat are at the top of the trap making it less sensitive to dirt All stainless steel internals with hardened valve & seat
OPTIONS
Blowdown valve connection available on 1041, 1042, 1044 & 1038S. Thermic vent to improve air handling capability. Internal check valve for superheated or condensate backflow applications.
The steam trap shall be of an inverted bucket trap design. Trap body and cover shall be of cast iron construction with all stainless steel internals and hardened seat and disc.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the capacity chart, select the model that can handle the working pressure of the system (PMO). Select the appropriate trap that will meet the capacity requirements at the differential pressure. Example: Application: 1000 lbs/hr at 75 PSIG working pressure and 2 PSI differential pressure Note: Specify Model, PMO and Connection Size Size/Model: IB-1034, 80 PSIG, Specify pipe size (3/4, 1), or IB-1044, 80 PSIG, Specify pipe size (3/4, 1)
MAINTENANCE
All working components can be replaced with the trap body remaining in-line. The repair kit for the traps contain a lever and seat assembly with gasket. With superheated steam, a check valve must be installed at inlet of trap. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
42
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
C A PA C I T I E S
Model 1031 1041 1031S * Pipe Size 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4,1 1/2, 3/4,1 1032 1/2, 3/4,1 1/2, 3/4,1 1/2, 3/4,1 1/2, 3/4,1 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1042 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1033 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 1034 1044 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 3/4, 1 11/4, 11/2 11/4, 11/2 11/4, 11/2 1038S 11/4, 11/2 11/4, 11/2 11/4, 11/2 11/4, 11/2 3/16 1/8 7/64 #38 1/4 3/16 5/32 1/8 7/64 #38 1/4 3/16 5/32 1/8 7/64 #38 5/16 1/4 3/16 5/32 1/8 7/64 1/2 3/8 5/16 9/32 1/4 7/32 3/16 1/2 3/8 5/16 9/32 1/4 7/32 3/16
IB Series
80 690 580 470 640 500 680 550 570 100 125 150 180 200
Condensate (lbs/hr)
1/4 139 75 50 35 191 150 85 70 45 15 191 150 85 70 45 15 350 270 195 130 75 30 600 490 330 260 200 170 1/2 200 115 80 50 300 235 145 110 75 40 300 235 145 110 75 40 570 400 300 205 120 80 960 800 580 430 310 250 1 270 150 100 75 450 325 220 160 110 80 450 325 220 160 110 80 850 640 480 320 200 130 2 340 190 145 105 590 410 275 210 145 105 590 410 275 210 145 105 810 610 415 255 170 5 450 300 240 150 830 530 380 285 205 155 830 530 380 285 205 155 10 560 350 280 250 950 700 500 375 265 205 950 700 500 375 265 205 15 640 400 320 280 1060 820 560 440 315 240 1060 820 560 440 315 240 880 620 485 350 270 1000 710 560 410 320 840 670 500 400 900 720 550 500 950 780 580 530 800 620 550 860 650 580 950 700 630 810 660 840 690 860 710 760 880 620 485 350 270 1000 710 560 410 320 840 670 500 400 900 720 550 500 950 780 580 530 800 620 550 860 650 580 950 700 630 810 660 840 690 860 710 760 Differential Pressure (PSI) 20 30 50 60 70 690 440 350 300 500 410 350 580 490 400 635 520 420 660 560 450 250
Orifice PMO Size (PSIG) 20 80 125 150 15 30 70 125 200 250 15 30 70 125 200 250 15 30 70 125 200 250 15 30 60 80 125 180 250 15 30 60 80 125 180 250
1140 1600 1900 2100 1000 1300 1600 1800 2050 750 595 365 250 950 775 490 335 1200 1375 1600 1900 2000 2200 910 585 400 900 630 470 1100 1380 1480 1600 1650 1800 2000 700 525 900 665 980 600 1080 1120 1220 1400 1500 1560 1600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1180 1220 1300
950 1410 1880 2300 2900 3500 3900 1300 1640 2200 2800 3300 3500 4000 1090 1400 1750 2200 2600 2900 3500 4100 4400 720 620 470 380 1070 1450 1800 2100 2400 2800 3300 3600 3800 4000 810 610 490 1150 1650 1800 1900 2200 2600 2800 3000 3200 3600 3900 880 700 1170 1380 1510 1800 2100 2300 2500 2700 2900 3200 3500 3700 940 1100 1250 1450 1700 1800 2000 2100 2300 2700 2800 3100 3200 3500
1188 1763 2350 2875 3625 4375 4875 760 1190 1625 2050 2750 3500 4125 4375 5125 615 1000 1375 1750 2188 2750 3250 3625 4375 5125 5500 420 330 250 210 720 540 390 320 900 775 590 470 1340 1810 2250 2625 3000 3500 4125 4500 4750 5000 1010 1440 2063 2250 2375 2750 3250 3500 3750 4000 4500 4875 760 610 1100 1470 1725 1890 2063 2375 2875 3125 3375 3625 4000 4375 4625 875 1170 1380 1560 1800 2125 2250 2500 2625 2875 3375 3500 3875 4000 4375
* 1031S only available @ PMO = 125 PSIG.
43
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
IB Series
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Nuts & Bolts Gasket Bucket Lever & Seat Assembly Valve & Seat Integral Strainer*

Cast Iron, ASTM A-278 Class 30 High-Tensile Steel Non-Asbestos Fiber Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Hardened Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
* 1031S, 1038S, 1041, 1042, 1044 models only.
C A
C A
FLOW
FLOW B
1031/1031S/1032/1033/1034 without Strainer (except 1031S)
1041/1042/1044/1038S with Strainer

Model 1031 1031S* 1032 1033 1034 1041* 1042* 1044* 1038S* A 3.75 3.75 3.75 5.625 7.00 3.75 3.75 7.00 7.00 B 5.875 5.875 6.875 9.06 11.75 6.06 7.06 12.375 12.375
inches/pounds
C D 2.75 2.75 4.25 5.375 7.03 3.43 4.43 7.375 7.375 Weight (lbs) 5 5 6 15 27 5 6 30 30
5.00 5.00 5.00 6.50 7.75 5.00 5.00 7.125 7.125
* With Integral Strainer
44
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
IB Series
FLOW OPTIONAL INTERNAL CHECK VALVE
FLOW OPTIONAL BLOWDOWN CONNECTION
C H E C K VA LV E O P T I O N
The optional internal check valve allows the bucket trap to retain its prime even when exposed to superheated steam. Under vacuum conditions it will also stop condensate from back-flowing from the condensate return line into the steam system.
BLOWDOWN CONNECTION OPTION

A blowdown valve connection is available as an option on the 1041, 1042, 1044, and 1038S models. This simplifies maintenance by allowing the strainer to be cleaned without removal. User to supply blowdown valve.
REPLACEMENT KITS
A replacement kit containing the lever and seat assembly is a more economical option than replacing the entire steam trap. Also available are replacement screens, gaskets and buckets. When ordering replacement lever and seat assemblies specify model and operating pressure. Reference price sheet for exact cross-reference to Armstrong PCA (Pressure Change Assembly) Kits.
FLOW
STRAINER SCREEN
1031S
The 1031S is equipped with a small protection screen to guard against dirt in the steam system. It is a more economical alternative than the 1041 which has a full-port strainer. Specifically designed for use in laundries. Available in 125 PSIG rating only.
45
STEAM TRAPS
QUICK-CHANGE TRAPS
Universal Style Steam Traps

(Universal Style Connectors and Universal Trap Modules)
Universal Style Steam Traps feature a permanent installation of the Universal Connector with a 2-bolt mounting arrangement for the Universal Steam Trap Module, allowing the Steam Trap to be removed and replaced in minutes without having to unthread piping by removing only 2-bolts with a socket or open-end wrench 7 different connectors 6 different trap modules
Thermodynamic Thermostatic Inverted Bucket Bi-Metallic Float & Thermostatic
Any Universal Connector will work with any Universal Steam Trap Module
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WU450 1/2, 3/4, 1 NPT, SW, FLG Stainless Steel (trap module dependent) (trap module dependent) 750 PSIG @ 100F 800F @ 400 PSIG
see following page for connector variations.
Universal Style Steam Traps are recommended in any application, particularly those which require simple and frequent replacement of steam traps
Select a Trap Module for your application
WD450 WD450L Thermodynamic Top Mount
WD450SM WD600LSM WD600LSM-HP Thermodynamic Side Mount
WT450 Thermostatic
WB450 Bi-Metallic
WSIB450 WSIB450H Inverted Bucket
WFT450 Float & Thermostatic
46
STEAM TRAPS
QUICK-CHANGE TRAPS

It all adds up.... a Universal Style Connector + a Universal Trap Module = the most convenient, time-efficient & cost effective solution to maintaining your steam traps. STEP 1: Select an appropriate STEP 2: Select appropriate STEP 3: Order
configured Universal Style Steam Traps.
Universal STEAM TRAP MODULE (shown below) for your application. Consult following pages for Steam Trap details. UNIVERSAL TRAP MODULES
WD450 WD450L Thermodynamic Top Mount
Only recommended for Horizontal Piping Installations
Universal CONNECTOR. Any connector shown below will work with any Universal Steam Trap Module
(including those of other manufacturers ).
UNIVERSAL CONNECTORS
F E AT U R E S
WU450
No Strainer
2-bolt mounting allows Trap
WU450S
Strainer
WD450SM WD450LSM WD600LSM-HP Thermodynamic Side Mount
WU450SB
Strainer & Blowdown
Module to be removed and replaced without having to unthread piping Trap module can swivel 360 on the universal connector allowing proper orientation Compatible with other manufacturers trap modules All stainless steel construction Flange connections available for connector
WT450 Thermostatic WU450S-LR

Strainer
WB450 Bi-Metallic
WU450SB-LR
Strainer & Blowdown
Models WU450-LR
(left to right flow as viewed)
are Standard. Models WU450-RL

(right to left flow as viewed)
WSIB450 WSIB450H Inverted Bucket
WU450S-RL
Strainer
Connectors were made available for situations where problems occur due to obstructions or trap mounting orientation.
WFT450 Float & Thermostatic
WU450SB-RL
Strainer & Blowdown
47
STEAM TRAPS
UNIVERSAL STYLE STEAM TRAPS

Universal Connectors are used in steam systems to simplify the replacement and maintenance of Steam Traps.
Universal Connector allows Steam Trap to Rotate 360Simplifying Installation

INLET STEAM PIPE
Universal Connector remains permanently installed
Replaceable Steam Trap Module
CONDENSATE RETURN PIPE
Simple 2-bolt removal for quick replacement of steam trap modules
Universal Connectors allow Steam Traps to be removed and replaced in minutes without having to unthread piping. Two bolts connect the steam trap module to the permanently-installed universal connector, allowing the trap module to be quickly and easily removed and replaced using an open-end or socket wrench. Universal Style Steam Traps are commonly used in chemical plants, petrochemical refineries, paper mills and most other industrial facilities. Watson McDaniels WU450 connectors conform to industrial standards, making them compatible with other manufacturers universal steam trap modules. Watson McDaniel recommends using the Universal Style Steam Traps in any application, in particular those which require frequent maintenance or replacement of steam traps.
Universal style steam traps with 2-bolt mounting allows for fast, easy replacement of trap module, making it more cost-effective than replacing conventional type steam traps All stainless steel construction Trap module can swivel 360 on the universal connector allowing any orientation during installation These universal connectors are compatible with most other manufacturers trap modules Universal connectors are available with integral strainer and blowdown valve
48
STEAM TRAPS

Universal Connectors for Universal Steam Trap Modules

Model WU450, WU450S, WU450SB WU450S-LR, WU450SB-LR, WU450S-RL, WU450SB-RL Sizes 1/2, 3/4, 1 Connections NPT, SW, FLG Body Material Stainless Steel PMO Max. Operating Pressure (trap module dependent) TMO Max. Operating Temperature (trap module dependent) PMA Max. Allowable Pressure 750 PSIG @ 100F 800F @ 400 PSIG TMA Max. Allowable Temperature
Steam Trap Modules that mount to Universal Connectors are shown on the following pages. Trap modules available in: Inverted Bucket, Float & Thermostatic, Thermodynamic, Thermostatic and Bi-metallic type. no strainer
WU450 Series
WU450
WU450S
with strainer
WU450SB
with strainer & blowdown valve
DRIP, TRACER: The WU450 Series Universal Connectors are used in steam systems where a simplified and economical maintenance program of steam traps is desired. These universal connectors can be used for drip service on steam mains and steam supply lines, tracing, or small process equipment. Industrial standard 2-bolt universal connectors are commonly used in chemical plants, petrochemical refineries, paper mills and other industrial facilities. The WU450 connectors conform to industrial standards, making them compatible with other manufacturers universal steam trap modules. Used with the following Watson McDaniel Steam Trap Modules: WSIB450 - Inverted Bucket WD450 - Thermodynamic WD450SM - Thermodynamic WD600LSM - Thermodynamic WT450 - Thermostatic WFT450 - Float & Thermostatic WB450 - Bi-Metallic
WU450S-LR with strainer

(Flow direction Left to Right)
WU450S-RL with strainer

(Flow direction Right to Left)
WU450SB-LR
(Flow direction Left to Right)
WU450SB-RL
(Flow direction Right to Left)
Note: Optional Flanged units available.
HOW IT WORKS
WU450 universal connectors remain permanently installed in the piping system. The convenient 2-bolt mounting system allows the trap module to be replaced quickly and easily using a socket or open-end wrench.
The universal connector can be installed in any position. Installation should include isolation valves.
F E AT U R E S
MAINTENANCE
The strainer should be periodically cleaned by removal or use of the optional blowdown valve. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
Universal connector with 2-bolt mounting allows for fast,
easy replacement of trap module making it more costeffective than replacing conventional type steam traps All stainless steel construction Trap module can rotate 360 on the universal connector allowing any orientation during installation Compatible with most other manufacturers trap modules Available with integral strainer and blowdown valve
M AT E R I A L S
Body Strainer Blowdown Valve Stainless Steel, AISI 316 40 Mesh Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Stainless Steel, AISI 303
The Universal Connector shall be all stainless steel construction with a two-bolt 360 degree swivel mount flange design and available with integral strainer and blowdown valve.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Specify universal connector. See following pages for Steam Trap Modules.
49
STEAM TRAPS
WU450 Series
Universal Connectors - Dimensions

WU450, WU450S, WU450SB, Universal Connectors
Connectors available in 1/2, 3/4 and 1 sizes in NPT or Socket-Weld Connections
Note: Optional Flange units available.
2.92 (1/2, 3/4) 5.66 (1)
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1)
.29
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1)
.81
.84 A
.84
.84
2.75
3.38
WU450
(No Strainer)
WU450S
(Strainer)
WU450SB
(Strainer & Blowdown)
DIMENSIONS inches
Size
1/2 3/4 1
A
1.50 1.50 1.75
B
1.97 1.97 3.35
50
STEAM TRAPS

Universal Connectors - Dimensions
WU450S-LR & WU450SB-LR Universal Connectors
WU450 Series
Flow Direction - LEFT TO RIGHT

3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 3.62(1) 3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 3.62(1)
NPT or SOCKET WELD
1.00
3.4 3.9
WU450S-LR (Strainer)
WU450SB-LR (Strainer & Blowdown)
WU450S-RL & WU450SB-RL Universal Connectors

Flow Direction - RIGHT TO LEFT

3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 3.62(1)
1.00
NPT or SOCKET WELD
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 3.62(1)
3.4 3.9
WU450SB-RL (Strainer & Blowdown)
WU450S-RL (Strainer)
51
STEAM TRAPS
WSIB450
Model Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WSIB450, WSIB450H Fits WU450 Series universal connectors Stainless Steel 450 PSIG* 800F 720 PSIG @ 100F 800F @ 400 PSIG
Watson McDaniel reserves the right to change the designs and/or materials of its products without notice. 2010 2002 Watson McDaniel Company
Inverted Bucket Steam Trap Module (mounts to Universal Connectors)
*750F @ operating pressures below 400 PSIG. See installation note regarding using trap in superheated applications.
WSIB450 Inverted Bucket Steam Trap Module
Steam trap modules can be used with other manufacturers Universal Connectors.
DRIP, TRACER: The WSIB450 inverted bucket steam trap module, mounted to a universal connector, is typically used for drip and tracing applications. Also used on process equipment with light loads and where air removal is not critical. The WSIB450 trap module mounts to any universal connector.
OPTIONS
Universal Connectors are available with an integral strainer and blowdown valve. Connector is purchased separately. See the WU450 Universal Connectors section for more information.
F E AT U R E S
HOW IT WORKS
The universal connector is permanently installed into the pipeline where the steam trap would normally be placed. The trap module is bolted to the universal connector with two bolts and sealed with a gasket. When a new trap module is needed, it can be easily removed and replaced with a standard open-end or socket wrench without disturbing the existing piping.
Trap module can be easily removed and replaced in

minutes without having to disconnect any piping
Hardened stainless steel valves and seat Freeze resistant Connectors available with integral strainers and blowdown valves 360 swivel design for convenient installation
M AT E R I A L S
Body Cover Internals Valve Plug & Seat Bolts Gasket Swivel Flange Stainless Steel GR CF3 304L Stainless Steel 300 Series Stainless Steel 420F Stainless Steel ASTM A193 GR B7 Spiral-Wound 304 Stainless Steel with Grafoil Filler 303 Stainless Steel
The steam trap shall be an all stainless steel modular design, inverted bucket type with a frictionless valve lever assembly. The trap shall have a 360 degree swivel mount on a stainless steel Universal Connector that is available with integral strainer and blowdown valve options.
Trap module must be installed in orientation shown. Installation should include isolation valves. With superheated steam, a check valve must be installed at inlet of trap. For full maintenance details, see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
Model WSIB450-20 WSIB450-80 WSIB450-150 WSIB450-450 WSIB450H-15 WSIB450H-30 WSIB450H-70 WSIB450H-125 WSIB450H-200 WSIB450H-250 WSIB450H-450 Orifice PMO Size (PSIG) 5 3/16 20 450 1/8 #38 .057 1/4 3/16 5/32 1/8 #38 .057 80 150 450 15 30 70 125 250 450 300 210 31 830 530 380 285 205 155 31 10 560 350 250 50 700 500 375 265 205 50 15 640 400 280 70 820 560 440 315 240 70 20 690 440 300 84 880 620 485 350 270 84 25 460 320 95 30 500 350 105 40 550 380 120 50 580 400 133 Differential Pressure (PSI) 60 70 80 100 125 635 420 145 660 450 152 690 470 160 500 174 550 187 570 198 208 215 228 248 263 150 180 200 250 350 450
950 1060 950 1000 680 530 385 295 95 710 560 410 320 105 770 620 465 360 120 840 670 500 400 133 900 720 580 500 145 950 780 590 530 152 800 620 550 160 860 650 580 174 950 700 630 187 810 660 198 840 690 208 860 710 215 760 228 248 263
7/64 200
52
STEAM TRAPS
WFT450
Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap Module (mounts to Universal Connectors)
Model Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WFT450 Fits WU450 Series universal connectors Stainless Steel 225 PSIG 397F 720 PSIG @ 100F 800F @ 400 PSIG
WFT450 Float & Thermostatic Steam Trap Module
PROCESS, DRIP: The WFT450 Float & Thermostatic trap module mounted to a universal connector, is typically used on process equipment that generate light condensate loads and require excellent air handling capabilities. These low capacity float & thermostatic trap modules can also be used in drip service on steam mains, tracer systems and steam supply lines. The WFT450 trap module mounts to any universal connector.
OPTIONS
Universal Connectors are available with an integral strainer and blowdown valve. Connector is purchased separately. See the Universal Connectors section for more information.
F E AT U R E S

HOW IT WORKS
The universal connector is permanently installed into the pipeline where the steam trap would normally be placed. The trap module is bolted to the universal connector with two bolts and sealed with a gasket. When a new trap module is needed, it can be easily removed and replaced with a standard open-end or socket wrench without disturbing the existing piping.
Hardened stainless steel valves and seat Freeze resistant Connectors available with integral strainers and blowdown valves 360 swivel design for convenient installation
M AT E R I A L S
Body Cover Internals Valve Disc Valve Seat Bolts Gasket Swivel Flange Stainless Steel GR CF3 304L Stainless Steel 300 Series Stainless Steel 420F Stainless Steel 17-4 PH Stainless Steel ASTM A193 GR B7 Spiral-Wound 304 Stainless Steel with Grafoil Filler 303 Stainless Steel
The steam trap shall be an all stainless steel modular design, float & thermostatic unit. The thermostatic air vent to be pressure balanced welded bellows. The trap shall have a 360 degree swivel mount on a stainless steel Universal Connector that is available with integral strainer and blowdown valve options.
Trap module must be installed in orientation shown. Installation should include isolation valves. For full maintenance details, see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WFT450-15 WFT450-65 WFT450-145 WFT450-225 PMO (PSIG) 15 65 145 225
Condensate (lbs/hr)
1/4 390 115 55 40 1/2 490 155 75 50 1 620 205 100 70 2 5 10 15 Differential Pressure (PSI) 20 30 40 50 65 75 100 125 145 200 225
780 1050 1320 1500 270 135 95 390 200 135 520 270 185 610 320 220 685 365 245 810 435 290 910 490 330 995 1110 540 360 600 405 640 430 725 485 795 530 850 565 645 680
53
STEAM TRAPS
WD450
Model Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature
&
WD450SM
Thermodynamic Steam Trap Module (mounts to Universal Connectors)

WD450SM, WD450LSM (Side Mount Style) WD450, WD450L (Top Mount Style) Fits WU450 Series Universal Connectors Stainless Steel 450 PSIG 750F 720 PSIG @ 100F 800F @ 400 PSIG
WD450SM
Thermodynamic Steam Trap Module (Side Mount Style)
For vertical or horizontal piping installations.
WD450
Thermodynamic Steam Trap Module (Top Mount Style)
Recommended for horizontal piping installations only so that cap can be oriented upwards as shown.
DRIP, TRACER: The WD450SM & WD450 steam trap modules mounted to a universal connector can be used anywhere conventional thermodynamic steam traps are used. Used on drip, tracing and light process applications where removal of air is not critical. The WD450 & WD450SM trap modules mount to any Universal Connector. The WD450 is recommended for horizontal piping only so that cap can be oriented upwards, as shown.
Trap module must be installed in orientation shown. Isolation valves should be installed before and after the universal connector to facilitate maintenance. Trap module is attached to the connector using two bolts and two sealing gaskets.
MAINTENANCE
If the trap fails for any reason, replace only the trap module. If universal connector is equipped with an integral strainer it should be cleaned periodically. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
HOW IT WORKS
The universal connector is permanently installed into the pipeline where the steam trap would normally be placed. The trap module is bolted to the universal connector with two bolts and sealed with two gaskets. When a new trap module is needed, it can be easily removed and replaced with a standard open-end or socket wrench without disturbing the existing piping.
OPTIONS
F E AT U R E S

M AT E R I A L S
Body Disc Cap Insulation Cover Bolts Gaskets (2) Stainless Steel, AISI 420 Stainless Steel, AISI 420 Stainless Steel, AISI 416 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Steel, ASTM A193 GR B7 Spiral Wound 304 Stainless Steel with Grafoil Filler
Trap modules can be used with most manufacturers

2-bolt universal connector
All stainless steel construction with hardened seat

The steam trap module shall be designed to attach to the industry standard two-bolt universal connector. Trap module shall be of a thermodynamic design. Universal connector shall conform to the two bolt industry standard with integral strainer and blowdown options.
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WD450L WD450LSM WD450 WD450SM 4 140 247 10 215 370
Condensate (lbs/hr)
15 242 420 20 270 475 25 295 520 30 320 560 40 355 625 Differential Pressure (PSI) 50 75 100 390 685 455 800 510 900 150 600 1060 200 670 1185 250 730 1300 300 790 1400 350 840 1485 400 880 1560 450 925 1630
54
STEAM TRAPS
WD600LSM-HP
High-Pressure Thermodynamic Steam Trap Module (mounts to Universal Connectors)
Model Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WD600LSM-HP (Side Mount Style) Fits WU450 Series Universal Connectors Stainless Steel 600 PSIG 750F 720 PSIG @ 100F 800F @ 600 PSIG
WD600LSM-HP
HIGH PRESSURE Thermodynamic Steam Trap Module (Side Mount Style)
Units: Inches
2.56
DRIP, TRACER: The WD600LSM-HP steam trap module mounted to a universal connector can be used anywhere conventional thermodynamic steam traps are used. Used on drip, tracing and light process applications where removal of air is not critical. The WD600LSM-HP trap module mounts to any Universal Connector.
1.50
2.58
HOW IT WORKS
WD600LSM-HP Thermodynamic Steam Trap Module
Isolation valves should be installed before and after the universal connector to facilitate maintenance. Trap module is attached to the connector using two bolts and two sealing gaskets.
F E AT U R E S
MAINTENANCE
If the trap fails for any reason, replace only the trap module. If universal connector is equipped with an integral strainer it should be cleaned periodically. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
Trap module can be easily removed and replaced in minutes without having to disconnect any piping Trap modules can be used with most manufacturers
2-bolt universal connector All stainless steel construction with hardened seat
OPTIONS
The steam trap module shall be designed to attach to the industry standard two-bolt universal connector. Trap module shall be of a thermodynamic design. Universal connector shall conform to the two bolt industry standard with integral strainer and blowdown options.
M AT E R I A L S
Body Disc Cap Insulation Cover Bolts Gaskets (2) Stainless Steel, AISI 420 Stainless Steel, AISI 420 Stainless Steel, AISI 416 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Steel, ASTM A193 GR B7 Spiral Wound 304 Stainless Steel with Grafoil Filler
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WD600LSM-HP 150 465
Condensate (lbs/hr)
Differential Pressure (PSI) 200 250 300 450 500 550 600 675 600 730
55
STEAM TRAPS
WT450
Model Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WT450 Fits WU450 Series Universal Connectors Stainless Steel 450 PSIG Saturated Steam Temp. 720 PSIG @ 100F 800F @ 400 PSIG
Thermostatic Steam Trap Module (mounts to Universal Connectors)
WT450 Thermostatic Steam Trap Module
DRIP, TRACER, PROCESS: The WT450 steam trap module mounted on a universal connector can be used anywhere conventional thermostatic steam traps are used. Used on drip, tracing and light process applications. The WT450 trap module mounts to any universal connector.
Isolation valves should be installed before and after the universal connector to facilitate maintenance. Trap module is attached to the connector using two bolts and two sealing gaskets.
HOW IT WORKS
MAINTENANCE
When a new trap module is needed, it can be easily removed and replaced with a standard open-end wrench without disturbing the existing piping. If the universal connector is equipped with an integral strainer it should be cleaned periodically. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
F E AT U R E S

OPTIONS
Trap modules can be used with most manufacturers

2-bolt universal connector All stainless steel construction with hardened seat
M AT E R I A L S
Body Thermal Element Disc & Seat Insulation Cover Bolts Gaskets (2) Stainless Steel, AISI 420 Stainless Steel, AISI 302 Stainless Steel, AISI 420 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Steel, ASTM A193 GR B7 Spiral Wound 304 Stainless Steel with Grafoil Filler
The steam trap module shall be designed to attach to the industry standard two-bolt universal connector. Trap module shall be of a thermostatic design. The universal connector shall conform to the two-bolt industry standard with integral strainer and blowdown options.
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WT450 Orifice Size 3/16 5 441
Condensate (lbs/hr)
10 625 20 882 50 1391 Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 100 125 150 200 1827 1969 2095 2305 250 2483 300 2636 350 2777 400 2903 450 3019
Note: 5/64 low capacity orifice is available upon request.
Back Pressure as Percentage of Inlet Pressure Percent Decrease in Trap Capacity
10 0
20 0
25 0
30 2
40 5
50 12
60 20
70 30
80 40
90 55
56
STEAM TRAPS

Bi-Metallic Steam Trap Module
Model Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WB450 Fits WU450 Series Universal Connectors Stainless Steel 450 PSIG 662F 720 PSIG @ 100F 800F @ 400 PSIG
WB450
(mounts to Universal Connectors)
WB450 Bi-Metallic
Steam Trap Module
The WB450 Series Bi-Metallic Module is used in steam tracing applications (process lines, instrumentation and winterization, general steam jacketing) and small process applications where accurate control of condensate discharge temperature is required to provide maximum usage of energy.
M AT E R I A L S
Body and Cover Bimetal Element Valve Seat Gaskets (2) Valve Stem Stainless Steel, A-351, Gr. CF8 GB14 420 Stainless Steel Spiral Wound 304 Stainless Steel with Grafoil Filler Stainless Steel with Grafoil Filler
2.00
Units: Inches
HOW IT WORKS
Bi-Metallic plates of dissimilar metals respond to steam temperature variations, whereby the metals are relaxed at relatively cool conditions, such as start-up, and the trap is open for the discharge of condensate. As temperature nears the preset subcool temperature below saturation, the metals react and expand, closing the trap and preventing the loss of live steam. Field adjustability of the bimetal element allows precise control of the condensate discharge temperature.
F E AT U R E S
Excellent for various steam tracing and small process
applications where maximum energy usage is desired of condensate discharge temperature, providing maximum use of additional energy in the condensate scale and debris from accumulating on seating surfaces to provide trouble-free operation
4.50
Field-adjustable bimetal element allows precise control Internal screen and seat/plug design help prevent pipe
Maximum Trap Capacities at Various Inlet Pressures and Set Temperatures Condensate (lbs/hr)
Set Temperature 220F 240F 260F 280F
Notes:
15 56 116 134 143
30 70 164 190 202
50 102 212 245 261
100 144 300 346 370
Steam Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 125 150 200 250 161 336 387 413 177 368 424 453 204 425 490 523 228 475 548 584
300 250 520 600 640
350 270 562 648 691
400 289 600 693 739
450 306 637 735 784
1) Capacities in chart are based on discharging condensate to atmosphere with a condensate temperature of 200 F. 2) Maximum discharge capacity up to 970 lbs/hr, depending on operating condition requirements. 3) Contact factory for additional information including other condensate set and discharge temperatures. 4) To ensure proper operation and eliminate possible steam loss, the Set Temperature should be lower than 27 F subcool (degrees below inlet steam saturation temperature). 428 Jones Boulevard Limerick Airport Business Center Pottstown PA 19464 Tel: 610-495-5131 Fax: 610-495-5134
57
STEAM TRAPS
450 Series
WT450 Trap Module with Universal Connectors
Units: inches
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1)
WT450 & WD450 Steam Traps with Universal Connectors - Dimensions

Connectors available in 1/2, 3/4 and 1 sizes in NPT and Socket-Weld Connections
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1)
4.38
4.38
4.38
.75
2.92 (1/2, 3/4) 5.66 (1)
2.75
3.38
WT450 Trap Module with WU450 Connector
WT450 Trap Module with WU450S Connector (Strainer)
WT450 Trap Module with WU450SB Connector (Strainer & Blowdown)
WD450 Trap Module with Universal Connectors

Units: inches
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1) 3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1)
2.69
2.69
2.69
.75
2.92 (1/2, 3/4) 5.66 (1)
2.75
3.38
WD450 Trap Module with WU450 Connector
WD450 Trap Module with WU450S Connector (Strainer)
WD450 Trap Module with WU450SB Connector (Strainer & Blowdown)
58
STEAM TRAPS
450 Series
WSIB450 Steam Traps with Universal Connectors - Dimensions
WSIB450 Trap Module with Universal Connectors
Units: inches
WU450
CONNECTOR
WSIB450 Trap Module
WU450S
CONNECTOR Strainer
WSIB450 Trap Module
WU450SB
CONNECTOR Strainer & Blowdown
WSIB450 Trap Module
360 Swivel 2.92 (1/2, 3/4) 5.66 (1)
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1)
360 Swivel 3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1)
360 Swivel
.75 3.34 3.00 2.75 3.34 3.00 3.38 3.34 3.00
WSIB450 A-Dimension = 5.81 WSIB450H A-Dimension = 6.81
WU450S-LR
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 3.62 (1)
CONNECTOR Strainer
WSIB450 Trap Module
WU450SB-LR
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 3.62 (1)
WSIB450 Trap Module
3.4 3.9 A A
3.50 3.00
3.50 3.00
WSIB450 A-Dimension = 6.12 WSIB450H A-Dimension = 7.12
59
STEAM TRAPS
450 Series
WFT450 Trap Module with Universal Connectors
Units: inches
WFT450 Steam Trap Modules with Universal Connectors - Dimensions

WFT450 Trap Module
WFT450 Trap Module
2.92 (1/2, 3/4) 5.66 (1)
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1) 3.50
3.50
.75
7.40
2.75 (WU450S) 3.38 (WU450SB)
7.40
WU450
CONNECTOR
WU450SB
WFT450 Trap Module

3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 3.62 (1)
3.50
3.4 (WU450S-LR) 3.9 (WU450SB-LR) RIGHT to LEFT Flow (as shown) LEFT to RIGHT Flow (as shown)
7.56
WU450SB-RL
WU450SB-LR
60
STEAM TRAPS

WD450SM/ WB450 & WD600LSM-HP Steam Trap Modules with Universal Connectors - Dimensions WB450 Trap Module with Universal Connectors
Units: inches
450 Series
WB450 Steam Trap

5.34 5.34 5.34
2.92 (1/2, 3/4) 5.66 (1) 3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1)
2.75
3.38
3.31 (1/2, 3/4) 6.06 (1)
WU450
CONNECTOR
WU450S
CONNECTOR Strainer
WU450SB
WD450SM & WD600LSM-HP Trap Module with Universal Connectors

Units: inches
A 1.17 A 1.17 3.56
B C
DIMENSIONS inches
Size
1/2 3/4 1
A
3.31 3.31 3.62
B
3.25 3.25 3.44
C
3.78 3.78 3.95
WD450SM or WD600LSM-HP Steam Trap WU450S-LR

CONNECTOR Strainer
WU450SB-LR
3.56
A 1.17 1.17
B C
WD450SM or WD600LSM-HP Steam Trap
WU450SB-RL
WU450S-RL
CONNECTOR Strainer
61
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
FDA400 Series
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature FDA401, FDA402, FDA403 1/2, 3/4 Tri-clamp Stainless Steel 90 PSIG Saturated Steam Temperature 145 PSIG up to 338F 350F @ 132 PSIG
Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap (Repairable)
FDA402
shown
Sanitary Clamp for Trap Body
M AT E R I A L S T Y P I C A L A P P L I C AT I O N S
DRIP, PROCESS: The FDA400 Series thermostatic steam traps are used on clean steam applications as drip traps on piping runs as well as drainage for CIP/SIP systems and various process vessels. The FDA400 Series allows for a 90 connection on either
the inlet or outlet capable of 360 orientation. Body Gasket Element Plate Thermal Element Clamp Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Teflon Coated Elastomer Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Stainless Steel, AISI 304
HOW IT WORKS
The thermostatic trap contains a welded 316L stainless steel thermal element that expands when heated and contracts when cooled. When air and condensate are present the trap is in the open discharge position. When steam reaches the trap the element expands closing the trap tightly.
C A PA C I T I E S
Orifice Size
(inches)
Condensate (lbs/hr)
Differential Pressure (PSI) 10 20 50 75 240 1200 400 1695 690 2690 850 3165 90 950 3400
5 140 850
9/64 5/16
Note: Capacities at 10F below saturation.
F E AT U R E S
The Steam Trap shall be all 316L stainless steel thermostatic type with a balanced pressure bellows that operates close to saturated steam temperatures. Inlet, outlet or both connections must contain a 90 swivel arrangement capable of 360 orientation. Internal body parts shall have an electro-polish finish of 20-25 microinches RA internally and a 25-32 finish externally. The unit shall have a split-body sanitary clamp design for easy maintenance. Trap shall be completely self-draining when mounted vertically.
Universal horizontal connection swivels to any angle All wetted parts are 316L stainless steel Electro-polish finish of 20-25 microinches RA on internal body Electro-polish finish of 25-32 microinches RA on external body Operates close to saturation curve to minimize condensate back-up Completely self-draining in the vertical downward flow orientation
Trap is designed for installation in a vertical, downward flow orientation to ensure that the self-draining clean steam requirement is satisfied. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
FDA400 Series
Units: inches
Connections: 1/2 & 3/4

FLOW
1.80
360 Swivel
1.80
360 Swivel
1.50
FLOW
4.2 3.0
FLOW
2.85
3.45
2.77 3.38
360 Swivel 3.3
FDA401 Inlet: 90 Angle

Outlet: 90 Angle
FDA402 Inlet: 90 Angle

Outlet: Straight
FDA403 Inlet: Straight

Outlet: 90 Angle
62
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap (Repairable)
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature FDA500, FDA510 1/2, 3/4, 1 Tri-clamp, NPT, Tube Weld Stainless Steel 90 PSIG Saturated Steam Temperature 145 PSIG up to 338F 350F @ 132 PSIG
FDA500
Sanitary Clamp for Trap Body
DRIP, PROCESS: The FDA500 Series thermostatic steam traps are used on clean steam applications as drip traps on piping runs as well as drainage for CIP/SIP systems and various process vessels.
M AT E R I A L S
Body Gasket Element Plate Thermal Element Clamp Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Teflon/Encapsulated Viton Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Stainless Steel, AISI 304
HOW IT WORKS
C A PA C I T I E S
Model FDA500 FDA510
Condensate (lbs/hr)
Differential Pressure (PSI) 10 20 50 75 240 1200 400 1695 690 2690 850 3165 90 950 3400
F E AT U R E S
Orifice
(inches)
5 140 850
All wetted parts are 316L stainless steel Electro-polish finish of 20-25 microinches RA on internal body Electro-polish finish of 25-32 microinches RA on external body Operates close to saturation curve to minimize
condensate back-up Completely self-draining in the vertical downward flow orientation
9/64 5/16
Note: Capacities at 10F below saturation. FLOW
The steam Trap shall be all 316L stainless steel thermostatic type with a balanced pressure bellows that operates close to saturated steam temperatures. Internal body parts shall have an electro-polish finish of 20-25 microinches RA internally and a 25-32 finish externally. The unit shall have a split-body sanitary clamp design for easy maintenance. Trap shall be completely self-draining when mounted vertically.
4.2
Tube
2.6 4.6
NPT Sanitary
Trap is designed for installation in a vertical, downward flow orientation to ensure that the self-draining clean steam requirement is satisfied. Isolation valves should be installed for maintenance purposes. For welded installations, removal of the body gasket and thermal element is necessary.
MAINTENANCE
Dirt is the most common cause of premature failure. Therefore, the upstream strainer should be periodically inspected and cleaned. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
2.6 1.6
Units: inches
2.1
Connections 1/2, 3/4, 1
63
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
FDA600
Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap

FDA600 1/2, 3/4, 1 Tri-clamp, NPT, Tube Weld Stainless Steel 110 PSIG Saturated Steam Temperature 145 PSIG up to 338F 350F @ 132 PSIG
DRIP, PROCESS: The FDA600 Steam Traps are used on clean steam applications as drip traps on piping runs as well as drainage for CIP/SIP systems and various process vessels.
M AT E R I A L S
Body Thermal Element O-Ring, FDA Grade Nuts & Bolts Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Teflon Coated Silicone/FEP Stainless Steel, AISI 316L
HOW IT WORKS
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Size/Model: FDA600, Specify pipe size and connections.
F E AT U R E S
All wetted parts are 316L stainless steel Operates close to saturation curve to minimize
C A PA C I T I E S
Condensate Temp Below Saturation
Condensate (lbs/hr)
Differential Pressure (PSI) 10 20 50 175 225 1375 290 440 1900 615 1060 3100 75 805 1500 3500 110 1160 1850 4600
condensate back-up Completely self-draining in the vertical downward flow orientation
1 32 42 735
5 105 115 1070
10 F 20 F Cold Water
The Steam Trap shall be all 316L stainless steel thermostatic type with a balanced pressure bellows that operates close to saturated steam temperatures. The unit shall have a split-body design for easy maintenance. Trap shall be completely self-draining when mounted vertically.
FLOW
The trap is designed for installation in a vertical, downward flow orientation to ensure that the self-draining clean steam requirement is satisfied. Isolation valves should be installed for maintenance purposes. For welded installations, removal of the body gasket and thermal element is necessary.
3.2
NPT
1.9 4.2
Tube Sanitary
MAINTENANCE
Dirt is the most common cause of premature failure. Therefore, the upstream strainer should be periodically cleaned. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
Units: inches
3.2
64
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Thermodynamic Clean Steam Trap
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature FDA800 1/2 Tri-Clamp, NPT, Tube Weld Stainless Steel 150 PSIG 500F 230 PSIG @ 850F 850F @ 230 PSIG
FDA800
NPT
Tri-Clamp
DRIP, PROCESS: The FDA800 Series Thermodynamic Clean Steam Traps are used in sanitary systems as drip traps on steam mains as well as for drainage on various process vessels such as separators and filters.
M AT E R I A L S
Body Disc Cap Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Stainless Steel, AISI 316L Stainless Steel, AISI 316L
HOW IT WORKS
The thermodynamic trap has a cyclic on/off operation with a disc that is pushed open when condensate is present and pulled closed when steam tries to escape.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Size/Model: 1/2 FDA800, Specify connections.
F E AT U R E S
Small and compact All 316L stainless steel components Works in any position (horizontal preferred)
The steam trap shall be a thermodynamic disc type with an all 316L stainless steel construction and integral seat design. Unit shall be capable of installation in any orientation and self-draining when mounted vertically.
The trap can be installed in any position; however, horizontal is preferred. For self-draining or freezeproof requirements, the trap may be installed vertically. Installation should include a strainer and isolation valves for maintenance purposes.
1.38 2.6 Sanitary 2.6 NPT
Units: Inches
MAINTENANCE
Dirt is the most common cause of premature failure. Therefore, the upstream strainer should be periodically cleaned. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
C A PA C I T I E S
Size 1/2 3.5 180
Condensate (lbs/hr)
5 185 10 190 15 195 20 200 Differential Pressure (PSI) 25 30 215 220 40 230 50 250 75 310 100 375 150 500
Note: Maximum back pressure not to exceed 80% of inlet pressure.
65
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WPN Series
Bi-Metallic Steam Traps
Model Sizes Connections Body & Cover Material PMO Max Operating Pressure (PSIG) TMO Max Operating Temperature (F) Max Press. Drop for Press. Controller (PSI) Pressure Controller Model Sizes Connections Body & Cover Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure (PSIG) TMO Max. Operating Temperature (F) Max Press. Drop for Press. Controller (PSI) Pressure Controller
1/ , 3/ , 2 4
WPN-40 1, 11/2, 2
WPN-63
1/ , 3/ , 2 4
11/2, 2 FLG, SW, Butt-weld SA182 F12

825 572 825 R56 735 662 470 R32 660 842 470 R32
NPT, FLG, SW, Butt-weld C22.8 SA105

470 482 470 R32 325 725 325 R22 220 842 190 R13 520 572 470 R32 470 635 325 R22 420 842 190 R13
FLG, SW, Butt-weld SA182 F12

825 572 690 660 662 842 680 R46 590 932
1/ , 3/ , 2 4
WPN-100 1
1/ , 3/ , 2 4
WPN-160 1
1/ , 3/ , 2 4
WPN-250 1

1325 842 1325 R90 825 923 1325/880 R90/R60 400 986 880 R60

2250 932 1470 910 950 986 1620 R130 515 1022

2700 932 2260 1580 950 986 2260 R154 1190 1022
DRIP, TRACER, PROCESS: The WPN Series of Bi-Metallic Steam Traps are use in steam tracing, steam main drips and non-critical process equipment. They can be used in outdoor applications that are subject to freezing. Bi-Metallic traps will back up some condensate into the system and should only be used when this condition is permissible.
lbs/hr
HOW IT WORKS
When the system is cold the trap is wide open discharging air and cold condensate. When the bimetallic plates inside the trap heat up, they pull the seat closed and the flow becomes restricted. When steam temperature is reached the trap shuts off tightly.
1) = 18 F SUB-COOL 2) = 50 F SUB-COOL 3) = COLD
F E AT U R E S
Differential pressure (PSI)
Excellent for high pressure and superheated
WPN-40 1/2, 3/4, 1 R22 & R32 Controller
steam applications Freezeproof and resistant to water hammer Suitable for superheated steam with check valve installed at inlet In-line repairable Trap can be welded into line
lbs/hr
Steam trap shall be Watson McDaniel WPN Series Bi-Metallic Steam Trap. Trap must be capable of being completely serviced while still in line.
The trap can be installed in a vertical or horizontal plane. See Installation and Maintenance Manual.
1) = 18 F SUB-COOL 2) = 50 F SUB-COOL 3) = COLD
WPN-40 1/2, 3/4, 1 R13 Controller
66
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WPN Series
19800 15400 11000 88000 66000
LD CO
lbs/hr lbs/hr
44000
COLD
6600 4400
2200
OL -CO B U FS 50 L COO UBS F 27
22000
-COOL 50 F SUB
11000
OOL 27 F SUB-C
WPN-40 11/2, 2 R13, R22 & R32 Controller

11000 8800 6600
WPN-63 1/2, 3/4, 1
22500 15400 11000 7500

lbs/hr
LD CO
lbs/hr
4400
COLD
4400
OL -CO SUB F 50
2200 1760 1540 1320 1100
27 F
L -COO SUB
2200 1750 1320 1100 1000 650 450
B-COOL 50 F SU
COOL SUBF 8 1
WPN-63 11/2, 2
17600 11000 8800 6600 4400 4400
lbs/hr
WPN-100 1/2, 3/4, 1

13200 8800
COLD
6600
D COL
2200 1750 1320 880
50 F SUB-COOL
B-COOL 18 F SU
lbs/hr
2200 1750 1320
50 F SUB-COOL
18 F SUB-COOL
440
880
WPN-160 1/2, 3/4, 1
WPN-250 1/2, 3/4, 1
67
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WPN Series

Model Size
1/ , 3/ 2 4
inches/pounds
L 6.0 8.4 9.2 3.92 4.12 5.2 8.4 10.0 10.0 8.4 10.4 12.0 6.4 5.2 8.4 6.4 10.0 8.4 9.2 6.4 6.4 8.4 9.2 6.4 6.4 H 3.92 3.92 5.76 3.92 4.12 5.76 5.76 3.92 5.76 4.16 5.76 5.76 4.16 5.76 5.76 4.16 5.76 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 H1 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.20 2.48 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 H2 .96 .96 .96 .52 .96 H3 2.8 2.8 3.6 2.8 2.8 3.6 3.6 2.8 3.6 2.8 3.6 3.6 2.8 3.6 3.6 2.8 3.6 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 Weight (lbs) 7.7 9.2 25.0 3.7 4.6 17.6 17.6 5.0 21.0 17.6 29 30.8 10.0 17.6 17.6 10.0 21 14.0 20.5 10.0 10.0 14.0 21.0 10.3 10.3
Connection FLG #150/300 FLG #150/300 FLG #150/300 NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT, SW 1 1 Butt-weld Butt-weld FLG #600 FLG #600 FLG #600 1 SW SW SW 1 Butt-weld Butt-weld FLG #600 FLG #600 1 1 SW Butt-weld FLG #900/1500 FLG #900/1500 1 1 SW Butt-weld
1 11/2, 2
1/ , 3/ 2 4
WPN-40
1 11/2 2
1/ , 3/ , 2 4 11/2, 2 1/ , 3/ , 2 4 11/2
2 WPN-63
1/ , 3/ , 2 4 11/2
2
1/ , 3/ , 2 4 11/2, 2 1/ , 3/ 2 4
WPN-100
1
1/ , 3/ , 2 4 1/ , 3/ , 2 4 1/ , 3/ 2 4
WPN-160 * WPN-250 *
1
1/ , 3/ , 2 4 1/ , 3/ , 2 4
* WPN-160 FLG is 900#; WPN-250 FLG is 1500#.
68
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
WPN Series
WPN-40/63
11/2, 2
WPN-40
1/2, 3/4, 1
L
H3 H3
FLOW H1 FLOW
H2 L
NPT
Butt-weld
SW
NPT
SW
Butt-weld
WPN-63/100/160/250
1/2, 3/4, 1
H3
Butt-weld
H
FLG
FLOW H1
SW
69
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
FM/FSM Series
Manifolds
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure Pressure/Temperature Rating FM 1/2, 3/4 NPT, SW Fabricated Carbon Steel 720 PSIG 720 PSIG @ 508F FSM 1/2, 3/4 NPT, SW Forged Steel 600 PSIG 600 PSIG @ 500F
T Y P I C A L A P P L I C AT I O N
The FM / FSM Manifolds are used for steam distribution to the tracing system and for condensate collection. Typically used in chemical plants, petrochemical plants, textile industries, rubber plants and general industry. Manifolding your distribution and condensate collection system not only cuts down on installation and maintenance time, but also provides freeze protection.
DESCRIPTION FM
The FM Manifold is equipped with threaded or socket welded mount holes for ease of installation. Condensate collection manifolds are provided with a built-in siphon tube to minimize bi-phase flow, which reduces water hammer, and allows flash steam space to prevent isolation station freeze damage.
FM Manifold (Carbon Steel) FSM Manifold (Forged Steel)
DESCRIPTION FSM
The FSM Manifold has a sealing system that utilizes an austenitic stainless steel piston that slides into two rings, one upper made of reinforced graphite, and one lower made of graphite interposed with thin stainless steel plates. The sealing surface is the surface of the piston. By tightening the bonnet nuts that are on the spring washers, a constant load on the upper ring is obtained, securing a tight seal to atmosphere. The same load, through the upper ring and the lantern, is applied to the lower ring that by expanding toward the body wall and toward the surface of the piston when the valve is in the closed position, ensures a perfect seal of the valve against the flow of the fluid.
M AT E R I A L S F M
Body Carbon Steel
M AT E R I A L S F S M
Body Hand Wheel Bonnet Valve ring above Valve ring below Piston Forged Steel, A105 Sheet Metal Forged Steel, A105 Graphite Graphite/Stainless Steel Stainless Steel, A304
F E AT U R E S
Compact design saves valuable plant space Available in 4, 6, 8 & 12 branch designs Available with preassembled steam trap stations Standard designs or custom built manifolds available Provides freeze protection Reduces installation and maintenance time On FSM Model valve bonnets are long neck type to allow
for installation of insulation, keeping surface temperatures low for protection of personnel
70
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
Carbon Steel Manifolds
FM Series Description
FM Series
6 41/2
inches / pounds
B Length Weight (lbs)
Condensate Inlet Connection CI. 3000 Per ANSI B16.11 A # Conn. # Conn. Conn. Size Type on Side on Front Total
Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 4 Side Conn. 1/2" NPT Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 4 Side Conn. 1/2" SW Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 4 Side Conn. 3/4" NPT Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 4 Side Conn. 3/4" SW Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 4 Side & 2 Front Conn. 1/2" NPT Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 4 Side & 2 Front Conn. 1/2" SW Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 4 Side & 2 Front Conn. 3/4" NPT Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 4 Side & 2 Front Conn. 3/4" SW Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 8 Side Conn. 1/2" NPT Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 8 Side Conn. 1/2" SW Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 8 Side Conn. 3/4" NPT Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 8 Side Conn. 3/4" SW Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 8 Side & 4 Front Conn. 1/2" NPT Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 8 Side & 4 Front Conn. 1/2" SW Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 8 Side & 4 Front Conn. 3/4" NPT Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 8 Side & 4 Front Conn. 3/4" SW Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 12 Side Conn. 1/2" NPT Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 12 Side Conn. 1/2" SW Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 12 Side Conn. 3/4" NPT Carbon Steel Vertical Coll. Manifold w/ 12 Side Conn. 3/4" SW Carbon Steel
1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4"
NPT SW NPT SW NPT SW NPT SW NPT SW NPT SW NPT SW NPT SW NPT SW NPT SW
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12
0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 0 0 0 0
4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 56 56 56 56
25 25 27 27 27 27 29 29 40 40 42 42 46 46 48 48 56 56 58 58 Drain Connection 21/2 Tube Diameter 3/4 Siphon Pipe Diameter 8 Typ. 4 Typ. 6 2 Outlet Connection 21/4
21/2 Typ.
A Inlet Conn.
16 B
Pipe Cap
71
STEAM TRAPS
STEAM TRAPS
FSM Series
Forged Steel Manifolds
Model FSM-4 FSM-8 FSM-12 L 4.33" 4.33" 4.33" H 1.61" 1.61" 1.61" D 3.94" 3.94" 3.94" C 8.97" 8.97" 8.97" O 10.63" 10.63" 10.63"
inches/pounds
I 6.30" 6.30" 6.30" S 13.03" S1 28.1" S2 36.22" A 2.79" 2.79" 2.79" A1 1.22" 1.22" 1.22" B 3.23" 3.23" 3.23" B1 2.79" 2.79" 2.79" No. of Valves 4 8 12 No. of Holes 2 (M12) 4 (M12) 6 (M12) Weight (lbs) 23 49 72
I TYP.
D TYP.
O C
OPEN
CLOSED
B B1 A1 H S
M12 THREAD MTG. HOLES
A L
1/2
(FSM-4)
S1
(FSM-8)
SW CONN.
S2
(FSM-12)
11/2 SW CONNECTION
C A PA C I T I E S
Pressure (PSIG) 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 600
1 2
Condensate (lbs/hr) 1 1850 1000 840 610 660 620 570 535 510 470 460 440
Steam (lbs/hr) 2 160 310 460 730 760 900 1200 1500 1800 2350 3000 3550
Saturated condensate discharging into 20 PSI back pressure Saturated Steam flow @ 5000 ft/min velocity
72

PUMPS
73

PUMPS
Stand Alone Pressure Motive Pumps

The stand alone Pressure Motive Pump (PMP) consists of the pump tank, the internal operating mechanism, and a set of inlet and outlet check valves. Depending on the particular model, pump tanks can be made from Ductile Iron, Fabricated Steel or Stainless Steel. In most installations an additional receiver or reservoir tank and possibly a high capacity steam trap may be required to complete the system.
Page No. 76-89
Introduction
Pressure Motive Pump (PMP) Series
76-81
PMPC
Basic Pumping Applications up to 200 PSIG Ductile Iron body (PMO 200 PSIG) Patented Snap-Assure Mechanism with Inlet and Outlet Check Valves
82
PMPF
Basic Pumping Applications up to 200 PSIG Fabricated Carbon Steel body (PMO 200 PSIG) Patented Snap-Assure Mechanism with Inlet and Outlet Check Valves
83
PMPSS
Corrosive Applications up to 150 PSIG Fabricated Stainless Steel body (PMO 150 PSIG) Patented Snap-Assure Mechanism with Inlet and Outlet Check Valves
84
PMPLS
Low-Profile Applications up to 150 PSIG Fabricated Carbon Steel body (PMO 150 PSIG) Patented Snap-Assure Mechanism with Inlet and Outlet Check Valves Extremely Low-Profile Applications up to 150 PSIG Cast Iron body (PMO 150 PSIG) Internal Pump Mechanism with Inlet and Outlet Check Valves High-Capacity Applications up to 150 PSIG Fabricated Carbon Steel body (PMO 150 PSIG) Internal Pump Mechanism with Inlet and Outlet Check Valves
85
PMPM
86
PMPBP
87
PMPSP
Sump Drainer 88-89 Fabricated Carbon Steel body (PMO 150 PSIG) These non-electric sump drainers are designed to drain unwanted water from sumps, pits, underground tunnels and low lying areas Patented Snap-Assure Mechanism with Inlet and Outlet Check Valves
74

Pumps with Receiver Tanks
Simplex, Duplex, Triplex & Quadraplex Systems
Standardized Simplex, Duplex, Triplex, and Quadraplex packaged systems include the Stand Alone Pumps and check valves with receiver tank mounted on a steel base and frame. Multiple pumping units can be used for increased capacity or for system redundancy. The units are available in Ductile Iron, Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel. Additional options such as sight glasses, insulation jackets, cycle counters, motive and vent piping, pressure regulators, steam traps, strainers and ASME code stamps, etc., are available. Page No. 90-91
Pump & Trap Combinations

Models PMPT & WPT
Pump & trap combinations are used for draining condensate from a single piece of heat transfer equipment. Model PMPT has an internal steam trap inside the pump body. The WPT Series have an appropriately sized external steam trap attached to the pump and are mounted on a common base. 92-97
ACCESSORIES & OPTIONS for Stand Alone Units

Custom Tanks, Insulation Jackets, Gauge Glasses, Cycle Counters, Pre-piped Accessories, Mechanisms, Check Valves, etc. 98-99
SIZING & SELECTION for All Non-Electric Pumps & Systems

Pump Capacities PMP, Receiver & Vent, Pump-Trap & Reservoir Sizing 100-101 102-109
Customized Skid Packages

Watson McDaniels fully equipped ASME qualified fabrication facility stands ready to assist you with all your fabrication needs. Our engineering staff specializes in the design of pressure motive condensate pumping systems for both industrial and institutional applications. We offer either standard packages, or specialized systems to meet your specific needs. 110-111
Electric Condensate Pumps

Models W4100 & W4200
Electric condensate pumps are available for condensate temperatures up to 190F. Carbon Steel and Cast Iron Tanks available. Available options include receivers, NEMA control panels, mechanical and electrical alternators, magnetic starters, gauge glasses, and more. 112-115
75
Pumps NON-ELECTRIC CONDENSATE PUMPS

Why use a Pressure Motive Pump (PMP)?
PUMPS
The primary function of the non-electric PMPs is to return condensate back to the boiler. They are an excellent alternative to standard electric pumps that are prone to seal failure when pumping hot condensate in excess of 195 F. They also significantly improve the performance and efficiency of heat exchangers by helping to drain condensate from the heat exchanger during system stall conditions.
Information Required for Proper Selection and Sizing of Pressure Motive Pump (PMP) Systems
Although Pressure Motive Pumps can be supplied as stand-alone units, the vast majority of industrial condensate transfer applications require a complete system of components to function both properly and efficiently. This section is intended to familiarize the user with the information and components required to provide an efficient system.
Considerations for PMP System Sizing and Selection

1) Is a PMP required for the situation? Is there sufficient line pressure for adequate transfer of condensate, or is a PMP required to overcome lift and/or condensate return line pressure? 2) Should you choose a Stand-alone pump or Pump with Receiver Tank (PMP System)? The vast majority of pump applications require some type of receiver or reservoir upstream of the unit for several possible reasons:
To allow proper operation of the PMP by providing adequate liquid head above
the PMP (Fill Height). Liquid fill head is required to ensure gravity drainage of condensate so that the PMP tank may fill completely on each cycle.
To enable the condensate to collect while the pump is in the discharge cycle
(i.e. not filling), thus preventing liquid backup into the equipment being drained.
In an open loop system, a vented receiver must accommodate both high

pressure/temperature condensate as well as the flash steam generated from that condensate. Sizing of both the receiver and vent connection are critical to proper function of the system.
3) Application OPEN LOOP (Vented Receiver) or CLOSED LOOP (Pressurized Reservoir)?

INLET FOR MULTIPLE CONDENSATE SOURCES MOTIVE STEAM OR AIR SUPPLY
ATMOSPHERIC VENT
OPEN LOOP (Vented Receiver)

This PMP System is intended for the drainage of multiple condensate sources. For these applications, a vented receiver will be required for the equalization of the various pressure sources. The flash steam generated by the hot condensate in the receiver tank can be used for supplementing other low pressure steam systems or vented to atmosphere.
PUMP EXHAUST VENTED RECEIVER

ALTERNATE CONDENSATE INLET
12 SEAL ON OVERFLOW
FILLING HEAD 12 Preferred 6 Min.
RETURN LINE PRESSURE
LIFT (ft.)
WD 600 TRAP
PRESSURE MOTIVE PUMP
76
Pumps NON-ELECTRIC CONDENSATE PUMPS

CLOSED LOOP (Pressurized Reservoir)
STALL CONDITION WITH MODULATED STEAM FLOW
When a modulating valve is used to control product temperature in heat transfer equipment, the valve will open and close as necessary to meet the variable demand of the system to maintain the product at constant temperature (Figure 1). Therefore, when maximum heating is required, the supply valve will be fully open to satisfy the high steam demand requirement. At this point, pressure is also being supplied at its highest level, which may be sufficient to overcome total system back pressure. As the product temperature is satisfied, demand decreases and the valve correspondingly begins to close reducing pressure differential. If demand is satisfied, the valve modulates to its fully closed position. Inlet supply pressure will eventually fall below system back pressure, resulting in system stall. This leads to poor heat transfer and water hammer as condensate backs up in the heat transfer equipment. To prevent this situation, a pressure motive pump (PMP) and steam trap is added to the system (Figure 2). Any condensate forming inside the heat transfer equipment will drain by gravity into the pump tank. The condensate will accumulate in the pump tank until the float mechanism reaches its trip point. The tripping of the mechanism opens the motive valve to allow high pressure steam into the tank to drive the condensate from the tank to the condensate return line.
Figure 1 Figure 2
STEAM CONTROL VALVE
STEAM
PUMPS
STEAM CONTROL VALVE STEAM

AIR VENT VACUUM BREAKER
AIR VENT
VACUUM BREAKER
CONDENSATE RETURN
STEAM
CONDENSATE RETURN LINE

HOT OUTLET COLD INLET
HEAT EXCHANGER
HEAT EXCHANGER
RESERVOIR
STEAM INLET THERMODYNAMIC DISC TRAP
LIFT
FILLING HEAD
VENT
F&T TRAP
F&T TRAP
INLET CHECK VALVE
OUTLET CHECK VALVE
Heat Exchanger System without PMP -
Heat Exchanger System with PMP & Separate Trap (Closed Loop System)
4) Height or spatial limitations Is the equipment to be drained low to the ground or are there other size limitations? It is important that minimum fill head requirements are met to ensure proper operation of the PMP. In addition, changes in fill head will affect capacity. 5) Standard Simplex/Duplex/Triplex/Quadraplex or Custom System This is generally dictated by sizing requirements and application parameters, but a cost-effective standard system should be selected when possible. Custom fabricated systems are designed to meet a wide variety of specific application requirements. Note: The sizing of the receiver and vent connection on standard systems must be specified per the application parameters. 6) Back pressure For proper sizing and selection of a PMP system, the total back pressure of the system must be known. The total back pressure generally consists of: The vertical height the condensate must be raised (Every 1 foot of vertical lift equals 0.433 PSI pressure.) Any line pressure in the condensate return piping 7) Motive Gas and Pressure Is the gas (steam, air, other) appropriate for the application and is the available pressure sufficient to provide the necessary flow against the total back pressure? (For closed loop systems, only steam is appropriate as a motive.)
77
NON-ELECTRIC CONDENSATE PUMPS
PMP Series
Pressure Motive Pumps
PUMPS
The Watson McDaniel PMP Series of Pressure Motive Pumps are designed to transfer hot condensate (as well as other liquids) without the use of electrical energy. The primary application for the PMP is pumping condensate from a process application or condensate collection area back to the condensate return system.
Several choices of pump body materials, types and configurations are available to meet specific customer applications: Ductile Iron Tanks Ductile Iron is far superior to cast iron in
handling higher pressures and temperatures. Ductile iron is also extremely corrosion resistant to condensate and water and can last in excess of 50 years before tank replacement is required. Our ductile iron tanks can be ASME coded on request.
Hot Condensate The mechanical seals in standard electric

condensate return pumps begin to have difficulty when handling condensate in excess of 195 F. Seal failure is virtually guaranteed when condensate temperatures reach 203 F due to flashing of the condensate across the seal face. It is therefore required to cool condensate in order to prevent seal failure prior to pumping using electric pumps. PMPs do not have seals and therefore will handle condensate well in excess of these temperatures.
Fabricated Carbon Steel Carbon steel has a higher pressure and temperature rating than ductile iron. Certain industrial facilities such as chemical and petrochemical refineries request carbon steel only. Our carbon steel tanks are standard ASME coded. Fabricated Stainless Steel Stainless steel (304L) tanks are the
most corrosion resistant and can be used in extremely harsh environments.
T Y P I C A L C O N F I G U R AT I O N S
STAND ALONE UNITS:
All stand alone units are furnished with pump tank, check valves: and internal pumping mechanism. PMPC PMPF PMPSS PMPLS PMPM PMPBP
Low Profile Low profile tanks are often required when draining
condensate from process equipment when positioned close to the ground which limits filling head. Low profile units are available in both fabricated steel and cast iron.
Sump Drainers Sump drainers are similar to the standard PMP

models except that they discharge the condensate vertically upwards. This piping configuration allows them to easily fit into below ground sump pits with limited space.
PUMPS WITH RECEIVER TANKS:

One or more stand alone pump units connected to an appropriately sized receiver tank mounted on a common base. Additional pumping units can be used for increased capacity or pump redundancy in case of failure.
F E AT U R E S
Seal-less The PMP contains no seals. The weak point in conventional electric pumps is seal failure due to flashing hot condensate across the seal face. Non-Electric Since no electricity is required they can be used in remote locations or NEMA 4,7 & 9 hazardous areas. Can operate using steam, air, nitrogen or other pressurized gases as the motive force. Ductile-Iron Pump tanks are standard in Ductile Iron which is far superior to Cast Iron for pressure and temperature rating and safety. Can be ASME coded and can last in excess of fifty years prior to replacement. Carbon Steel Pump tanks available in ASME coded carbon steel. Stainless Steel Pump tank options include 304L for applications in harsh environments.
Simplex: One Pumping unit with check valves and receiver tank, mounted on frame and skid base. Duplex: Two Pumping units with check valves and receiver
tank, mounted on frame and skid base.
Triplex: Three Pumping units with check valves and receiver tank, mounted on frame and skid base. Quadraplex: Four Pumping units with check valves and
receiver tank, mounted on frame and skid base.
PUMP & STEAM TRAP COMBINATIONS:

Stand alone pump combined with Internally or Externally configured Steam Trap. PMPT (Internal Steam Trap) WPT Series (External Steam Trap)
SUMP DRAINER:
Stand alone Sump Drainer with check valves is designed for pumping water out of low lying areas or pits. Excellent solution where there is no access to electricity. PMPSP
OPTIONS
Pump cycle counter used for predicting maintenance intervals as well as calculating the volume of condensate pumped. Insulation jackets are available to stop heat losses through the pump body and provide personal protection. Sight glass for monitoring liquid level inside pump body. Customized systems ASME code-certified fabrication facility
C U S T O M C O N F I G U R AT I O N S
Watson McDaniels fully-qualified fabrication facility is ASME code certified. Our engineers can design and build complete custom systems to meet all your requirements.
78
PMP Series
PUMPS
S TA N D A L O N E U N I T S
All stand alone units are furnished with pump tank, check valves and internal pumping mechanism.
PMPC
DUCTILE IRON
PMPF CARBON STEEL HIGH-PRESSURE

The Model PMPF pressure motive pump is designed for high pressure applications. Pump body & cover are manufactured from carbon steel and receive the ASME UM code stamp.
The Model PMPC pressure motive pump body & cover are manufactured from ductile iron. ASME UM code stamp is available.
PMPSS
STAINLESS STEEL
PMPBP CARBON STEEL HIGH-CAPACITY

The PMPBP is an extremely high-capacity pressure motive pump for applications requiring large transfer of condensate or other liquids. The internal operating mechanism functions identically to other pumps in the PMP series. ASME U code stamp is available.
The Model PMPSS pressure motive pump body & cover are manufactured from 304L stainless steel. These tanks are designed to be used in harsh corrosive environments and receive the ASME UM code stamp.
PMPM CAST IRON LOW PROFILE

The Model PMPM pressure motive pump has an extremely low profile. These low-profile tanks are required when draining condensate from process equipment positioned close to the ground which limits the filling head of the pump.
PMPLS
CARBON STEEL LOW PROFILE
The Model PMPLS pressure motive pumps are low profile. These tanks are often required when draining condensate from process equipment positioned close to the ground which limits the filling head of the pump. Pump body & cover are manufactured from carbon steel and receive the ASME UM code stamp.
PUMP & TRAP COMBINATIONS

with Internal Steam Trap with External Steam Trap
PUMPS WITH RECEIVER TANKS
SUMP DRAINER
PMPT
The Model PMPT low-profile pressure motive pump comes with an Internal Steam Trap. It is an excellent choice for drainage of various modulating process equipment. The internal steam trap allows condensate discharge under all operating conditions of modulating equipment, including vacuum.
WPT
The WPT Series are stand alone pump units with an appropriately sized External Steam Trap preassembled at the factory and mounted on a common base plate, allowing for easy installation. Available in several sizes and capacities. Used when load requirement exceeds that of the PMPT. Watson McDaniel manufactures PMPs with receiver tanks. Pumps are available in Ductile Iron, Cast Iron or Fabricated Steel. Receiver tank manufactured from Carbon Steel. Available in Simplex, Duplex, Triplex and Quadraplex.
PMPSP
The Model PMPSP sump drainer body & cover are manufactured from Carbon Steel. The Model PMPSP Sump Drainer is designed for pumping out and draining pits.
79
PMP Series
PUMPS
VENT TO ATMOSPHERE PUMP EXHAUST PUMP MOTIVE PRESSURE RETURN LINE PRESSURE CONDENSATE VENTED RECEIVER RETURN LINE LIFT PRESSURE IN PSI (FEET X 0.433) TO DRAIN OR VENT PUMP INLET CHECK VALVE OUTLET CHECK VALVE
Operation of PMP Pressure Motive Pump

VENT OUTLET (open) MOTIVE INLET (closed)
DRIP TRAP FILLING HEAD

VENT MOTIVE GAS INLET
Open
Closed INLET OUTLET
FLOW
OPEN
CLOSED
1 Condensate flows from the receiver tank thru the inlet check valve and fills
the pump tank. During the filling cycle the float inside the tank rises.
VENT TO ATMOSPHERE
PUMP EXHAUST
PUMP MOTIVE PRESSURE RETURN LINE PRESSURE
VENT OUTLET (closed)
MOTIVE INLET (open)
CONDENSATE
VENTED RECEIVER RETURN LINE LIFT PRESSURE IN PSI (FEET X 0.433) TO DRAIN OR VENT PUMP CLOSED INLET CHECK VALVE OUTLET CHECK VALVE OPEN Closed Open INLET OUTLET

FLOW
2 When the pump tank has filled to the trip point, the mechanism triggers,
opening the motive gas inlet valve and simultaneously closing the vent valve. This allows motive pressure to enter the pump body, which drives the condensate thru the outlet check valve into the condensate return line. During the discharge cycle, the liquid level and the float inside the pump tank drop.
VENT TO ATMOSPHERE
PUMP EXHAUST
PUMP MOTIVE PRESSURE RETURN LINE PRESSURE
VENT OUTLET (open)
MOTIVE INLET (closed)
CONDENSATE
VENTED RECEIVER RETURN LINE LIFT PRESSURE IN PSI (FEET X 0.433) TO DRAIN OR VENT PUMP

Open
Closed INLET OUTLET
FLOW
OPEN CLOSED
INLET CHECK VALVE
OUTLET CHECK VALVE
3 At the lower trip point, the mechanism triggers and the motive gas inlet valve to the pump tank closes and simultaneously the vent valve opens. The fill and discharge cycle then repeats itself.
80
PMP Series
Pressure Motive Pump Internal Mechanism
PUMPS
1/2 NPT INLET 1 NPT OUTLET VENT
ALL STAINLESS STEEL INTERNALS
COVER
Patented SNAP-ASSURE Feature

Guaranteed to extend pump life even in the most demanding applications.
INLET AND VENT VALVES
Made from heat-treated 17-4 stainless steel; adds durability for extended life.
PINS AND WEAR POINTS Pivot pins and wear points are made from heat-treated stainless steel with a heavy layer of hard chrome plating.
INCONEL-X-750 DUAL COMPRESSION SPRINGS Designed to minimize stresses and last indefinitely.
SUPPORT BRACKET
FLOAT
I N T E R N A L M E C H A N I S M F E AT U R E S
Equipped with our Patented Snap-Assure feature, found only on Watson McDaniels mechanisms. Snap-Assure extends the useful life of the pump by assuring that the internal toggle action triggers at every fill and discharge cycle All Stainless Steel components eliminate corrosion and rusting Hard chrome-plated pivot pins and wear points substantially reduce the rate of wear on critical components 17-4 heat-treated stainless steel inlet and vent valve (Hardened seats have proven themselves to last years longer in service) Dual compression springs made from Inconel-X-750 minimize stress and corrosion and are designed to last indefinitely Precision manufactured mechanisms never require field adjustments Watson McDaniel Snap-Assure mechanisms can be purchased separately and will fit other manufacturers pump tanks
I N T E R N A L M E C H A N I S M M AT E R I A L S
Cover Cover Gasket Cover Bolts Inlet Valve Vent Valve Mechanism Yoke Ball Float Springs Other Internal Parts Material for cover same as tank material Garlock / Grafoil Grade B5 Hardened Stainless Steel, Rc 40 Hardened Stainless Steel, Rc 40 304 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Inconel-X-750 Stainless Steel
Snap-Assure Patent No. 6572340
81
PMPC
PUMPS
CAST DUCTILE IRON TANK
Pressure Motive Pump
Model Body Cover Check Valves PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature
PMPC Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Stainless Steel 200 PSIG 388F 200 PSIG @ 650F 650F @ 200 PSIG
Note: ASME UM code stamp available.
The PMPC pressure motive pump body & cover are manufactured from ductile iron. ASME UM code stamp is available. This pump is typically used when liquids must be moved to higher elevation, higher pressure or extended distances.
DIMENSIONS
Size (Inlet x Outlet) 1 x 1 11/2 x 1 11/2 x 11/2 2 x 1 2 x 11/2 2 x 2 3 x 2
inches / pounds
A B 6 71/2 71/2 8 8 8 91/4 C 6 6 71/2 6 71/2 8 8 Weight (lbs) 360 365 367 370 380 385 390
F E AT U R E S
Equipped with our Patented Snap-Assure Mechanism
291/2 303/4 311/4 31 321/2 323/4 351/4
which extends the useful life of the pump Mechanism incorporates heat-treated stainless steel wear items All stainless steel internals for ultimate corrosion resistance Dual compression springs made from Inconel-X-750 for high-temperature corrosive service Operates using steam, air, nitrogen or other pressurized gases as the motive force Non-Electric can be used in remote locations or NEMA 4, 7, 9 & hazardous areas
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Cover Gasket Cover Bolts Inlet Valve Vent Valve Mechanism Yoke Ball Float Check Valves Springs Other Internal Components Ductile Iron Grafoil Steel Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Inconel-X-750 Stainless Steel
The non-electric pressure powered pump shall be capable of operating with a maximum motive pressure of 200 PSIG provided by steam, air or other gas supply. The pump body shall be cast ASTM A-395 Ductile Iron capable of an ASME UM code stamp if requested. The pump mechanism shall be float operated with a patented Snap-Assure feature constructed of all stainless steel materials with all load bearing points hardened for extended service life. The mechanism shall feature two Inconel springs used in compression with motive & vent valves hardened to 40c Rockwell.
82

FABRICATED STEEL TANK
PMPF
PUMPS
Model Body Cover Check Valves PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure
PMPF Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Stainless Steel 200 PSIG 388F 250 PSIG @ 650F
The PMPF pressure motive pump body & cover are manufactured from carbon steel. These tanks are fabricated with 1/8 corrosion allowance and receive the ASME UM code stamp. This pump is typically used when liquids must be moved to higher elevation, higher pressure or extended distances.
DIMENSIONS
inches / pounds
A B 6 71/2 71/2 8 8 8 91/4 C 6 71/2 6 6 71/2 8 8 Weight (lbs) 215 220 223 225 230 235 240
301/2 313/4 321/4 32 331/2 333/4 351/4
F E AT U R E S

which extends the useful life of the pump
Mechanism incorporates heat-treated stainless steel
wear items All stainless steel internals for ultimate corrosion resistance Dual compression springs made from Inconel-X-750 for high-temperature corrosive service Operates using steam, air, nitrogen or other pressurized gases as the motive force Non-Electric can be used in remote locations or NEMA 4, 7, 9 & hazardous areas
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Cover Gasket Cover Bolts Inlet Valve Vent Valve Mechanism Yoke Ball Float Check Valves Springs Other Internal Components Carbon Steel Grafoil Steel Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Inconel-X-750 Stainless Steel
The non-electric pressure powered pump shall be capable of operating with a maximum motive pressure of 200 PSIG provided by steam, air or other gas supply. The pump body shall be fabricated carbon steel and certified with the ASME UM code stamp. The pump mechanism shall be float operated with a patented Snap-Assure feature constructed of all stainless steel materials with all load bearing points hardened for extended service life. The mechanism shall feature two Inconel springs used in compression with motive & vent valves hardened to 40c Rockwell.
83
PMPSS
PUMPS
STAINLESS STEEL TANK
PMPSS 304L Stainless Steel * Carbon Steel Stainless Steel 150 PSIG 366 F 150 PSIG @ 650F
* For special 316L SS, consult factory.
The PMPSS pressure motive pump body & cover are manufactured from 304L Stainless Steel. These pumps receive the ASME UM code stamp. This pump is designed to be used in harsh and corrosive environments.
DIMENSIONS
inches / pounds
A B 6 71/2 71/2 8 8 8 91/4 C 6 71/2 6 6 71/2 8 8 Weight (lbs) 215 220 223 225 230 235 240
F E AT U R E S
301/2 313/4 321/4 32 331/2 333/4 351/4
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Cover Gasket Cover Bolts Inlet Valve Vent Valve Mechanism Yoke Ball Float Check Valves Springs Other Internal Components 304L Stainless Steel Grafoil Steel Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Inconel-X-750 Stainless Steel
The non-electric pressure powered pump shall be capable of operating with a maximum motive pressure of 150 PSIG provided by steam, air or other gas supply. The pump body shall be 304L Stainless Steel and certified with the ASME UM code stamp. The pump mechanism shall be float operated with a patented Snap-Assure feature constructed of all stainless steel materials with all load bearing points hardened for extended service life. The mechanism shall feature two Inconel springs used in compression with motive & vent valves hardened to 40c Rockwell.
84

CARBON STEEL LOW-PROFILE TANK
PMPLS
PUMPS
PMPLS Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Stainless Steel 150 PSIG 366F 150 PSIG @ 650F
Note: Optional 200 PSIG PMA/PMO. Consult Factory.
The PMPLS pressure motive pump is a lower profile than the standard PMPF model and is sometimes required when draining condensate from process equipment that is positioned close to the ground which limits the filling head of the pump. Pump & body cover are manufactured from carbon steel and receive the ASME UM code stamp.
DIMENSIONS
Size (Inlet x Outlet) 1 x 1 11/2 x 1 11/2 x 11/2
inches / pounds
A B 55/8 7 7 C 55/8 55/8 7 Weight (lbs) 200 205 210
291/2 303/4 321/8
F E AT U R E S
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Cover Gasket Cover Bolts Inlet Valve Vent Valve Mechanism Yoke Ball Float Check Valves Springs Other Internal Components Carbon Steel Grafoil Steel Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Inconel-X-750 Stainless Steel
The non-electric pressure powered pump shall be capable of operating with a maximum motive pressure of 150 PSIG provided by steam, air or other gas supply. The pump body shall be fabricated carbon steel and certified with the ASME UM code stamp. The pump mechanism shall be float operated with a patented Snap-Assure feature constructed of all stainless steel materials with all load bearing points hardened for extended service life. The mechanism shall feature two Inconel springs used in compression with motive & vent valves hardened to 40c Rockwell.
85
PMPM
PUMPS
CAST IRON MINI-PUMP
Model Body Cover Sizes Check Valves PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure
PMPM Cast Iron Cast Iron 1, 11/4 Stainless Steel 150 PSIG 366F 150 PSIG @ 450F
The Model PMPM pressure motive pump has an extremely low profile. These low-profile tanks are required when draining condensate from process equipment positioned close to the ground which limits the filling head of the pump.
Motive Pressure (PSIG)
25 25 50 50 50 50 75 75 75 100 100 100 100 150 150 150
Back Pressure (PSIG)

15 5 40 25 15 5 60 40 25 60 40 25 15 100 80 60
6 Filling Head Steam Motive Air Motive 1 11/4 1 11/4

1200 1970 1200 1480 1860 2240 1160 1640 1960 1415 1825 1985 2175 1120 1220 1570 1800 2955 1800 2220 2790 3360 1740 2460 2960 2122 2732 2977 3262 1680 1830 2355 1720 2265 1640 1980 2220 2485 1935 2185 2340 2020 2280 2420 2455 1456 1525 1885 2580 3398 2460 2970 3330 3728 2903 3278 3510 3030 3420 3630 3683 2184 2288 2828
F E AT U R E S
Mechanism incorporates heat-treated stainless steel

wear items for extended service life
All stainless steel internals for ultimate corrosion resistance Dual springs made from Inconel-X-750 for
high-temperature corrosive service gases as the motive force
Operates using steam, air, nitrogen or other pressurized Low-profile design Non-Electric can be used in remote locations or
NEMA 4, 7, 9 & hazardous areas
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Cover Gasket Cover Bolts Inlet Valve Vent Valve Mechanism Yoke Ball Float Check Valves Springs Other Internal Components Cast Iron Garlock Steel Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Inconel-X-750 Stainless Steel
SIZING
The capacity of the PMPM is based on the inlet steam pressure, the system back pressure, and the amount of filling head available. The trap used in a pump-trap combination must be sized to handle the instantaneous discharge of the pump. Choose a F&T trap that will pass the condensate load at a 1/4 PSI differential pressure. The PMO of the steam trap must be higher than the motive inlet steam pressure. Consult factory for proper choice of steam trap.
86

CARBON STEEL HIGH-CAPACITY TANK

PUMPS
PMPBP
PMPBP Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Stainless Steel & Steel 150 PSIG 366F 150 PSIG @ 470F
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Cover Gasket Cover Bolts Inlet Valve Vent Valve Mechanism Yoke Ball Float Check Valves Springs Other Internal Components Carbon Steel Non-Asbestos Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel & Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
The PMPBP is an extremely high-capacity pressure motive pump for applications requiring large transfer of condensate or other liquids. The internal operating mechanism functions identically to other pumps in the PMP series. ASME U code stamp is available.
OPTIONS Cycle counter for measuring the amount of condensate flow

through the pump.
F E AT U R E S
All stainless steel internals for ultimate corrosion resistance Operates using steam, air, nitrogen or other pressurized
gases as the motive force
Insulation jackets are available to stop heat losses through the pump body. Sight glass for monitoring liquid level inside pump body.
Non-Electric can be used in remote locations or

NEMA 4, 7, 9 & hazardous areas
87
PMPSP The Pit Boss

Sump Drainer
PUMPS
PMPSP Carbon Steel Ductile Iron Stainless Steel 150 PSIG 366F 150 PSIG @ 650F
Connection Sizes NPT Inlet Outlet 1 1 /2 x 11/2 2 x 2 3 x 2
OUTLET Stainless Steel Check Valve
The PMPSP Sump Drainer uses the identical internal mechanism as the standard PMP models. The piping configuration is such that the liquid is discharged vertically upwards as opposed to horizontally out the side. This allows the unit to be easily positioned inside of a sump area. Condensate or water from the sump enters the tank through a stainless steel low resistance check valve.
INLET Stainless Steel Check Valve
F E AT U R E S
Equipped with our Patented Snap-Assure Mechanism which
extends the useful life of the pump Mechanism incorporates heat-treated stainless steel wear items All stainless steel internals for ultimate corrosion resistance Dual compression springs made from Inconel-X-750 for high-temperature corrosive service Operates using steam, air, nitrogen or other pressurized gases as the motive force Non-Electric can be used in remote locations or NEMA 4, 7, 9 & hazardous areas Built-in strainer screen
88
PMPSP
The Pit Boss
MOTIVE STEAM or AIR DISCHARGE LINE
Sump Drainer
PUMPS
DISC TRAP
VENT
PMPSP SUMP DRAINER SCREENED INLET Water enters the inlet check valve thru a screened area at bottom of pump. After the pump fills, the internal mechanism is
actuated and the pump is discharged by the motive steam or compressed air. Other compressed gases such as nitrogen can also be used.
18 MINIMUM DIAMETER
C A PA C I T I E S Water (GPM) for 11/2 x 11/2 Size

Motive Pressure (PSIG) 10 20 40 70 100 125 150 Capacity Correction Factors 2 x 2 3 x 2 2.5 1.8 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 3 2.4 2.4 2.4 2 2 2 Back Pressure (PSIG) 0 11.7 12.5 13.1 12.9 12.3 11.6 10.7 10 20 40 70 100
9.2 10.4 11.0 10.6 10.1 9.5
8.7 9.4 9.4 .9.0 8.8
7.1 7.5 7.5 7.2
5.4 5.6 5.7 4.3 4.5
Note: Capacities in above chart are for the 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 model. To determine capacities for the 2 x 2 & 3 x 2 models, multiply capacity in chart by appropriate correction factor.

89

PUMPS
Standard Skid Mounted Systems

F E AT U R E S
Easy to install with only four
SIMPLEX SYSTEMS Models PMPC & PMPF

NOTES: 1. SIZING DEPENDS ON CONDENSATE LOAD, INLET MOTIVE PRESSURE & FILLING HEAD. 2. THE SIZING OF THE RECEIVER AND VENT CONNECTION IS BASED ON APPLICATION PARAMETERS WHEN USED AS OPEN LOOP (VENTED) SYSTEM. VENT 4 150# RF FLANGE
connections to be made in the field Dramatically reduces installation costs with all system elements pre-piped Utilizing Watson McDaniels years of experience will ensure that vented receivers or pressurized reservoirs are properly sized for optimum system performance Watson McDaniels fully-qualified fabrication facility is ASME code certified. Our engineers can design and build complete custom systems to meet all your requirements
30.0
40.0 21 GAL. RECEIVER VENT
CONNECTS TO PUMP EXHAUST 11/2 NPT CONDENSATE INLET 3 NPT
AUXILIARY INLET, 2 NPT GAUGE GLASS 1/2 NPT
RECEIVER
PUMP EXHAUST 1 NPT MOTIVE STEAM INLET 1/2 NPT CONDENSATE OUTLET
TYPICAL OPTIONS Gauge glass assembly Cycle counter Insulation covers Motive steam drip trap Overflow pipe connection Pressure regulator for motive
supply line
62.6 55.6
DRAIN 1 NPT
27.75 PMPC 32.00 PMPF

PMPC or PMPF
7.5 PMPC 12 PMPF
DUPLEX SYSTEMS Models PMPC & PMPF

NOTES: 1. SIZING DEPENDS ON CONDENSATE LOAD, INLET MOTIVE PRESSURE & FILLING HEAD. 2. THE SIZING OF THE RECEIVER AND VENT CONNECTION IS BASED ON APPLICATION PARAMETERS WHEN USED AS OPEN LOOP (VENTED) SYSTEM.
40.0
44.0 VENT 6 150# FLANGE 48 GAL. RECEIVER PUMP EXHAUST 1 NPT MOTIVE STEAM INLET 1/2 NPT CONDENSATE OUTLET
CONNECTS TO PUMP EXHAUST 11/2 NPT
AUXILIARY INLET 3 NPT GAUGE GLASS 1/2 NPT INSPECTION OPENING 2 NPT
CONDENSATE INLET 3 NPT
RECEIVER
68.0 59.0
DRAIN 1 NPT
27.75 PMPC 32.00 PMPF

PMPC or PMPF
7.5 PMPC 12 PMPF
90

PUMPS
TRIPLEX SYSTEMS Models PMPC & PMPF

40
75 GAL. RECEIVER
VENT 6 150# FLANGE
64 CONNECTS TO PUMP EXHAUST 11/2 NPT CONDENSATE INLET 3 NPT 11/2 NPT AUXILIARY INLET, 4 150# FLG
PUMP EXHAUST 1 NPT MOTIVE STEAM INLET 1/2 NPT CONDENSATE OUTLET 59.0 27.75 PMPC 32.00 PMPF
PMPC or PMPF
RECEIVER
GAUGE GLASS 1/2 NPT INSPECTION OPENING 2 NPT
68.4
DRAIN 1 NPT
7.5 PMPC 12 PMPF
QUADRAPLEX SYSTEMS Models PMPC & PMPF

64.0
60.0
VENT 8 150# FLANGE 116 GAL. RECEIVER PUMP EXHAUST 1 NPT MOTIVE STEAM INLET 1/2 NPT CONDENSATE OUTLET 27.75 PMPC 32.00 PMPF
7.5 PMPC 12 PMPF
CONNECTS TO PUMP EXHAUST 11/2 NPT CONDENSATE INLET 3 NPT
11/2 NPT AUXILIARY INLET, 4 150# FLG
RECEIVER
GAUGE GLASS 1/2 NPT INSPECTION OPENING 2 NPT
72.5 63.0
DRAIN 1 NPT
PMPC or PMPF
91
PUMPS
Pump & Trap Combinations

Why use a Pump-Trap?
A Pump-Trap Combination is used when draining condensate from a single piece of heat transfer equipment whose steam flow is being controlled with a modulating type valve. When a modulating valve controls the flow of steam to a heat exchanger, a stall condition can develop. Stall occurs when the modulating valve closes and steam pressure downstream of the valve is unable to push the condensate into the return line and it backs up into the heat exchanger. A Pump-Trap combination will eliminate this problem. Pump-Traps with either Internal or External Steam Trap designs are available to suit individual application requirements.
Pump with Internal Steam Trap
Pump with External Steam Trap
PMPT
The Model PMPT low-profile pressure motive pump has an internal Steam Trap for applications requiring compact design due to spatial constraints. It is an excellent choice for drainage of various modulating process equipment.
WPT
The WPT Series are stand-alone pump units with an appropriately sized Steam Trap preassembled at the factory and mounted on a common base plate, allowing for simple installation. Pump-trap combos with an external trap are suitable when capacity requirements exceed internal steam trap designs. Available in several sizes and capacities.
The Pump-Trap Combination allows condensate discharge under all operating conditions of modulating equipment, including vacuum.
92
PMPT & WPT

Pressure Motive Pump & Trap Combinations Problem:
DESCRIPTION:
STALL CONDITION WITH MODULATED STEAM FLOW When a modulating valve is used to control product temperature in heat transfer equipment, the valve will open and close as necessary to meet the variable demand of the system to maintain the product at constant temperature. Therefore, when maximum heating is required, the supply valve will be fully open to satisfy the high steam demand requirement. At this point, pressure is also being supplied at its highest level, which may be sufficient to overcome total system back pressure. As the product temperature is satisfied, demand decreases and the valve correspondingly begins to close, reducing pressure differential. If demand is satisfied, the valve modulates to its fully closed position. Inlet supply pressure will eventually fall below system back pressure, resulting in system stall. This leads to poor heat transfer and water hammer as condensate backs up in the heat transfer equipment.
STEAM STEAM CONTROL VALVE
PUMPS
Stalled Heat Exchanger
HEAT EXCHANGER
F&T TRAP
Heat Exchanger System without PMP
Solution:
DESCRIPTION:
Use PMP & Steam Trap Combination

STEAM CONTROL VALVE AIR VENT
STEAM
USE A PRESSURE MOTIVE PUMP AND STEAM TRAP COMBINATION (Available in INTERNAL and EXTERNAL Steam Trap designs)
When the supply valve is fully open and inlet pressure exceeds back pressure, condensate forming in the heat transfer equipment will be pushed through the pump and steam trap into the condensate return line. As the supply valve begins to close and the back pressure exceeds inlet pressure, any condensate forming inside the heat transfer equipment will drain by gravity into the pump tank. The condensate will accumulate in the pump tank until the float mechanism reaches its trip point. The tripping of the mechanism opens the motive valve to allow high pressure steam into the tank to drive the condensate from the tank to the condensate return line. Note: A larger steam trap than normally required to drain the heat transfer equipment must be used to handle the high instantaneous discharge rate of the pump. See additional information in this catalog for sizing guidelines.
VACUUM BREAKER
CONDENSATE RETURN
STEAM
HEAT EXCHANGER HOT OUTLET COLD INLET
LIFT
RESERVOIR
FILLING HEAD VENT
STEAM INLET
THERMODYNAMIC DISC TRAP
PMPT
INLET CHECK VALVE
PRESSURE MOTIVE PUMP/TRAP COMBINATION
OUTLET CHECK VALVE
Heat Exchanger System with PMP & Internal Trap (PMPT) (Closed Loop System)
93
PMPT
PUMPS
Pressure Motive Pump & Trap Combination (Internal Trap)
Model Body Cover Sizes Check Valves PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure
PMPT Ductile Iron Stainless Steel 1, 11/2 Stainless Steel 125 PSIG 366F 150 PSIG @ 450F
The Model PMPT low-profile pressure motive pump has an internal Steam Trap for applications requiring compact design due to spatial constraints. It is an excellent choice for drainage of various modulating process equipment. The PMPT allows condensate discharge under all operating conditions of modulating equipment, including vacuum.
M AT E R I A L S
Body Cover Cover Gasket Cover Bolts Inlet Valve Vent Valve Ball Float Check Valves Springs Other Internal Components Ductile Iron SA-395 Stainless Steel CF8 Garlock Steel Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc Hardened Stainless Steel 40 Rc 300 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel 316SS CF3 Inconel-X-750 Stainless Steel
F E AT U R E S
Compact, low-profile design allows for drainage of

equipment positioned close to the floor
The PMPT provides provides condensate drainage for Equipped with our proven, Patented Snap-Assure
pump while pump remains piped in line wear items
modulating equipment, preventing inefficient and dangerous system stall mechanism which extends the useful life of the pump
OPTIONS
Internal mechanism can be removed from the top of the Mechanism incorporates heat-treated stainless steel Dual compression springs made from Inconel-X-750 for
high-temperature, corrosive service
Horizontal pipe reservoir (recommended) Motive and vent piping Motive piping components such as steam trap,
strainer and regulator
Packaged systems available with reservoir, base and skid ASME Code Stamp available upon request
Patent Pending
94
PMPT
Pressure Motive Pump & Trap Combination (Internal Trap)
PUMPS Capacity Operating in Pump Mode Capacity Operating in Trap Mode
C A PA C I T I E S Condensate (lbs/hr) Using steam as a motive pressure

Motive Pressure (PSIG) 5 10 10 25 25 25 50 50 50 75 75 75 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 Total Back Pressure (PSIG) 2 5 2 15 10 5 40 25 10 60 40 15 80 60 40 15 115 100 80 60 40 15 Check Valve Size 1 x 1 6 Head 150 302 409 791 1020 1224 839 1012 1318 810 1122 1241 490 969 1209 1318 146 371 634 961 1054 1046 11/2 x 11/2 6 Head 258 523 704 1380 1780 2110 1470 1770 2280 1420 1970 2150 859 1700 2100 2260 256 649 1110 1680 1830 1780
TRAP CAPACITIES
Differential Pressure (PSI) 5 10 20 30 40 50 65 75 100 125 Capacity Condensate (lbs/hr) 3470 4126 4907 5430 5835 6170 6588 6828 7337 7758
95
WPT Series
PUMPS
WPT1 - 1 x 1 (PMPM with 11/2 FTE-200)

1 FNPT INLET
Pressure Motive Pump & Trap Combination (External Trap)

WPT Series Pump-Trap Combinations simplify Selection & Installation of Pressure Motive Pumps
5 size ranges available Up to 13,000 lbs/hr of condensate load
25
VENT 1/2 FNPT
The Watson McDaniel WPT Pump-Trap Combinations are excellent for draining heat exchangers or other equipment that is being fed by a temperature regulator or a temperature control valve. In these applications, the steam pressure in the heat exchanger may not be sufficient to overcome the back pressure in the condensate return line. When this condition occurs, the pressure powered pump takes over and uses high pressure steam supplied to the pump to discharge the condensate through the trap. When sufficient pressure does exist, the system functions like a standard steam trap.
MOTIVE 1/2 FNPT
1 FNPT OUTLET
PMPM 11/2 FTE-200 TRAP
P U M P - T R A P F E AT U R E S Pump and Steam Trap are pre-mounted together on a single base

for easy installation Engineering and selection is simplified
NOTE: Reservoir - The majority of Pump-Trap Combination applications require a reservoir above the pump to accommodate any condensate back-up during the discharge cycle of the pump. Consult Reservoir Sizing Guidelines or contact factory for additional information.
141/8
28
C A PA C I T I E S Condensate (lbs/hr) Using steam as a motive pressure

Motive Pressure (PSIG) 5 10 10 25 25 25 50 50 50 75 75 75 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 Total Back Pressure (PSIG) 2 5 2 15 10 5 40 25 10 60 40 15 80 60 40 15 115 100 80 60 40 15 120 100 80 60 40 15 WPT1 1 x 1 6 Head 185 370 502 958 1240 1490 1010 1220 1600 993 1380 1550 612 1210 1540 1720 195 488 836 1280 1420 1470 588 977 1060 1340 1420 1450 WPT2 11/4 x 11/4 6 Head 335 648 898 1590 2090 2570 1610 1970 2680 1560 2190 2580 951 1900 2440 2840 301 753 1300 2000 2270 2440 904 1510 1640 2100 2260 2390 WPT3 11/2 x 11/2 12 Head 1310 1760 2350 2700 3020 3780 2090 3620 4080 2250 3470 4390 2620 3390 4310 4620 2280 2880 3520 4110 4910 5120 2560 3020 3630 4230 4830 5230 WPT4 2 x 2 12 Head 2320 3740 5640 4690 5970 6850 3410 6650 7140 3730 6010 7920 4390 5780 6940 8000 3490 4420 5700 6880 7800 8420 3640 4610 5780 6910 7930 8590 WPT5 3 x 2 12 Head 4270 6230 9450 7230 9370 11400 5040 10200 11500 5660 8770 12400 6140 8120 10000 12300 4440 5720 7630 9390 11100 12900 5100 6270 8140 9920 11700 13300
Consult factory for motive pressures up to 200 PSIG
96

WPT2 - 11/4 x 11/4 (PMPM with 2 FTE-200)
11/4 FNPT INLET
WPT3 - 11/2 x 11/2 (PMPLS with 2 FTE-200)

11/2 FNPT INLET
PUMPS
VENT 1/2 FNPT 25 MOTIVE 1/2 FNPT
VENT 1 FNPT
25
MOTIVE 1/2 FNPT
11/4 FNPT OUTLET

2 FTE-200 TRAP PMPM PMPLS
11/2 FNPT OUTLET

2 FTE-200 TRAP
31/2
141/8
24 31/2
28
28
WPT4 - 2 x 2 (PMPC with 2 FTE-200)

2 FNPT INLET
WPT5 - 3 x 2 (PMPC with 21/2 FTE-200)

3 FNPT INLET
VENT 1 FNPT
25
VENT 1 FNPT
25
MOTIVE 1/2 FNPT
MOTIVE 1/2 FNPT
2 FNPT OUTLET
2 FNPT OUTLET
PMPC PMPC 2 FTE-200 TRAP
25 9/16
25 9/16
21/2 FTE-200 TRAP
8 28
51/4 28
97

PUMPS
Accessories & Options
Receiver Tanks
Four standard condensate receiver sizes are available for our Pressure Motive Pump Systems: 21, 48, 75 and 116 gallons. Custom Receiver fabrication is available with our ASME certified fabrication facility.
Pre-Piped PRV & Drip Leg

A fully-assembled Pre-piped PRV, Drip Leg, or PRV and Drip Leg Assembly guarantees proper installation of your PMP System. It assures that your skid package performs to optimum levels.
T-Bone Connection
Cycle Counter
Gauge Glass
Pump Tanks are available with gauge glass to show condensate level inside the tank. (bronze or stainless steel retainer)
Outlet Check Valve
Vertical Discharge Pump

Vertical Discharge Pump with T-Bone connection allows inlet and outlet condensate hook-ups to be made above the pump. This is an advantage when space is limited around the base of the pump due to equipment or piping obstructions.
Cycle Counter
The cycle counter option allows you to calculate and measure condensate flow through the pump on vented systems. This also gives an indication when maintenance and repairs to your mechanism may be required. Gauge Proper selection of the appropriate cycle Glass counter is required: consult factory. The low-differential pressure cycle counter must be selected for applications where total pump back pressure is below 15 PSIG. Special cycle counter required when used on Closed Loop Systems.
Inlet Check Valve
Product Description GAUGE GLASS: Standard Bronze for PMPC, PMPF, PMPLS, 21 Gallon Receiver for PMPT for PMPM Mini Pump (extremely low profile) for 48 Gallon Receiver for 75 Gallon Receiver for 116 Gallon Receiver Stainless Steel for PMPSS
Model Code Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass 1 PMPT PMPM 1 1 1
Gauge Glass SS Gauge Glass 1A Gauge Glass - 1HP Specify open or closed system
Following Options are available for gauge glasses. Contact factory. Auto Drain (self-drain) Stainless Steel Armored Reflex Gauge for PMPC, PMPF, PMPLS, 21 Gallon Receiver CYCLE COUNTER: Digital Cycle Counter (fits all PMPs) Low Pressure Cycle Counter (fits all PMPs) ASME Code Stamp: INSULATION JACKET: for for for for for for for for for for PMPC Ductile Iron Pump PMPF Fabricated Steel Pump PMPLS Low Profile Pump PMPBP High Capacity Pump PMPT Pump-Trap PMPM Mini Pump (extremely low profile) 21 Gallon Receiver 48 Gallon Receiver 75 Gallon Receiver 116 Gallon Receiver
for PMPC, PMPT & PMPBP Pump Tank (Contact Factory) (Standard on 21, 48, 75, 116 Gallon Receivers and PMPF, PMPLS, PMPSS pump tanks) INSUL-CRV-PMPC INSUL-CRV-PMPF INSUL-CRV-PMPLS INSUL-CRV-PMPBP INSUL-CRV-PMPT INSUL-CRV-PMPM INSUL-CRV-21 INSUL-CRV-48 INSUL-CRV-75 INSUL-CRV-116
98
Accessories & Options

PUMPS
Patented Snap-Assure Feature

Patented Snap-Assure feature is found only on Watson McDaniels pump mechanisms. Snap-Assure extends the useful life of the pump by assuring the internal mechanism toggles at every fill and discharge. Snap-Assure is supplied standard in Models PMPC, PMPF, PMPT, PMPLS, PMPSS & PMPSP. Snap-Assure mechanisms will also fit other manufacturers pump tanks. Mechanisms are simple and easy to replace, and are a cost-effective way to make your pump as good as new.
Insulation Jacket
Insulation Jackets conserve energy by reducing heat loss. They also improve safety by protecting personnel from hot surfaces. Jackets have velcro closures for easy installation or removal. Fits tightly around pump tanks and receivers.
Product Description PRE-PIPED ACCESSORIES: Pre-piped Pre-piped Pre-piped Pre-piped MECHANISMS: Pressure Regulating Valve (PRV) for motive steam or air Drip Leg Station with Steam Trap Drip Leg Station with Steam Trap and PRV Exhaust Line
Model Code PRV1 PRV2 PRV3 PRV4 900-03 910-03 900-02 921-03 911-03 900-03R 910-03R 921-03R See WSSCV Page
New Mechanism Assembly with Cover for PMPF for PMPC, PMPLS for PMPBP for PMPT for PMPM (cover not required) for PMPF for PMPC, PMPLS for PMPT
REBUILT MECHANISMS: *
CHECK VALVES: Stainless Steel: 1/2 - 3 NPT
* Note for Rebuilt Mechanisms: The exchange program is for mechanisms with two years of service or less. The old mechanism must be returned along with the order for the rebuilt mechanism. Orders without old mechanisms will be invoiced at the new mechanism price.
99

Pressure Motive Pumps - Capacities
PUMPS
Sizing & Selection

Motive Pressure (PSIG) 5 10 10 25 25 25 50 50 50 75 75 75 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 175 175 175 175 175 175 200 200 200 200 200 200 Total Back Pressure (PSIG) 2 5 2 15 10 5 40 25 10 60 40 15 80 60 40 15 115 100 80 60 40 15 120 100 80 60 40 15 140 120 100 60 40 15 160 140 100 80 40 15 PMPLS 1 X 1 6 Head 1,760 1,870 2,200 1,650 1,980 2,300 1,650 1,980 2,300 1,540 1,980 2,420 1,650 1,870 2,090 2,420 1,430 1,540 1,760 1,980 2,200 2,420 1,590 1,640 1,860 2,080 2,300 2,520 11/2 X 1 11/2 X 11/2 12Head 12Head 1,860 2,200 3,030 3,130 3,600 4,700 2,280 4,050 4,700 2,400 3,780 5,130 2,750 3,600 4,700 5,400 2,380 2,980 3,430 4,170 5,100 5,850 2,650 3,150 3,800 4,500 5,290 6,100 2,600 3,100 3,600 4,850 6,200 7,500 2,400 3,100 4,200 4,700 6,800 8,400 1,920 2,450 3,370 3,480 3,990 5,200 2,530 4,500 5,240 2,660 4,190 5,700 3,060 4,000 5,210 6,010 2,640 3,330 4,100 4,850 5,950 6,660 2,940 3,490 4,230 5,000 5,870 6,820 2,900 3,400 4,000 5,400 6,900 8,350 2,700 3,400 4,650 5,250 7,550 9,350
Using steam as a motive pressure

PMPC, PMPF, PMPSS* 2 X 1 2 X 11/2 2 X 2 12Head 12Head 12Head 2,860 4,350 6,880 4,990 6,560 7,970 3,370 6,800 7,970 3,600 5,920 8,580 4,160 5,560 6,880 8,740 3,270 4,140 5,400 6,600 7,760 9,240 3,400 4,320 5,490 6,660 7,920 9,450 3,800 4,400 5,100 6,900 8,900 10,600 3,500 4,400 5,950 6,750 9,700 12,000 3,180 4,840 7,650 5,550 7,290 8,860 3,750 7,560 8,860 4,000 6,580 9,540 4,630 6,180 7,650 9,720 3,640 4,600 6,000 7,340 8,630 10,270 3,780 4,800 6,100 7,400 8,800 10,500 4,200 4,850 5,700 7,700 9,850 11,900 3,800 4,900 6,600 7,500 10,800 13,300 3,540 5,380 8,500 6,170 8,100 9,850 4,170 8,4400 9,850 4,440 7,320 10,600 5,150 6,870 8,500 10,800 4,050 5,130 6,670 8,160 9,590 11,420 4,200 5,350 6,770 8,240 9,780 11,680 4,650 5,400 6,300 8,550 10,950 13,200 4,300 5,400 7,350 8,300 11,950 14,800 3 x 2 12Head 5,000 7,210 11,110 8,230 10,780 13,350 5,670 11,550 13,440 6,340 9,870 14,330 6,860 9,100 11,270 14,330 4,960 6,390 8,540 10,530 12,500 15,100 5,690 7,000 9,100 11,120 13,220 15,500 6,200 7,200 8,400 11,400 14,600 17,600 5,700 7,200 9,800 11,100 15,950 19,700 3 x 2 Duplex 10,000 14,420 22,220 16,460 21,560 26,700 11,340 23,100 26,880 12,680 19,740 28,660 13,720 18,200 22,540 28,660 9,920 12,780 17,080 21,060 25,000 30,200 11,380 14,000 18,200 22,240 26,440 31,000 12,400 14,400 16,800 22.800 29,200 35,200 11,400 14,400 19,600 22,200 31,900 39,400 3 x 2 Triplex 15,000 21,630 33,330 24,690 32,340 40,050 17,010 34,650 40,320 19,020 29,610 42,990 20,580 27,300 33,810 42,990 14,880 19,170 25,620 31,590 37,500 45,300 17,070 21,000 27,300 33,360 39,660 46,500 18,600 21,600 25,200 34.200 43,800 52,800 17,100 21,600 29,400 33,300 47,850 59,100 3 x 2 Quadraplex 20,000 28,840 44,440 32,920 43,120 53,400 22,680 46,200 53,760 25,360 39,480 57,320 27,440 36,400 45,080 57,320 19,840 25,560 34,160 42,120 50,000 60,400 22,760 28,000 36,400 44,480 52,880 62,000 24,800 28,800 33,600 45,600 58,400 70,400 22,800 28,800 39,200 44,400 63,800 78,800 PMPBP 4 x 4 24Head 16,600 19,000 22,600 33,200 40,300 46,200 33,300 40,100 47,000 32,900 39,400 47,200 27,200 35,100 42,100 48,000 19,500 25,300 32,200 38,500 44,000 49,200 21,600 29,000 34,500 40,300 44,700 49,500 -
* PMPSS is rated to only 150 PSIG.
Capacity Correction Factors for Alternate Filling Heads

Pump Inlet Size 1 11/2 2 3 4 6 1.00 0.70 0.70 0.84 12 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.00 Filling Head 18 24 36 1.20 1.30 1.50 1.10 1.10 1.04 0.80 1.20 1.20 1.08 1.00 1.35 1.35 1.20 1.10 48 60
Capacity Correction Factors for Gas as Motive Pressure

Pump Inlet Size 10% 1 11/2 2 3 4 1.00 1.04 1.04 1.04 % Back Pressure relative to Motive Pressure 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 1.13 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.16 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 1.18 1.18 1.18 1.40 1.23 1.23 1.23 1.10 1.12 1.15 1.10 1.12 1.15 1.10 1.12 1.15 No Capacity Change 90% 1.45 1.28 1.28 1.28
1.15 1.20 NOTE: When the filling head differs from the standard filling height, the capacity of the pressure power pumps are either increased or decreased. For example, a pump with a 3 inlet that has a filling head of 36 as opposed to a standard filling head of 12, will have a capacity increase of 20%. Multiply the value found in the Capacity Table above by 1.2.
Note: For slow-fill or low specific gravity applications, consult factory.
100
Sizing & Selection

Pressure Motive Pumps - Capacities
PUMPS
Model PMPM - Pressure Motive Pump C A PA C I T I E S Condensate (lbs/hr)

Motive Pressure (PSIG)
25 25 50 50 50 50 75 75 75 100 100 100 100 150 150 150
Back Pressure (PSIG)

15 5 40 25 15 5 60 40 25 60 40 25 15 100 80 60
6 Filling Head Steam Motive Air Motive 1 11/4 1 11/4

1200 1970 1200 1480 1860 2240 1160 1640 1960 1415 1825 1985 2175 1120 1220 1570 1800 2955 1800 2220 2790 3360 1740 2460 2960 2122 2732 2977 3262 1680 1830 2355 1720 2265 1640 1980 2220 2485 1935 2185 2340 2020 2280 2420 2455 1456 1525 1885 2580 3398 2460 2970 3330 3728 2903 3278 3510 3030 3420 3630 3683 2184 2288 2828
WPT Series - Pump-Trap Combinations C A PA C I T I E S Condensate (lbs/hr); using steam as a motive pressure
Motive Pressure (PSIG) 5 10 10 25 25 25 50 50 50 75 75 75 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 Total Back Pressure (PSIG) 2 5 2 15 10 5 40 25 10 60 40 15 80 60 40 15 115 100 80 60 40 15 120 100 80 60 40 15 WPT1 1 x 1 6 Head 185 370 502 958 1240 1490 1010 1220 1600 993 1380 1550 612 1210 1540 1720 195 488 836 1280 1420 1470 588 977 1060 1340 1420 1450 WPT2 11/4 x 11/4 6 Head 335 648 898 1590 2090 2570 1610 1970 2680 1560 2190 2580 951 1900 2440 2840 301 753 1300 2000 2270 2440 904 1510 1640 2100 2260 2390 WPT3 11/2 x 11/2 12 Head 1310 1760 2350 2700 3020 3780 2090 3620 4080 2250 3470 4390 2620 3390 4310 4620 2280 2880 3520 4110 4910 5120 2560 3020 3630 4230 4830 5230 WPT4 2 x 2 12 Head 2320 3740 5640 4690 5970 6850 3410 6650 7140 3730 6010 7920 4390 5780 6940 8000 3490 4420 5700 6880 7800 8420 3640 4610 5780 6910 7930 8590 WPT5 3 x 2 12 Head 4270 6230 9450 7230 9370 11400 5040 10200 11500 5660 8770 12400 6140 8120 10000 12300 4440 5720 7630 9390 11100 12900 5100 6270 8140 9920 11700 13300
101

PUMPS
Sizing & Selection

Sizing & Selection
The capacity of a Pressure Motive Pump is determined by the Model and the size of the inlet and outlet check valves. The larger the check valves used, the more capacity the pump can handle. For example: The 3 x 2 pump has a 3 inlet check valve and a 2 outlet check valve.
Open Loop with Vented Receiver (When draining condensate from multiple sources)
For PMP Sizing: Consult PMP Sizing Capacity Chart using 100 PSIG inlet pressure and 40 PSIG back pressure. A 2" x 2" pump has a capacity of 8,500 lbs/hr and is an appropriate selection. Pump choices are models PMPC, PMPF and PMPSS. For Receiver and Vent Connection Sizing: Refer to the Vented Receiver Sizing Chart for guidelines on how to calculate the flash steam generated and use this value to size the receiver and vent connection.
STAND-ALONE PUMPS are furnished with pump tank, check valves and internal pumping mechanism. PUMPS WITH RECEIVER TANKS include the standalone pump(s), check valves, and receiver tank mounted together on a frame. These are available in Simplex, Duplex, Triplex and Quadraplex systems.
When sizing and selecting a Pressure Motive Pump, five system conditions are required:
(See Diagram on following page)
1 Condensate Load 2 Condensate Pressure 3 Motive Steam, Air or other Gas Pressure available for operating the pump 4 Available Filling Head between the bottom of the receiver tank and the top of the pump tank 5 Total System Back Pressure (BP) a) Condensate Return Line Pressure (5A) b) Vertical Height condensate must be lifted (5B)
Closed Loop with Pressurized Reservoir (When draining condensate from a single piece of heat transfer equipment)
For PMP and Trap Sizing: Reference PMPT and WPT Pump-Trap Combination Capacity Charts for an estimation of the unit required. Contact factory for more accurate sizing. For Reservoir Pipe Sizing Refer to the Reservoir Pipe Length Chart for guidelines on determining the appropriate diameter and length of pipe required for condensate back-up.
HOW TO ORDER
SPECIFY: EXAMPLE: PMPC 2 x 2 1) Model or Pumps 2) Size of Pump(s)
SAMPLE SYSTEM CONDITIONS

1 Condensate Load 2 Condensate Pressure 3 Motive Steam Pressure 4 Filling Head 5 Total Back Pressure = a + b a) Line Pressure b) Vertical Lift 8,000 lbs/hr 50 PSIG Steam @ 100 PSIG 12" 30 PSIG 23 ft. (convert to PSIG)
3) Stand-alone Pump or Simplex or Duplex Pump with Receiver Tank (Note: Size of Receiver Tank must be specified when ordering Pump with Receiver Tank) 4) Options 5) When ordering a Customized Skid System, please confirm and specify Receiver size. Gauge glass
Calculation of Total Back Pressure:

To find the pressure required to lift condensate in PSIG, multiply the lift in feet by 0.433. Pressure required to lift Condensate 10 PSIG (0.433 x 23 ft.)
Pressure in Return Pipe Total Back Pressure + 30 PSIG = 40 PSIG
102
Sizing & Selection

PMP Sizing & Selection
PUMPS
CONDENSATE LOAD: CAN BE FROM SINGLE OR MULTIPLE CONDENSATE SOURCES CONDENSATE PRESSURE
TOTAL BACK PRESSURE
CONDENSATE INLET
5A CONDENSATE RETURN LINE PRESSURE PSIG
ATMOSPHERIC VENT SIZE (OPEN LOOP ONLY)
OPEN LOOP - VENTED RECEIVER CLOSED LOOP - PRESSURIZED RECEIVER TANK FILLING HEAD (12 PREFERRED)
PUMP EXHAUST MOTIVE STEAM OR GAS PRESSURE AVAILABLE 3
5B LIFT HEIGHT FT. X 0.433 = PSIG
= TOTAL BP
PSIG
PMP: SIMPLEX OR MULTIPLEX
5A +
5B = TOTAL BP
STEAM TRAP (REQUIRED FOR CLOSED LOOP PMP SYSTEM ONLY)
Simplex or Multiplex PMP System
103
Sizing & Selection

PUMPS
Closed Loop System

R E S E RV O I R S I Z I N G
(Pressurized Reservoir) RESERVOIR PIPE LENGTH in feet (ft)

Condensate Load (lbs//hr) 0-500 1,000 1,500 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000 20,000 Reservoir Pipe Size (Diameter) 3 2 2 3 3.5 4 6 8 10
When sizing Pressure Motive Pumps for closed loop return systems, a condensate reservoir should be installed on the inlet side of the pump and below the equipment to be drained. This will enable the condensate to collect while the pump is in the discharge cycle, thus preventing liquid backup into the equipment. The Reservoir Sizing Table (at right) gives the minimum pipe size & length to produce the required reservoir volume to accommodate the condensate load. How to select: Determine the total condensate load to be pumped. Find that load value or greater in the table and move right to read the pipe lengths in feet with the diameters indicated above. Customized reservoirs can be designed to accommodate specific space and dimensional requirements. It is critical for these designs to have adequate vapor space for condensate to collect. When the volume required is known, from the table at right, optional pipe diameters and lengths can be selected to provide the same or greater volume. This table will allow you to convert required volumes to customized sizes needed. Watson McDaniel can furnish customized Pressure Motive Pump Packages to fit your needs.
2 2 3 4 6
1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4.5 5
1 2 2 2 2 3 3 5.5
2 2 4
Note: When back pressure against the pump outlet is less than 50% of the steam pressure to the heat exchanger, the above pipe lengths can be reduced by half.
DATA REQUIRED FOR SIZING PMP IN A CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM (pressurized reservoir)
Single Condensate Source
Condensate Load produced by Heat Transfer Equipment (i.e. heat exchangers, tank coils, jacketed kettles, etc.) _______ lbs/hr (If this information is not readily available, consult Engineering Section in the back of this catalog for additional methods of load determination.)
STEAM
STEAM
STEAM CONTROL VACUUM VALVE BREAKER AIR VENT
CONDENSATE RETURN
Motive Steam Pressure (Steam Motive Only): ____PSIG Total Back Pressure = a + b a) Pressure required to lift condensate: Vertical height in ft. x 0.433 = ___ PSIG b) Pressure in condensate return line: PSIG
LIFT
HEAT EXCHANGER HOT OUTLET COLD INLET RESERVOIR

FILLING HEAD 12 Preferred
STEAM INLET
Is there enough clearance under the equipment and/or piping to allow for the installation of the Reservoir and PMP with the Preferred Filling Head of 12 as illustrated? To size the PMP and Trap combination, see PMPT or WPT Capacity charts for general reference. (For additional information on the effect of the steam trap in a closed loop application, refer to expanded information later in this section. For more accurate sizing of Pump-Trap systems to account for system stall conditions, consult factory.) To size the Reservoir, see Reservoir Pipe Length chart.
VENT
F&T TRAP
INLET CHECK VALVE OUTLET CHECK VALVE
104
Sizing & Selection

PUMPS
Open Loop System

RECEIVER & VENT SIZING
(Vented Receiver)
the pressure and load. Then go into the Percent Flash Steam table with the condensate pressure and move right until under the appropriate flash tank pressure to read the percentage of condensate that will flash into steam. Take the source load and multiply it by the decimal value of the percentage to calculate the amount (lbs/hrs) of flash steam. Repeat this for all condensate sources. Enter the Vented Receiver Sizing table with the total flash steam load to determine the correct sizes for receiver and vent.
When sizing a Pressure Motive Pump for an Open-Loop atmospheric return system, the amount of flash steam to be vented from the receiver must be calculated. Vent sizing is critical to maintain 0 PSIG in the receiver tank to allow free drainage of low pressure systems. Undersized vents will cause gradual pressure increase in the receiver. This impedes drainage from the condensate source, and can cause waterlogging of the system. Usually the condensate load to be pumped comes from multiple sources. For each source determine
PERCENT (%) FLASH STEAM

Produced when condensate is discharged to atmosphere or into a flash tank controlled at various pressures Condensate Pressure (PSIG) 5 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 Flash Tank Pressure (PSIG) 0 1.6 2.9 3.9 4.9 6.5 7.8 10.0 11.8 13.3 14.9 16.3 18.7 20.8 22.5 24.1 25.6 5 0.0 1.3 2.4 3.3 5.0 6.3 8.5 10.3 11.8 13.5 14.9 17.3 19.4 21.2 22.8 24.2 10 20 30 40 60 80 100
VENTED RECEIVER SIZING

Quantity of Flash Steam (lbs/hr) 75 150 300 600 900 1200 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 Receiver Diameter 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 26 28 30 32 36 Receiver Length 36 36 36 36 36 36 60 60 60 60 72 72 72
(inches)
Vent Line Diameter 1 2 3 4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 14
0.0 1.1 2.1 3.7 5.1 7.3 9.1 10.6 12.3 13.7 16.2 18.2 20.0 21.7 23.1
0.0 1.7 3.0 5.3 7.1 8.7 10.4 11.8 14.3 16.4 18.2 19.9 21.4
0.0 1.4 3.7 5.5 7.1 8.8 10.3 12.8 14.9 16.8 18.4 19.9
0.0 2.3 4.2 5.8 7.5 9.0 11.5 13.7 15.5 17.2 18.7
0.0 1.9 3.5 5.3 6.8 9.4 11.5 13.4 15.1 16.7
0.0 1.6 3.4 4.9 7.6 9.8 11.7 13.4 15.0
0.0 1.8 3.3 6.0 8.2 10.2 11.9 13.5
DATA REQUIRED FOR SIZING PMP IN AN OPEN LOOP SYSTEM (vented receiver)
Multiple Condensate Sources
ATMOSPHERIC VENT MULTIPLE CONDENSATE SOURCES MOTIVE STEAM, AIR OR OTHER GAS SUPPLY
Source 1: _____ lbs/hr @ ____ PSIG Source 2: _____ lbs/hr @ ____ PSIG Motive Gas and Pressure: (Steam, Air, Other) @ ____ PSIG Total Back Pressure = a + b a) Pressure required to lift condensate: Vertical height ___ ft. x 0.433 = ___ PSIG b) Pressure in return pipe: ___ PSIG Is there enough clearance under the equipment and/or piping to allow for the installation of the Receiver and PMP with the Preferred Filling Head of 12 as illustrated? To size the PMP, see Pump Capacity chart. To size the Receiver and Vent connection, see Vented Receiver Sizing chart.
PUMP EXHAUST VENTED RECEIVER

STEAM INLET
ALTERNATE CONDENSATE INLET
12 SEAL ON OVERFLOW
FILLING HEAD 12 Preferred 6 Min.

VENT
RETURN LINE PRESSURE
LIFT (ft.)
WD 600 TRAP
105

PUMPS
Sizing & Selection

Problem:
DESCRIPTION:
STALL CONDITION WITH MODULATED STEAM FLOW When a modulating valve is used to control product temperature in heat transfer equipment, the valve will open and close as necessary to meet the variable demand of the system to maintain the product at constant temperature. Therefore, when maximum heating is required, the supply valve will be fully open to satisfy the high steam demand requirement. At this point, pressure is also being supplied at its highest level, which may be sufficient to overcome total system back pressure. As the product temperature is satisfied, demand decreases and the valve correspondingly begins to close, reducing pressure differential. If demand is satisfied, the valve modulates to its fully closed position. Inlet supply pressure will eventually fall below system back pressure, resulting in system stall. This leads to poor heat transfer and water hammer as condensate backs up in the heat transfer equipment.
STEAM STEAM CONTROL VALVE
Stalled Heat Exchanger
HEAT EXCHANGER
F&T TRAP
Heat Exchanger System without PMP
Solution:
DESCRIPTION:
Use PMP & Steam Trap Combination

STEAM CONTROL VALVE AIR VENT
STEAM
USE A PRESSURE MOTIVE PUMP AND STEAM TRAP COMBINATION (Available in INTERNAL and EXTERNAL Steam Trap designs)
When the supply valve is fully open and inlet pressure exceeds back pressure, condensate forming in the heat transfer equipment will be pushed through the pump and steam trap into the condensate return line. As the supply valve begins to close and the back pressure exceeds inlet pressure, any condensate forming inside the heat transfer equipment will drain by gravity into the pump tank. The condensate will accumulate in the pump tank until the float mechanism reaches its trip point. The tripping of the mechanism opens the motive valve to allow high pressure steam into the tank to drive the condensate from the tank to the condensate return line. Note: A larger steam trap than normally required to drain the heat transfer equipment must be used to handle the high instantaneous discharge rate of the pump. See additional information in this catalog for sizing guidelines.
VACUUM BREAKER
CONDENSATE RETURN
STEAM
HEAT EXCHANGER HOT OUTLET COLD INLET
LIFT
RESERVOIR
FILLING HEAD VENT
STEAM INLET
PMPT
INLET CHECK VALVE
PRESSURE MOTIVE PUMP/TRAP COMBINATION
OUTLET CHECK VALVE
Heat Exchanger System with PMP & Internal Trap (PMPT) (Closed Loop System)
106
Sizing & Selection

PUMPS
CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMS SIZING CONSIDERATIONS for PUMP-TRAP COMBINATION

What is Stall?
STALL is the condition of a modulating system where inlet pressure can no longer overcome back pressure, preventing condensate drainage and resulting in poor heat transfer and waterhammer.
Although Pressure Motive Pumps can be supplied as stand-alone units, the vast majority of industrial condensate transfer applications require a complete system of components to function both properly and efficiently. This section is intended to familiarize the user with the information and components required to provide an efficient system:
The Solution to Stall

Install a Watson McDaniel Pump and Steam Trap Combination available in both Internal and External Steam Trap designs.
The PMPT Pump with Internal Steam Trap should be considered for compactness, while the WPT Series Pump-Trap Combination with External Steam Trap should be considered when capacities exceed the capability of the PMPT.
Why is a Steam Trap necessary after the PMP in a Closed Loop system?
Because this type of system operates with a modulating supply valve as described above, the pressure may, at times, both exceed or fall below system back pressure. The pump is only required during stall loads. Therefore, a steam trap is still required to prevent steam from discharging into the return line at times when the supply pressure exceeds the back pressure. When properly sized and installed, these two components will automatically work in conjunction with each other requiring no manual operation. It is important to note that sizing the steam trap in a pump-external trap* combination application differs from sizing a steam trap alone. Please refer to additional information below.
* Although the steam trap is internal in the PMPT Series, it is still appropriate to follow the guidelines below for sizing confirmation.
Sizing of a Pump-Trap Combination for a Closed Loop System

Although the PMP and Steam Trap operate in conjunction with each other, each component must be considered individually, as there are specific considerations for closed loop systems. See below for detailed explanation and appropriate guidelines for sizing of both the PMP and Trap components of the Pump-Trap Combination:
Proper Sizing of the PMP in a Pump-Trap Application

When required for drainage of heat transfer equipment supplied by a modulating control valve, the PMP need only be sized for the stall load, which is often considerably less than equipment design load leading to a smaller PMP being required. The point at which stall occurs can be calculated using either Stall Charts or appropriate formulas as shown on the following pages.
Proper Sizing of the Steam Trap in a Pump-Trap Application

In such an application, the steam trap must be sized not only to handle the full design load, but also sized to handle the high instantaneous flow rates from the discharge of the pump at stall conditions which can be well in excess of 3 times the steady-state load of the pump! Therefore, it is appropriate to size the steam trap for both sets of conditions using the following guidelines: Steam Trap sizing based on Full Design Load of the Heat Transfer Equipment: Full Design Load X appropriate Safety Load Factor = Total Load for Steam Trap Sizing Steam Trap sizing based on Instantaneous Discharge of the PMP at stall conditions: Stall Load (as determined) at 1/4 PSI differential for Steam Trap Sizing
107

PUMPS Predicting Stall
Stall can be predicted with relative accuracy by either plotting values on a Stall Chart or by calculation using appropriate formulas. These methods are then used to determine the percentage of heat load at stall. Examples of each method are offered so the user may choose the method with which they are most comfortable. The example below is for a typical heat transfer application**, such as a heat exchanger where steam may be used to heat a constant flow of water at a fixed temperature. The parameters of such an application can be summarized as: The flow of the fluid to be heated is constant The desired outlet temperature of the heated fluid is to remain constant The steam for heating is to be supplied with a modulating valve (i.e. varying inlet pressure)
** Applications with alternate parameters will require different equations and guidelines for prediction of stall conditions. Consult factory for other such applications.
Sizing & Selection
Example:
Consider a heat exchanger supplied with 40 PSIG steam through a modulating valve that is designed to heat a constant water flow of 145 GPM from 60 F to 140 F. Condensate will need to be lifted 23 ft. into a return line that has approximately 5 PSIG back pressure. Before the charts or formulas can be consulted, some additional conversions are first required: 1) The Saturated Temperature of the incoming steam: In this example, consult the Saturated Steam Table (included in the Engineering Section of this catalog) to determine the Saturated Temperature of 40 PSIG steam is 287 F. 2) The equivalent Saturated Temperature of the total BACK PRESSURE: The total back pressure is equal to the lift height equivalent pressure, plus any pressure that may exist in the return line. 23 ft. Lift Height x 0.433 = 10 PSIG Return Line Pressure = 5 PSIG Therefore, the total BACK PRESSURE in this example is 15 PSIG. Consulting the Saturated Steam Table, the saturated temperature of 15 PSIG steam is 250 F.
DETERMINING PERCENTAGE OF HEAT LOAD AT STALL

The parameters required for determining stall can now be summarized as follows: Inlet Steam Pressure at Full (100%) Load Inlet Steam Temperature at Full (100%) Load Outlet Temperature of Heated Fluid Back Pressure (lift height + line pressure) Back Pressure equivalent saturated steam temperature % Heat Load at Stall = = = = Tb T2 x 100% TS T2 250 140 x 100% 287 140 110 x 100% 147 74.8 % = = = = = 40 PSIG (PS) 287 F (TS) 140 F (T2) 15 PSIG (Pb) 250 F (Tb)
Mathematical Solution
Graphical Solution (see Figure No. 1)

1) On the Left Vertical Axis, plot the Inlet Steam Temperature (TS): 287 F. 2) On the Left Vertical Axis, find the Outlet Temperature of the fluid to be heated (T2): 140 F. Plot this point directly across on the Right Vertical Axis. Draw line between points TS and T2. 3) On the Right Vertical Axis, plot the Back Pressure: 15 PSIG. Draw a horizontal line from this point to the Left Vertical Axis. 4) Locate the point at which the above lines intersect. Draw vertical line from this point to the Bottom Horizontal Axis to determine the Percentage of Load at which Stall occurs 75% in this example.
108
Sizing & Selection

PRESSURE PSIG PUMPS
40 PSIG STEAM (Ts) = 287 F INLET TO STEAM SUPPLY VALVE
STEAM TRAP REQUIRED
15 PSIG BACK PRESSURE
TEMPERATURE F
PMP REQUIRED
OUTLET WATER TEMPERATURE (T2)

3
Figure No. 1 STALL CHART

4
75% HEAT LOAD AT STALL
DETERMINING LOAD AT STALL

The load was not specified in the example provided. However, sufficient information was provided for its calculation. Here is what is known: Steam Supply Pressure Constant Water Flow Water Heating Requirements = = = 40 PSIG 145 GPM 60 F to 140 F
Consulting the Engineering Section in the back of this catalog, the following equation for steam load requirements at heat exchanger full load can be used:
Steam Load in lbs/hr
= = =
GPM x Temp. Rise F 2 145 x (140-60) 2 5,800 lbs/hr
At 100% open, the inlet steam valve will supply 5,800 lbs/hr for heating. We can now determine the stall load to be used for proper sizing of the Pump-Trap Combination. From the previous section, stall was determined to occur at 75% of the full load. Therefore: Stall Load = 5,800 lbs/hr X 0.75 = 4,350 lbs/hr Finally, using the guidelines previously noted within this section, the PMP and Steam Trap can be properly sized and selected. As always, consult the factory for additional information and sizing assistance when needed.
INCHES VACUUM
2
109
Customized Skid Packages

Pressure Motive Condensate Pumping Systems
PUMPS
Custom Fabricated Units

Watson McDaniels fully equipped ASME qualified fabrication facility stands ready to assist you with all of your fabrication needs. Our engineering staff specializes in the design of Pressure Motive Condensate Pumping Systems for both industrial and institutional applications. You can order either standard packages, available from stock, or specialized systems to meet your specific needs.
ASME Certified
110
Custom Skid Packages

Pressure Motive Condensate Pumping Systems
PUMPS
DESCRIPTION OF CUSTOM SYSTEM

This Closed Loop Duplex Pump package utilizes two PMPF Pumps, two FTE Steam Traps, and one 65 gallon receiver tank equipped with a safety relief valve. The Receiver is vented to take the flash steam away at 29 PSIG for usage elsewhere in the plant. To accomplish this, our pilot-operated back pressure regulator (BPR) is mounted just off the vent line and set to maintain the 29 PSIG pressure. If pressure exceeds the set, the BPR unit will dump to atmosphere thru the supply acoustic silencer. Another custom feature is an overflow circuit utilizing a custom flash tank equipped with a Temperature Regulator for cooling applications. In the event of a pump failure, the flooded receiver will overflow the hot condensate into the flash vessel where steam will vent to atmosphere while the condensate gets injected with cold water to safely dump to drain.
SAFETY RELIEF VALVE BACK PRESSURE REGULATOR (BPR) ACOUSTIC SILENCER
FLASH STEAM OUTLET
FLASH VESSEL & CONDENSATE COOLER RECEIVER
TEMPERATURE REGULATING VALVE
PMPF WAFER STYLE CHECK VALVES COMMON OUTLETS FTE SERIES STEAM TRAP OVERFLOW TO DRAIN COOLED BELOW 140 F
111
ELECTRIC PUMPS
W4100 & W4200

Electric Condensate Pump
PUMPS
Model Tank Sizes Connections Tank Material Max Disch. Press. TMO/TMA Options W4100 W4200 8/15/30/45/60/95 Gal. 6/15/24/36/50 Gal. NPT NPT Fabricated Carbon Steel Cast Iron 50 PSIG * 50 PSIG * 190F 190F Mechanical & electrical alternators; gauge glass; thermometer; discharge pressure gauges; isolation valves; magnetic starters; 1750 RPM motors; control panels; oversized or stainless steel receivers; high temperature components
Receiver Tank
Float Switch
Motor
* Optional higher ratings available.
Pump
The primary purpose of the W4100 and W4200 electric condensate pumps are to return condensate back to the boiler. Pumping condensate over 190F is not recommended with these pumps due to potential mechanical seal failure.
Place on an elevated, level and substantial foundation in a clean, dry and accessible area. Locate receiver tank inlet below lowest point of the condensate return lines.
HOW IT WORKS
The float, which is connected to the switch assembly rises when condensate enters the receiver tank. When the float rises above its set point, it energizes the motor on the pump. Once started, the pump will continue to run until the water level drops below the bottom position of the float switch. There it will de-energize the motor to shut off the pump. This cycle repeats as condensate begins to fill the receiver tank.
MAINTENANCE
At regular intervals, check the motor lubrication, unless the motor is equipped with a permanently lubricated bearing.
F E AT U R E S Fabricated steel receivers (W4100) or

cast iron receivers (W4200)
Simplex and duplex packages Bronze-fitted centrifugal pumps Energy-efficient 3450 RPM motors Automatic venting Ceramic pump seal Heavy-duty float switch All steel receivers, and iron receivers over 24 gallons
include a threaded NPT overflow port
OPTIONS Mechanical and electrical alternators Gauge glass Thermometer Discharge pressure gauges Isolation valves Magnetic starters with HOA selector switch 1750 RPM motors, larger pumping capacities & higher
discharge pressures
Wide variety of control panels Oversized receivers (45, 60 & 95 gallons) Stainless Steel receivers High Temperature (250F) Components HOW TO ORDER
Pump(s) shall be of the centrifugal type with two-piece enclosed brass impeller, cast iron housing and stainless steel motor shaft. The float switch shall be two-pole with plastic case, stainless steel float and shafting, and double-break silver contacts. A flat perforated brass strainer shall be provided in the inlet of the pump from the tank.
Specify the discharge pressure, gallons per minute and voltage requirements when ordering.
112
ELECTRIC PUMPS
W4100 & W4200

G NPT INLET LOCATION ON 24-50 GAL. C.I. RECEIVER F D G
INLET (NPT)
Electric Condensate Pump

PUMPS
H DUPLEX PUMP LOCATION 13.5 GALLON C.I. RECEIVER

INLET (NPT)
FLOAT SWITCH LOCATION ON 6, 24-50 GAL. C.I. RECEIVER C
J E
PUMP OUTLET
5 K
DRAIN OUTLET (NPT)
L
PUMP OUTLET G-SERIES 3/4 NPT J-SERIES 11/2 NPT
DUPLEX PUMP LOCATION ON 24-50 GAL. C.I. RECEIVER & 15-95 GAL. STEEL RECEIVER
W4100 (Steel Receiver) Dimensions

Series Receiver Size 8 gallon G 15 gallon 30 gallon 45 gallon J 60 gallon 95 gallon A 123/4 143/8 183/8 263/8 283/8 283/8 B 101/2 123/8 161/8 241/8 261/8 261/8 C 121/2 17 22 22 28 28
inches
D 121/2 15 18 18 18 28 E 18 201/2 231/2 ------F 211/2 231/4 28 295/16 295/16 395/16 G 2 2 21/2 21/2 21/2 21/2 1 31/4 1/2 11/2 41/8 1/2 H J K L 3/4 3/4 3/4 11/2 11/2 11/2
W4200 (Cast Iron Receiver) Dimensions

Series Receiver Size 6 gallon G 15 gallon 24 gallon 36 gallon J 36 gallon 50 gallon A 41/2 147/8 191/8 185/8 185/8 185/8 B 121/2 131/8 155/8 151/8 151/8 151/8 C 141/2 181/2 257/8 2721/64 2721/64 2721/64
inches
D 125/8 131/2 15 221/2 221/2 31 E 181/4 191/8 201/32 2717/32 ----F 207/16 24 2213/16 313/4 353/8 437/8 G 2 2 2 3 3 3 H 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 J 43/32 33/4 41/8 41/8 43/8 43/8 K 3/4 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 L 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 11/2 11/2
113
ELECTRIC PUMPS
W4100
Electric Condensate Pump with Steel Receiver
PUMPS
C A PA C I T I E S
EDR 8000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 Discharge Pressure (PSIG) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Flow Rate (GPM) 12 3 6 9 12 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 60 75 3 6 9 12 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 60 75 3 6 9 12 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 60 75 3 6 9 12 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 60 75 Motor HP 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 11/2 2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1 1 11/2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 11/2 11/2 11/2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 5 Receiver Capacity (gallons) 8 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 45 45 60 95 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 45 45 60 95 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 45 45 60 95 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 45 45 60 95 Simplex Model # W4028G W4122G W4124G W4126G W4128G W41210G W41215G W41220G W41225J W41230J W41240J W41250J W4132J W4134J W4136J W4138J W41310J W41315J W41320J W41325J W41330J W41340J W41350J W4142J W4144J W4146J W4148J W41410J W41415J W41420J W41425J W41430J W41440J W41450J W4152J W4154J W4156J W4158J W41510J W41515J W41520J W41525J W41530J W41540J W41550J Weight (lbs) 90 125 125 125 125 190 190 200 285 285 335 385 180 180 180 180 185 230 230 285 290 340 395 190 190 190 190 190 240 240 290 295 240 395 195 195 195 195 195 245 255 305 305 370 430 Duplex Model # N/A W4122GD W4124GD W4126GD W4128GD W41210GD W41215GD W41220GD W41225JD W41230JD W41240JD W41250JD W4132JD W4134JD W4136JD W4138JD W41310JD W41315JD W41320JD W41325JD W41330JD W41340JD W41350JD W4142JD W4144JD W4146JD W4148JD W41410JD W41415JD W41420JD W41425JD W41430JD W41440JD W41450JD W4152JD W4154JD W4156JD W4158JD W41510JD W41515JD W41520JD W41525JD W41530JD W41540JD W41550JD Weight (lbs) N/A 185 185 185 185 240 240 250 350 350 405 460 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 350 355 410 470 270 270 270 270 270 310 310 355 360 410 470 275 275 275 275 275 320 330 385 385 500 500
Notes: 1) EDR = Square Feet of Equivalent Direct Radiation 2) Capacity of Steam (lbs/hr) = EDR x 0.25
114
ELECTRIC PUMPS
W4200
Electric Condensate Pump with Cast Iron Receiver
PUMPS
C A PA C I T I E S
EDR 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 Discharge Pressure (PSIG) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Flow Rate (GPM) 3 6 9 12 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 60 75 3 6 9 12 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 60 75 3 6 9 12 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 60 75 3 6 9 12 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 60 75 Motor HP 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 11/2 2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1 1 11/2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 11/2 11/2 11/2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 5 Receiver Capacity (gallons) 6 6 15 15 15 24 36 36 36 50 50 6 6 15 15 15 24 36 36 36 50 50 6 6 15 15 15 24 36 36 36 50 50 6 6 15 15 15 24 36 36 36 50 50 Simplex Model # W4222G W4224G W4226G W4228G W42210G W42215G W42220G W42225J W42230J W42240J W42250J W4232J W4234J W4236J W4238J W42310J W42315J W42320J W42325J W42330J W42340J W42350J W4242J W4244J W4246J W4248J W42410J W42415J W42420J W42425J W42430J W42440J W42450J W4252J W4254J W4256J W4258J W42510J W42515J W42520J W42525J W42530J W42540J W42550J Weight (lbs) 150 150 260 260 260 300 410 350 355 420 425 165 165 295 295 300 305 355 355 360 425 435 170 170 295 295 295 310 360 360 365 425 435 175 175 315 315 315 330 370 370 370 445 445 Duplex Model # N/A N/A W4226GD W4228GD W42210GD W42215GD W42220GD W42225JD W42230JD W42240JD W42250JD N/A N/A W4236JD W4238JD W42310JD W42315JD W42320JD W42325JD W42330JD W42340JD W42350JD N/A N/A W4246JD W4248JD W42410JD W42415JD W42420JD W42425JD W42430JD W42440JD W42450JD N/A N/A W4256JD W4258JD W42510JD W42515JD W42520JD W42525JD W42530JD W42540JD W42550JD Weight (lbs) N/A N/A 295 295 295 335 445 420 430 500 510 N/A N/A 360 360 365 380 430 430 440 510 525 N/A N/A 360 360 360 390 440 440 450 510 525 N/A N/A 395 395 395 415 460 460 460 535 535
Notes: 1) EDR = Square Feet of Equivalent Direct Radiation 2) Capacity of Steam (lbs/hr) = EDR x 0.25
115
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
116
PILOT-OPERATED
117
REGULATING VALVES
HD Series
PILOT-OPERATED REGULATORS
HD-Series
Pilot-Operated Regulators
Pilot-Operated Regulators are more accurate and offer higher capacities than standard direct-operated regulators. They will maintain constant set outlet pressure even when inlet pressure fluctuates or variations in flow occur. With the proper selection of pilots, these regulators will accurately control temperature, pressure, or a combination of both. Steam Service The HD-Series Regulator features Ductile Iron construction for increased pressure & temperature rating, a large full-port strainer with blow-down valve on pilot adapter which keeps dirt from entering control pilots, and field reversible pilot-mounting for versatile and easy installation.
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Page No.
HD Series Pilot-Operated Regulating Valve
120-123
DUCTILE IRON BODY

HD Regulators are used in conjunction with the appropriate Pilot(s) to control Steam Pressure or Process Temperature
PILOTS for HD Regulators

P & P5 Pressure Pilots - The P is the standard spring-loaded pressure pilot. The P5 is used for special applications requiring 0.5 PSI accuracy. Back Pressure Pilot - Controls system back pressure.
124-135 124
BP
125
Temperature Pilot - Used for controlling temperature.
126-127
Air Pilot - Normally used for controlling steam pressure using an air signal. Also used for temperature control when used in conjunction with the PTR or PTL temperature controller.
(used with A Air Pilot) - The PTR or PTL will control a wider temperature range than the standard T Pilot.
128-129
PTR & PTL Temperature Controllers
130-131
TRP
Temperature Pilot - Special purpose temperature pilot for controlling low temperatures outside the range of the standard T Pilot. Also available with special sensing bulbs.
132
S DP
Solenoid Pilot - Used in conjunction with any of the above pilots for electrical on/off control of HD Regulators. DP Pilot - Differential Pressure pilot used when trying to balance two different media sources that are being blended
133 134 135
Over Pressure Protection Methods
118
HD Series Regulators (with commonly used Pilots)
136-143
HDP
Pressure Regulator
(HD Regulator with P Pressure Pilot)
136-137
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
HDT
Temperature Regulator
(HD Regulator with T Temperature Pilot)
138-139
HDA
Air Controlled Pressure Regulator

(HD Regulator with A Air Pilot)
140-141
HDP T
Pressure & Temperature Regulator

(HD Regulator with P Pressure & T Temperature Pilot) 142-143
HSP Series Pilot-Operated Pressure Regulating Valve
CAST STEEL BODY

The Watson McDaniel HSP Pilot-operated Regulating Valve is constructed of Cast Carbon Steel for higher pressure & Noise Attenuation - Reduces noise in pressure reducing applications temperature ratings.
144-145
148-151
Noise Attenuators for Pressure Regulators Series A, H & S Capacities for Sizing of HD & HSP Series Regulators
146-149 150-151
119
R E G U L AT O R S
HD Series
Ductile Iron
Model Sizes Connections
Pilot-Operated Regulating Valve
Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure Design Pressure/ Temperature Ratings TMA/PMA
HD-Series 1/2 6 Threaded 1/2 - 2 Flanged 150# 1 - 6 Flanged 300# 1 - 6 Ductile Iron 300 PSIG NPT 450 PSIG @ 650 F 150# FLG 150 PSIG @ 566 F 300# FLG 450 PSIG @ 650 F
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
The Watson McDaniel HD-Series pilot operated regulators were designed for extremely accurate control of temperature and pressure in steam service applications. The HD-Series is made of Ductile-iron for extended pressure and temperature ratings. These regulators use several different control pilots, which can be attached to the valve to control pressure, temperature, or a combination of both. The different control pilots can be added or removed from the regulator body. This modular design adds to the versatility of this product. The most common options include the P-Pilot for pressure reducing, and the T-Pilot for temperature control.
Ductile Iron body for higher pressures Full port strainer & blowdown valve on pilot adapter for ultimate protection from dirt & scale Hardened stainless steel trim for extended life Pre-mounted tubing & field reversible pilot adapter Optional reduced port trim Low differential pressure option Low inlet pressure option
Ductile Iron Body
Right or Left Pilot Mounting Available (Non-standard left mounted shown)*
F E AT U R E S
No external power source is required.
Hardened SST (55 Rc) Seat & Disk
INLET
Self-cleaning stem guide
Full Port Pilot Strainer with built-in Blowdown Valve
Spring protected from steam High Tensile Diaphragm
* Standard pilot mounting is on the right side of the regulator when looking into the outlet port. Pilot mounting on HD regulators are field reversible.
This simplifies the valve and minimizes installation and maintenance costs. Pressure and temperature pilots can be used in combination eliminating the need for a separate pressure and temperature regulator Ductile iron for higher pressure ranges and increased safety. Ductile Iron is a better choice than cast iron for steam applications. Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter for ultimate protection against dirt and scale Hardened stainless steel trim (55 Rc) for extended life even in the most demanding applications The innovative design allows the pilot to be mounted on either side of the regulator and is easily field reversible Comes fully assembled with tubing and pilot adapter. The control pilot requires only four bolts to complete the installation.
120
R E G U L AT O R S
Pilot-Operated Regulating Valve

TYPICAL PILOTS T Y P I C A L A P P L I C AT I O N S Pressure Regulating Temperature Regulating Pressure-Temperature Control Back Pressure Control Differential Pressure Control
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
HD Series
PRESSURE Pilot
AIR Pilot
TEMPERATURE Pilot
SOLENOID Pilot
CONTROL PILOTS Pilot Mounting

Standard pilot mounting is on the right side of the regulator when looking into the outlet port (see diagrams on next page which are all right mounted). For opposite mounting, please specify when ordering. Pilot mounting on HD regulators are field reversible.
On-Off
On-off control of the regulator is possible by using the S-Solenoid Pilot. The S-Pilot allows the regulator to be shut off or turned on electrically. Normally the regulator is equipped with either a P-Pressure Pilot or T-Temperature Pilot in addition to the S-Solenoid Pilot.
Pressure
When controlling pressure there are several options you can use for a pilot. The P-Pilot and the P5-Pilot are both spring adjusted pressure pilots. The P-Pilot is used on typical general-purpose pressure reducing applications. The P5-Pilot is used when higher accuracy is required and is capable of maintaining a control pressure window of less then 1 PSI. The A-Pilot is air controlled and generally used when adjustment of the regulator and pressure reducing station is done remotely.
P r e s s u r e - Te m p e r a t u r e
The PT-Pilot combination is used when it is desirable to control both the pressure and temperature of a system with only one regulating valve. The unique features of this modular valve allow this to be accomplished quite easily. When the PT-Pilot combination is used, the downstream pressure is limited to a maximum setting by the pressure pilot, while the temperature pilot maintains the correct temperature.
Back Pressure
When controlling the back pressure in a steam system, the BP-Pilot is used in conjunction with the HD-Series Regulator. This controls the pressure on the upstream side of the regulator.
Te m p e r a t u r e
The T-Pilot is used to control temperature. The T-Pilot is filled with a temperature sensitive liquid, which expands when heated. The expansion of this liquid actuates a bellows that controls the temperature-regulating valve. The T-Pilot is equipped with an overheat bellows that protects the pilot in case of an over temperature condition. The T-Pilot controls temperature through a range of 60-260F. Spec: ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class IV shut-off.
Differential Pressure
The DP-Pilot is used when trying to balance two different media sources that are being blended.
C O M B I N AT I O N P I L O T S
One of the advantages of the HD-Series regulating valve is that it can be used with many different variations of control pilots. Up to three pilots can be used simultaneously to control the operation of these valves. The most common is the PT PressureTemperature combination pilots. In addition to these pilots being used together the S-Solenoid Pilot can be used for turning the system on and off. (See next page for combination examples.)
121
R E G U L AT O R S
HD Series
HDA
Regulator with Air Pilot
Pilot-Operated Regulating Valve TYPICAL REGULATOR & PILOT COMBINATIONS

HDP
Regulator with Pressure Pilot
HDT
Regulator with Temperature Pilot
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
HDS
Regulator with Solenoid Pilot
HDPS
Regulator with Pressure & Solenoid Pilots
HDTS
Regulator with Temperature & Solenoid Pilots
HDPT
Regulator with Pressure & Temperature Pilots
HDPTS
Regulator with Pressure, Temperature & Solenoid Pilots
OTHER PILOT CONFIGURATIONS USED WITH HD REGULATOR

Air / Solenoid Air / Pneumatic Temperature Controller Air / Solenoid / Pneumatic Temperature Controller Back Pressure Back Pressure / Solenoid Differential Pressure
Watson McDaniels Pilots will fit other Manufacturers Regulators.
122
R E G U L AT O R S
H D - S e r i e s D I M E N S I O N S inches / pounds
Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 (A) Face-To-Face NPT 150# 300# 43/8 43/8 53/8 51/2 6 1 6 /2 71/4 67/8 73/8 1 1 7 /2 8 /2 9 93/8 10 10 103/4 7 11 /8 121/2 151/8 16 B 51/2 51/2 61/4 73/8 73/8 81/4 9 87/8 107/8 141/8 C 33/8 33/8 31/2 47/8 47/8 53/8 53/4 63/4 71/2 10 D 61/2 61/2 7 83/4 83/4 107/8 113/4 131/4 143/4 193/4 Weight (lbs) NPT 150# 300# 18 18 23 40 45 43 43 55 60 65 75 85 100 105 130 145 215 235 420 470
HD Series
MINIMUM OPERATING PRESSURES

Minimum Inlet Pressure (for Valve): 15 PSIG (Standard Main Valve) 5 PSIG (Low Pressure Main Valve)
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Minimum Differential Pressure (for Valve):* 10 PSI (Standard Main Valve) 3 PSI (Low Pressure Main Valve)
* Not required for Temperature Pilot applications
Option: Stainless diaphragms and external tubing - consult factory
M AT E R I A L S
Body Cover Gasket Cover Screws Pilot Adapter Screen Tubing Valve Seat Valve Disc Diaphragm Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Grafoil Steel Ductile Iron/Cast Steel Stainless Steel Copper Hardened SST (55Rc) Hardened SST (55Rc) Phosphor Bronze
HOW TO ORDER
REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity of steam required End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged) PILOT REQUIRED TO OPERATE THIS VALVE Note: See How to Order in specific Pilot Section T Temperature Pilot P Pressure Pilot A Air Pilot S Solenoid Pilot BP Back Pressure Pilot PD Differential Pressure
A FLG A NPT
Pilot mounting surface C FLOW OUT Standard pilot mounting is on the right side of the regulator when looking into the outlet port (as shown). Pilot mounting on HD regulators are field reversible.
123
PILOTS P & P5
Pressure Pilot for HD Regulating Valves
Pilot
Pressure Pilot
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Max Inlet Pressure: 300 PSIG Reduced Outlet Pressure Range: 3-200 PSIG Minimum Inlet Pressures:
15 PSIG when used with standard main valve 5 PSIG when used with low pressure main valve
P-Pilot (Standard) + 1 PSIG accuracy P5-Pilot (Special) + 0.5 PSIG accuracy

PRESSURE-ADJUSTING SPRING RANGES
P Pressure Range P5 Pressure Range Identifying Colors
M AT E R I A L S
Pilot Body & Cover Gasket Diaphragm Head & Seat Assembly Ductile Iron or Cast Steel Grafoil Phosphor Bronze Hardened SST (55 Rc)
3-25 PSIG 20-100 PSIG 80-200 PSIG
1-10 PSIG 10-25 PSIG
yellow blue red
The P & P5 Pressure Pilots are used with the HD Regulator to control steam pressure in steam mains or for process equipment. Pilot operated regulators will maintain constant downstream pressure even when the inlet pressure to the valve fluctuates or steam usage varies.
HOW TO ORDER
P, P5 PRESSURE PILOT Specify: Reduced pressure range Example: P Pilot at 3-25 PSIG, yellow REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)
F E AT U R E S
The P Pilot can maintain downstream pressure to 1 PSIG P5 Pilot can maintain downstream pressure to 0.5 PSIG Choices of three overlapping pressure ranges Pressure control spring can be changed in line Pilot is easily installed using only four bolts Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter for
ultimate protection from dirt and scale Can be used with temperature and solenoid control pilot Solid floating diaphragm is more failure resistant Watson McDaniel's pilots can be used with other manufacturers regulators
OPTIONS
Pressure pilot can be used with temperature pilot to eliminate

the need for two separate regulators Solenoid pilot can be added for remote on/off control of regulator P5 Pilot will maintain + 0.5 PSIG accuracy
Steam Sensing Line Connection 1/4 NPT
91/2
12
M I N I M U M O P E R AT I N G P R E S S U R E S
Minimum Inlet Pressure: 15 PSIG (Standard Main Valve) 5 PSIG (Low Pressure Main Valve) Minimum Differential Pressure: 10 PSI (Standard Main Valve) 3 PSI (Low Pressure Main Valve)
5
Units: inches
P P5
124
Back Pressure Pilot for HD Regulating Valves
PILOTS BP Pilot
Back Pressure Pilot

PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Max Inlet Pressure: 300 PSIG Back Pressure Range: 10-200 PSIG Minimum Inlet Pressures:

Pressure Range Identifying Colors
M AT E R I A L S
Pilot Body & Cover Gasket Diaphragm Head & Seat Assembly Ductile Iron Grafoil Phosphor Bronze Hardened SST (55 Rc)
10-25 PSIG 20-100 PSIG 80-200 PSIG
yellow blue red
The BP Back-Pressure Pilot used with the HD regulator, maintains upstream pressure in steam systems. These regulators are commonly used to supply flash steam to low pressure mains.
HOW TO ORDER
BP BACK PRESSURE PILOT Specify: Reduced pressure range Example: BP Pilot at 20-100 PSIG, blue REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)
F E AT U R E S
The BP Pilot can maintain upstream pressure to 1 PSIG Choices of three overlapping pressure ranges Pressure adjusting spring can be changed with
regulator in line
Pilot is easily installed using only four bolts Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter for
ultimate protection from dirt and scale
Solid floating diaphragm is more failure resistant Watson McDaniel's pilots can be used with other
manufacturers regulators
OPTIONS
Can be used with solenoid pilot for on/off control

91/2
Units: inches
125
PILOTS T Pilot
Temperature Pilot for HD Regulating Valves
Temperature Pilot
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Max Inlet Pressure: 300 PSIG Temperature Control Range: 60-260 F Minimum Inlet Pressures:
15 PSIG when used with standard main valve 5 PSIG when low pressure temperature pilot is used with low pressure main valve
Low Pressure Temperature Pilot must be used in conjunction with a low pressure main valve for applications where inlet steam pressure is less than 15 PSIG. SPECIFY WHEN ORDERING.
T E M P E R AT U R E - A D J U S T I N G R A N G E S T Y P I C A L A P P L I C AT I O N S
The T Temperature Pilot is used with the HD regulator to control temperature in various processes and systems. Some examples are: Oil heaters Ovens Process heaters Vats Dryers Jacketed Kettles
Temperature Ranges* Identifying Colors
60 - 120 F (16 - 49 C) 100 - 160 F (38 - 71 C) 120 - 180 F (49 - 82 C) 160 - 220 F (71 - 104 C) 200 - 260F (93 - 127 C) * Other ranges available; consult factory.
yellow black blue red green
F E AT U R E S
Temperature adjustment made simple and easy by rotating

an adjustment knob to the desired temperature setting Thermostatic sensing bulb comes with an 8-ft. or 15-ft. length capillary Capillary is armor-protected to resist damage Overheat protection bellows is incorporated into sensing bulb; 200F overheat protection up to 350F Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter for ultimate protection from dirt and scale
M AT E R I A L S
Body Head & Guide Seat Sensing Bulb: T TU TUBW TUSW TBW TSW Ductile Iron/Cast Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Copper Bulb Copper Bulb w/Brass Union Hub Copper Bulb w/Brass Well Copper Bulb w/Stainless Steel Well Copper Bulb w/Brass Well & Grommet Copper Bulb w/Stainless Steel Well & Grommet
OPTIONS
Temperature Pilot can be combined with Pressure and Solenoid pilots Additional capillary lengths can be ordered in 5-ft. increments; up to 25-ft. maximum length Wells* for isolating sensing bulb from process liquid are available in 316 stainless steel or brass Extended length wells are available 316 Stainless Steel Sensing Bulb Other options available; consult factory Wells isolate sensing bulb from the process liquid and are available in Brass or Stainless Steel. When placed on the side of a tank or vessel, the sensing bulb can be removed without having to drain the process fluid.
Pressure & Temperature Pilot combination
* Thermowells:
Controls downstream pressure and process temperature, eliminating the need for a separate pressure regulator
126

S E N S I N G B U L B S AVA I L A B L E
Units: inches
PILOTS T Pilot
T TU
Plain copper bulb Union connected copper bulb that can be screwed into the side of tank * most common selection
81/2
T TU
5/8
51/2 5/8 3/4 NPT 57/8
*Most common
TUBW Type TU bulb with a brass well. The well, which isolates bulb from process fluid, can be placed in the side of a tank allowing the sensing bulb to be removed without having to drain the tank of liquid TUSW Type TU bulb with a corrosion resistant stainless steel well. The well, which isolates bulb from process fluid, can be placed in the side of a tank allowing the sensing bulb to be removed without having to drain the tank of liquid TBW Type T bulb with an extended length brass well. The extended well allows deeper insertion of sensing bulb into tanks. Type T bulb with extended length stainless steel well. The extended well allows deeper insertion of sensing bulb into tanks.
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
TUBW
3/4 3/4 NPT 61/8
TUSW
3/4 3/4 NPT 18
TSW
TBW
3/4 3/4 NPT 18
Other options available; consult factory.
TSW
HOW TO ORDER
T TEMPERATURE PILOT Specify: Temperature range from the chart or indicate the temperature of the process you wish to control The length of capillary required; 8-ft. is standard Bulb type needed: T, TU, TUBW, TUSW, TBW & TSW Example: TU, 8 FT CAP, 60-120F, yellow
3/4 3/4 NPT
Diagram below shows T Pilot TU Option for Bulb
Union Nut Union Hub 3/4 NPT

6 3/4
REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity of steam required End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)

See bulb chart above
Minimum Inlet Pressure: 15 PSIG (Standard Main Valve) 5 PSIG (Low Pressure Main Valve with Low Pressure Temperature Pilot)
Low Pressure Temperature Pilot must be used in conjunction with a Low Pressure Main Valve for applications where inlet steam pressure is below 15 PSIG. SPECIFY WHEN ORDERING.
Units: inches
127
PILOTS A Pilot
Air Pilot for HD Regulating Valves
Controls Pressure & Temperature
Air Pilot
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Max Inlet Pressure: 300 PSIG Reduced Outlet Pressure Range: 3-200 PSIG Minimum Inlet Pressures:
15 PSIG when used with standard main valve 5 PSIG when used with low pressure main valve Note: Temperature Range: 0-350 F when used with PTL & PTR temperature controllers
MAXIMUM CONTROL AIR PRESSURE ON AIR PILOT IS 125 PSIG
The A Air Pilot is used with the HD Regulator to control steam pressure on steam mains and process equipment. The A Air Pilot can also be used in conjunction with the PTL or PTR pneumatic temperature controllers for controlling temperature in process applications. The principal advantage the A Air Pilot over standard spring loaded pilots is that pressure adjustments to the regulator can be made from a remote location. A regulator that is placed in a difficult to reach or inaccessible location can be adjusted by a remote control panel board placed in an accessible location.
PRESSURE ADJUSTING RANGES

Model Pressure Ranges Description
A1 A4 A6
3-125 PSIG 3-200 PSIG 20-200 PSIG
1:1 ratio of steam pressure to control air pressure 4:1 ratio of steam pressure to control air pressure 6:1 ratio of steam pressure to control air pressure
HOW IT WORKS
When air pressure is applied to the upper chamber of the air pilot it exerts a downward force on the air pilots diaphragm. This force controls the outlet pressure of the steam through the regulating valve. The control process is similar to a spring loaded pressure pilot except that the air pressure takes the place of the spring. There are three separate models of air pilots that make up the complete range depending on the steam pressure that needs to be controlled and the control air pressure available. See Pressure Adjusting Ranges chart.
The larger Diaphragm area of the A4 & A6 Air Pilots allow the use of lower control air pressure to regulate higher pressure steam.
M AT E R I A L S
Pilot Body & Cover Gasket Cover Screws Head & Seat Assembly Ductile Iron Grafoil Steel, GR5 Hardened SST (55 Rc)
Control Air Connection 1/4 NPT B
F E AT U R E S
Pressure adjustments to the regulator can be done from
a remote location using an air signal Air-operated pilot ensures instant response and extremely accurate control Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter for ultimate protection from dirt and scale Controls pressure settings within 1 PSIG
D I M E N S I O N S inches
Model A1 A4 A6 A 51/4 51/4 51/4 B 5 7 7/8 91/2
128
Controls Pressure & Temperature

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL BOARDS
Air Pilot for HD Regulating Valves

HOW TO ORDER
A AIR PILOT Specify: Air Pilot A1, A4 or A6 Remote Control Panel Board PL1, PL2 or PL3 REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity and pressure range of steam required End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)
PILOTS A Pilot
Three different options of remote control panel boards can be used along with the "A" Air Pilots. Supply air is fed directly through the control panel board to the air pilot. You can choose one of the three options of control panel boards when using the air piloted regulators. Minimum 5 PSIG air supply pressure is required.
AIR SIGNAL AIR SUPPLY STEAM PRESSURE
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES VALVES REGULATING
AIR SIGNAL
AIR SUPPLY AIR SIGNAL
PL1
PL2
PL3

PL1
The PL1 is made up of an air pressure regulator with adjustment knob and pressure gauge that measures the amount of air pressure going to the pilot (air signal). Steam pressure of the system is controlled by adjusting the air pressure regulator.
PL2
The PL2 is the same as the PL1 with the addition of an extra air pressure gauge for measuring the air supply pressure to the control panel board.
CONTROL AIR PRESSURE RANGE

A-Pilot Control Pressure: 3-125 PSIG (depending on pilot selected and desired outlet pressure)
PL3
The PL3 is the same as the PL2 with the addition of a Steam Pressure Gauge for measuring steam pressure on the outlet side of the regulating valve.
Pressure Reducing Station Using HD Regulator with an Air Pilot

INLET STEAM AIR SIGNAL (control air) BYPASS AIR SUPPLY
D E S C R I P T I O N O F O P E R AT I O N
The A Air Pilot is being used in conjunction with the PL2 Control Panel Board to regulate steam pressure. A small air regulator on the panel board can be adjusted to control the air pressure to the pilot. One gauge on the panel board measures air line pressure to the panel board and the other gauge shows the air pressure being sent to the pilot. Steam pressure at the outlet of the regulator is controlled by the air pressure signal to the pilot. Depending on the air pilot model chosen (A1, A4, A6), there will be a 1:1, 4:1, or 6:1 ratio of outlet steam pressure to air pressure.
PL2
AIR PILOT
SENSING LINE SLOPED DOWN FROM PILOT
HD REGULATOR
OUTLET STEAM FLOW
HDA (REGULATOR with AIR PILOT)
STEAM TRAP
129
PILOTS
PTL & PTR Controller

Pneumatic Temperature Controller
(used with Air Pilot)

PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Max Inlet Pressure: 300 PSIG Temperature Range: PTR: 0-300 F PTL: 50-350 F Minimum Inlet Pressures:
PTL
(mounts directly on tank or vessel)
The PTL and PTR Pneumatic Temperature Controllers operate over a wider temperature range than our standard T temperature pilot. These temperature controllers also react quicker to temperature change which make them an excellent choice for instantaneous hot water applications.
PTR
(mounts remotely with 4-ft. Capillary)
HOW IT WORKS
The PTL and PTR Pneumatic Temperature Controllers are used in conjunction with an A Air Pilot to control the operation of the HD Regulator. The PTL uses a bimetallic element to sense temperature and the PTR uses a hydraulically filled bulb with a 4-ft. capillary to sense temperature. The air supply is connected to the inlet of the controller and the air output signal is fed directly to an Air Pilot, which controls the opening and closing of the steam regulating valve. Model Temperature Adjustment Range Maximum Air Supply Pressure Sensing Bulb Max. Pressure Max. Temperature Material Optional Material Capillary Length PTL 50 - 350 F 35 PSIG Bi-Metallic 250 PSIG 400F Copper Stainless Steel N/A PTR 0 - 300 F 35 PSIG Hydraulic Fill 250 PSIG 350F Copper Stainless Steel 4-ft.
F E AT U R E S
Accurate and rapid response to temperature
changes Covers control temperature range of 0-350 F
HOW TO ORDER
PTL & PTR PNEUMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER Specify: PTL or PTR controller model (air pilot required for operation) AIR PILOT Specify: A1, A4 or A6 Air Pilot model (refer to Air Pilot section) REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)

Minimum Inlet Pressure: 15 PSIG (Standard Main Valve) 5 PSIG (Low Pressure Main Valve)
130
PILOTS
PTL & PTR Controller

SERIES HDA-PTL PNEUMATIC TEMPERATURE REGULATOR
STEAM INLET HOT WATER OUTLET BYPASS LINE
VACUUM BREAKER AIR VENT
(used with Air Pilot)
AIR SIGNAL LINE
DESCRIPTION OF O P E R AT I O N
The PTL Pneumatic Temperature Controller senses outlet water temperature on a semiinstantaneous hot water heater. When the outlet water temperature falls below the set point, the PTL pneumatic temperature controller sends an air signal to the A1 Air Pilot which opens the regulator, allowing steam to heat the tank. When the water reaches the desired set temperature, the PTL pneumatic temperature controller shuts off the air signal to the A1 Air Pilot and the regulator closes, cutting off steam to the heater.
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
AIR REGULATOR AIR INLET
SEMI-INSTANTANEOUS HEATER
COLD WATER INLET
PTL CONTROLLER
STEAM TRAP
Model PTL (direct mounted)

WELL 7/8 11/2 3/4 NPT 111/8
TEMPERATURE SET POINT ADJUSTMENT KNOB
3 5/8
111/2
1/8 NPT 27/8

Units: inches
Model PTR (remote mounted)

2-1/4 WELL
13/32
TEMPERATURE SET POINT ADJUSTMENT KNOB
111/8 3/4 NPT 3 5/16 COPPER 61/2 23/4 WITH RELAY 51/4 STAINLESS STEEL 1/8 NPT 21/8
131
PILOTS TRP Pilot
Temperature Pilot
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Max Inlet Pressure: 300 PSIG Temperature Control Range: 20-250 F Min Inlet Pressures: 15 PSIG standard main valve 5 PSIG low pressure main valve T Y P I C A L A P P L I C AT I O N S
The TRP Temperature Pilot is used with the HD Regulator to control temperature in various processes and systems. Some examples are: Oil heaters, Ovens, Process Heaters, Vats, Dryers and Jacketed Kettles.
The TRP will control lower temperatures than the standard T Pilot
F E AT U R E S
Ductile Iron pilot body Stainless steel valve and seat Standard capillary is copper with 316 stainless steel
armor in 10 feet length
M AT E R I A L S
Pilot Body Valve and Seat Support Bracket Bulb & Capillary All Other Parts Ductile Iron Stainless steel Aluminum Copper (optional stainless steel) Brass
OPTIONS
Additional Capillary Length: Available up to 25-ft. in

5-ft. increments.
Special Materials: Sensing bulb, wells, and capillary are
available in special corrosion resistant materials. - 316 stainless steel capillary - 316 stainless steel armor with standard capillary - Kynar-covered capillary Finned Bulb: Special finned sensing bulb for improved temperature sensitivity when controlling air temperature in heating ducts Thermowell or Separable Socket: Available in stainless steel or copper Temperature Sensing Dial: Indicates temperature of process being controlled
HOW TO ORDER
TRP TEMPERATURE PILOT Specify: Temperature range from the chart or indicate the temperature of the process you wish to control The length of capillary required REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity of steam required End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)
D I M E N S I O N S inches
Std. Bulb Range F 40-65 65-85 85-110 110-135 135-160 160-190 190-210 210-245 245-275 275-310 305-365 365-415 415-435 Bulb Bulb Length Diameter A B 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 121/4 1.0 Body Height C w/Dial w/o Dial 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 111/4 1611/64 Thermowell or Separable Socket D E 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 13 1.1 4 minimum length
THERMOWELL
1 NPT C A 1 NPT Hub D
132
Electric Pilot for On/Off Control of HD Regulating Valves
PILOTS S Pilot
Solenoid Pilot
REGULATING REGULATING VALVES VALVES
PILOT-OPERATED
For Electrical On-Off Control of Regulating Valves Max Inlet Pressure: 250 PSIG
Typically used for automatic operation, remote control, programmed cycling, sequential function interlocks with other equipment, and emergency shut-off in case of power failure.
STANDARD SOLENOID PILOTS AVAILABLE

Steam Inlet Pressure 0-180 PSIG 180-250 PSIG NEMA 1 Standard NEMA 4 Waterproof (optional) NEMA 7 Explosion-proof (optional) 110 Volts AC (standard) 24 Volts AC (optional) 220 Volts AC (optional) 240 Volts AC (optional)
HOW IT WORKS
The S Solenoid Pilot can be used in conjunction with Pressure, Temperature, or Air Pilots to electrically control on/off operation of the HD Regulator. When the solenoid pilot is used, the regulator can be turned on or off by electrically activating or de-activating the solenoid. Normally Closed (nc) Standard The normally closed Solenoid Pilot remains closed in the non-activated state. The regulating valve will remain closed until an electrical signal is sent to the solenoid pilot. This is known as a fail-safe condition. Normally Open (no) Optional The normally opened Solenoid Pilot remains open in the non-activated state. The regulating valve will function normally unless an electrical signal is used to shut-off the solenoid pilot.
NEMA Ratings Voltage
M AT E R I A L S
Pilot Body & Cover Gasket Cover Screws Internals Ductile Iron Grafoil Steel, GR5 Stainless Steel
F E AT U R E S
HOW TO ORDER
S SOLENOID PILOT Specify: Inlet Steam Pressure range: 0-180 PSIG or 180-250 PSIG NEMA rating: NEMA 1, NEMA 4 or NEMA 7 (if not specified NEMA 1 Standard will be supplied) Control Voltage: 24, 110, 220 or 240 VAC REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity of steam required End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)
Available normally opened (no) or normally closed (nc) Full-port strainer and blow-down valve on pilot adapter to
eliminate failure caused by contaminated steam systems
OPTIONS
Normally open solenoid NEMA Ratings: NEMA 4 and NEMA 7 Voltage: 24 VAC, 220 VAC, 240 VAC
133
PILOTS DP Pilot
Differential Pressure Pilot for HD Regulating Valves
Differential Pressure Pilot

PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Max Inlet Pressure: 300 PSIG Reduced Outlet Pressure Range: 3-200 PSIG Min Inlet Pressures: 15 PSIG standard main valve 5 PSIG low pressure main valve DP-Pilot + 2 PSIG accuracy PRESSURE-ADJUSTING SPRING RANGES
DP Pressure Range Identifying Colors
3-25 PSIG 20-100 PSIG 80-200 PSIG
yellow blue red
M AT E R I A L S
Pilot Body & Cover Gasket Diaphragm Head & Seat Assembly Ductile Iron & Cast Steel Grafoil Phosphor Bronze Hardened SST (55 Rc)
The DP Differential Pressure Pilot is used with the HD Regulator to maintain steam pressure at a balanced differential pressure above another media source. This is typical on an oil burner where steam used for atomization is injected into the oil burner at a set pressure above the incoming oil supply. Therefore, as oil pressure fluctuates based on demand, the steam pressure will be maintained at a differential pressure above the oil pressure.
HOW TO ORDER
DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE PILOT Specify: Reduced pressure range Example: DP Pilot at 3-25 PSIG, yellow REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)
F E AT U R E S
The DP Differential Pressure Pilot is used to maintain
downstream steam pressure to a set differential pressure above loading pressure Accuracy to within 2 PSIG 3 overlapping spring ranges to choose from Pilot is installed using only four bolts Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter for ultimate protection from dirt and scale Solid floating diaphragm Watson McDaniel's pilots can be used with other manufacturers regulators
OPTIONS
9.27
Solenoid pilot can be added for remote on/off control of

regulator
Units: inches
5.00
134
PILOTS
Over Pressure Protection Methods

Using P and BP Pilots
Back Pressure Regulators for Boiler Overload Protection
In steam systems with several applications of varying importance, a back pressure regulator may be used to prevent overloading of the boiler by isolating non-essential loads from critical processes in the event steam demand exceeds boiler output. When steam demand is greater than the capacity the boiler can generate, pressure in the boiler will drop, possibly upsetting the control balance in the boiler resulting in the generation of wet steam. Using back pressure regulators on the non-essential application supply lines allows isolation of these applications at times of peak demand by shutting off steam flow to areas deemed non-essential. This ensures that boiler demand is not exceeded and steam flow is maintained to critical processes until demand subsides and the boiler is able to catch up.
STEAM TO ESSENTIAL SERVICES SAFETY VALVE DRIP PAN ELBOW
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
STEAM TO NON-ESSENTIAL SERVICES
PILOT-OPERATED BACK PRESSURE REGULATOR PILOT-OPERATED PRESSURE REDUCING AND BACK PRESSURE REGULATOR
BOILER STEAM SUPPLY
STEAM TO NON-ESSENTIAL SERVICES
HEADER
FTT TRAP
Pressure Override Protection of Regulator Supply Lines

On multi-stage pressure reducing applications where a rise in control pressure due to failure of the final supply regulator could result in equipment damage and/or personnel injury, a secondary pressure pilot may be added to provide override protection of a steam supply line. During normal operation, the main pressure pilot on the 1st stage regulator provides intermediate pressure control while the additional monitor pilot senses final control pressure and remains open due to a slightly higher setting than the final control pressure setting. Should the 2nd stage regulator fail for any reason, increasing supply pressure will begin to close the monitor pressure pilot of the 1st stage regulator, thus overriding the main control pilot preventing final supply pressure from increasing. This overpressure protection can similarly be offered on single-stage reducing valves by protecting against failure of the main control pilot.
PRESSURE PILOT (Monitor)
MAIN PRESSURE PILOT
PRESSURE PILOT
INLET
OUTLET
1st Stage HD REGULATOR
2nd Stage HD REGULATOR
135
R E G U L AT O R & P I L O T
HDP
Pilot-Operated Pressure Regulating Valve
HD Regulating Valve with P Pressure Pilot

PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Max Inlet Pressure: 300 PSIG Reduced Outlet Pressure Range: 3-200 PSIG Min Inlet Pressures: 15 PSIG standard main valve 5 PSIG low pressure main valve
The HD Regulator with the P Pressure Pilot is used for reducing steam pressure in piping mains and process applications. Pilot-operated regulators will maintain constant downstream pressure even when the inlet pressure to the regulator fluctuates or steam usage varies.
PRESSURE-ADJUSTING SPRING RANGES P

Pressure Ranges Identifying Colors
F E AT U R E S
The P Pilot can maintain downstream pressure
to 1 PSIG Optional P5 pilot can maintain pressure to 0.5 PSIG Choices of three overlapping pressure ranges Pressure adjusting spring can be changed with regulator in line Pilot is easily installed using only four bolts Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter for ultimate protection from dirt and scale Watson McDaniels pilots can be used with other manufacturers regulators
3-25 PSIG 20-100 PSIG 80-200 PSIG
yellow blue red
PRESSURE-ADJUSTING SPRING RANGES P5

1-10 PSIG 10-25 PSIG yellow blue
M AT E R I A L S
Body Cover Gasket Cover Screws Pilot Adapter Screen Tubing Valve Seat Valve Disc Diaphragm Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Grafoil Steel Ductile Iron/Cast Steel Stainless Steel Copper Hardened SST (55 Rc) Hardened SST (55 Rc) Phosphor Bronze
OPTIONS
Pressure and temperature pilots can be combined

on the same regulator
Solenoid pilot can be added for electrical on/off

control of the regulator
Can be used with solenoid and temperature pilots

136
D I M E N S I O N S H D - S e r i e s inches / pounds
Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 Face-To-Face NPT 150# 300# 43/8 43/8 53/8 51/2 6 1 6 /2 71/4 67/8 73/8 1 1 7 /2 8 /2 9 93/8 10 10 103/4 7 11 /8 121/2 151/8 16 B 51/2 51/2 61/4 73/8 73/8 81/4 9 87/8 107/8 141/8 C* 117/8 117/8 117/8 117/8 117/8 117/8 117/8 117/8 117/8 121/2 D 61/2 61/2 7 83/4 83/4 107/8 113/4 131/4 143/4 193/4 E** 73/4 73/4 73/4 81/4 81/4 81/2 81/2 91/2 101/2 113/4 Weight NPT 18 18 23 43 43 65 (lbs) FLG
C Standard P-Pilot = 5 P5-Pilot = 8
HDP
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
35 60 85 105 145 235 470

B
For P5 Pilot: * For sizes 1/2 to 11/2 add 21/2 to C dimension; For sizes 2 to 6 add 5 to C dimension. ** Add 11/2 to E dimension for all sizes.
E D
HOW TO ORDER
P or P5 PRESSURE PILOT Specify: Reduced pressure range (P5 Pilot requires a special adapter block on 3 & 4 valves) REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity and pressures of steam required End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)
Pressure Adjusting Screw Adjusting Spring Downstream Pressure Sensing LIne Bleed Orifice Control Pressure Line
PRESSURE PILOT
HOW IT WORKS
The purpose of the pressure pilot is to control the operation of the pressure regulating valve. A pressure sensing line connects the pressure pilot to the downstream side of the regulator. The pressure in the sensing line is directed under the diaphragm in the pressure pilot. When the pressure in the system reaches the adjusting spring set point it pushes the diaphragm upwards against the force of the adjusting spring and closes the pilot valve. When the pilot valve is shut, steam can no longer pass through to the underside of the regulator diaphragm and the main valve closes. When the steam pressure falls below its set point, the pilot valve opens allowing steam to lift the main valve diaphragm which opens up the regulating valve.
Pilot Diaphragm Pilot Valve
Main Valve Inlet
Outlet
Diaphragm Orifice with Clean-out Wire
Main Valve Diaphragm
137
HDT
Pilot-Operated Temperature Regulating Valve
HD Regulating Valve with T Temperature Pilot

PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Inlet Pressure Max: 300 PSIG Temperature Control Range: 60260 F Min Inlet Pressures: 15 PSIG standard main valve with standard temperature pilot 5 PSIG low pressure main valve with low pressure temp. pilot
Low Pressure Temperature Pilot must be used in conjunction with a low pressure main valve for applications where inlet steam pressure is less than 15 PSIG. SPECIFY WHEN ORDERING.
The HD Regulator with the T Temperature Pilot is used for controlling temperature in various processes and systems, such as Oil Heaters, Ovens, Process Heaters, Vats, Dryers and Jacketed Kettles.
T E M P E R AT U R E - A D J U S T I N G R A N G E S
Temperature Ranges * Identifying Colors
60 - 120 F (16 - 49 C) 100 - 160 F (38 - 71 C) 120 - 180 F (49 - 82 C) 160 - 220 F (71 - 104 C) 200 - 260 F (93 - 127 C)
* Other ranges available; consult Factory.
F E AT U R E S
Temperature adjustment made simple and easy
by rotating an adjustment knob to the desired temperature setting Thermostatic sensing bulb comes with 8-ft. or 15-ft. capillary; optional lengths up to 25-ft. max Capillary is armor-protected to resist damage Optional stainless steel sensing bulb and capillary Overheat protection bellows is incorporated into sensing bulb; 200F overheat protection up to 350F Can be used with Pressure Pilot for simultaneous control of pressure and temperature Hardened stainless steel trim on regulator for extended service life Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter for ultimate protection from dirt and scale
M AT E R I A L S
OPTIONS
Temperature Pilot can be combined with Pressure
and Solenoid pilots Additional capillary lengths can be ordered in 5-ft. increments; up to 25-ft. maximum length Wells* are available in 316 stainless steel Longer wells can be supplied Low pressure (under 15 PSIG) temperature pilot Consult factory for other options
* Thermowells:
Wells isolate sensing bulb from the process liquid and are available in Brass or Stainless Steel. When placed on the side of a tank or vessel, the sensing bulb can be removed without having to drain the process fluid.
138
Pilot-Operated Temperature Regulating Valve
Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 Face-To-Face NPT 150# 300# 43/8 43/8 53/8 51/2 6 1 6 /2 71/4 67/8 73/8 1 1 7 /2 8 /2 9 93/8 10 10 103/4 7 11 /8 121/2 151/8 16 B 51/2 51/2 61/4 73/8 73/8 81/4 9 87/8 107/8 141/8 C 91/4 91/4 91/4 91/4 91/4 91/4 91/4 91/4 91/4 93/4 D 61/2 61/2 7 83/4 83/4 107/8 113/4 131/4 143/4 193/4 E 61/2 61/2 81/4 71/4 71/4 71/2 73/4 81/2 91/2 103/4 Weight NPT 18 18 23 43 43 65 (lbs) FLG
C
HDT
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES VALVES REGULATING
35 60 85 105 145 235 470
E D
HOW TO ORDER
T TEMPERATURE PILOT Specify: Temperature range from the chart or indicate the set temperature of the process you wish to control The length of capillary required. 8-ft. or 15-ft. standard; Maximum length: 25-ft. in 5-ft. increments Bulb type needed: T, TU, TUBW, TUSW, TBW & TSW REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)
HOW IT WORKS
The temperature pilot controls the operation of the temperature regulating valve. The temperature sensing bulb, which is filled with a temperature sensitive liquid, is placed in the process fluid that is being heated. When the temperature of the process fluid reaches its set point, the bellows expands and closes off the pilot valve. When the pilot valve is shut, steam can no longer pass thru to the underside of the regulator diaphragm, and the main valve closes. When the process fluid cools below the set temperature, the main valve reopens.
Temperature Adjustment Knob Bellows
TEMPERATURE PILOT
Temperature Sensing Bulb Control Pressure Line Bleed Orifice
Minimum Inlet Pressure: 15 PSIG (Standard Main Valve with Standard Temperature Pilot) 5 PSIG (Low Pressure Main Valve with Low Pressure Temperature Pilot)
Low Pressure Temperature Pilot must be used in conjunction with a Low Pressure Main Valve for applications where inlet steam pressure is less than 15 PSIG. SPECIFY WHEN ORDERING.
Pilot Valve
Inlet
Outlet
Main Valve

139
HDA
Air-Operated Pilot Regulating Valve
HD Regulating Valve with A Air Pilot

PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Max Inlet Pressure: 300 PSIG Reduced Outlet Pressure Range: 3-200 PSIG Min Inlet Pressures: 15 PSIG standard main valve 5 PSIG low pressure main valve
Note: Temperature Range: 0-350 F when used with PTL & PTR temperature controllers
The HD Regulator with the A Air Pilot is used for reducing steam pressure on steam mains and process equipment. The A Air Pilot can also be used in conjunction with the PTL and PTR Pneumatic Temperature Controllers for controlling temperature in process applications. The principal advantage of the A Air Pilot over standard spring-loaded pilots is that pressure adjustments to the regulator can be made from a remote location. A regulator placed in a difficult to reach or inaccessible location can be adjusted by a remote control panel board placed in an accessible location.
MAXIMUM CONTROL AIR PRESSURE ON AIR PILOT IS 125 PSIG
PRESSURE-ADJUSTING RANGES
Model Pressure Ranges Description
A1
3-125 PSIG
1:1 ratio of steam pressure to control air pressure Example: With the A1 air pilot, 10 PSIG of air pressure maintains 10 PSIG of steam pressure 4:1 ratio of steam pressure to control air pressure Example: With the A4 air pilot, 10 PSIG of air pressure maintains 40 PSIG of steam pressure 6:1 ratio of steam pressure to control air pressure Example: With the A6 air pilot, 10 PSIG of air pressure maintains 60 PSIG of steam pressure
A4
3-200 PSIG
F E AT U R E S
Air Pilot can be used with PTL or PTR Pneumatic

Temperature Controller from a remote location
A6 20-200 PSIG
Pressure adjustments of the regulator can be done Air-operated pilot insures instant response and
very accurate control Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter for ultimate protection from dirt and scale Controls pressure settings within 1 PSIG
OPTIONS
Solenoid Pilot (S-Pilot) can be added for
Electrical On/Off Operation of the regulator
CONTROL AIR PRESSURE RANGE

A-Pilot Control Pressure: 3-125 PSIG (depending on pilot selected and desired outlet pressure)
140
Air-Operated Pilot Regulating Valve
Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 Face-To-Face NPT 150# 300# 43/8 43/8 53/8 51/2 6 1 6 /2 71/4 67/8 73/8 1 1 7 /2 8 /2 9 93/8 10 10 103/4 7 11 /8 121/2 151/8 16 B 51/2 51/2 61/4 73/8 73/8 81/4 9 87/8 107/8 141/8 C* 71/2 71/2 71/2 71/2 71/2 71/2 71/2 71/2 71/2 81/4 D 61/2 61/2 7 83/4 83/4 107/8 113/4 131/4 143/4 193/4 E** 73/4 73/4 73/4 83/8 83/8 83/4 83/4 91/2 101/2 113/4 Weight NPT 18 18 23 43 43 65 (lbs) FLG
C
HDA
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
35 60 85 105 145 235 470
* Add 21/2 to C dimension for A4 or A6 Air Pilots on 2 thru 4 valves. ** Add 11/2 to E dimension for A4, and 21/4 for A6.
D
M AT E R I A L S
HOW IT WORKS
When air pressure is applied to the upper chamber of the air pilot it exerts a downward force on the air pilots diaphragm. The lower chamber of the air pilot is connected to the outlet side of the regulator using a sensing line. The purpose of the sensing line is to sense the pressure on the outlet side of the regulator. When the intended set pressure is reached, the pilot valve closes which then closes off the flow path of steam to the underside of the diaphragm chamber in the regulator body. The regulator modulates maintaining the desired downstream pressure regardless of the amount of steam being used.
Air Control Line Pilot Diaphragm Pilot Valve
AIR PILOT
Downstream Pressure Sensing LIne Control Pressure Line Bleed Orifice Outlet
HOW TO ORDER
A AIR PILOT Specify: Air Pilot A1, A4 or A6 Remote Control Panel Board: PL1, PL2 or PL3 REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity and pressures of steam required End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)
Main Valve Diaphragm Main Valve Inlet
141
HDPT
Pilot-Operated Pressure & Temperature Regulating Valve
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
HD Regulating Valve with P Pressure & T Temperature Pilots

Max Inlet Pressure: 300 PSIG Reduced Outlet Pressure Range: 3-200 PSIG Temperature Control Range: 60-260 F Min Inlet Pressures: 15 PSIG standard main valve with standard temperature pilot 5 PSIG low pressure main valve with low pressure temp. pilot
Low Pressure Temperature Pilot must be used in conjunction with a low pressure main valve for applications where inlet steam pressure is less than 15 PSIG. SPECIFY WHEN ORDERING
T E M P E R AT U R E - A D J U S T I N G R A N G E S
Temperature Ranges * Identifying Colors
60 - 120 F (16 - 49 C)
The HD Regulator with both the P Pressure Pilot and T Temperature Pilot is used to simultaneously control both pressure and temperature in process applications. Using both the temperature and pressure pilot on the same regulator eliminates the need for two separate regulators to control temperature and pressure.
100 - 160 F (38 - 71 C) 120 - 180 F (49 - 82 C) 160 - 220 F (71 - 104 C) 200 - 260 F (93 - 127 C) * Other ranges available; consult Factory.
F E AT U R E S

Pressure and temperature pilot combination
eliminates the need for two separate regulators Choice of three overlapping pressure ranges Pilot is installed using only four bolts Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter for ultimate protection from dirt and scale Watson McDaniel's pilots can be used with other manufacturers valves
3-25 PSIG 20-100 PSIG 80-200 PSIG
yellow blue
red

Minimum Inlet Pressure: 15 PSIG (Standard Main Valve with Standard Temperature Pilot) 5 PSIG (Low Pressure Main Valve with Low Pressure Temperature Pilot) Minimum Differential Pressure: 10 PSI (Standard Main Valve) 3 PSI (Low Pressure Main Valve)
OPTIONS
Solenoid Pilot can be added for electrical On/Off

control of the regulator
142
Pilot-Operated Pressure & Temperature Regulating Valve
Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 Face-To-Face NPT 150# 300# 43/8 43/8 53/8 51/2 6 1 6 /2 71/4 67/8 73/8 1 1 7 /2 8 /2 9 93/8 10 10 103/4 7 11 /8 121/2 151/8 16 B 51/2 51/2 61/4 73/8 73/8 81/4 9 87/8 107/8 141/8 C 141/2 141/2 141/2 141/2 141/2 141/2 141/2 141/2 141/2 15 D 61/2 61/2 7 83/4 83/4 107/8 113/4 131/4 143/4 193/4 E 101/4 101/4 101/4 103/4 103/4 111/4 111/4 12 13 141/4 Weight (lbs) NPT FLG 18 18 23 35 43 43 60 65 85 105 145 235 470
HDPT
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
M AT E R I A L S
E D
HOW IT WORKS
A pressure pilot and temperature pilot can be used together to control the operation of the regulator. The pressure pilot limits the outlet pressure of the regulator when the temperature pilot calls for steam. The temperature pilot senses the temperature of the process that is being controlled and opens or closes the regulator accordingly. Using a pressuretemperature pilot combination eliminates having to use two separate valves.
Temperature Sensing Bulb Temperature Adjustment Knob Pressure
HOW TO ORDER
T TEMPERATURE PILOT Specify: Temperature range from the chart or indicate the set temperature of the process you wish to control The length of capillary required; 8-ft. is standard Bulb type needed: T, TU, TUBW, TUSW, TBW & TSW P PRESSURE PILOT Specify: Pressure range from the chart REGULATOR BODY Specify: HD regulator body Regulator size or capacity and pressures of steam required End connections (threaded, 150/300# flanged)
PRESSURE Adjusting Screw PILOT

Pressure Pilot Diaphragm
TEMPERATURE PILOT
Temperature Pilot Valve Inlet
Pilot Valve Bleed Orifice Outlet Control Pressure Line Diaphragm Orifice with Clean-out Wire
Main Valve
143
R E G U L AT O R S
HSP Series CAST STEEL

Model Sizes Connections HSP Series 1, 11/2, 2, 3, 4 150#/300# Flange Cast Steel 450 PSIG 650F 550 PSIG @ 650F 650F @ 550 PSIG
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Body Material PMO

Max. Operating Pressure
TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature

10-40 PSIG 25-100 PSIG 75-300 PSIG
yellow blue red
The HSP-Series Main Valve with integral Pressure Pilot reduces steam pressure in steam system piping mains and process applications. This pilot-operated regulator is specifically used in applications where the properties and benefits of Cast Steel are desired and/or specified. Using steel as the material of construction for the main valve body extends the temperature ranges of the regulator. A unique two-bolt pilot adapter design and field-reversible tubing offer even greater versatility to this type of regulator, further reducing maintenance downtime. These valves share the same design and proven reliability of the Watson McDaniel HD-Series Regulators, providing extremely accurate control of downstream system pressure even when inlet pressure to the regulator fluctuates or steam usage varies.
CONTROL PILOTS Pilot Mounting

Standard pilot mounting is on the right side of the regulator when looking into the outlet port (see diagram on opposite page which is right mounted). For opposite mounting, please specify when ordering. Pilot mounting on HSP regulators are field reversible.
Pressure
The spring-adjusted Pilot is used for general purpose pressure reducing applications.
F E AT U R E S
M AT E R I A L S
Body Cover Diaphragm Cover Pilot Gaskets Seat Disc Diaphragm Mfg. Bolts Spring Stem ASTM A-216 GR WCB ASTM A-216 GR WCB ASTM A-216 GR WCB ASTM A-216 GR WCB Garlock 3400/grafoil SLS 420F SS (optional Stellite seat, consult factory) 420F SS 300 SS SA-193 GR B7 302 SS 416 SS
Cast Steel body for higher pressure and temperature ratings New, convenient bolt-on pilot design simplifies installation New diaphragm design improves performance and
extends life
Hardened stainless steel trim for extended life Optional Stellite trim available Full port strainer and blowdown valve on pilot adapter
for ultimate protection from dirt and scale Maintains downstream pressure + 1.0 PSIG
Choice of three overlapping spring ranges Pre-mounted pilot & tubing simplifies installation
LOTS 144
R E G U L AT O R S
HSP Series CAST STEEL

Minimum Inlet Pressure: 15 PSIG (standard Main Valve) 5 PSIG (low pressure Main Valve)
D I M E N S I O N S H S P S e r i e s inches / pounds
Size 1 11/2 2 3 4 (A) Face-To-Face NPT 150# 300# x 51/2 6 x 67/8 73/8 x 81/2 9 x 10 103/4 x 117/8 121/2 B 61/4 73/8 81/4 87/8 107/8 C 31/2 47/8 53/8 63/4 71/2 D 7 83/4 107/8 131/4 143/4 Weight (lbs) NPT 150# 300# x 40 45 x 55 60 x 75 85 x 130 145 x 215 235
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Minimum Differential Pressure: 10 PSIG (standard Main Valve) 3 PSIG (low pressure Main Valve)
HOW TO ORDER
REGULATOR BODY Specify: HSP regulator body Regulator size or capacity of steam required End connections (150#/300# flanged) PILOT REQUIRED TO OPERATE THIS VALVE Pressure Pilot (Specify Range) Specify: 10-40 PSIG - Yellow 25-100 PSIG - Blue 75-300 PSIG - Red
Example: 2 HSP, 150# FLG, 10-40 PSIG (yellow)
FLOW OUT B Standard pilot mounting is on the right side of the regulator when looking into the outlet port (as shown). Pilot mounting on HD regulators are field reversible.
145
NOISE ATTENUATORS
Series-A
ORIFICE PLATE
Watson McDaniel McDaniel reserves reserves the the Watson right to to change change the the designs designs right and/or materials materials of of its its and/or products without without notice. notice. products 2010 Watson Watson McDaniel McDaniel Company Company 2002
for Pressure Regulating Valves

Noise Attenuation Equipment is used to reduce unwanted or excessive noise that commonly occurs in pressure reducing stations.
Series-A ORIFICE PLATE

PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Noise Reduction Capability: 5-10 dBA HOW IT WORKS

The Series-A Orifice Plate with its drilled orifice pattern is installed after the pressure regulating valve to smooth out turbulence caused by the pressure drop across the regulator. Noise reduction levels of 5-10 dBA can typically be achieved.
The Series-A Orifice Plate is installed between ANSI flanges immediately after the regulator. If the regulator is a flanged unit, the orifice plate is placed at the flange outlet connection.
Series-A Orifice Plate
Series-A Typical Hook-up

Sensing Line For Regulator
Series A Dimensions
Orifice Plate installed between flanges
FLOW A DIa.
FLOW
SERIES-A ORIFICE PLATE

Pressure Reducing Valve .75
Series-A DIMENSION (A) inches

Pipe Size 2 21/2 3 4 6 125# Flange 6 7 71/2 9 11 250# Flange 43/16 415/16 511/16 615/16 911/16
Note: Other sizes available. Consult factory.
146
NOISE ATTENUATORS
ACOUSTIC SILENCER

Noise Attenuation Equipment is used to reduce unwanted or excessive noise that commonly occurs in pressure reducing stations.
Series-H
Series-H ACOUSTIC SILENCER

PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
Noise Reduction Capability: 20-30 dBA
Series-H Dimensions
Series-H Acoustic Silencer
A1
Inlet
HOW IT WORKS
The Series-H Acoustic Silencer incorporates a Dual Diffuser tube design. The inner tube has a drilled orifice pattern and the outer tube contains an integral layer of sound absorbing insulation. Noise reduction levels of 20-30 dBA can typically be achieved.
Series-H DIMENSIONS inches

Model LCV-8 LCV-10 LCV-12 A1 4 6 6 A 8 10 12 B 14 16 18 C 57 71 81 Weight (lbs) 145 210 295
The Series-H Diffuser Tube should be installed immediately downstream of the regulator, as shown below.
Note: Other sizes available. Consult factory.
Series-H Typical Hook-up
Gate Valve
Pressure Sensing Line
Gate Valve
Separator
FLOW
Strainer PRV
To Trap
SERIES-H ACOUSTIC SILENCER
147
NOISE ATTENUATORS
Series-S
ACOUSTIC DIFFUSER
Series-S ACOUSTIC DIFFUSER

Noise Reduction Capability: 10-15 dBA
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
HOW IT WORKS
The Series-S Acoustic Diffuser incorporates a single tube with a drilled orifice pattern which reduces downstream turbulence. Noise reduction levels of 10-15 dBA can typically be achieved.
Series-S Acoustic Diffuser
The Series-S Diffuser Tube should be installed immediately downstream of the regulator, as shown below.
Series-S Typical Hook-up
Gate Valve Separator
Pressure Sensing Line
Gate Valve
FLOW
Strainer PRV
To Trap
SERIES-S ACOUSTIC DIFFUSER
Model Selection Chart for Series-S Diffuser

Steam Capacity (lbs/hr) Valve Inlet Pressure (PSIG)
15
20
25
30
40
50
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
60
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
75
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
90
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
100
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
125
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
150
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
175
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
200
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
225
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
250
S-3 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-8 S-8
1000 S-3 S-3 S-3 S-3 S-3 1500 S-3 S-3 S-3 S-3 S-3 2000 S-4 S-4 S-4 S-4 S-4 3000 S-4 S-4 S-4 S-4 S-4 4000 S-5 S-5 S-5 S-5 S-5 6000 S-6 S-6 S-6 S-6 S-6 8000 S-8 S-8 S-8 S-8 S-8 10000 S-8 S-8 S-8 S-8 S-8 Note: For higher capacity models, S-10 & S-12, consult factory.
148
NOISE ATTENUATORS
ACOUSTIC DIFFUSER
Series-S
C B
S e r i e s - S D i m e n s i o n s inches
Inlet (A) Outlet FLG FLG/BW 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 NPT x Weld Dimensions B 51/2 51/2 61/2 61/2 61/2 61/2 61/2 61/2 61/2 61/2 61/2 61/2 61/2 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 C 131/2 131/2 131/2 131/2 131/2 131/2 131/2 161/2 161/2 161/2 161/2 161/2 161/2 14 14 14 14 14 17 17 17 17 17 14 14 14 14 14 21 21 21 21 D 23/8 23/8 41/2 41/2 41/2 41/2 41/2 41/2 41/2 41/2 41/2 41/2 41/2 55/8 55/8 55/8 55/8 55/8 85/8 85/8 85/8 85/8 85/8 123/4 123/4 123/4 123/4 123/4 123/4 123/4 123/4 123/4
NPT x Weld
Model
S-3
NPT 3/4 1 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 2 21/2 3 4 6 21/2 3 4 6
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
D A NPT
S-4
Flanged x Weld
S-5
21/2
S-6
A Flanged
21/2 3
S-8
21/2 3 4 21/2 3 4 6 21/2 3 4 6
NPT x Flanged
S-10
A NPT
S-12
Notes:
1)150# & 300# flanges available. 2) Other sizes available; consult factory.
Flanged x Flanged
A Flanged
149
R E G U L AT O R S
HD & HSP Series

C A PA C I T I E S Steam (lbs/hr)
Inlet Pressure (PSIG)
5 7 10 12 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
Full Port Regulating Valves Capacities

FULL PORT
1" 11
250 230 325 300 275 425 400 300 475 400 375 550 500 400 625 550 500 775 700 600 800 750 650 1000 850 700 1200 1100 800 1350 1250 850 1650 1350 1150 1950 1700 1200 2100 2000 1400 2700 2400 1800 3100 2700 1900 3700 2900 2100 4200 3700 3100 4600 4200 3900 5100 4700 3500 5920 5625 5155
Outlet Pressure (PSIG)

0 2 0 2 3 0 2 5 0 4 7 0-3 5 8 0-5 10 12 0-7 10 15 0-12 15 20 0-18 25 30 0-20 30 40 0-30 35 50 0-35 50 60 0-45 60 75 0-50 60 80 0-60 75 100 0-75 100 125 0-85 125 150 0-100 125 150 0-120 150 175 0-130 150 200 0-160 175 200
1/2" 3.8
85 80 115 105 90 150 140 100 160 140 125 190 175 140 210 190 170 250 225 200 275 250 225 350 300 250 400 350 275 475 425 300 575 475 400 675 575 425 750 700 500 925 825 625 1100 925 650 1275 1000 750 1450 1300 1075 1575 1450 1350 1750 1650 1200 2045 1945 1780
3/4" 6.7
150 140 200 180 160 260 240 175 280 240 200 325 300 250 375 325 300 450 425 350 500 450 375 600 500 425 700 650 500 850 775 525 1000 825 700 1200 1000 750 1300 1200 875 1650 1475 1100 1900 1600 1150 2250 1800 1300 2500 2300 1900 2800 2500 2400 3100 2900 2100 3605 3425 3140
11/4" 15
350 310 450 400 375 575 550 400 600 550 500 750 700 500 850 750 675 1050 975 800 1100 1000 850 1350 1150 1000 1650 1500 1100 1900 1700 1200 2300 1900 1600 2700 2300 1700 3000 2700 1900 3700 3300 2500 4300 3600 2600 5000 4000 2900 5700 5100 4300 6200 5700 5300 6900 6500 4800 8075 7670 7030
11/2" 21
500 440 600 575 525 850 800 600 900 800 700 1000 900 800 1200 1000 950 1500 1300 1100 1500 1400 1200 1900 1600 1400 2300 2000 1500 2600 2400 1600 3200 2600 2200 3700 3200 2300 4100 3800 2700 5200 4600 3500 6000 5100 3600 7100 5600 4100 8000 7100 6000 8700 8000 7400 9700 9100 6700 11310 10740 9840
2" 37
800 770 1100 1000 900 1500 1400 1000 1600 1400 1200 1800 1700 1300 2100 1800 1600 2600 2400 2000 2700 2500 2100 3300 2800 2500 4100 3600 2700 4600 4300 2900 5600 4600 3900 6600 5700 4100 7300 6700 4800 9100 8200 6200 10600 9000 6400 12500 9900 7300 14100 12600 10600 15400 14100 13100 17100 16000 11900 19220 18925 17340
21/2" 55
1200 1100 1650 1500 1300 2200 2100 1600 2400 2100 1900 2700 2500 2000 3100 2700 2500 3800 3600 3000 4100 3800 3200 5000 4200 3700 6000 5400 4100 6900 6400 4300 8300 6900 5800 9800 8500 6100 10800 10000 7100 14000 12200 9200 15800 13400 9500 18600 14700 10800 21000 18700 15700 22900 21000 19500 25500 23800 17600 29610 28130 25780
3" 71
1600 1500 2100 2000 1800 2800 2700 2000 3100 2700 2400 3500 3200 2600 4000 3500 3200 5000 4600 3900 5200 4900 4100 6400 5400 4700 7800 6900 5200 8900 8200 5600 10800 8900 7400 12700 10900 7900 14000 12900 9200 17500 15700 11900 20400 17400 12300 24000 18900 14000 27100 24100 20300 29500 27200 25200 32900 30800 22800 38230 36320 33275
4" 113
2600 2400 3600 3100 2800 4600 4300 3200 4900 4300 3800 5600 5200 4200 6400 5600 5100 7900 7300 6200 8300 7800 6500 10300 8700 7600 12400 11000 8300 14200 13100 8900 17200 14100 11800 20200 17400 12600 22200 20500 14700 28000 25000 19000 32400 27700 19600 38200 30100 22200 43100 38400 32300 47000 43300 40100 53400 49000 36200 60840 57800 52960
6" 241
5500 5100 7800 6700 6000 9900 9100 6900 10300 9100 8200 12000 11100 8900 13700 12000 10800 16900 15600 13200 17800 16600 14000 21900 18500 16100 26500 23600 17800 30300 27900 19000 36600 30100 25200 43100 37100 27000 47500 43800 31300 59500 53500 40400 69100 59000 41900 81400 64300 47500 92000 81900 68900 100200 92300 85500 111800 104600 77300 129750 123270 112950
Cv Factors
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
300
Note: For inlet pressures in shaded area, use low pressure main valve and low pressure temperature pilot.
150
R E G U L AT O R S
Reduced Port Regulating Valves Capacities
Inlet Pressure (PSIG)
5 7 10 12 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
HD & HSP Series

REDUCED PORT
11/2" 13.3
140 128 195 187 177 279 274 242 335 316 272 410 395 354 541 483 447 670 640 559 768 726 625 998 872 739 1280 1117 838 1451 1361 926 1853 1561 1257 2177 1874 1389 2419 2234 1676 3063 2793 2095 3628 3123 2316 4272 3421 2518 4838 4360 3695 5360 4684 3950 5964 5586 4190 7160 6800 6235
Outlet Pressure (PSIG)

0 2 0 2 3 0 2 5 0 4 7 0-3 5 8 0-5 10 12 0-7 10 15 0-12 15 20 0-18 25 30 0-20 30 40 0-30 35 50 0-35 50 60 0-45 60 75 0-50 60 80 0-60 75 100 0-75 100 125 0-85 125 150 0-100 125 150 0-120 150 175 0-130 150 200 0-160 175 200
1/2" 1.4
15 13 21 20 19 29 28 25 35 33 29 43 41 37 57 51 47 70 67 59 81 76 66 105 99 78 135 118 88 153 143 98 195 164 132 229 197 146 255 235 176 322 294 221 381 329 243 449 360 265 509 459 389 560 493 416 628 588 441 755 715 655
3/4" 3.3
35 32 48 46 44 70 68 60 83 78 68 102 98 88 134 120 111 166 158 139 190 180 155 248 199 183 318 277 208 360 338 230 460 387 312 540 465 345 600 554 416 760 693 518 900 775 575 1060 849 625 1200 1082 917 1319 1162 980 1480 1386 1040 1775 1690 1550
1" 5.6
59 53 82 79 74 117 115 102 141 133 115 173 166 149 227 204 188 282 269 235 323 305 263 420 367 311 539 470 353 611 573 390 780 657 529 916 789 585 1018 940 706 1290 1176 882 1527 1315 975 1800 1440 1060 2037 1836 1556 2238 1972 1663 2511 2352 1764 3015 2865 2625
11/4" 7.8
82 75 115 110 104 164 160 142 197 185 160 241 232 208 317 284 262 393 375 328 450 426 366 585 511 433 751 655 491 851 798 543 1086 916 737 1277 1100 815 1419 1310 983 1796 1638 1229 2128 1831 1385 2505 2006 1476 2837 2557 2167 3117 2747 2316 3498 3276 2457 4200 3990 3655
2" 18.8
197 181 276 265 250 395 387 342 473 446 385 580 558 500 764 684 632 948 905 790 1085 1025 883 1410 1232 1044 1809 1579 1184 2051 1924 1309 2619 2207 1777 3077 2648 1964 3419 3158 2367 4329 3948 2961 5128 4414 3274 6939 4835 3558 6838 6164 5223 7514 6621 5583 8431 7896 5922 10120 9615 8810
21/2" 25.9
272 249 381 365 344 544 533 471 653 615 530 800 769 690 1053 942 870 1305 1246 1088 1495 1413 1216 1943 1698 1439 2492 2175 1632 2826 2651 1804 3608 3040 2448 4239 3649 2705 4710 4351 3263 5964 5439 4079 7065 6081 4510 8320 6661 5606 9420 8492 7195 10351 9121 7692 11614 10878 8159 13945 13250 12140
3" 41.7
438 401 613 587 554 876 858 758 1051 990 854 1287 1238 1111 1696 1517 1401 2102 2006 1751 2408 2275 1958 3128 2734 2317 4013 3502 2627 4550 4268 2904 5809 4895 3941 6825 5874 4357 7584 7006 5254 9603 8757 6568 11376 9791 7261 13396 10725 7893 15168 13672 11584 16667 14686 12384 18700 17514 13136 22450 21330 19545
4" 74
777 712 1088 1042 983 1554 1523 1346 1865 1758 1515 2284 2198 1972 3009 2692 2486 3730 3561 3108 4273 4037 3475 5551 4852 4111 7121 6216 4662 8074 7573 5154 10308 8687 6993 12112 10425 7731 13458 12432 9324 17041 15540 11655 20187 17374 12885 23771 19032 14008 26916 24262 20557 29577 26061 21976 33184 31080 23310 39840 37850 34680
6" 163
1712 1569 2396 2296 2165 3423 3354 2964 4108 3873 3336 5031 4841 4343 6629 5929 5477 8215 7843 6846 9411 8892 7654 12227 10688 9056 15686 13692 10269 17786 16682 11353 22706 19135 15404 26680 22962 17029 29644 27384 20538 37536 34230 25672 44467 38270 28382 52362 41923 30855 59288 53442 45232 65150 57405 48409 73095 68460 51345 87760 83370 76400
Cv Factors
PILOT-OPERATED
REGULATING VALVES
300
Note: For inlet pressures in shaded area, use low pressure main valve and low pressure temperature pilot.
151

Temperature Regulators Pressure Regulators
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
Relief Valves
152

Direct-Operated Regulators are used for controlling pressure and temperature in a variety of applications.
PRESSURE REGULATORS O Series

Cast Iron 3/8 2
Page No. 154-155
Pressure Regulating Valve - STEAM, Water, Air, Oil, other Liquids & Gases
The O Series, with Cast Iron body and Hardened Stainless internals, is our most popular and economical solution for reducing pressure in STEAM systems. It is also suitable for Air, Water, Oil as well as other Liquids and Gases.
B Series
Bronze, Cast Iron 1/2 4
156-157
Pressure Regulating Valve - WATER, Air, Oil, other Liquids & Gases
The B-Series is primarily used for reducing pressure in WATER systems. It is also suitable for Air, Oil, as well as other Liquids and Gases. The B-Series offers higher capacity than the O-Series.
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
455 Series
158-159
Pressure Regulating Valve - STEAM, Air, Water & other Gases

The 455 is ideally suited for reducing pressure in STEAM applications and requires only 5 PSIG minimum inlet pressure. Excellent for use in steam systems that contain large amounts of scale that may cause failure in pilot-operated regulators. With a slight modification to the internal mechanism, the 455 can be used for Liquid systems.
402 & 403 Series

Ductile Iron 1/2 4
160-161
Pressure Regulating Valve - STEAM & Air

The 402 & 403 are pilot-operated, piston-actuated, pressure regulators primarily used for reducing pressure in STEAM systems. This regulator can be equipped with an optional internal sensing line which simplifies installation. The 403 Series has all stainless steel internals for high-pressure applications up to 450 PSIG.3
BACK PRESSURE-RELIEF VALVES R Series & 10691 Series

Bronze 1/2 3
162-163
Relief & Back Pressure Valves - Water, Liquids & Air

The R Series & 10691 Series are economically-priced Back Pressure Relief Valves for Liquid service. Relief Valves/Back Pressure Valves are used to maintain a specific back pressure or to protect systems from an over-pressure condition.
3040 Series
164-165
Relief & Back Pressure Valves - Water, Liquids & Air

The 3040 Back Pressure Relief Valve offers a much higher capacity than the R Series. Used for Liquid service. Relief Valves protect systems from over-pressurized conditions.
TEMPERATURE REGULATING VALVES W91 & W94 Series

Self-Operating Temperature Regulating Valves - Heating/Cooling
The W91/W94 Series Temperature Regulating Valves are used for controlling temperatures in industrial and HVAC applications.
166-183
W91/W94 Design & Operation Typical Applications How to Order Specifications & Options
166-170 171 172 173-183
153
R E G U L AT O R S O Series
Model Service Sizes Connections Body Material Seat & Disc Diaphragm
Pressure Regulating Valve

O Series Steam, Air, Water & Other Liquids 3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2 NPT Cast Iron Hardened 420 Stainless Steel Phosphor Bronze - Steam Neoprene/Nylon (composition) - Water, Air & Oil (250F max) Viton (optional) - Water, Air & Oil (300F max) 250 PSIG 15 PSIG 125 PSI 15 PSI
Max. Inlet Pressure Min. Inlet Pressure Max. Diff. Pressure Min. Diff. Pressure
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
DESIGN PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING PMA/TMA

NPT 250 PSIG @ 450F
The O Series Pressure Regulating Valves are used for reducing pressure in steam, air and water systems. Commonly used in heating and other process applications.
F E AT U R E S & O P T I O N S
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the Capacity chart, find the inlet pressure and required regulator outlet pressure. Follow across chart to nearest capacity of application service medium that meets or slightly exceeds demand requirements. Follow vertically up to determine appropriate size. When exact application values are not shown, interpolation between values is acceptable. From the Spring Ranges chart, select the ideal spring range that accommodates the required outlet set pressure, confirm that system pressure requirements can be accommodated by valve. Example: Application: 200 lbs/hr of 100 PSIG Steam reduced to 30 PSIG Size/Model: 1/2 O Series, 10-50 PSIG spring range
Hardened stainless steel seat and disc for extended
service life (55 Rc) Neoprene & Nylon (composition) fiber diaphragm for water, oil and air service; 250F maximum temperature Viton diaphragm for up to 300F service for water, oil & air service Phosphor Bronze diaphragm for steam service; Neoprene for water, oil & air Double spring available for extended outlet pressure range stainless steel strainer on 3/4 HC, 1, Integral 11/4, 11/2 & 2
P R E S S U R E - A D J U S T I N G S P R I N G R A N G E S Spring No. & Color Code

Outlet Pressure 0-10 10-30 Single Spring 10-50 30-50 40-85 40-100 100-200 Double Spring 0-75 30-130 3/8 13 blue/yellow 14 black/yellow 9 red/yellow 10 green/blue 1/2 13 blue/yellow 14 black/yellow 9 red/yellow 10 green/blue 3/4 13 blue/yellow 14 black/yellow 9 red/yellow 10 green/blue Size 3/4 HC 3 red 4 green 5 blue 6 yellow 7, red/green 8, red/blue 8, red/blue 9, red/yellow 1 7 red/green 8 red/blue 9 red/yellow 10 green/blue 11/4 7 red/green 8 red/blue 9 red/yellow 10 green/blue 11/2 8 red/blue 9 red/yellow 10 green/blue 11 green/yellow 2 8 red/blue 9 red/yellow 10 green/blue 11 green/yellow
8, red/blue 8, red/blue 8, red/blue 8, red/blue 9, red/yellow 9, red/yellow 9, red/yellow 9, red/yellow 9, red/yellow 9, red/yellow 9, red/yellow 9, red/yellow 10, green/blue 10, green/blue 10, green/blue 10, green/blue
154

Size 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" HC 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" A 41/4 35/8 35/8 35/8 41/2 41/2 61/2 61/2 B 61/2 61/2 61/2 8 81/2 81/2 83/4 83/4 C 8 8 8 10 101/2 101/2 12 12
R E G U L AT O R S O Series
Double Spring Outline
inches/pounds
C Double Spring 121/2 13 13 141/2 141/2 Weight (lbs) 8 8 8 15 18 18 40 40
B C
FLOW A
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
C A PA C I T I E S Steam (lbs/hr); *Air (SCFM); *Water (GPM)

Inlet Outlet 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 Press. Press. Steam Air Water 15 20 2 5 5 10 15 5 10 20 5 25 40 30 50 70 30 50 70 100 30 50 70 100 120 30 50 70 100 50 70 125 46 38 65 61 45 83 83 71 121 121 87 214 214 195 261 261 261 201 307 307 307 298 239 401 401 401 401 494 494 494 26 21 36 34 25 46 46 40 67 67 49 119 119 109 145 145 145 112 171 171 171 166 133 222 222 222 222 274 274 274 6 4 8 6 4 10 10 6 13 10 6 17 14 11 19 17 15 10 22 20 18 14 11 26 24 23 20 28 27 22 3/4 HC ** Steam Air Water 92 75 130 123 90 167 167 142 242 242 174 428 428 275 522 522 522 402 615 615 615 596 478 802 802 802 802 988 988 988 51 42 72 69 51 93 93 79 134 134 97 238 238 154 290 290 290 225 341 341 341 333 267 445 445 445 445 549 549 549 11 9 15 13 9 20 18 13 27 20 13 33 28 18 39 35 30 20 44 40 36 28 22 52 49 46 40 57 54 45 Steam 130 106 184 174 128 236 236 201 342 342 247 607 607 390 739 739 739 569 871 871 871 844 677 1135 1135 1135 1135 1400 1400 1400 1 Air 73 59 102 97 72 131 131 112 190 190 138 337 337 218 410 410 410 318 484 484 484 471 378 630 630 630 630 777 777 777 Water 16 13 22 18 13 28 25 18 38 28 18 47 40 25 55 49 42 28 62 57 51 40 31 74 69 65 57 80 76 63 Steam 145 119 205 194 143 264 264 225 382 382 276 678 678 436 826 826 826 636 974 974 974 943 756 1269 1269 1269 1269 1565 1565 1565 11/4 Air 81 66 114 109 80 147 147 126 212 212 154 376 376 244 458 458 458 355 540 540 540 527 422 705 705 705 705 869 869 869 Water 18 14 25 20 14 32 28 20 42 32 20 53 45 28 62 55 47 32 69 63 57 45 35 83 78 72 63 90 85 71 Steam 180 147 254 241 177 327 327 278 473 473 341 839 839 540 1021 1021 1021 787 1204 1204 1204 1167 935 1570 1570 1570 1570 1935 1935 1935
Inlet/Outlet Pressures (PSIG)

11/2 Air 100 82 141 134 99 181 181 155 263 263 191 466 466 301 567 567 567 440 668 668 668 652 523 871 871 871 871 1074 1074 1074 Water 22 18 30 25 18 39 35 25 53 39 25 66 55 35 76 68 58 39 86 78 70 55 43 102 96 89 78 111 105 88 Steam 199 163 281 266 196 362 362 308 523 523 377 928 928 597 1130 1130 1130 871 1332 1332 1332 1291 1035 1737 1737 1737 1737 2141 2141 2141 2 Air 111 91 156 149 109 201 201 172 291 291 211 515 515 333 627 627 627 486 740 740 740 721 578 964 964 964 964 1189 1189 1189 Water 25 19 34 27 19 43 39 27 58 43 27 73 61 39 84 75 64 43 95 87 78 61 47 113 106 99 87 123 116 97
30
50
100
125
150
200
250
* Air and water capacities are based on using elastomeric diaphragms. ** 3/4 HC is high-capacity version of standard 3/4 valve. Note: For capacities of other gases multiply the air capacities by the following factors: Argon0.85
CO2 0.81
Helium2.69
Nitrogen1.02
155
R E G U L AT O R S
B Series
Model Service Sizes Connections Body Material Disc Diaphragm Max. Inlet Pressure Min. Inlet Pressure Max. Diff. Pressure Min. Diff. Pressure

B Series Water, Air, Oil, Other Gases & Liquids 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4 NPT, 125# & 250# Flanged 1/2 21/2 Bronze 3& 4 Cast Iron Neoprene (standard) - 200F max Viton (optional) - 300F max Neoprene/Nylon - 200F max Viton (optional) - 300F max 250 PSIG 10 PSIG 125 PSI 20% of Inlet Pressure
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED

NPT 125# FLG 250# FLG 250 PSIG @ 400F 125 PSIG @ 450F 250 PSIG @ 450F
PRESSURE-ADJUSTING SPRING RANGES T Y P I C A L A P P L I C AT I O N

The B Series Pressure Regulating Valves are used for reducing pressure in air and water systems. These regulators are commonly found in industrial plants, apartment buildings, water supply systems, schools and underground water distribution systems.
Outlet Pressure (PSIG) 1-12 5-35 20-70 40-125 Spring No. 4* 3 2 1 * 1/2 1 only
Diaphragm, disc and cup packing available in Viton for

300F service (optional)
Balanced pressure regulator allows accurate control even

when incoming pressure fluctuates
Internally senses pressure no external sensing
line required Soft disc in Neoprene or Viton for Class-V shut-off rating
C D
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the Capacity chart, find the inlet pressure and required regulator outlet pressure. Follow across chart to nearest capacity of application service medium that meets or slightly exceeds demand requirements. Follow vertically up to determine appropriate size. When exact application values are not shown, interpolation between values is acceptable. From the Spring Ranges chart, select the ideal spring range that accommodates the required outlet set pressure. Confirm that system pressure requirements can be accommodated by valve. Example: Application: 35 GPM of 70 PSIG Water reduced to 20 PSIG Size/Model: 1 B-Series, 5-35 PSIG spring range
FLOW
156
R E G U L AT O R S
Pressure Regulating Valves
Size NPT Threaded 33/8 35/8 41/4 43/4 57/8 61/2 101/4 13 11 135/8 Face-to-Face A 125# Flanged 250# Flanged 17/8 21/4 23/8 21/2 33/8 41/4 41/2 53/4 9 91/2 101/2 103/4 115/8 123/4 211/2 23
B Series
inches/pounds
B C D Spring Case Dia. (in.) 5 5 63/4 63/4 63/4 63/4 91/4 91/4 Weight (lbs) 7 8 13 15 20 30 125 182
1/2", 3/4 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 4"
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
C A PA C I T I E S Water (GPM); Air (SCFM)

Inlet Outlet 1/2 Press. Press. Water Air 10 20 5 5 10 15 5 10 20 5 25 40 10 30 50 30 50 70 30 50 100 30 50 100 125 70 100 125 100 125 5.5 9.8 8.0 5.5 12.5 11.3 8.0 16.8 12.5 8.0 19.3 15.8 11.3 21.0 17.5 13.8 24.3 21.5 12.5 27.5 25.0 17.5 12.5 28.5 25.0 21.5 30.8 28.0 25 48 43 30 68 63 48 98 88 63 128 125 95 175 165 135 213 213 140 250 250 205 153 325 263 223 403 393 3/4 Water Air 10 18 14 10 23 20 14 30 23 14 35 28 20 38 32 25 44 39 23 50 45 32 23 51 45 39 55 50 45 86 77 54 122 113 86 176 158 113 230 225 171 315 297 243 383 383 252 450 450 369 275 585 473 401 725 707 1 Water Air 13 23 19 13 30 27 19 40 30 19 46 38 27 50 42 33 58 52 30 66 60 42 30 68 60 52 74 67 60 114 102 72 162 150 114 234 210 150 306 300 228 420 396 324 510 510 336 600 600 492 366 780 630 534 966 942 11/4 Water Air 22 39 32 22 50 45 32 67 50 32 77 63 45 84 70 55 97 86 50 110 100 70 50 114 100 86 123 101 100 190 170 120 270 250 190 390 350 250 510 500 380 700 660 540 850 850 560 1000 1000 820 610 1300 1050 890 1610 1570 11/2 Water Air 33 59 48 33 75 68 48 101 75 48 116 95 68 126 105 83 146 129 75 165 150 105 75 171 150 129 185 168 150 285 255 180 405 375 285 585 525 375 765 750 570 1050 990 810 1275 1275 840 1500 1500 1230 915 1950 1575 1335 2415 2355 2 Water 55 98 80 55 125 113 80 168 125 80 193 158 113 210 175 138 243 215 125 275 250 175 125 285 250 215 308 280 Air 250 475 425 300 675 625 475 975 875 625 1275 1250 950 1750 1650 1350 2125 2125 1400 2500 2500 2050 1525 3250 2625 2225 4025 3925 88 156 128 88 200 180 128 268 200 128 308 252 180 336 280 220 388 344 200 440 400 280 200 456 400 344 492 448

21/2 Water Air 400 760 680 480 1080 1000 760 1560 1400 1000 2040 2000 1520 2800 2640 2160 3400 3400 2240 4000 4000 3280 2440 5200 4200 3560 6440 6280 3 Water 132 234 192 132 300 270 192 402 300 192 462 378 270 504 420 330 582 516 300 660 600 420 3000 684 600 516 738 672 Air 600 1140 1020 720 1620 1500 1140 2340 2100 1500 3060 3000 2280 4200 3960 3240 5100 5100 3360 6000 6000 4920 3660 7800 6300 5340 9660 9420 Water 176 312 256 176 400 360 256 536 400 256 616 504 360 672 560 440 776 688 400 880 800 560 400 912 800 688 984 896 4 Air 800 1520 1360 960 2160 2000 1520 3120 2800 2000 4080 4000 3040 5600 5280 4320 6800 6800 4480 8000 8000 6560 4880 10400 8400 7120 12880 12560
30
50
70
100
125
150
200 250
Note: For capacities of other gases multiply the air capacities by the following factors: Argon0.85
CO2 0.81
Helium2.69
Nitrogen1.0
157
R E G U L AT O R S
455 Series
Model Service Sizes Connections Body Material Seat & Disc Diaphragm Max. Inlet Pressure Min. Inlet Pressure Max. Diff. Pressure Min. Diff. Pressure 455 Series Steam, Water, Air & Other Gases 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4 NPT, 125# & 250# Flanges 1/2 11/2 Bronze 2 4 Cast Iron Stainless Steel Neoprene/Nylon 250 PSIG 5 PSIG 125 PSI 20% of Inlet Pressure
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED

F E AT U R E S
Spring No. 5 3 2 1 1 4 4 3 3 2 Spring Case Dia. (in.) 6 6 6 6 5 13 9 9 7 7

Size Outlet Pressure (PSIG) 1-6 5-20 15-45 40-70 60-125 1-6 5-20 15-45 40-70 60-125
Operates with minimum inlet pressures of 5 PSIG Stainless steel internals Excellent for use in steam systems that contain large
amounts of scale and other contamination
1/ 2
11/2
Balance valve for more precise control of downstream

pressure
2 4
Sensing Line Connection
The 455 Series are balanced, Externally-Sensed Pressure Regulating Valves are used for reducing pressure in steam, air and water systems. Commonly used in heating and other process applications. Externally-sensed regulators are often more accurate than internally-sensed regulators because the sensing line is connected close to the process it is intending to control and is far enough away from the outlet of the regulator to not be affected by turbulence.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the Capacity chart, find the inlet pressure and required regulator outlet pressure. Follow across chart to nearest capacity of application service medium that meets or slightly exceeds demand requirements. Follow vertically up to determine appropriate size. When exact application values are not shown, interpolation between values is acceptable. From the Spring Ranges chart, select the ideal spring range that accommodates the required outlet set pressure. Confirm that system pressure requirements can be accommodated by valve. Example: Application: 1000 lbs/hr of 20 PSIG Steam reduced to 5 PSIG Size/Model: 11/2 455-Series, 1-6 PSIG spring range
B FLOW
158
R E G U L AT O R S
Size NPT Threaded 41/4 41/4 41/8 5 51/4 91/2 103/8 105/8 107/8 121/2 107/8 111/4 115/8 131/8 Face-to-Face A 125# Flanged 250# Flanged
455 Series
Weight (lbs) 15 15 15 18 20 75 95 135 158
inches/pounds
B 23/8 23/8 23/8 31/8 33/8 53/4 61/4 71/8 81/4 C 101/4 101/4 101/4 103/4 11 181/2 183/4 191/4 20 Sensing Line Connection NPT 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 4"
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
C A PA C I T I E S Steam (lbs/hr); Water (GPM)

Inlet Outlet 1/2 3/4 1 Press. Press. Steam Water Steam Water Steam Water 5 10 20 2 53 2 95 5 73 0-5 157 10 125 0-10 200 20 145 25 107 0-20 295 30 245 40 185 0-30 402 50 327 60 255 0-50 522 60 455 80 325 0-60 635 70 575 100 420 0-70 750 100 612 125 435 0-100 977 125 850 0-125 1180 4.3 7.1 5.6 9.7 7.9 11.2 7.9 5.6 13.7 11.2 7.9 16.8 12.5 9.7 17.7 15.8 11.2 20.2 18.5 12.5 22.4 17.7 12.5 25.0 21.7 28.0 95 171 131 283 225 360 261 193 531 441 333 724 589 459 940 819 585 1143 1035 756 1350 1102 783 1759 1530 2124 7.8 12.7 10.1 17.4 14.2 20.1 14.2 10.1 24.6 20.1 14.2 30.2 22.5 17.4 31.8 28.5 20.1 36.3 33.4 22.5 40.2 31.8 22.5 45.0 39.0 50.3 191 342 263 565 450 720 522 385 1062 882 666 1447 1177 918 1879 1638 1170 2286 2070 1512 2700 2203 1566 3517 3060 4248 15.6 25.0 20.0 35.0 28.0 40.0 28.0 20.0 49.0 40.0 28.0 60.0 45.0 35.0 64.0 57.0 40.0 73.0 67.0 45.0 80.0 64.0 45.0 90.0 78.0 101 11/4 Steam Water 276 494 380 816 650 1040 754 556 1534 1274 962 2090 1700 1326 2714 2366 1690 3302 2990 2184 3900 3182 2262 5080 4420 6136 22.5 37.0 29.0 50.0 41.0 58.0 41.0 29.0 71.0 58.0 41.0 87.0 65.0 50.0 92.0 82.0 58.0 105 96.0 65.0 116 92.0 65.0 130 113 145 11/2 Steam Water 403 722 555 1193 950 1520 1102 813 2242 1862 1406 3055 2485 1938 3967 3458 2470 4826 4370 3192 5700 4651 3306 7425 6460 8968 33.0 572 54.0 1026 42.0 788 75.0 1696 60.0 1350 85.0 2160 60.0 1566 42.0 1156 104 3186 85.0 2646 60.0 1998 127 4342 95.0 3532 74.0 2754 134 5638 120 4914 85.0 3510 153 6858 141 6210 95.0 4536 170 8100 134 6610 95 4698 190 10552 165 9180 212 12744 47.0 76.0 60.0 105 85.0 121 85.0 60.0 148 121 85.0 181 135 105 191 171 121 218 200 135 241 191 135 270 234 302 890 1596 1226 2638 2100 3360 2436 1798 4956 4116 3108 6754 5494 4284 8770 7644 5460 10668 9660 7056 12600 10282 7308 16414 14280 19824

2 21/2 3 4 Steam Water Steam Water Steam Water Steam Water 73.0 119 94.0 163 133 188 133 94.0 230 188 133 282 210 163 297 266 188 339 311 210 376 297 210 420 364 470 1166 95.0 1484 2090 156 2660 1606 123 2044 3454 213 4396 2750 174 3500 4400 246 5600 3190 174 4060 2354 123 2996 6490 301 8260 5390 247 6860 4070 174 5180 8844 369 11256 7194 275 9156 5610 213 7140 11484 389 14616 10010 348 12740 7150 246 9100 13970 443 17780 12650 408 16100 9240 275 11760 16500 492 21000 13464 389 17136 9570 275 12180 21494 550 27356 18700 476 23800 25960 615 33040 121 198 157 271 221 313 221 157 383 313 221 470 350 271 495 443 313 564 519 350 626 495 350 700 606 783
30
50
75
100
125
150
200 250
Note: Air in SCFM (Standard Cubic Feet per Minute) = Steam (lbs/hr) x 0.36
159
R E G U L AT O R S
402 & 403 Series

Model Service Sizes Connections Body Material Seat & Disc Max. Inlet Pressure Min. Inlet Pressure Max. Diff. Pressure Min. Diff. Pressure 402 403 Steam & Air 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4 NPT, 150# & 300# Flanged Ductile Iron Hardened 420 Stainless Steel (55 Rc) 250 PSIG 450 PSIG 20 PSIG 20 PSIG 150 PSI 250 PSI 15% of Inlet Pressure (10 PSI min)
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED

402/403 Flanged
The 402 and 403 Series Internally Pilot-Operated Pressure Regulating Valves are used for pressure reduction on steam mains and other process equipment. Pilot-operated regulators will maintain a constant and accurate downstream pressure regardless of fluctuations in supply pressure or usage. These regulators can be supplied with an internal sensing option eliminating the external sensing line.

Springs Outlet Pressure (PSIG) Spring No. Identifying Colors
Single
0-10 10-50 40-100 100-200 200-280 30-125
Internal pilot minimizes outlet pressure fluctuations.
Double 50-200
Outlet pressure remains constant even when load varies Internal Sensing option (If requested the regulator can be modified to internally sense pressure eliminating the need for an external sensing line) Ductile Iron body to handle increased pressure and temperature Hardened stainless steel seat and disc (55 Rc) 403 Series regulators use stainless steel wear parts for a higher operating pressure rating (PMO of 450 PSIG)
13 14 9 10 special 14 9 9 10
blue/yellow black/yellow red/yellow green/blue bellville washers black/yellow red/yellow red/yellow green/blue
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
From the Capacity chart, find the inlet pressure and required regulator outlet pressure. Follow across chart to nearest capacity of application service medium that meets or slightly exceeds demand requirements. Follow vertically up to determine appropriate size. When exact application values are not shown, interpolation between values is acceptable. From the Spring Ranges chart, select the ideal spring range that accommodates the required outlet set pressure. Select valve model suitable for system pressure requirements. Specify Internal or External (Remote) sensing. Example: Application: 12,500 lbs/hr of 300 PSIG Steam reduced to 125 PSIG Size/Model: 2 403 Series Valve, 100-200 PSIG spring range, Specify internal or external sensing
C
FLOW
160
R E G U L AT O R S
402 & 403 Series

Size Face-to-Face A NPT 150# Threaded Flanged 300# Flanged
inches/pounds
Centerline to Top B Single Double Spring Spring Overall Height C Single Double Spring Spring Weight (lbs)
1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3" 4"
41/2 41/2 41/2 83/16 83/16 83/4
81/4 91/8 93/4 131/2
83/4 93/4 101/2 14
12 12 12 123/4 123/4 13 133/4 143/4 16
143/8 143/8 143/8 151/8 151/8 153/8 161/8 161/8 183/8
143/8 143/8 143/8 161/8 161/8 171/8 181/4 193/4 24
163/4 163/4 163/4 181/2 181/2 191/2 205/8 221/8 263/8
19 19 19 36 36 50 70 82 170
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
C A PA C I T I E S Steam (lbs/hr); Air (SCFM)

Inlet Outlet 1/2, 3/4 Press. Press. Steam Air 20 30 50 0-10 0-10 20 0-20 30 0-50 60 80 0-60 70 100 0-70 100 125 0-100 150 175 0-125 175 200 0-150 200 250 0-200 280 0-225 280 175 270 203 385 343 690 637 455 865 805 588 1019 858 609 1337 1001 739 1652 1358 1138 2016 2016 1250 2657 2146 2975 2975 60 88 67 130 116 231 214 151 287 270 196 343 287 214 445 333 245 550 452 378 665 665 417 875 711 984 984 1 Steam Air 425 655 493 935 833 1675 1547 1105 2100 1955 1428 2474 2083 1479 3247 2431 1794 4012 3298 2763 4896 4896 3035 6452 5211 7225 7225 145 213 162 315 281 561 519 366 697 655 476 833 697 519 1080 808 595 1335 1097 918 1615 1615 1012 2125 1726 2389 2389 11/4 Steam Air 600 924 696 1320 1176 2364 2184 1560 2964 2760 2016 3492 2940 2088 4584 3432 2532 5664 4656 3900 6912 6912 4284 9108 7356 10200 10200 204 300 228 444 396 792 732 516 984 924 672 1176 984 732 1524 1140 840 1884 1548 1296 2280 2280 1428 3000 2436 3372 3372 11/2 Steam Air 850 1309 986 1870 1666 3349 3094 2210 4199 3910 2856 4947 4165 2958 6494 4862 3587 8024 6596 5525 9792 9792 6069 12903 10421 14450 14450 289 425 323 629 561 1122 1037 731 1394 1309 952 1666 1394 1037 2159 1615 1190 2669 2193 1836 3230 3230 2023 4250 3451 4777 4777 2 Steam Air 1300 2002 1508 2860 2548 5122 4732 3380 6422 5980 4368 7566 6370 4524 9932 7436 5486 12272 10088 8450 14976 14976 9282 19734 15938 22100 22100 442 650 494 962 858 1716 1586 1118 2132 2002 1456 2548 2132 1586 3302 2470 1820 4082 3354 2808 4940 4940 3094 6500 5278 7306 7306 2750 4235 3190 6050 5390 10835 10010 7150 13585 12650 9240 16005 13475 9570 21010 15730 11605

21/2 Steam Air 935 1375 1045 2035 1815 3630 3355 2365 4510 4235 3080 5390 4510 3355 6985 5225 3850 3 Steam 3850 5929 4466 8470 7546 15169 14014 10010 19019 17710 12936 22407 18865 13398 29414 22022 16247 Air 1309 1925 1463 2849 2541 5082 4697 3311 6314 5929 4312 7546 6314 4697 9779 7315 5390 4 Steam Air 4900 7546 5684 10780 9604 19306 17836 12740 24206 22540 16464 1666 2450 1862 3626 3234 6468 5978 4214 8036 7546 5488
100
125
150
200
28518 9604 24010 8036 17052 5978 37436 12446 28028 9310 20678 6860
250
300
25960 8635 36344 12089 46256 15386 21340 7095 29876 9933 38024 12642 17875 5940 25025 8316 31850 10584 31680 10450 44352 14630 56448 18620 31680 10450 44352 14630 56448 18620 19635 6545 27489 9163 34986 11662 41745 13750 58443 19250 74382 24500 33715 11165 47201 15631 60074 19894 46750 15455 65450 21637 83300 27538 46750 15455 65450 21637 83300 27538
Nitrogen1.02
400 450
Note: For capacities of other gases multiply the air capacities by the following factors: Argon0.85
CO2 0.81
Helium2.69
161
B A C K P R E S S U R E - R E L I E F VA L V E S
Relief & Back-Pressure Regulating Valves
Model Service Sizes Connections Body & Seat Material Valve Material Max. Inlet Pressure R Series & *10691 Series Liquids 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 3 NPT Body: Bronze Seat: Bronze or EPDM* Stainless Steel (1/2 11/2) Bronze (2 3) 300 PSIG
R Series
&
10691
* For tight shut-off, use Model 10691 with EPDM soft seat. Available in 1/2, 3/4 & 1 sizes only.

REGULATING VALVES
Series 10691 Relief Valve has Soft EPDM Seat for tight shut-off in sizes 1/2, 3/4 & 1
DIRECT-OPERATED
NPT
300 PSIG @ 180F

Relief Pressure (PSIG) 1-6 (R only) 5-35 25-100 75-300 Spring No. Color 4, yellow* 3, silver 2, blue 1, red *1/2 11/2 only
D D
The R Series & 10691 Series Back Pressure Relief Valves are used in the following applications: Water pump bypass for irrigation, sprinkler systems on golf courses, fountains and fire protection systems Fuel oil pump bypass on commercial systems or large residential systems Caution: Not to be used as an emergency or safety relief valve.
C C
Four Springs easily interchanged to cover pressures
from 1 to 300 PSIG Heavy-duty bronze valve body 10691 Series has EPDM Seat for tight shut-off (1/2 - 1)
FLOW
B
FLOW
B
1/2 thru 11/2
2 & 3
PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
To adjust set pressure of valve, remove top cap, loosen lock nut and adjust pressure with steel setting screw. Rotating the screw clockwise increases the compression on the spring thereby increasing the set pressure. Rotating the screw counter-clockwise lowers the set pressure. Tighten the lock nut and replace top cap and gasket when desired set pressure is reached.

Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 3" B 11/8 13/8 15/8 17/8 23/16 21/2 37/8 C 11/2 13/4 21/4 23/8 25/8 25/16 41/8
inches /pounds
D 35/8 51/2 6 6 Weight (lbs) 1.5 2 3 6 8 10 25
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Specify: Regulator: R-Series or 10691 Size based on capacity chart Spring range or relief pressure
67/8 83/4 107/8
Examples: 1 R-Series 5-35 PSIG relief pressure range 1 R-Series 20 PSIG (factory set) Note: Units are not factory set unless specified.
Note: Model 10691 available only in sizes 1/2 thru 1.
162
B A C K P R E S S U R E - R E L I E F VA L V E S
Relief & Back-Pressure Regulating Valves
C A PA C I T I E S Water (GPM)
At 10% Over Set Pressure
Spring Range (PSIG) 1-6 5-35 5-35 25-100 25-100 75-300 75-300 Set Pressure (PSIG) 3 10 20 50 75 100 200 1/2 1.2 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.4 1.9 3.4 3/4 2.2 0.4 0.7 1.3 1.9 2.5 4.4 1 3.2 0.4 0.8 1.6 2.3 3.2 5.8 11/4 4.3 0.5 1.0 1.8 2.8 3.8 6.9 11/2 5.4 0.5 1.1 2.2 3.4 4.6 8.2 2 0.6 1.3 2.6 4.0 5.4 9.7 3 0.7 1.6 3.2 5.0 6.9 12.3
R Series
&
10691

Spring Range (PSIG) 1-6 5-35 5-35 25-100 25-100 75-300 75-300 Set Pressure (PSIG) 3 10 20 50 75 100 200 1/2 2.2 0.6 1.4 1.8 2.3 3.6 6.5 3/4 3.4 0.8 1.9 2.0 3.2 4.2 7.6 1 4.6 1.1 2.4 3.1 4.0 5.0 9.0 11/4 5.8 1.3 3.0 3.8 4.8 6.3 11.2 11/2 7.1 1.4 3.4 4.4 5.6 7.0 12.4 2 1.8 4.1 5.4 6.9 7.3 13.1 3 2.2 4.8 6.4 8.1 8.9 16.0
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
The R Series Relief Valve water capacities at both 10% and 20% over Set Pressure are tabulated in the above table. Enter the chart at the desired Set Pressure in the gray column and read the capacity in GPM to determine proper Valve Size. Select a spring with a relief range that includes the Set Pressure required. Example: A 1 valve set at 50 PSIG will pass 3.1 GPM if the system pressure exceeds the set point by 20%.
HOW IT WORKS
The Relief Valve is actuated by the system pressure on the inlet side of the valve. Valve loading is provided by a spring. The adjustment is done by removing the cap and rotating the screw clockwise or counter-clockwise. Spring load balances against the opening force of the upstream (or relief) pressure. Valve will open at the slightest increase in pressure above the spring set point, and will close when the excess pressure has been relieved. The higher the system pressure is above the relief set point pressure, the more flow the valve will pass. It is therefore typical to specify the maximum capacity of a back pressure relief valve at 10% & 20% over set pressure.
Suction Optional Tank or Suction Side of Pump Outlet R-Series or 10691 Flow
Outlet
R-Series or 10691
Inlet
Inlet
Pump
A Relief Valve allows water to recirculate through the pump even when the discharge valve on the pump is completely closed. As a rule, a minimum of 20% of the pump capacity must recirculate to prevent overheating of the pumped liquid.
Pressurized System (liquid)
163
B A C K P R E S S U R E R E L I E F VA L V E S
3040 Series
Model Service Sizes Connections Body Material
Relief & Back Pressure Regulating Valve

3040 Series Water, Oil, other Liquids, Air 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2 NPT, 125# & 250# Flanged Bronze - 1/2 11/2 Threaded Cast Iron - 2 Threaded Cast Iron - 2 Flanged Buna-N/Teflon - 200F max Viton (optional) - 300F max Neoprene/Nylon - 200F max Viton (optional) - 300F max 250 PSIG
Disc Material Diaphragm Max. Inlet Pressure

REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED


Relief Pressure (PSIG) 1-12 5-35 20-70 40-125
* 1/2 1 only
The 3040 Series Back Pressure Valves relieve upstream pressure in a variety of processes. Automatically maintains desired maximum pressure in a vessel or system by relieving excess pressure into lower pressure return line or to atmosphere. Ideally suited for use as pump bypass control valve by maintaining constant pump discharge pressures. Used as a continuously operating valve for protection against overpressure conditions. CAUTION: Not to be used as an emergency or safety relief valve.
Spring No. 4* 3 2 1

Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" NPT Threaded 41/8 41/8 41/8 413/16 53/16 91/2 Face-to-Face A 125# Flanged 250# Flanged
inches/pounds
B C Weight (lbs) 10 10 10 15 17 45
Soft Seat for tight shut-off Easy maintenance Self-contained Fast response Accurate control Optional Viton trim for 300F service
PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
Rotating the adjustment screw clockwise increases the compression on the spring, thereby increasing the set pressure. Rotating the adjustment screw counterclockwise, lowers the set pressure. Tighten lock nut after adjustment.
103/8
107/8
25/16 25/16 25/16 31/4 31/2 51/2
9 9 9 123/4 131/4 163/4 Adjustment Screw
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Specify: Regulator 3040 Series Size based on capacity chart Spring range or relief pressure 2 3040 Series 5-35 PSIG spring range
A FLOW B
Example:
164
B A C K P R E S S U R E R E L I E F VA L V E S
3040 Series
Relief & Back Pressure Regulating Valve
Spring Range (PSIG)
C A PA C I T I E S Air (SCFM)
11/2 43 61 95 117 135 150 2 71 101 159 195 225 250 1/2 31 39 56 106 148 190 231 3/4 55 70 100 191 266 341 416 1 111 141 201 381 532 682 833 11/4 203 290 551 768 986 1203 11/2 297 424 805 1123 1441 1758 2 422 603 1144 1596 2047 2499 11/4 29 41 64 78 90 100
Set Pressure (PSIG) 5 10 20 50 75 100 125
1/2 4.0 5.7 8.1 12.7 15.6 18.0 20
3/4 8.0 11.4 16.2 25.4 31.2 36.0 40
1 10.0 14.3 20.3 31.8 39.0 45.0 50
1-12 5-35 5-35 20-70 40-125 40-125 40-125

Spring Range (PSIG)

Set Pressure (PSIG) 5 10 20 50 75 100 125 1/2 4.4 6.3 8.9 14.0 17.2 19.8 22 3/4 8.8 12.5 17.8 27. 34.3 39.6 44 1 11.2 16.0 22.7 35.6 43.7 50.4 56 11/4 32 45 71 87 101 112 11/2 47 67 105 129 149 166 2 79 113 177 217 250 278 1/2 32 41 59 114 159 205 250

3/4 57 73 106 204 287 369 451 1 113 146 212 409 573 737 901 11/4 211 306 591 828 1065 1302 11/2 308 447 863 1210 1556 1903 2 438 635 1226 1719 2212 2704
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
1-12 5-35 5-35 20-70 40-125 40-125 40-125
The 3040 Series Relief Valve water and air capacities at both 10% and 20% over Set Pressure are tabulated in the above tables. Enter the chart at the desired Set Pressure in the gray column and read the capacity in GPM or SCFM to determine proper Valve Size. Select a spring with a relief range that includes the Set Pressure required. Example: A 1 valve set at 50 PSIG will pass 35.6 GPM water or 409 SCFM air if the system pressure exceeds the set point by 20%.
HOW IT WORKS
The 3040 Series Back Pressure Valve senses upstream pressure acting on the underside of the diaphragm through a port in the bottom diaphragm case. An increase in the upstream pressure above the set point will compress the spring and allow the valve to open. The spring will close the valve as the upstream pressure decreases to the set point. The higher the system pressurizes above the relief set point pressure, the more flow the valve will pass. It is therefore typical to specify the maximum capacity of a back pressure relief valve at 10% & 20% over set pressure.
Suction
Flow
3040 Series
Optional Tank or Suction Side of Pump
3040 Series
Pressurized System Outlet Inlet
Pump
A Relief Valve allows water to recirculate through the pump even when the discharge valve on the pump is completely closed. As a rule, a minimum of 20% of the pump capacity must recirculate to prevent overheating of the pumped liquid.
165
T E M P E R AT U R E R E G U L AT O R S
W91/W94 Series
Design & Operation W91 Non-Indicating W94 Dial Thermometer
Self-Operated Temperature Regulators

CAPILLARY TUBING
CONNECTION
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
DIAL THERMOMETER (Model W94)
BELLOWS OVERRANGE PROTECTION SPRING RANGE ADJUSTMENT SPRING CAP ADJUSTMENT SCREW BUSHING ADJUSTING BAR YOKE TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT SCREW TEFLON V-RING PACKING BONNET NUT VALVE STEM SET POINT SCALE JAM NUTS PACKING NUT
SENSING BULB
VALVE PLUG
STAINLESS STEEL SEATS
VALVE BODY
Housing Assembly
The housing consists of a cap and yoke constructed from precision die cast aluminum. This assembly ensures permanent alignment with the valve body, while protecting the bellows assembly. The yoke includes a set point scale used to reference the setting of the temperature adjustment screw. The entire housing is finished in a corrosion resistant, baked blue epoxy.
166
W91/W94 Series
Design & Operation
Description
The W91/W94 Self-Operating Temperature Regulator is a mechanically operated device designed to regulate system temperature by modulating the flow of a heating or cooling fluid in response to temperature changes.
Principles of Operation
The W91/W94 Temperature Regulator is a fully self-contained unit, requiring no external power source (i.e., compressed air or electricity). Regulation takes place when the sensing element (bulb) of the thermal system is exposed to changes in temperature. The thermal system is charged with a predetermined amount of vapor fill, which, when heated, will cause a bellows within the units actuator housing to expand. As the bellows expands, it compresses a return spring while simultaneously moving the valve stem downward to stroke the valve. When the process temperature decreases (or in the event of thermal system failure), the return spring will move the valve stem upward to the out position. The choice of valve action (stem In-To-Close for Heating or stem In-To-Open for Cooling) will determine the system failure position.
Direct-Acting HEATING
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
Direct-Acting actuators are designed to move the valve stem closed ( in-to-close) as the control signal (temperature) increases.
Reverse-Acting COOLING
Reverse-Acting actuators are designed to move the valve stem open ( in-to-open) as the control signal (temperature) increases.
Selecting a Temperature Regulator

The W91/W94 Temperature Regulator is recommended for controlling the flow on relatively stable systems, where small valve stroke modulations will correct temperature drift. Where sudden or large load changes, or rapid temperature changes occur, a pneumatically or electrically powered Control Valve should be specified. Please consult the Control Valves section of this catalog.
Actuator
The actuator consists of the following assemblies: housing, bellows and spring return, and thermal system. Two actuator models are available: Model W91 is non-indicating. Model W94 is equipped with an integral dial thermometer to indicate sensing bulb temperature.
167
W91/W94 Series
Design & Operation
Bellows & Spring Return Assembly
The accordion type bellows is corrosion resistant to provide accurate response for the life of the regulator. An adjusting bar is provided to turn the brass temperature adjustment screw, which compresses or expands the range adjustment spring, thereby setting the control point of the unit.
Thermal System Assembly

The thermal system (sensing bulb and capillary tubing) is available in copper (for best heat transfer) or 316 stainless steel (for corrosive applications) and can be ordered with a variety of protective coverings, including Teflon or stainless steel spiral armor. Capillary tubing lengths can be specified from 8 to 52 feet.
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
Integral Dial Thermometer

The integral dial thermometer (Model W94) displays the temperature at the sensing bulb. This allows for easy adjustment of the temperature set point, as well as continuous monitoring of the application, without the installation of an additional thermometer. The thermometer has a 31/2" dialface and can be rotated and tilted for maximum readability.
Sensing Bulb Installation:

Care must be taken to ensure that entire length of the sensing bulb is immersed into the medium at the sensing location. Partial immersion will result in faulty control. When the sensing bulb is installed into a pipeline, constant flow must be continued through the line in order to maintain an active thermal signal to the bulb. Should a closed valve cause stoppage of flow to the bulb, a reduced bypass flow must be installed to maintain the thermal signal. The sensing bulb is designed to be installed in either a horizontal position or a vertical position with the tip down. If the tip must be installed upwards, please specify when ordering, as a special bulb construction is required.
Temperature Range
Nominal ranges from 20F (-10C) through 440F (225C) are available. The nominal range defines the entire temperature range of the unit. The service conditions and choice of valve style and action will determine the actual operating range (recommended working span) of the unit. The nominal range should be selected so that the set point falls within the recommended working span for the specified valve style and action. Models W91/W94 include an overrange protection spring, which allows the sensing bulb to be heated 100F above the upper limit of the units nominal range for system cleaning or temporary situations.
Accuracy
The W91/W94 Temperature Regulator is a set-and-forget regulating device. Once the proper control point setting has been achieved, the unit requires virtually no adjustments and very little maintenance. Control point accuracy is dependent upon the sensing bulb location, load change size and speed, and valve size. The sensing bulb must be installed in an area within the process that is most representative of overall process conditions. Care should be taken not to locate the bulb in close proximity to the valve, as the regulator might respond to temperature changes before the process has had time to reach the control point. Where sudden or large load changes occur, a pneumatically or electrically powered Control Valve should be specified. Please consult the Control Valves section of this catalog.
168
Self-Operated Temperature Regulators Design & Operation
Accuracy
(continued)
W91/W94 Series
Valve sizing also plays a major part in regulator performance. A valve that is too small will not be able to provide the desired capacity during peak load conditions, while a valve that is too large may overshoot the control point and operate with the valve plug too close to the seat, resulting in undue wear of the plug and seat. As part of a well-designed system, a properly sized valve (operating in the 60-90% open position) can control to within 2 to 5 F.
Valve
W91/W94 Temperature Regulators are available with a wide variety of globe valves in various styles, materials, connections and sizes.
Style
W91/W94 Regulator Valves are offered in single-seated, double-seated and three-way designs:
Single-Seated Balanced Valves are designed for heating applications where

tighter shut-off is required. The leakage rate is approximately 0.1% of the maximum capacity.
Double-Seated Balanced Valves are designed for cooling applications

where a slight amount of leakage is normally acceptable. Since temperature fluctuations may cause expansion and contraction across the seats, tight shut-off is not always possible. The leakage rate can be up to approximately 0.5% of the maximum capacity.
CAUTION: Temperature Regulators are not considered shut-off valves. A pressure surge may force a single seated valve plug open. The W91/W94 Temperature Regulator is a balanced equilibrium system at the set point and provides no power to tightly seat the valve plug. A separate power driven or hand actuated valve is required to ensure tight shut-off when necessary.
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
3-Way Valves are used for mixing two flows together, or for diverting a flow
to or around a device (bypass). In order to produce consistent flow quantity for stable operation, the pressure drop across both flow paths (inlet to outlet) must be nearly equal. 3-Way Valves are of the Sleeve-Type (common port on the bottom). This type is most commonly used for diverting applications; however, due to its design it can also be used for mixing applications. The Sleeve-Type design is constructed with an O-ring around the sleeve. This O-ring is suitable for water or glycol type service, up to a maximum of 300F. A higher temperature O-ring for use with other fluids, such as oil, or for temperatures up to 410F, is available. Consult factory.
CAUTION: 3-Way Valves are not designed for use in steam applications.
Thermowell
For applications in which the process media may be corrosive or contained under pressure, the use of a thermowell is required to prevent damage to the sensing bulb. A thermowell will also facilitate the removal of the sensing bulb and thermal system from the operating process. Thermowells are available in a variety of connection styles, materials and lengths.
Note: to ensure minimum response time, Heat Transfer Paste should be applied to the sensing portion of the bulb before installation.
169
W91/W94 Series
Design & Operation
Action
Single-Seated Valves are available as stem In-To-Close (Normally Open) for Heating applications. Double-Seated Valves are available as stem In-To-Open (Normally Closed) for Cooling applications. 3-Way Valves can be plumbed for either mixing or diverting service.
Temperature Regulator Valve Action
Application
Heating
Stem Action
In-To-Close In-To-Open
Normal (Fail) Position

Normally Open Normally Closed
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
Cooling
Body & Material and Connection

W91/W94 Temperature Regulators are available with bronze and cast iron valve bodies with Union, Flanged and Threaded connections.
Trim
Valve trim is composed of the stem and plug assembly, and the seats within the ports. Single and double-seated bronze bodied valves employ a stainless steel, tapered plug for enhanced modulation. The valve plug is both top and bottom guided to ensure positive seating alignment. 3-Way valves use a stainless steel sleeve and brass seating surface to change flow direction within the body.
Packing
Valves feature a self-energizing Teflon V-Ring packing, which reduces leakage around the valve stem. V-Ring packing is spring loaded to maintain proper compression and does not require manual adjustment.
Size
The proper sizing of a regulating valve is one of the most important factors in its selection. A valve that is too small will not be able to provide the desired capacity during peak load conditions, while a valve that is too large may overshoot the control point and operate with the valve plug too close to the seat, resulting in undue wear of the plug and seat. The valve coefficient (Cv) is used to determine the maximum capacity of a valve. From this value, a valve body Valve Coefficient (Cv): with the appropriate port size can be selected. Port sizes from 1/8" through The rated valve coefficient is used to describe the 4" and connection sizes from 1/2" through 4" are available. Please consult relative flow capacity the Valve Selection section of this catalog. of the valve based on
standard test conditions. Please refer to the Valve Selection Section for detailed information.
170
Self-Operated Temperature Regulators Typical Applications for Temperature Regulators
W94 Heating Fuel Oil To Proper Temperature
W94 Steam Supply Temperature Sensing Bulb
W91/W94 Series
W94 Elevating Temperature Of A Plating Or Finishing Tank
Steam Supply Bypass
W94
Bypass Heat Exchanger
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
Pump
Fuel Oil Storage Tank
F&T Trap
F&T Trap
Temperature Sensing Bulb
W91 Used for Regulating Steam Flow In An Autoclave/Sterilizer Thermostatic

Air Vent W91 Steam Supply Relief Valve Temperature Sensing Bulb Autoclave
W94 Used In A Drying Oven Application

W94
Heat Coil Outside Air
Steam
Exhaust Air
Fan Bypass Heating Coil

F&T Trap Finned Bulb for Improved Heat Transfer
Air Flow Drying Oven
Conveyor
W91 Used to Reduce Oil Temperature In A Heat Exchanger

W91 Cooling Water Inlet
W91 Used To Control Water Flow In A Grinding Mill For Temperature Reduction
Cold Water Inlet
W91
Water Flow Bypass
Hot Oil Inlet
Heat Exchanger Oil Cooler
Cool Oil Outlet
Temperature Sensing Bulb Cooling Water Outlet
Cooling Water Outlet
Temperature Sensing Bulb
Grinding Mill
171
W91/W94 Series
Indicating Dial
(Model W94 only)

Self-Operating Design Indicating & Non-Indicating Models Available Heavy Duty Die Cast Aluminum Housing
1 2
/ " thru 4" Valve Sizes
Fully Enclosed Bellows Internal Overrange protection The W91 & W94 Self-Operating Temperature Regulators are the preferred choice of original equipment manufacturers, mechanical contractors and specifying engineers. These regulators require no external power source and are ideal for regulating the temperature of tanks, process streams and various types of industrial equipment. The Actuator is noted for its rugged die-cast aluminum housing, fully enclosed bellows assembly and internal overrange protection. Model W91 (without indicating dial) features a lower profile and should be specified where space constraints may be an issue. Model W94 (with indicating dial) will allow the operator to verify the process temperature and to aid in temperature adjustment.
Thermowells: For applications in which the process media may be corrosive or contained under pressure, the use of a thermowell is required to prevent damage to the sensing bulb. A thermowell will also facilitate the removal of the sensing bulb and thermal system from the operating process.
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
Actuator
Thermal System: Capillary & Sensing Bulb
Valve Body
How to write proper model number:

Explanation of Model Number: Model Number:
W91 06
model temp. range
08
cap. length
S15 175-13
bulb type valve body
W910608S15175-13
Valve Body Selection
Refer to Valve Body Section (Omit this selection if purchasing Actuator only)
HOW TO ORDER
Models
W91 W94 Non-Indicating Indicating Dial
Temperature Range
01 14 Refer to Temperature Range Chart
Capillary Length
08 12 16 20 24 8 Feet (std) 12 Feet 16 Feet 20 Feet 24 Feet
Bulb
S15 (brass bulb) (standard) S16 (stainless bulb)
Note: Thermowells are ordered separately. See page 175 for model numbers & lengths.
172
W91/W94 Series
Model Service Sizes Connections Body Material W91/W94 Water, Steam, Other Liquids 1/2 4 Threaded, Union Ends, 125# FLG 250# FLG (optional) 1/2 11/2 Bronze/Stainless Steel 2 Cast Iron (Direct-acting) 2 Bronze (Reverse-acting) 21/2 4 Cast Iron Stainless Steel 250 PSIG
Dimensions: inches [mm]
Seat Material Max. Inlet Pressure
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
W91
Non-Indicating Actuator
W94
Indicating Actuator
4.92 [125]
3.67
[93]
9.00 [228]
9.00 [228]
3.63
[92]
3.63
[92]
Specifications
Actuator Models
W91 - Non-Indicating W94 - Indicating Dial
Dial Thermometer
31/2" dial, stainless steel case, swivel and angle adjustment (Model W94 only)
Overrange Protection
Upper range limit +100F for temporary situations
Housing Bellows
Die cast aluminum, epoxy powder coated blue finish High pressure brass, corrosion resistant, tin plated finish
Approximate Shipping Weight Actuator

W91 W94 6.0 lbs [2.7 kg] 6.6 lbs [3.0 kg]
Valve
See Valve Selection tables
173
W91/W94 Series
Temperature Range Chart
W91 & W94 Actuators
Range Code 01 02* 03 04 05 06 07 20 to 70 F 40 to 90 F 30 to 115 F 50 to 140 F 75 to 165 F 105 to 195 F 125 to 215 F 155 to 250 F 200 to 280 F 225 to 315 F 255 to 370 F 295 to 420 F 310 to 440 F Nominal Range -10 to 20 C 5 to 30 C 0 to 45 C 10 to 60 C 25 to 70 C 40 to 90 C 55 to 100 C 70 to 120 C 95 to 135 C 110 to 155 C 125 to 185 C 145 to 215 C 155 to 225 C Recommended Working Span * 40 to 65 F 65 to 85 F 85 to 110 F 110 to 135 F 135 to 160 F 160 to 190 F 190 to 210 F 210 to 245 F 245 to 275 F 275 to 310 F 305 to 365 F 365 to 415 F 415 to 435 F
5 to 20 C 20 to 30 C 30 to 45 C 45 to 60 C 60 to 70 C 70 to 90 C 90 to 100 C 100 to 120 C 120 to 135 C 135 to 155 C 155 to 185 C 185 to 215 C 215 to 225 C
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
09 10 11 12 13 14
* The recommended working span typically falls within the upper third of the nominal range.
Bulb & Capillary Style

ORDER CODE S15 Connection Style & Material Brass Union Hub Stainless Steel Union Hub Bulb Material Copper Capillary Tubing Material Copper with Stainless Steel Spiral Armor Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel Spiral Armor A U A U Capillary Length in Ft. 8, 12, 16 20 24 13 16 20 12.25 15.25 19.25 13 12.25 16 15.25 20 19.25
S16
Stainless Steel
Other Options available. Consult Factory.
Bulb Installation: (refer to diagram below) The 1 NPT Union Hub is not physically attached to the bulb. The 1 NPT Union Hub is threaded into a tank or vessel. The bulb slides thru the 1 NPT Union Hub and is held in place and sealed with the Union Nut, which freely turns on the stainless steel armor protected capillary. When using a Thermowell, the 1 NPT Union Hub is discarded and the Union Nut threads into the Thermowell.
UNION NUT
A INSERTION LENGTH U BULB LENGTH
1.00
STAINLESS STEEL ARMOR PROTECTED CAPILLARY
UNION HUB 1 NPT
174
W91/W94 Series
Thermowell Selection
Dimensions (inches)
BULB
UNION NUT
A INSERTION LENGTH U BULB LENGTH 1.00
STAINLESS STEEL ARMOR PROTECTED CAPILLARY
UNION HUB 1 NPT (is not permanently fastened to Bulb)*
* Included with Bulb; discard when using Thermowell
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
THERMOWELL
11/4 NPT HUB (is part of Thermowell)
BULB inside THERMOWELL

A INSERTION LENGTH
Note: to ensure minimum response time, Heat Transfer Paste should be applied to the sensing portion of the bulb before installation.
1.13
11/4 NPT HUB
For applications in which the process media may be corrosive or contained under pressure, the use of a thermowell is required to prevent damage to the sensing bulb. A thermowell will also facilitate the removal of the sensing bulb and thermal system from the operating process. Because the sensing bulb is isolated from the fluid, this allows the sensing bulb to be removed without having to drain the liquid below the bulb insertion point.
THERMOWELLS - Model Numbers & Lengths

Brass Model No. 536-S2 536-SE2 536-WE2 Stainless Steel Model No. 536-S6 536-SE6 536-WE6 Nominal Length 13" 16" 20" A INSERTION LENGTH (in.)
BULB THERMOWELL
Capillary Length in Feet
12.25 15.25 19.25
13.00 16.00 20.00
8, 12 or 16 20 24
Notes:
1) Other connections and lengths may be available, consult factory. 2) External pressure rating on Brass is 500 PSI max. 3) External pressure rating on 316 SS is 1000 PSI max.
175
W91/W94 Series
Single Seated Valve Bodies
Single Seat 1/2 4 Stem In-To-Close for Heating
Actuator Mounting Surface
UNION NUT
HEATING
Dimensions in inches
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
FLOW FLOW
B B
A (NPT) A (UNION) A
THREADED & UNION
FLANGED
Connection Threaded or Malleable Iron Union Ends Threaded 125# Flanged 250# Flanged Pressure & Temperature Rating 125 PSI @ 450F 250 PSI @ 450F 125 PSI @ 450F 250 PSI @ 450F
Specifications
Body Material 1/2- 11/2 Bronze/Stainless 2 Cast Iron 2 - 4 Cast Iron Trim Material Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel

Valve Body Number (In-To-Close Heating) NPT 175-12-N 175-13-N 175-14-N 175-15-N 175-16-N 175-17-N Union 175-12-U 175-13-U 175-14-U 175-15-U 175-16-U Size Connection Capacity NPT Cv 1/2" 3.2 3/4" 6.3 1" 10.8 11/4" 15.9 11/2" 22.4 2" 33.1 Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) 250 250 200 200 200 150
Valve Type
Dimensions A A A Threaded 125# FLG 250# FLG 4.125 x x 4.125 x x 4.125 x x 4.81 x x 5.19 x x 9.50 x x A Union 6.50 6.50 7.00 7.50 8.00 x B 2.375 2.375 2.375 3.25 3.50 5.75 C 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.50 2.69 4.75
Approx. Ship. Wt. (lbs) [kg] 14 [6.35] 14 [6.35] 14 [6.35] 17 [7.7] 18 [8.2] 50 [22.7]
FLANGED 125# 250# 175-17-125 175-17-250 175-18-125 175-18-250 175-19-125 175-19-250 175-20-125 175-20-250
2" 21/2" 3" 4"
33.1 47.5 68.2 109.5
Standard 150 65 50 40
Special 150 150 150
x x x x
10.375 10.625 10.875 10.50
10.875 11.25 11.625 13.125
x x x x
5.75 7.00 8.00 8.75
4.75 5.00 5.75 6.50
80 [36.3] 96 [43.6] 110 [49.9] 160 [72.6]
Note: For 21/2 - 4 sizes, consult factory for proper actuators.
176
W91/W94 Series
Capacity Chart for Single Seated Valves
SINGLE SEATED VALVES
Size & Valve Body Number 11/4" 11/2" 2" 175-15 454 512 570 715 859 1004 1149 1294 1583 1872 2162 2451 2740 3030 3319 4043 4766 5490 6213 175-16 640 722 803 1007 1211 1415 1618 1822 2230 2638 3045 3453 3861 4268 4676 5695 6714 7734 8753 175-17 946 1066 1187 1488 1789 2090 2392 2693 3295 3898 4500 5102 5705 6307 6910 8416 9922 21/2" 175-18 1357 1530 1703 2135 2568 3000 3432 3864 4729 5593 6458 7322 8187 9051 9916 12,077 14,238 3" 175-19 1949 2197 2445 3066 3686 4307 4928 5548 6790 8031 9272 10,513 11,755 12,996 14,237 17,340 20,443 4" 175-20 3129 3527 3926 4922 5919 6915 7912 8908 10,901 12,894 14,887 16,880 18,873 20,866 22,859 27,841 32,823 3/4" 175-13 180 203 226 283 341 398 455 513 627 742 857 971 1086 1200 1315 1602 1888 2175 2462 3035 1" 175-14 309 348 387 486 584 682 780 879 1075 1272 1468 1665 1861 2058 2255 2746 3237 3729 4220
Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 250 1/2" 175-12 91 103 115 144 173 202 231 260 319 377 435 493 552 610 668 814 959 1105 1250 1542
Note: Verify that Maximum Close-Off Pressure for 2 - 4 models does not exceed max rating for selected Valve Body Number and Type. (Refer to Valve Body Number chart on previous page)
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
Notes: 1) For reduced-port 1/2 valves, consult factory. 2) All steam capacities based on Critical Drop (Choked Flow).
Pressure (PSI P) 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 250 1/2 175W-12 3.2 5.5 7.2 10 12 14 16 18 20 23 25 27 29 30 32 36 39 42 45 51 3/4 175W-13 6.3 11 14 20 24 28 32 35 40 45 49 53 56 60 63 70 77 83 89 100 1 175W-14 11 19 24 34 42 48 54 59 68 76 84 90 97 102 108 121 132 143 153
SINGLE SEATED VALVES

21/2 175W-18 48 82 106 150 184 212 238 260 300 336 368 397 425 451 475 531 582 3 175W-19 68 118 152 216 264 305 341 374 431 482 528 571 610 647 682 762 835 4 175W-20 110 190 245 346 424 490 548 600 693 774 848 916 979 1039 1095 1224 1341
Size & Valve Body Number 11/4 11/2 2 175W-15 175W-16 175W-17 16 28 36 50 62 71 80 87 101 112 123 133 142 151 159 178 195 210 225 22 39 50 71 87 100 112 123 142 158 174 187 200 213 224 250 274 296 317 33 57 74 105 128 148 166 181 209 234 256 277 296 314 331 370 405
Note: When 175 Type Single Seated Valves are used with water, add W to the Valve Body Number. Example: 175-17-N becomes 175W-17-N
Note: Verify that Maximum Close-Off Pressure for 2 - 4 models does not exceed max rating for selected Valve Body Number and Type. (Refer to Valve Body Number chart on previous page)
177
W91/W94 Series
Steam Required for Heating Water
Steam flow required through a temperature regulator (lbs/hr) to heat a specified number of gallons of water per hour (gal/hr) TA B L E 1 Temp Increase (F) 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 115 130 145 160 175 200 225 250 ` 25 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 19 21 24 27 30 33 36 41 47 52 50 2 4 6 8 10 12 16 21 25 29 33 38 42 48 54 60 66 72 83 94 104 100 4 8 12 17 20 25 33 42 50 58 67 75 83 95 108 120 133 145 166 187 207 200 8 16 25 33 42 50 66 83 100 116 133 149 166 191 216 241 266 290 332 374 415
Steam Flow Required in Pounds Per Hour (lbs/hr)

Gallons of Water per Hour To Be Heated 300 500 700 1000 2000
12 25 37 50 62 75 100 124 149 174 199 224 249 286 324 361 398 436 498 560 622 21 41 62 83 104 124 166 207 249 290 332 373 415 477 539 601 664 726 830 934 1037 29 58 87 116 145 174 232 290 348 407 465 523 581 668 755 842 929 1017 1162 1307 1452 41 83 124 166 207 249 332 415 498 581 664 747 830 955 1079 1200 1328 1452 1660 1867 2075 83 166 249 332 415 498 664 830 996 1162 1328 1494 1660 1909 2158 2400 2656 2900 3320 3735 4150 Temp Increase (F) 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 115 130 145 160 175 200 225 250
4000 166 332 498 664 830 996 1328 1660 1992 2324 2656 2988 3320 3818 4316 4812 5312 5810 6640 7470 8300
10,000 415 830 1245 1660 2075 2490 3320 4150 4980 5810 6640 7470 8300 9544 10,790 12,030 13,280 14,524 16,600 18,680 20,750
20,000 830 1660 2490 3320 4150 4980 6640 8300 9960 11,620 13,280 14,940 16,600 19,088 21,580 24,060 26,560 29,048 33,200 37,360 41,500
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
HEATING WATER: The amount of steam required to heat water can be found using chart above. Example: To heat 1000 gallons per hour of water from 40F to 140F (Temp. increase 100F) requires 830 lbs/hr of steam. HEATING FUEL OIL: The amount of steam required to heat fuel oil is half of that to heat water. Use half the value found in chart above. Example: To heat 1000 gallons per hour of fuel oil from 40F to 140F (Temp. increase 100F) requires 415 lbs/hr of steam.
C A PA C I T Y F O R M U L A S F O R S T E A M L O A D S
When BTU Load is Known Capacity of steam required (lbs/hr) Capacity of steam required (lbs/hr) Capacity of steam required (lbs/hr) Capacity of steam required (lbs/hr) Capacity of steam required (lbs/hr) = BTU 1000
When Square Feet Equivalent Direct Radiation (EDR) is Known When Heating Water with Steam
= Sq. ft. of EDR 4 = GPM x Temp Rise F 2 GPM x Temp Rise F 4 CFM x Temp Rise F 900
When Heating Fuel Oil with Steam
When Heating Air with Steam Coils
178
T E M P E R AT U R E R E G U L AT O R S COOLING
Dimensions in inches [mm]
W91/W94 Series
Double Seated Valve Bodies
Double Seat 3/4 4 Stem In-To-Open for Cooling
Actuator Mounting Surface Actuator Mounting Surface
C C
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
B B FLOW
WOLF
A A 3/4 2 UNION
FLOW
FLOW
A A 2 4 FLANGED
Specifications
Body Material 3/4 - 2 Bronze 21/2 - 4 Cast Iron Trim Material Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Trim Style Connection Threaded with Malleable Iron Union Ends 125# Flanged Pressure & Temperature Rating 250 PSI @ 410F (210C) 125 PSI @ 350F (149C)
Valve Body Selection Threaded

Valve Body Number (In-To-Open Cooling) A24 A33 A44 A55 A66 Size Connection (NPT)
3/4
Nominal Port
3/4"
Capacity Cv 8 12 21 30 47
Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) 250 250 250 250 250
A 5.6 [142] 6.0 [152] 7.2 [183] 7.7 [196] 8.6 [218]
Dimensions B 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79]
C 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79]
Approximate Shipping Wt. (lbs) [kg] 5.0 lbs [2.25 kg] 6.1 lbs [2.75 kg] 10.1 lbs [4.55 kg] 11.1 lbs [5.00 kg] 17.0 lbs [7.65 kg]
1 11/4 11/2 2
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
Valve Body Selection Flanged

Valve Body Number (In-To-Open Cooling) B74 B79 B84 Size Connection 21/2" 3" 4" Nominal Port 21/2" 3" 4" Maximum Capacity Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Cv 69 90 196 65 50 40 A 7.8 [198] 9.0 [229] Dimensions B C Approximate Shipping Wt. (lbs) [kg] 45 lbs [20 kg] 70 lbs [32 kg] 100 lbs [45 kg]
4.8 [122] 5.4 [137] 5.0 [127] 5.6 [142]
11.4 [290] 6.3 [160] 6.5 [165]
179
W91/W94 Series
COOLING
Pressure Drop (PSI P) 1 3 5 10 15 3/4 A24 ITO Cv = 8 8 14 18 25 31 36 40 44 51 57 62 67 72 76 80 89 98 106 113 120 126 1 A33 IT0 Cv = 12 12 21 27 38 46 54 60 66 76 85 93 100 107 114 120 134 147 159 170 180 190 11/4 A44 IT0 Cv = 21 21 36 47 66 81 94 105 115 133 148 163 176 188 199 210 235 257 278 297 315 332 11/2 A55 IT0 Cv = 30 30 52 67 95 116 134 150 164 190 212 232 251 268 285 300 335 367 397 424 450 474 2 A66 IT0 Cv = 47 47 81 105 149 182 210 235 257 297 332 364 393 420 446 470 525 576 622 665 705 743 Size, Valve Body Number & Coefficient (Cv)
Capacity Chart for Double Seated Valves
DOUBLE SEATED VALVES

21/2 B74 ITO Cv = 69 69 120 154 218 267 309 345 378 436 488 3 B79 ITO Cv = 90 90 156 201 285 349 402 450 493 569 636 4 B84 ITO Cv = 196 196 339 438 620 759 877 980 1074 1240
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 ITO = In-to-Open
180
T E M P E R AT U R E R E G U L AT O R S BRONZE
W91/W94 Series
3-Way Valve Bodies
3-Way 1/2 2
for Mixing or Diverting

MIXING FLOW DIAGRAM
STEM @ 0% IN
DIVERTING FLOW DIAGRAM

STEM @ 0% IN
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
STEM @ 50% IN
G G R EPPU UPPER T ROP PORT )C(
STEM @ 50% IN
(C)
LOWER REWOL TROP PORT )B( (B)
F F
STEM @ 100% IN
STEM @ 100% IN
)A( TROP NOMMOC COMMON PORT (A)
E E
CAUTION: 3-Way Valves are not designed for use in steam applications. To properly control the mixing of two flows, inlet pressures at ports B and C should be as equal as possible.
Specifications
Body Material Bronze Trim Material Bronze Connection Threaded with Malleable Iron Union Ends Pressure & Temperature Rating 250 PSI @ 300F (149C)

Valve Body Number A18 A25 A34 A45 A56 A67
1/2" 3/4"
Size Connection (NPT) Nominal Port

1/2" 3/4"
Capacity Cv 2.8 5.6 8.4 15 21 33
Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) 250 250 250 250 250 250
E 4.8 [122] 5.6 [142] 6.0 [152] 7.2 [183] 7.7 [196] 8.6 [218]
Dimensions F 1.8 [46] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.8 [71] 3.5 [89]
G 1.8 [46] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66]
Approximate Shipping Wt. 2.9 lbs [1.31 kg] 4.7 lbs [2.12 kg] 5.7 lbs [2.57 kg] 9.5 lbs [4.28 kg] 11.1 lbs [5.00 kg] 16.7 lbs [7.55 kg]
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
4.1 [104] 3.1 [79]
181
W91/W94 Series
3-Way Valve Bodies
3-Way 21/2 4
CAST IRON

MIXING FLOW DIAGRAM
DIVERTING FLOW DIAGRAM

STEM @ 0% IN
STEM @ 0% IN
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
G G
UPPERRT PORT (C)
STEM @ 50% IN
LOWER LOWER PORT PORT (B) (B)
STEM @ 50% IN
F F
STEM @ 100% IN STEM @ 100% IN
COMMON PORT (A)(A) COMMON PORT
E E
Specifications
Body Material Cast Iron Trim Material Bronze Connection 125# Flanged Pressure & Temperature Rating 125 PSI @ 300F (149C)

Size Valve Body Number B75 B80 B85 Connection 21/2" 3" 4" Nominal Port 21/2" 3" 4" Maximum Capacity Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Cv 58 72 102 125 125 125 E 9.0 [229] 10.0 [254] 13.0 [330] Dimensions F 7.1 [180] 8.0 [203] 10.0 [254] G 5.2 [132] 6.0 [152] 6.9 [175] Approximate Shipping Wt. 62 lbs [28 kg] 80 lbs [36 kg] 140 lbs [64 kg]
182
W91/W94 Series
Pressure Drop (PSI P) 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 1/2 A18 Cv = 2.8 2.8 4.8 6.3 8.9 11 13 14 15 18 20 22 23 25 27 28 31 34 37 40 42 44 3/4 A25 Cv = 5.6 5.6 10 13 18 22 25 28 31 35 40 43 47 50 53 56 63 69 74 79 84 89 1 A34 Cv = 8.4 8.4 15 19 27 33 38 42 46 53 59 65 70 75 80 84 94 103 111 119 126 133 Size, Valve Body Number & Coefficient (Cv) 11/4 11/2 2 A45 Cv = 15 15 26 34 47 58 67 75 82 95 106 116 125 134 142 150 168 184 198 212 225 237 A56 Cv = 21 21 36 47 66 81 94 105 115 133 148 163 176 188 199 210 235 257 278 297 315 332 A67 Cv = 33 33 57 74 104 128 148 165 181 209 233 256 276 295 313 330 369 404 437 467 495 522 21/2 B75 Cv = 58 58 100 130 183 225 259 290 318 367 410 449 485 519 550 580 648
Capacity Chart for 3-Way Valves

3-WAY VALVES
3 B80 Cv = 72 72 125 161 228 279 322 360 394 455 509 558 602 644 683 720 805 4 B85 Cv = 102 102 177 228 323 395 456
REGULATING VALVES
DIRECT-OPERATED
510 559 645 721 790 853 912 968 1020 1140
Note: Oil service or high temperature service requires special O-ring.
183
Control Valves
CONTROL VALVES
W910 COMPACT CONTROL VALVE
184
Control Valves
TA901 I/P TRANSDUCER
ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE SENSOR RTD or THERMOCOUPLE TA890 ELECTRONIC PID CONTROLLER TA987 AIR FILTER/REGULATOR
CONTROL VALVES
Control Valves
W910 Series Compact Control Valve The W910 Series Pneumatic Control Valve offers high quality at an economical price, incorporating many features found only on more expensive units. Models are available to provide the proper flow response required by the application. Controllers & Sensors Understanding a Control Loop Controllers Design & Operation TR890 Series Electronic PID Controller TA901 Series Electropneumatic I/P Transducer TA987 Air Filter/ Regulator (for TA901 Pneumatic Control Device) Electronic Temperature Sensors (RTD or Thermocouple) Thermowells (for Temperature Sensors)
Page No.
186-196
197-205 197 198-199 200-201 202 203 204 205
185
C O N T R O L VA LV E S
W910 Series
Compact Control Valve
Models Service Sizes Connections Body Material Seat Material Max. Inlet Pressure W910A, W910B, W910C, W910TB, W910EPA, W910EPC Water, Steam, Other Liquids 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4 Union Ends, 125# Flanged 250# Flanged (optional) 1/2 2 Bronze 21/2 4 Cast Iron Stainless Steel 250 PSIG

Union Ends 250 PSIG @ 450 F 125# FLG 125 PSIG @ 450 F
CONTROL VALVES
Description
A control valve is a device capable of modulating flow at varying degrees between minimal flow and full capacity in response to a signal from an external control device. The control valve, often referred to as the final control element, is a critical part of any control loop, as it performs the physical work and is the element that directly affects the process.
Principles of Operation
A control valve is comprised of an actuator mounted to a valve. The valve modulates flow through movement of a valve plug in relation to the port(s) located within the valve body. The valve plug is attached to a valve stem, which, in turn, is connected to the actuator. The actuator, which can be pneumatically or electrically operated, directs the movement of the stem as dictated by the external control device.
The W910 Series Pneumatic Control Valve offers high quality at an economical price, incorporating many features found only on more expensive units. The following Models are available to provide the proper flow response required by the application: The W910A, W910B & W910C are used for On/Off control applications, providing a quick-opening flow response when used with single or double seated valves. The W910TB is used for proportional or PID control applications, providing a throttling flow response when used with double seated or 3-way valves. The W910EPA & W910EPC are used for proportional or PID control applications, providing equal percentage flow response when used with single seated valves.
Pneumatic/Diaphragm Actuated
Watson McDaniel Pneumatic Actuators are direct acting and utilize an air signal from an external control device to create a modulating control action. The force of the air signal is received into the actuator through a top port and distributed across the full area of the actuators diaphragm. The diaphragm presses down on the diaphragm plate and spring return assembly, which then moves the valve stem and plug assembly downward to stroke the valve. This actuator will move to a stem-out position in the event of air signal failure. The choice of valve action (stem-In-To-Close or stem-In-To-Open) will determine its signal failure position.
186
W910 Series
Compact Control Valve
Specifications
Actuator Model
W910A W910B W910C W910TB W910EPA W910EPC
Units: inches [mm]
Diaphragm Control Size Action

7" 10" 12" 10" 7" 12" On/Off On/Off On/Off Throttling* Equal Percentage Equal Percentage
Input Signal
15 PSIG 15 PSIG 15 PSIG 3-15 PSIG 3-15 PSIG 3-15 PSIG
A AIR INLET 1/8 NPT
* Includes 3-Way Valves
Actuator Housing
Die cast aluminum, epoxy powder coated blue finish.
B
Setting Scale
Integral to housing
Adjustment Screw
Brass
Adjustment Screw Bushing

Lubricant impregnated sintered bronze
CONTROL VALVES
Range Adjustment Spring

Cadmium plated
Pressure Plate
Aluminum
Actuator Number W910A W910B W910C W910TB W910EPA W910EPC A 7.0 [178] 9.3 [236] 11.4 [290] 9.3 [236] 7.0 [178] 11.4 [290] B 9.8 [249] 9.8 [249] 9.8 [249] 9.8 [249] 9.8 [249] 9.8 [249] Approx. Shipping Weight 6.6 lbs [2.97 kg] 8.5 lbs [3.83 kg] 12.0 lbs [5.41 kg] 9.6 lbs [4.32 kg] 7.6 lbs [3.42 kg] 13.1 lbs [5.90 kg]
Diaphragm
Nylon reinforced EDPM
Air Pressure to Diaphragm

30 PSIG maximum
Air Pressure Connection

1/8
NPT Female
Operating Temperature
Ambient: -40F (-40C) to 180F (82C) Process Flow: -40F (-40C) to 410F (210C)
Actuator
W910 Series Pneumatic Actuators are used in conjunction with the W910 Series Control Valve. Choose the appropriate Actuator model based on the intended service.
HOW TO ORDER
Actuator Model W910A W910B W910C
W910TB W910EPA W910EPC
Sample Order Number:
W910TB - A56
Procedure: 1. Determine the Actuator Model ( W910A, W910B, W910C, W910TB, W910EPA or W910EPC) required. Note: Refer to the maximum close-off pressure columns in the Valve Body Selection tables to determine the Actuator size required by your application. 2. Determine the Valve Body Number based on the Valve Size, style and material required by the application. Note: Consult the Valve Selection tables on the following pages to determine the required Valve Body Number.
Control Action
On/Off Throttling Equal Percentage
Valve Body Number

Refer to pages 188-190 Refer to pages 191-193 Refer to page 188
187
W910 Series
Valve Body for W910A, W910B, W910C, W910EPA & W910EPC Single Seat 1/2 2 Stem In-To-Close (normally open)
BRONZE
Stem In-To-Open (normally closed)

C C
C C
B B
B B
CONTROL VALVES
FLOW
FLOW
A A
A A
Specifications
Body Material Bronze Trim Material Stainless Steel Trim Style ML or EP Connection NPT with Malleable Iron Union Ends Pressure & Temperature Rating 250 PSI @ 410F (210C)
ML = Modified Linear (On/Off); EP = Equal Percentage

In-To-Close
(Normally Open)
Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Cv 2.8 5.6 8.4 15 21 33 W910A 250 250 200 100 50 25 Actuator W910B W910C W910EPC x x 250 250 150 50 x x x x 250 250 250 250 200 150 100 50 A 4.8 [122] 5.6 [142] 6.0 [152] 7.2 [183] 7.7 [196] 8.6 [218] Dimensions B 1.8 [46] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79] C 1.8 [46] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79] Approximate Shipping Wt. 3.0 lbs [1.35 kg] 4.9 lbs [2.21 kg] 6.0 lbs [2.70 kg] 9.7 lbs [4.37 kg] 10.8 lbs [4.86 kg] 16.3 lbs [7.34 kg]
Valve Body No. ML EP A14 E14 A19 A26 A36 A47 A58 E19 E26 E36 E47 E58
Size
Connection (NPT)
1/2" 3/4"
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"

(Normally Closed)
In-To-Open
Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Cv 2.8 5.6 8.4 15 21 33 W910A 250 250 200 150 100 50 Actuator W910B W910C W910EPA x x x x x x x x x x x x 250 250 200 150 100 50 A 4.8 [122] 5.6 [142] 6.0 [152] 7.2 [183] 7.7 [196] 8.6 [218] Dimensions B 1.8 [46] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79] C 1.8 [46] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79] Approximate Shipping Wt. 3.0 lbs [1.35 kg] 4.9 lbs [2.21 kg] 6.0 lbs [2.70 kg] 9.7 lbs [4.37 kg] 10.8 lbs [4.86 kg] 16.3 lbs [7.34 kg]
Valve Body No. ML EP A15 E15 A22 A30 A41 A52 A63 E22 E30 E41 E52 E63
Size
Connection (NPT)
1/2" 3/4"
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
All dimensions are inches [mm].
188
C O N T R O L VA LV E S BRONZE
Stem In-To-Close (normally open)
Valve Body for W910A,W910B & W910C

Double Seat 3/4 2 Stem In-To-Open (normally closed)
W910 Series
C C
C C
B B
B B
CONTROL VALVES
FLOW
FLOW
Specifications
Body Material Bronze Trim Material Stainless Steel Trim Style Modified Linear Connection NPT with Malleable Iron Union Ends Pressure & Temperature Rating 250 PSI @ 410F (210C)

In-To-Close
(Normally Open)
Valve Body Number Connection (NPT) A21 A29 A39 A50 A61 In-To-Open
3/4"
Size
Nominal Port
3/4"
Cv 8 12 21 30 47
Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Actuator W910A W910B W910C 250 250 250 250 200 x x x x x x x x x x
A 5.6 [142] 6.0 [152] 7.2 [183] 7.7 [196] 8.6 [218]
Dimensions B 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79]
C 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79]
Approximate Shipping Wt. 5.0 lbs [2.25 kg] 6.1 lbs [2.75 kg] 10.1 lbs [4.55 kg] 11.1 lbs [5.00 kg] 17.0 lbs [7.65 kg]
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"

(Normally Closed)
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
Size Valve Body Number Connection (NPT) Nominal Port A24 A33 A44 A55 A66
3/4" 3/4"
Cv 8 12 21 30 47
Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Actuator W910A W910B W910C 250 250 250 250 200 x x x x x x x x x x
A 5.6 [142] 6.0 [152] 7.2 [183] 7.7 [196] 8.6 [218]
Dimensions B 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79]
C 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79]
Approximate Shipping Wt. 5.0 lbs [2.25 kg] 6.1 lbs [2.75 kg] 10.1 lbs [4.55 kg] 11.1 lbs [5.00 kg] 17.0 lbs [7.65 kg]
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"

189
W910 Series
Double Seat 21/2 4 Stem In-To-Close (normally open)
Valve Body for W910A, W910B & W910C
CAST IRON
Stem In-To-Open (normally closed)

C C
C C
B B
CONTROL VALVES
B B
FLOW
FLOW
A A
Specifications
Body Material Cast Iron Trim Material Stainless Steel Trim Style Modified Linear Connection 125# Flanged Pressure & Temperature Rating 125 PSI @ 350F (176C)

In-To-Close Valve Body Number B73 B78 B83 In-To-Open Valve Body Number B74 B79 B84
(Normally Open)
Size Connection Nominal Port 21/2" 3" 4"

(Normally Closed)
Cv 69 90 196
Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Actuator W910C W910A W910B 125 125 125 x x x x x x
A 7.8 [198] 9.0 [229] 11.4 [290]
Dimensions B
Approximate Shipping Wt. 45 lbs [20 kg] 70 lbs [32 kg] 100 lbs [45 kg]
21/2" 3" 4"
4.8 [122] 5.4 [137] 5.0 [127] 5.6 [142] 6.3 [160] 6.5 [165]
Size Connection Nominal Port 21/2" 3" 4" 21/2" 3" 4"
Cv 69 90 196
Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Actuator W910A W910B W910C 125 125 125 x x x x x x
A 7.8 [198] 9.0 [229] 11.4 [290]
Dimensions B
Approximate Shipping Wt. 45 lbs [20 kg] 70 lbs [32 kg] 100 lbs [45 kg]
4.8 [122] 5.4 [137] 5.0 [127] 5.6 [142] 6.3 [160] 6.5 [165]
190
C O N T R O L VA LV E S BRONZE
Stem In-to-Close (normally open)
Single Seat
W910 Series
Valve Body for W910TB
Single or Double Seat 1/2 2
Stem In-to-Open (normally closed)
Single Seat
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
FLOW
FLOW
A
A
A
A
Stem In-to-Close (normally open)

Double Seat
Stem In-to-Open (normally closed)

Double Seat
CONTROL VALVES
C
C
C
C
B
B
B
B
FLOW
FLOW
A
A
A
A
Specifications
Body Material Bronze Trim Material Stainless Steel Trim Style Modified Linear Connection NPT with Malleable Iron Union Ends Pressure & Temperature Rating 250 PSI @ 410F (210C)

Valve Body Number ITC ITO Normally Normally Open Closed A02 A03 A05 A06 A08 A09 A11 A12 A14 A15 A21 A24 A29 A33 A39 A44 A50 A55 A61 A66 Size Connection Nominal (NPT) Port 1/2" 1/8" 1/2" 3/16" 1/2" 1/4" 1/2" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 11/4" 11/4" 11/2" 11/2" 2" 2" Number of Seats 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 Cv 0.17 0.35 0.7 1.4 2.8 8 12 21 30 47 Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Actuator W910TB 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 A 4.8 [122] 4.8 [122] 4.8 [122] 4.8 [122] 4.8 [122] 5.6 [142] 6.0 [152] 7.2 [183] 7.7 [196] 8.6 [218] Dimensions B C 1.8 [46] 1.8 [46] 1.8 [46] 1.8 [46] 1.8 [46] 1.8 [46] 1.8 [46] 1.8 [46] 1.8 [46] 1.8 [46] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79] 3.1 [79] Approximate Shipping Wt. 3.0 lbs [1.35 kg] 3.0 lbs [1.35 kg] 3.0 lbs [1.35 kg] 3.0 lbs [1.35 kg] 3.0 lbs [1.35 kg] 5.0 lbs [2.25 kg] 6.1 lbs [2.75 kg] 10.1 lbs [4.55 kg] 11.1 lbs [5.00 kg] 17.0 lbs [7.65 kg]

191
W910 Series
3-Way 1/2 2
BRONZE

MIXING FLOW DIAGRAM AIR DIVERTING FLOW DIAGRAM AIR
AIR
UPPER PORT
AIR
LOWER PORT
(C)
(B)
CONTROL VALVES
AIR
E
COMMON PORT
AIR
(A)
Specifications
Body Material Bronze Trim Material Bronze Trim Style Modified Linear Connection NPT with Malleable Iron Union Ends Pressure & Temperature Rating 250 PSI @ 300F (149C)

Mixing or Diverting Valve Body Number A18 A25 A34 A45 A56 A67 Size
Connection (NPT) Nominal Port
1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4"
Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Cv 2.8 5.6 8.4 15 21 33 Actuator W910TB 250 250 250 250 250 250 E 4.8 [122] 5.6 [142] 6.0 [152] 7.2 [183] 7.7 [196] 8.6 [218] Dimensions F 1.8 [46] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.8 [71] 3.5 [89] 4.1 [104] G 1.8 [46] 2.3 [58] 2.3 [58] 2.6 [66] 2.6 [66] 3.1 [79] Approximate Shipping Wt. 2.9 lbs [1.31 kg] 4.7 lbs [2.12 kg] 5.7 lbs [2.57 kg] 9.5 lbs [4.28 kg] 11.1 lbs [5.00 kg] 16.7 lbs [7.55 kg]
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
192
C O N T R O L VA LV E S CAST IRON
W910 Series
3-Way 21/2 4

MIXING FLOW DIAGRAM AIR
DIVERTING FLOW DIAGRAM AIR
G G
LOWER LOWER PORT PORT (B)
(B)
AIR
AIR
UPPER PORT
(C)
CONTROL VALVES
F F
AIR
AIR
COMMON PORT (A)
E E
COMMON PORT
(A)
Specifications
Body Material Cast Iron Trim Material Bronze Trim Style Modified Linear Connection 125# Flanged Pressure & Temperature Rating 125 PSI @ 300F (149C)

Mixing or Diverting Valve Body Number B75 B80 B85 Size Connection (NPT) Nominal Port 21/2" 3" 4" 21/2" 3" 4" Cv 58 72 102 Maximum Close-Off Pressure (PSI P) Actuator W910TB 125 125 125 E 9.0 [229] Dimensions F 7.1 [180] G 5.2 [132] 6.0 [152] Approximate Shipping Wt. 62 lbs [28 kg] 80 lbs [36 kg] 140 lbs [64 kg]
10.0 [254] 8.0 [203]
13.0 [330] 10.0 [254] 6.9 [175]

193
W910 Series
Capacity Charts
1/2 3/4
S I N G L E S E AT E D VA LV E S
Size, Body Number & Coefficient (Cv) 1 11/4 A36/E36 ITC Cv = 15 428 483 537 674 810 946 1083 1219 1492 1765 2038 2310 2583 2856 3129 3811 4493 5175 5857 7221 11/2 A47/E47 ITC Cv = 21 599 676 752 943 1134 1325 1516 1701 2089 2471 2853 3235 3617 3999 4380 5335 6290 7245 8200 10109 2 A58/E58 ITC Cv = 33 942 1062 1182 1482 1782 2082 2382 2682 3283 3883 4483 5083 5683 6283 6884 8384 9884 11385 12885 15886
CONTROL VALVES
Inlet A14/E14 ITC A19/E19 ITC A26/E26 ITC Pressure (PSIG) Cv = 2.8 Cv = 5.6 Cv = 8.4 1 80 160 240 3 90 180 270 5 100 201 301 10 126 252 377 15 151 302 454 20 177 353 530 25 202 404 606 30 228 455 683 40 279 557 838 50 329 659 988 60 380 761 1141 70 431 863 1294 80 482 964 1447 90 533 1066 1599 100 584 1168 1752 125 711 1423 2134 150 839 1677 2516 175 966 1932 2898 200 1093 2187 3280 250 1348 2696 4044 Note: All steam capacities based on Critical Drop (Choked Flow).
Note: Verify that Maximum Close-Off Pressure does not exceed max rating for selected valve body number and actuator. (Refer to Valve Body No. charts for Single Seated Valves.)
1/2 Pressure A14/E14 ITC Drop A15/E15 ITO (PSI P) Cv = 2.8 1 2.8 3 4.8 5 6.3 10 8.9 15 11 20 13 25 14 30 15 40 18 50 20 60 22 70 23 80 25 90 27 100 28 125 31 150 34 175 37 175 37 200 40 225 42 250 44 ITC = In-to-Close; ITO = In-to-Open 3/4 A19/E19 ITC A22/E22 ITO Cv = 5.6 5.6 10 13 18 22 25 28 31 35 40 43 47 50 53 56 63 69 74 74 79 84 89
S I N G L E S E AT E D VA LV E S
Size, Body Number & Coefficient (Cv) 1 11/4 A26/E26 ITC A30/E30 ITO Cv = 8.4 8.4 15 19 27 33 38 42 46 53 59 65 70 75 80 84 94 103 111 111 119 126 133 A36/E36 ITC A41/E41 ITO Cv = 15 15 26 34 47 58 67 75 82 95 106 116 125 134 142 150 168 184 198 198 212 225 237 11/2 A47/E47 ITC A52/E52 ITO Cv = 21 21 36 47 66 81 94 105 115 133 148 163 176 188 199 210 235 257 278 278 297 315 332 2 A58/E58 ITC A63/E63 ITO Cv = 33 33 57 74 104 128 148 165 181 209 233 256 276 295 313 330 369 404 437 437 467 495 522
Note: Verify that Maximum Close-Off Pressure does not exceed max rating for selected valve body number and actuator. (Refer to Valve Body No. charts for Single Seated Valves.)
194
W910 Series
Capacity Charts
Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 250 3/4 A21 ITC Cv = 8 288 257 287 359 432 505 578 650 796 941 1087 1232 1378 1523 1669 2032 2396 2760 3124 3851 1 A29 ITC Cv = 12 343 386 430 539 648 757 866 975 1194 1412 1630 1848 2067 2285 2503 3049 3594 4140 4685 5777
D O U B L E S E AT E D VA LV E S
Size, Body Number & Coefficient (Cv) 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 A39 ITC A50 ITC A61 ITC B73 ITC Cv = 21 599 676 752 943 1134 1325 1516 1707 2089 2471 2853 3235 3617 3999 4380 5335 6290 7245 8200 10109 Cv = 30 856 965 1075 1347 1620 1893 2166 2439 2984 3530 4075 4621 5167 5712 6258 7622 8986 10350 11714 14442 Cv = 47 1342 1513 1684 2111 2538 2966 3393 3820 4675 5530 6385 7240 8094 8949 9804 11941 14078 16215 18352 22625 Cv = 69 1970 2221 2472 3099 3726 4354 4981 5609 6864 8119 9380 10640 11890 13150 14400 17540 3 B78 ITC Cv = 90 2569 2896 3224 4042 4861 5679 6497 7316 8953 10589 12240 13870 15510 17150 18790 22880 4 B83 ITC Cv = 196 5595 6308 7021 8803 10585 12368 14150 15932 19497 23080 26650 30210 33780 37350 40920 49830
CONTROL VALVES
Note: All steam capacities based on Critical Drop (Choked Flow).
Pressure Drop (PSI P) 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 3/4 A21 ITC A24 ITO Cv = 8 8 14 18 25 31 36 40 44 51 57 62 67 72 76 80 89 98 106 113 120 126 1 A29 ITC A33 IT0 Cv = 12 12 21 27 38 46 54 60 66 76 85 93 100 107 114 120 134 147 159 170 180 190
D O U B L E S E AT E D VA LV E S
Size, Body Number & Coefficient (Cv) 11/4 11/2 2 A39 ITC A50 ITC A61 ITC A44 IT0 A55 IT0 A66 IT0 Cv = 21 Cv = 30 Cv = 47 21 30 47 36 52 81 47 67 105 66 95 149 81 116 182 94 134 210 105 150 235 115 164 257 133 190 297 148 212 332 163 232 364 176 251 393 188 268 420 199 285 446 210 300 470 235 335 525 257 367 576 278 397 622 297 424 665 315 450 705 332 474 743 21/2 B73 ITC B74 ITO Cv = 69 69 120 154 218 267 309 345 378 436 488 534 577 617 655 690 771 3 B78 ITC B79 ITO Cv = 90 90 156 201 285 349 402 450 493 569 636 697 753 805 854 900 1006 4 B83 ITC B84 ITO Cv = 196 196 339 438 620 759 877 980 1074 1240 1386 1518 1640 1753 1859 1960 2191
ITC = In-to-Close; ITO = In-to-Open
195
W910 Series
Capacity Charts
Inlet pressures should be within 5% of each other. Specify if service is for other than water.
1/2 Pressure Drop (PSI P) 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 A18 Cv = 2.8 2.8 4.8 6.3 8.9 11 13 14 15 18 20 22 23 25 27 28 31 34 37 40 42 44 3/4 A25 Cv = 5.6 5.6 10 13 18 22 25 28 31 35 40 43 47 50 53 56 63 69 74 79 84 89 1 A34 Cv = 8.4 8.4 15 19 27 33 38 42 46 53 59 65 70 75 80 84 94 103 111 119 126 133 Size, Body Number & Coefficient (Cv) 11/4 11/2 2 A45 Cv = 15 15 26 34 47 58 67 75 82 95 106 116 125 134 142 150 168 184 198 212 225 237 A56 Cv = 21 21 36 47 66 81 94 105 115 133 148 163 176 188 199 210 235 257 278 297 315 332 A67 Cv = 33 33 57 74 104 128 148 165 181 209 233 256 276 295 313 330 369 404 437 467 495 522 21/2 B75 Cv = 58 58 100 130 183 225 259 290 318 367 410 449 485 519 550 580 648 3 B80 Cv = 72 72 125 161 228 279 322 360 394 455 509 558 602 644 683 720 805 4 B85 Cv = 102 102 177 228 323 395 456 510 559 645 721 790 853 912 968 1020 1140
3-WAY VALVES
CONTROL VALVES
Note: Oil service or high temperature service requires special O-ring.
C A PA C I T I E S
Steam (lbs/hr)
SINGLE SEATED
C A PA C I T I E S
Water (GPM)
SINGLE SEATED
Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 250
Size, Body Number & Coefficient (Cv) 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 Reduced Port Reduced Port Reduced Port Reduced Port A02 ITC A05 ITC A08 ITC A11 ITC Cv = 0.17 4.9 5.5 6.1 7.6 9.2 11 12 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35 43 51 59 66 82 Cv = 0.35 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 28 35 41 48 54 60 67 73 89 105 121 137 168 Cv = 0.7 20 23 25 31 38 44 51 57 70 82 95 108 121 133 146 178 210 241 273 337 Cv = 1.4 40 45 50 63 76 88 101 114 139 165 190 216 241 267 292 356 419 483 547 674
Pressure Drop (PSI P) 1 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 250
Size, Body Number & Coefficient (Cv) 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 Reduced Port Reduced Port Reduced Port Reduced Port A02 ITC A05 ITC A08 ITC A11 ITC A03 ITO A06 ITO A09 ITO A12 ITO Cv = 1.4 Cv = 0.17 Cv = 0.35 Cv = 0.7 1.4 0.2 0.4 0.7 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.4 0.4 0.8 1.6 3.1 0.5 1.1 2.2 4.4 0.7 1.4 2.7 5.4 0.8 1.6 3.1 6.3 0.9 1.8 3.5 7.0 0.9 1.9 3.8 7.7 4.4 8.9 1.1 2.2 1.2 2.5 4.9 10 1.3 2.7 5.4 11 1.4 2.9 5.9 12 1.5 3.1 6.3 13 1.6 3.3 6.6 13 1.7 3.5 7.0 14 1.9 3.9 7.8 16 8.6 17 2.1 4.3 9.3 19 2.2 4.6 2.4 4.9 10 20 2.7 5.5 11 22
Note: All steam capacities based on Critical Drop (Choked Flow).
ITC = In-to-Close; ITO = In-to-Open
196
Understanding a Control Loop
SEMI-INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER TEMPERATURE CONTROL LOOP
AIR SIGNAL LINE
Control Loop
TA901 I/P TRANSDUCER
W910 SERIES CONTROL VALVE

STEAM INLET
Affect
TA987 AIR FILTER/REGULATOR

AIR INLET
Respond
HOT WATER OUTLET
BYPASS LINE
WVBSS VACUUM BREAKER
AV2000 AIR VENT
SET POINT
Compare TR890 CONTROLLER
SEMI-INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER

COLD WATER INLET
Sense
RTD or THERMOCOUPLE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CONTROL VALVES
STEAM TRAP
Control Loop
A control loop is a process management system designed to maintain a process variable at a desired set point. Each step in the loop works in conjunction with the others to manage the system. Once the set point has been established, the control loop operates using a four-step process.
Sense
Measure the current condition of the process using a sensor, which can be an electronic (thermocouple, RTD or transmitter) or mechanical device (thermal system).
Compare
Evaluate the measurement of the current condition against the set point using an electronic or electric contact controller.
Respond
React to any error that may exist between the measured value and set point by generating a corrective pneumatic or electric control signal.
Affect
Actuate a final control element (valve, heater or other device) that will produce a change in the process variable. The loop continually cycles through the steps, affecting the process variable in order to maintain the desired set point. Watson McDaniel is unique in its ability to provide all of the necessary components to create a complete control loop.
197
Controllers
Design & Operation
Description
A controller is a comparative device that receives an input signal from a measured process variable, compares this value with that of a predetermined control point value (set point), and determines the appropriate amount of output signal required by the final control element to provide corrective action within a control loop. Watson McDaniel offers an Electronic PID Controller, which uses electrical signals and digital algorithms to perform its receptive, comparative and corrective functions.
Principles of Operation (Electronic PID Controller)

An electronic sensor (thermocouple, RTD or transmitter) installed at the measurement location continuously sends an input signal to the controller. At set intervals, the controller compares this signal to a predefined set point. If the input signal deviates from the set point, the controller sends a corrective electric output signal to the control element. This electric signal must be converted to a pneumatic signal when used with an air operated valve, such as a Watson McDaniel W910 Series Control Valve. The conversion can be made using a Watson McDaniel TA901 I/P Transducer, which converts a 4 to 20 mA electric signal to a 3 to 15 PSI air signal.
CONTROL VALVES
Features (Electronic PID Controller)

An electronic controller is best suited for applications where large load changes are encountered and/or fast response changes are required. Watson McDaniel Electronic Controllers have full auto-tuning and PID capabilities, and offer a host of available options, including user selectable inputs and ranges, outputs, setback functions and alarms. PID Control is a feature of most Watson McDaniel Electronic Controllers. PID combines the proportional, integral and derivative functions into a single unit. Proportional (P) Proportional control reacts to the size of the deviation from set point when sending a corrective signal. The size of the corrective signal can be adjusted in relation to the size of the error by changing the width of the proportional band. A narrow proportional band will cause a large corrective action in relation to a given amount of error, while a wider proportional band will cause a smaller corrective action in relation to the same amount of error. Integral (I) Integral control reacts to the length of time that the deviation from set point exists when sending a corrective signal. The longer the error exists, the greater the corrective signal. Derivative (D) Derivative control reacts to the speed in which the deviation is changing. The corrective signal will be proportional to the rate of change within the process.
Auto-Tuning
Auto-tuning will automatically select the optimum values for P, I and D, thus eliminating the need for the user to calculate and program these values at system startup. This feature can be overridden when so desired. On some models, the control element can be manually operated.
198
Controllers
Design & Operation
Selecting an Electronic PID Controller
All Watson McDaniel Electronic Controllers are designed to control the temperature or pressure of general industrial equipment and should be carefully selected to meet the demands of the particular application. The information contained within this catalog is offered only as a guide to assist in making the proper selection. Selection of the proper controller is the sole responsibility of the user. Improper application may cause process failure, resulting in possible personal injury or property damage.
Case Size
Case Size selection is determined by both available and designed space, and controller features. Watson McDaniel Electronic Controllers are available in the following panel sizes: 48 x 48 mm (1/16 DIN), 72 x 72 mm, 96 x 96 mm (1/4 DIN) and 48 x 96 mm (1/8 DIN). The depth of the unit varies with the model selected.
Input
The Input is the measurement signal received by the controller from the sensor. A variety of input types are available, including thermocouple, RTD, voltage and current.
Control Output
CONTROL VALVES The Control Output is the corrective signal transmitted from the controller to the control element. Various control output types are available, including contact, voltage, current and solid state relay driver.
Analog Output
The Analog Output is an optional secondary signal that transmits the measurement signal from the controller to a remote data acquisition device, such as a recorder, personal computer or display unit.
Alarms
Most models can be ordered with alarms, event outputs, or heater break alarms, which signal an external device to perform a specific task at a predetermined set point.
Setback Function
This feature, optionally available on some models, is designed to provide energy savings in applications where the process is idled at regular intervals through the connection of an external timer or switch.
199
TR890 Series
Models
Electronic PID Controllers Features PID & Auto-tuning

Specifications
TR891: TR892: TR893: TR894: 48 72 96 96 x x x x 48 72 96 48 mm (1/16 DIN) mm mm (1/4 DIN) mm (1/8 DIN)
Control Proportional Band Accuracy

Multiple Sizes
Control Mode: Auto-Tuning PID Action: Reverse acting (field switchable to direct acting) Off, 0.1-999.9% Full Scale
Integral Time: Off, 1-6000 sec. Derivative Time: Off, 1-3600 sec.
+ 0.3% Process Value: 4 Digit, 20 mm red LED Set Value: 4 digit, 10.2 mm green LED Sampling Cycle: 0.25 seconds Multi: (switchable between) Thermocouple: B, R, S, K, E, J, T, N, PL II, WRe5-26 (U,L (DIN 43710) RTD: Platinum 100 , 3-Wire mV: (scalable) -1010, 0-10, 0-20, 0-50, 10-50, 0-100 mV DC Current: (scalable) 4-20, 0-20 mA Voltage: -11, 0-1, 0-2, 0-5, 1-5, 0-10 VDC Current: 4-20 mA (load resistance: 600 maximum) Contact: Proportional cycle, 1-120 sec. (capacity: 240 VAC 2 A resistive / 1.2 A inductive) SSR Drive Voltage: Proportional cycle 1-120 sec. (output rating: 12 1.5 VDC / 30 mA maximum) Voltage: 0-10 VDC Load Current 2 mA max
Display
+ 0.3% Accuracy
Keyboard Programmable Reverse or Direct Acting Manual Output Override
Inputs
The TR890 Series Electronic PID Controller is designed for use on applications where large load changes are expected, or extreme accuracy and fast response times are needed. With full auto-tune capabilities and a large selection of available inputs, the TR890 Series is ideally suited for use with a Watson McDaniel Control Valve.
Use of a Watson McDaniel No. TA987 Air Filter/Regulator is recommended for filtering and regulating the pressure of plant compressed air, and for delivering clean, dry air at the proper pressure to pneumatic control devices.
CONTROL VALVES
Control Output
Power Supply Voltage: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz or 24 VAC/VDC 50/60 Hz Requirements

Consumption: 100-240 VAC, 15VA 24 VDC, 8W 24 VAC, 9VA
Data Storage
Nonvolatile EEPROM memory
Case Material Polyphenylene Oxide (PPO) Ambient Temp. 14F (-10C) to 122F (50C) Humidity
Maximum: 90% RH, non-condensing
Event Outputs (Contact Capacity: 240 VAC, 1 A/resistive load)

Dual Event Outputs (High and/or Low Alarms) Single Event Output + Heater Break Alarm (includes CT30A sensor) Single Event Output + Heater Break Alarm (includes CT50A sensor)
Approximate Shipping Weights:

TR891: TR892: TR893: TR894: 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.5 lbs lbs lbs lbs [0.17 [0.28 [0.33 [0.24 kg] kg] kg] kg]
Options:
Analog Output: 0-10 mV DC (output resistance 10 ) Analog Output: 4-20 mA DC (load resistance 300 max ) Analog Output: 0-10 VDC (load current 2 mA max ) Digital Input (switch) including: Setback Function setting range of -1999 - 5000, standby or DA/RA Selection Operated by either non-voltage contact or open collector
200
TR890 Series
Electronic PID Controllers
W C D A
B H
PANEL CUTOUT DIMENSIONS
HOW TO ORDER
Model
TR891 TR892 TR893 TR894
TR893 8 A C 90 1 00
Input
8 4 6 Multi mA VDC
Control Output
A C D E 4-20 mA On/Off Contact SSR Driver 0-10 VDC
Power Supply
90 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz 08 24 VAC/VDC, 50/60 Hz Event Outputs 2 or 3 require Control Outputs C or D
Event Output
0 1 2 None Dual Event (high and/or low) Single Event (high or low) and heater break CT30A Single Event (high or low) and heater break CT50A
Options
00 30 40 60 08 38 None Analog Output (0-10 mVDC) Analog Output (4-20 mA) Analog Output (0-10 VDC) Digital Input (switch) Digital Input (switch) with 0-10 mVDC* Analog Output 48 Digital Input (switch) with 4-20 mA* Analog Output 68 Digital Input (switch) with 0-10 VDC* Analog Output
CONTROL VALVES
Electronic PID Controller Dimensions units: inches [mm].

Model TR891 TR892 TR893 TR894 A 1.77 [45] 2.68 [68] 3.63 [92] 1.77 [45] 1.77 2.68 3.63 3.63 B [45] [68] [92] [92] C 0.43 [11] 0.43 [11] 0.43 [11] 0.43 [11] D 3.94 [100] 3.94 [100] 3.94 [100] 3.94 [100] H 1.89 [48] 2.83 [72] 3.78 [96] 3.78 [96]
*Not available with Model TR891

W 1.89 [48] 2.83 [72] 3.78 [96] 3.78 [96]
Programmable Ranges
Thermocouple Inputs T/C Range Fahrenheit Type Code Range
B E J K K K L N PL II R S T U WRe5-26
Range Celsius Code Range

0 to 1800C 0 to 700C 0 to 600C -100.0 to 400.0C 0 to 800C 0 to 1200C 0 to 600C 0 to 1300C 0 to 1300C 0 to 1700C 0 to 1700C -199.9 to 200.0C -199.9 to 200C 0 to 2300C
RTD Inputs Range Fahrenheit Code Range

47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 -300 to 1100F -150.0 to 200.0F -150 to 600F -50.0 to 120.0F 0.0 to 120.0F 0.0 to 200.0F 0.0 to 400.0F 0 to 1000F
Range Celsius Code Range

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 -200 to 600C -100.0 to 100.0C -100.0 to 300.0C -50.0 to 50.0C 0.0 to 50.0C 0.0 to 100.0C 0.0 to 200.0C 0.0 to 500.0C
Current & Voltage Inputs Range Range Code (User-scalable Readout)

71 72 73 74 75 76 81 82 83 84 85 86 94 95 -1010 mV 0-10 mV 0-20 mV 0-50 mV 10-50 mV 0-100 mV -11 V 0-1 V 0-2 V 0-5 V 1-5 V 0-10 V 0-20 mA 4-20 mA
15 21 22 18 19 20 28 24 25 16 17 23 24 26
0 to 3300F 01 0 to 1300F 07 0 to 1100F 08 -150 to 750F 04 0 to 1500F 05 0 to 2200F 06 0 to 1100F 14 0 to 2300F 10 0 to 2300F 11 0 to 3100F 02 0 to 3100F 03 -300 to 400F -300 to 400F 09 13
0 to 4200F 12
Range Codes are not required for ordering, but are used for field programming.
*750F (400C) falls below the accuracy range
201
TA901 Series
4 to 20 mA Input 3 to 15 PSI Output Intrinsically Safe Zero and Span Adjustments
I/P Transducer Electropneumatic

The TA901 Electropneumatic (I/P) Transducer converts a milliamp current signal to a linearly proportional pneumatic output pressure. This transducer is designed for control applications that require a high degree of reliability and repeatability. The TA901 is used in the control operation of valve actuators and pneumatic valve positioners in the petrochemical, HVAC, energy management, textile, paper, and food & drug industries.
The TA901 I/P Transducer is tested and approved by Factory Mutual as Intrinsically Safe Class I, II and III, Division I, Groups C, D, E, F and G when installed in accordance with the Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions. It should be installed in a vertical position in a vibration-free area. The Watson McDaniel TA987 Air Filter/Regulator is recommended for filtering and regulating the pressure of plant compressed air, and for delivering clean, dry air at the proper pressure to pneumatic control devices.
Specifications
Model
TA901
Air Requirements
Clean, oil-free, dry air filtered to 40 microns Minimum Supply Pressure: 3 PSIG Maximum Supply Pressure: 100 PSIG Sensitivity: < 0.1% of span per PSIG Air Consumption: 0.03 SCFH typical Flow Rate: 4.5 SCFM at 25 PSIG supply Relief Capacity: 2.0 SCFM at 5 PSIG above 20 PSIG setpoint
Mounting
Pipe, panel or bracket in a vibration-free area. Field adjustment will be required if mounted in a nonvertical position.
Intrinsic Safety
Tested and approved by Factory Mutual as Intrinsically Safe Class I, II and III, Division I, Groups C, D, E, F and G when installed in accordance with Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
Input
4-20 mA
Output
1-17 PSIG Per ANSI/FCI 87-2 (can be calibrated to provide 1-9 PSIG or 9-17 PSIG)
Adjustment
Adjustable zero and span
CONTROL VALVES
Volume Booster
Built-in volume booster allows flow capacity up to 20 SCFM
Accuracy
Terminal Based Linearity: < 0.75% of span Repeatability: < 0.5% of span Hysteresis: < 1.0% of span Response Time: < 0.25 sec. @ 3-15 PSIG
Ambient Temperature
-20F (-30C) to 140F (60C)
Connections
Pneumatic: 1/4 NPT Electric: 1/2 NPT
Approximate Shipping Weight

2.1 lbs [0.94 kg]
HOW TO ORDER Please order using Item Number:

MOUNTING BRACKET .55 [14.0] 2.88 [73.1] 1.25 [31.8] 1/2 NPT
.21
TA901
Unit: inches [mm].
1.10 [27.9] .55 [14.0] 1.09 [27.7] 2.18 [55.4] MAX. SQUARE
[5.4] 4.24 [107.7] 1.43 [36.2] 1.50 [38.1] .55 [14.0] 10-32 UNF-2A X .38 DEEP MOUNTING HOLES 1/4 NPT
1.13
[28.7]
1.50 [38.1]
18 GA. WIRE LEADS 18" LONG BLACK-POSITIVE / WHITE-NEGATIVE
202
Air Filter/Regulator
TA987
Cast Aluminum Housing Removable Nylon Mesh Filter Low Air Consumption Drip Well
The TA987 Air Filter/Regulator is recommended for filtering and regulating the pressure of plant compressed air, and for delivering clean, dry air at the proper pressure to pneumatic control devices. Supply air enters the inlet port, passes through the filtering element, and exits through the reducing valve to the outlet port. The filtering element removes particles as small as 40 microns. A drip well is provided for the accumulation of oil and water and a drain cock is included to allow purging of the unit. The filtering element is readily accessible for cleaning by removal of the drip well bowl.
The maximum allowable supply pressure to TA987 Air Filter/Regulator is 250 PSIG. Improper application may cause failure of the regulator, resulting in possible personal injury or property damage.
Specifications
Model
TA987
Air Requirements (cont.)

Flow Rate: 20 SCFM at 100 PSIG supply/20 PSIG output Relief Capacity: 0.1 SCFM at 5 PSIG above setpoint Effect of Supply Pressure Variation: < 0.2 PSIG for 25 PSIG
Filter
Removes particles 40 microns or greater
Mounting
Side, pipe, panel or through body
Air Requirements
Maximum Supply Pressure: 250 PSIG Output Range: 0 to 30 PSIG, adjustable Sensitivity: 0.036 PSIG Air Consumption: < 6 SCFH
CONTROL VALVES
Port Size
1/4
Ambient Temperature
-20F (-30C) to 160F (71C)
NPT
Housing
Cast aluminum

1.9 lbs [0.86 kg]
Units: inches [mm].
.31 [7.9] SQUARE 1.44 [36.6]
2.06 [52.3]
10-24 UNC 2 HOLES VENT GAUGE PORT 2.10 [53.3] 2.14 [54.4] OUT .05 [1.2] TO C L OF GAUGE PORT
.44
7.25 [184.2] 1/4-20 UNC .44 [11.1] DEEP 2 HOLES

.36 [9.1] THRU 2 HOLES
.75 [19.1]
[11.2]
2.75 [69.9] 3.19 [81.0]
1.25 [31.8] 2.25 [57.2] 3.19 [81.0]
203
Electronic Temperature Sensors

Connection Head Type RTD & Thermocouple
The Watson McDaniel Connection Head is available with both Type J and Type K Thermocouples, as well as RTD sensors. The weather proof head provides a conduit connection and is available in cast aluminum (screw cover), polypropylene (flip cover) and stainless steel (screw cover). The stem is either welded directly to the 1/2 NPT threaded connection, or is spring-loaded to provide maximum sensitivity. The spring-loaded stem must always be installed in a thermowell.
Extension wire and transmitter accessories are also available. Please consult factory.
3.91 [99.4]
Thermocouple or RTD Cast Aluminum, Polypropylene or Stainless Steel Head Weather Proof Welded or Spring Loaded Stem
Specifications
Sensors
TJD TKD TDD TMD
Description
Type J T/C Type K T/C 100 RTD 1000 RTD
Hot Junction
T/C: Ungrounded RTD: Platinum, 3-Wire
Stem
316 stainless steel 1/4" diameter
Insulation Ceramic Head

Cast aluminum, polypropylene or stainless steel
1/2 NPT welded or spring-loaded
CONTROL VALVES
3.30 [83.8]
For applications where the process media may be corrosive or contained under pressure, the use of a thermowell is required to prevent damage to the sensor and facilitate its removal from the process. To prevent leakage of the process media, spring loaded sensors must always be installed in a thermowell.
Process Connection Conduit Connection

3/4 NPT Female

1.1 lbs [0.50 kg]
3.40 [86.2] 1/2 NPT
Sensor Specifications
Thermocouple Type Color Code J Black K Yellow Positive Lead Iron* (Fe) [white] Nickel-Chromium (Ni-Cr) [yellow] Negative Lead Constantan (Cu-Ni) [red] Nickel-Aluminum* (Ni-Al) [red] Temperature Range 32 to 1382F (0 to 750C) 32 to 2282F (0 to 1250C)
STEM LENGTH
*magnetic lead RTD Type D M
.25 [6.4] Units: inches [mm]
Material Platinum (Pt) Platinum (Pt)
Resistance @ 0C 100 1000
Temperature Coefficient a = 0.00385 //C a = 0.00385 //C
Temperature Range -50 to 700F (-45 to 400C) -50 to 700F (-45 to 400C)
HOW TO ORDER
Sensor
TJD Type J T/C TKD Type K T/C TDD 100 RTD TMD 1000 RTD
TJD Z 04 U W A
Stem Style
Z 316SS,
1/ 4
Stem Length
O.D. 02 04 06 09 12 21/2" Stem 4" Stem 6" Stem 9" Stem 12" Stem
Hot Junction
U D Ungrounded (T/C) 3-Wire (RTD)
Connection
S Spring Loaded, 1/ 2 NPT W Welded, 1/ 2 NPT
Head Material
A Aluminum P Polypropylene S Stainless Steel
Other sensor styles available. Please consult factory.
Other Lengths: Specify in inches (24" maximum)
204
for RTD & Thermocouple Temperature Sensors
Standard (2 1/2" - 6")
(A)
STEM LENGTH
Thermowells
(A)
STEM LENGTH
Standard (9 - 24)
(P)
EXTERNAL THREAD
.260
[7] 1/2 NPSM
(P)
EXTERNAL THREAD
.260
[7]
1/2 NPSM
U
.40 [10] LENGTH .61 [15]
.44
[11] .75 [19] 1.00 [25]
U
LENGTH
.50
[13]
with Lagging Extension (4 - 24)

(A)
STEM LENGTH
Units inches: [mm]
(P)
1/2 NPSM EXTERNAL THREAD
.260
[7]
CONTROL VALVES
(T)
.75 [19] LAGGING EXTENSION 1.00 [25]
.50
[13]
U
LENGTH
Lengths
(A) Stem Length 21/2" 4 6 9 12 15 18 24 Standard U Length 1.75 [44] 2.50 [64] 4.50 [114] 7.50 [191] 10.50 [267] 13.50 [343] 16.50 [419] 22.50 [572] Lagging (T) Lagging Extension 1.00 [25] 2.00 [51] 3.00 [76] 3.00 [76] 3.00 [76] 3.00 [76] 3.00 [76]
Pressure Ratings (PSI)

U Length 1.50 [38] 2.50 [64] 4.50 [114] 7.50 [191] 10.50 [267] 13.50 [343] 19.50 [495] Operating Temperature Material Carbon steel 304 stainless steel 316 stainless steel Monel Brass 70F 5000 6550 6540 5530 200F 5000 6000 6400 4990 400F 4800 4860 6000 4660 600F 4600 4140 5270 4450 800F 3500 3510 5180 4450 1000F 3130 4660 -
3170 PSI @ 150F,
2930 PSI @ 350F
Selection of the proper thermowell is the sole responsibility of the user. Temperature and pressure limitations must be considered. Improper application may cause failure of the thermowell, resulting in possible personal injury or property damage. For correct use and application, please refer to the Thermowells For Thermometers And Electrical Temperature Sensors Standard ASME B40.9.
HOW TO ORDER
Thermowell Style 76 - Sensor, Stepped Shank (21/2" - 6" Stem Straight Shank) (P) External Thread 3 4 5
1/2
76-4J6
(A) Stem Length D G J M R V Wa Wk 21/2" Stem 4" Stem 6" Stem 9" Stem 12" Stem 15" Stem 18" Stem 24" Stem
(T) Lagging Extension A C E 1" Extension (4" Stem only) 2" Extension (6" Stem only) 3" Extension (9" thru 24 Stem only) Omit if No Extension
Material 2 3 4 5 6 Brass Steel Monel 304SS 316SS
NPT* 3/4 NPT 1 NPT*
*Not available with 21/2" Stem Length Other thermowell styles available. Please consult factory.
205
Liquid Drainers
LIQUID DRAINERS
206
Liquid Drainers
Model/Series Type Body Material PMO (PSIG) Sizes Connection Page No.
WLDE WLDES WLD600 WLD601 WLD1400 WLD1500 WLD1703S
Float Float Float Float Float Inverted Bucket Thermodynamic
Ductile Iron Cast Steel Carbon Steel 316 Stainless Steel Ductile Iron Cast Iron Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Cast Iron
200 300 450 300 200 250 400 250
11/2, 2, 21/2 21/2 3/4 4 1/2 2 3/4, 1 1/2 1/2, 3/4 3/4 2
NPT NPT, SW, FLG NPT, SW, FLG NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
208-209 210-211 212-213 214-215 216 217-218 219-221 222-223
WLD1800/1800R Guided Float WLD1900 Float
Installation Guidelines for Liquid Drain Traps
LIQUID DRAINERS
207
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLDE/WLDES Series
Float Type Liquid Drain Trap
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WLDE 11/2, 2, 21/2 NPT Ductile Iron 200 PSIG 450F 300 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 300 PSIG WLDES 21/2 NPT, SW, Flanged Cast Steel 300 PSIG 450F 300 PSIG up to 750F 750F @ 300 PSIG
The WLDE/WLDES Series high-capacity condensate drainers meet the flow requirements that are typically found in heavy industrial process applications for air and other gases.
MAINTENANCE
Close isolation valves prior to any maintenance. All working components can be replaced with the drain trap remaining in the pipeline. Repair kits include float, valve seat & disc, and gaskets. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
HOW IT WORKS
This liquid drainer has a float-operated valve that gives the trap a modulating flow characteristic. The amount of liquid flowing into the drainer is sensed by the float which positions the main valve to discharge the liquid at the same rate as it is received.
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Cover Screw Cover Gasket Valve Discs Main Valve Assembly Housing Valve Assembly Gasket Ball Float All other components WLDE - Ductile Iron WLDES - Cast Steel Carbon Steel, Gr 5 Garlock Stainless Steel, AISI 303 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Garlock Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Stainless Steel
LIQUID DRAINERS
F E AT U R E S
Ductile Iron or Cast Steel body and cover All stainless steel internals for long service life High capacity liquid removal Rugged construction design for heavy industrial use In-line repairable
The liquid drain trap shall be float operated with a ductile iron or cast steel body and all stainless steel internals. The unit shall be in-line repairable and equipped with a FNPT threaded connection for the use of a balance line.
The installation should include isolation valves to facilitate maintenance and an in-line strainer. The trap must be level and upright for the float mechanism to operate. The 2 and 21/2 traps should not be supported by the piping alone. Trap must be sized and properly located in the system. Piping hook-up must include an equalizing line.
208
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLDE/WLDES Series
1/2 NPT (Balancing Line Connection)
FLOW C E
A D B

Model-PMO Size (PSIG) WLDE-20 WLDE-50 WLDE-50 WLDE-125 WLDE-200 WLDE-200 WLDE-200 WLDES-300 2 2 21/2 21/2 11/2 2 21/2 21/2 A 121/8 16 151/2 151/2 91/8 121/8 151/2 151/2 B 511/16 87/16 87/16 87/16 45/16 511/16 87/16 87/16 C 41/2 75/16 75/16 75/16 3 41/2 75/16 75/16 D 1/2 17/16 17/16 17/16 11/16 1/2 17/16 17/16
inches / pounds
E 111/8 151/8 151/8 151/8 813/16 111/8 151/8 151/8 F 315/16 31/8 31/8 31/8 21/8 315/16 31/8 31/8 Weight (lbs) 44 91 91 92 23 50 92 92
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Determine differential pressure and capacity (lbs/hr) required. Locate differential pressure on capacity chart; move down column to capacity required. Make sure to select the correct model based on the required inlet pressure. Example: Application: 80,000 lbs/hr at 100 PSIG working pressure and 5 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 21/2 WLDE-125 @ 87,294 lbs/hr
LIQUID DRAINERS
C A PA C I T I E S
Model-PMO (PSIG) Size WLDE-20 WLDE-50 WLDE-50 WLDE-125 WLDE-200 WLDE-200 WLDE-200 2 2 21/2 21/2 11/2 2 21/2 Orifice Size .937 2.125 2.125 2.125 .375 .75 1.5 1.5
Cold Water (lbs/hr)

1/4 3929 12248 19520 19520 1051 3403 11100 11100 1/2 5556 18153 27605 27605 1486 4813 15713 15713 1 7858 2 11113 5 17571 62218 10 24849 90068 Differential Pressure (PSI) 15 20 40 30433 35141 161302 246904 246904 13295 43050 140546 140546 176522 276047 276047 338088 390390 436469 14864 48131 18205 58949 21021 68068 23502 76102 25745 83366 29728 96263 106565 123365 50 75 100 125 150 200
25312 37751 39039 55209 39039 55209 2102 6807 2973 9626
87294 123452 151197 174588 87294 123452 151197 174588 4700 15220 49690 49690 6647 21525 70273 70273 8141 26363 86066 86066 9401 30441 99381 99381
22200 31427 22200 31427
157135 192450 222200 248452 272165 314269 157135 192450 222200 248452 272165 314269
WLDES-300 21/2
Note: Capacity for 250 PSI Differential Pressure = 365,232 lbs/hr; for 300 PSI Differential Pressure = 427,024 lbs/hr (for WLDES-300 only).
209
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD600/601 Series
Model Sizes Connections Body Material WLD600 Body Material WLD601 PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WLD600 / WLD601 3/4, 1, 11/2, 2, 3, 4 NPT, SW, Flanged Carbon Steel 316 Stainless Steel 450 PSIG 750F * 990 PSIG @ 100F * 750F @ 670 PSIG
* 3/4- 2 only. Note: For dimensions and capacities of 3 & 4 liquid drain traps, refer to model FT600 in the Steam Trap section.
The WLD600/WLD601 Series are used in applications where immediate and continuous discharge of large amounts of liquid is required. Typically used in heavy industrial process applications for draining condensate from air or other gases.
MAINTENANCE
Close isolation valves prior to any maintenance. All working components can be replaced with the drain trap remaining in the pipeline. Repair kits include float, valve seat & disc and gaskets. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
HOW IT WORKS
OPTIONS
316 SS Body & Cover: use Model WLD601.
LIQUID DRAINERS
F E AT U R E S
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover WLD600 Body & Cover WLD601 Cover Studs Cover Nuts Cover Gasket Valve Assembly Gasket, Valve Assembly Pivot Assembly Mounting Screws Float Cast Steel, ASTM A-216 WCB Cast 316 SS Steel, SA 193, Gr B7 Steel, SA 194, Gr 2H Stainless Steel Reinforced Grafoil Stainless Steel, AISI 431 Stainless Steel Reinforced Grafoil Stainless Steel, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel Hex Head, 18-8 Stainless Steel, ASTM 240 TY 304
All stainless steel internals for long service life Body & cover available in Carbon Steel or 316 SS Rugged construction designed for heavy industrial
applications
In-line repairable
The liquid drain trap shall be float operated with a cast steel body (or stainless steel body for WLD601) and all stainless steel internals. The unit shall be in-line repairable and equipped with a FNPT threaded connection for the use of a balance line.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Determine differential pressure and capacity (lbs/hr) required. Locate differential pressure on capacity chart; move down column to capacity required. Make sure to select the correct model based on the required inlet pressure. Example: Application: 2,000 lbs/hr at 325 PSIG working pressure and 250 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 1 WLD600-450 @ 2,060 lbs/hr
The installation should include isolation valves to facilitate maintenance and an in-line strainer. The trap must be level and upright for the float mechanism to operate. The 2 4 traps should not be supported by the piping alone. Trap must be sized and properly located in the system. Piping hook-up must include an equalizing line.
210
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD600/601 Series
F min. (for service) AA (Flanged) A (NPT/SW) E D G (Balancing Line NPT) B
FLOW

Size 3/4" 1" 11/2" 2" A 61/8 61/2 913/16 1113/16 AA 101/8 107/16 14 16 B 21/8 21/2 37/16 31/8
inches / pounds
C D 77/16 87/16 107/16 111/8 E 87/16 91/2 1115/16 135/16 F 513/16 65/16 713/16 613/16 G* 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 Weight (lbs) NPT/SW FLG 25 31 82 93 31 36 91 107
37/16 51/2 9 77/16
* Balancing Port available with 1/2 flanged connection. Specify on order.
LIQUID DRAINERS
C A PA C I T I E S
PMO (PSIG) 65 65 65 65 145 145 145 145 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450 Size (in.) 3/4 1 11/2" 2 3/4 1 11/2" 2 3/4 1 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/2 2 Orifice (in.) .156 .276 .689 1.122 .126 .205 .591 .807 .106 .185 .531 .657 .079 .156 .531 .657 .063 .126 .531 .657
Cold Water (lbs/hr)

2 340 1390 4160 14730 210 690 2360 5840 170 450 1650 2890 80 340 1650 2890 50 210 1650 2890 5 520 2140 6430 22720 320 1070 3630 9010 260 690 2550 4460 130 520 2550 4460 70 320 2550 4460 10 20 30 40 1440 5730 17190 60790 870 2870 9730 24110 690 1850 6820 11930 340 1400 6820 11930 190 870 6820 11930 Differential Pressure (PSI) 50 65 70 80 1560 6370 19110 67570 960 3190 10810 26800 770 2060 7580 13250 380 1560 7580 13250 210 960 7580 13250 1770 7210 21630 76500 1090 3610 12240 30340 870 2330 8580 15010 430 1770 8580 15010 240 1090 8580 15010 100 145 200 250 300 350 450
730 1010 1220 2970 4130 5000 8920 12380 15000 31540 43790 53060 450 620 760 1490 2060 2500 5050 7010 8490 12510 17370 21040 360 500 600 960 1330 1620 3540 4910 5950 6190 8590 10410 180 250 300 730 1010 1220 3540 4910 5950 6190 8590 10410 100 140 160 450 620 760 3540 4910 5950 6190 8590 10410
1130 3740 12670 31420 900 2410 8890 15540 450 1830 8890 15540 250 1130 8890 15540
1200 3980 13500 33470 960 2570 9470 16560 480 1950 9470 16560 260 1200 9470 16560
1340 4420 15000 37200 1060 2860 10520 18400 530 2160 10520 18400 290 1340 10520 18400
1590 5270 17890 44360 1270 3410 12540 21940 630 2580 12540 21940 350 1590 12540 21940
1480 3970 14610 25540 730 3010 14610 25540 400 1860 14610 25540
820 3340 16230 28930 450 2060 16230 28390
890 3640 17700 30950 490 530 2250 2420 17700 19040 30950 33290
590 2720 21440 37490
211
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD1400 Series
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WLD1400 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/2, 2 NPT Ductile Iron 300 PSIG 450F 300 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 300 PSIG
The WLD1400 Series is used on air and gas applications as drip traps on piping runs as well as drainage for systems and various process vessels that have moderate condensate loads.
The liquid drain trap shall be float operated with a ductile iron body, all stainless steel internals and a hardened valve seat. The unit shall be in-line repairable and equipped with a FNPT threaded connection for the use of a balance line.
HOW IT WORKS
The installation should include isolation valves to facilitate maintenance and an in-line strainer. The trap must be level and upright for the float mechanism to operate. Trap must be sized and properly located in the system. Piping hook-up must include an equalizing line for drainers 1 and larger.
F E AT U R E S
LIQUID DRAINERS
All stainless steel internals Hardened valve seat for longer service life Ductile Iron body In-line repairable
MAINTENANCE
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Determine differential pressure and capacity (lbs/hr) required. Locate differential pressure on capacity chart; move down column to capacity required. Make sure to select the correct model based on the required inlet pressure. Example: Application: 3,500 lbs/hr at 15 PSIG working pressure and 2 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 11/2 WLD1416-065 @ 4,300 lbs/hr
212
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD1400 Series
WLD1400 1/2 & 3/4
A D C L NPT
WLD1400 1
1/2 NPT
C FLOW B E A FLOW B
WLD1400 11/2 & 2
C FLOW
B D E
M AT E R I A L S DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Size 1/2, 3/4 1 11/2 2 A 4.8 4.8 10.6 11.9 B 1.9 3.1 4.3 4.3 C 3.9 7.5 9.6 9.6 D 2.5 1.1 1.4 1.4
inches/pounds
E 5.5 8.8 12 12 Weight 6 16 40 40
Body & Cover Gasket Cover Screws Float Internals Valve Seat Valve Disc
Ductile Iron Garlock 3400 Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel,
Gr 5 AISI 304 300 Series 17-4 PH AISI 420F
LIQUID DRAINERS
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WLD1412-065 WLD1413-065 WLD1414-065 WLD1416-065 WLD1417-065 WLD1412-145 WLD1413-145 WLD1414-145 WLD1416-145 WLD1417-145 WLD1412-225 WLD1413-225 WLD1414-225 WLD1416-250 WLD1417-250 WLD1414-300 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2 1 65 65 65 65 65
Cold Water (lbs/hr)

1 250 250 980 2 340 340 5 530 530 10 730 730 15 880 880 20 Differential Pressure (PSI) 30 40 50 65 75 100 125 145 200 225 300
PMO Orifice Size (PSIG) Size .157 .157 .273
1010 1230 1410 1560 1770 1010 1230 1410 1560 1770
1360 2090 2910 3520 4040 4890 5600 6220 7050
.157 3125 4300 6600 9350 11225 13250 16350 18700 20950 23500 .273 10600 14900 23300 31500 38150 44750 53600 61850 69200 76375 .100 .100 .202 110 110 490 150 150 670 230 230 320 320 380 380 440 440 530 530 610 610 680 680 770 770 940 940 1050 1130 1200 1050 1130 1200
145 145 145 145 145 225 225 225 250 250 300
1040 1440 1750 2000 2430 2780 3090 3500 4290 4760 5110 5350
.100 1575 2175 3400 4650 5525 6325 7750 8950 9925 11000 12300 13975 15300 16500 .202 3875 5450 8575 11500 12350 13200 20950 24050 27175 31050 34150 38500 42225 45950 .079 .079 .184 60 60 320 80 80 450 130 130 690 180 180 960 220 220 250 250 300 300 340 340 380 380 430 430 530 530 590 590 630 630 690 690 740 740 780 780
1160 1330 1610 1850 2050 2330 2850 3170 3400 3710 3960 4100
.079 1000 1375 2150 3050 3600 4100 5025 5775 6400 7300 8050 8900 9750 10550 12450 13150 .184 1900 2675 4250 5850 7000 8225 10050 11595 12950 15125 16700 18300 20200 22100 25850 27100 .153 230 320 500 690 840 960 1170 1340 1480 1680 2060 2290 2460 2680 2860 3020 3460
213
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD1500 Series
Inverted Bucket Liquid Drain Trap
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure WLD1501, WLD1502, WLD1504, WLD1521, WLD1522, WLD1524 3/4, 1 NPT Cast Iron 200 PSIG 450F 250 PSIG up to 450F
Note: Trap should be ordered with an internal check valve or a separate check valve needs to be placed in-line during installation on the discharge side of the trap.
WLD1521/1522/1524 with Strainer
The WLD1500 Series Inverted Bucket Liquid Drain Traps are recommended for the removal of oil and liquids from compressed air systems.
MAINTENANCE
Close isolation valves prior to any maintenance. All working components can be replaced with the drain trap remaining in the pipeline. Repair kits include lever & seat assembly, strainer screen and gaskets. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
HOW IT WORKS
When there is condensate in the system, the inverted bucket inside the liquid drain trap sits on the bottom of the unit due to its weight. This allows condensate to enter the trap and to be discharged through the seat orifice located at the top. When air enters the trap, the bucket floats to the surface and closes off the discharge valve, containing the air in the system. Eventually, air is bled off through a small port in the top of the bucket and the bucket sinks, repeating the cycle.
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Nuts & Bolts Gasket Bucket Scrubber Lever & Seat Assembly Valve & Seat Integral Strainer* Cast Iron, ASTM A-278 Class 30 High-Tensile Steel Non-Asbestos Fiber Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Hardened Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
LIQUID DRAINERS
F E AT U R E S
Hardened stainless steel valves and seat Only two moving parts Scrubber wire in air vent of bucket Discharge orifice at top, allowing for superior oil removal In-line repairable
Drain trap shall be an inverted bucket trap design with cast iron body, all stainless steel internals, hardened valve & seat, plus a scrubber wire. The unit shall be in-line repairable.
* WLD1521, WLD1522 & WLD1524 models only.
Installation should include isolation valves for maintenance purposes and an in-line strainer. Trap must be installed in upright position to function properly. It may be necessary to prime the bucket trap by filling it with water through the priming port, prior to startup.
214
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD1500 Series
Inverted Bucket Liquid Drain Trap
C A Priming Port C A Priming Port
FLOW
FLOW
B
D D
WLD1501/1502/1504
WLD1521/1522/1524 with Strainer

inches / pounds
C 5 5 713/16 5 5 713/16 D 213/16 45/16 7 37/16 47/16 77/16 Weight 5 6 27 5.5 6 30

Model WLD1501 WLD1502 WLD1504 WLD1521 WLD1522 WLD1524 Size 3/4 3/4 1 3/4 3/4 1 A 313/16 313/16 7 313/16 313/16 7 B 57/16 615/16 1113/16 61/8 71/8 127/16
LIQUID DRAINERS
C A PA C I T I E S
Model WLD1501 WLD1521 WLD1502 WLD1522 WLD1504 WLD1524 PMO (PSIG) 150 200 200 Size 3/4 3/4 1
Cold Water (lbs/hr)

2 145 170 500 5 220 260 760 10 325 380 1105 25 510 595 Differential Pressure (PSI) 50 80 100 125 720 835 900 1010 1130 150 1215 1410 1550 4140 4555 1645 4835 180 200
1045 1175 1315
1740 2460 3065 3450 3865
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Determine differential pressure and capacity (lbs/hr) required. Locate differential pressure on capacity chart; move down column to capacity required. Make sure to select the correct model based on the required inlet pressure. Example: Application: 200 lbs/hr at 30 PSIG working pressure and 5 PSI differential pressure Size/Model:
3/4
WLD1521-150 @ 220 lbs/hr (with strainer)
215
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD1703S
Thermodynamic Drain Trap
Model Sizes Connections Body Material Options PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WLD1703S 1/2 NPT Stainless Steel Blowdown Valve 250 PSIG 750F 915 PSIG up to 250F 610F @ 750 PSIG
WLD1703S
with Strainer
WLD1703SB
with Strainer & Blowdown Valve
WLD1703SB
with Strainer & Blowdown Valve
17/16
35/32
The WLD1703S is used on air and gas applications as drip traps on system mains and other piping runs. These drain traps are ideal for outdoor applications where units are subject to freezing.
FLOW
HOW IT WORKS
The thermodynamic liquid drain trap has a cyclic on/off operation with a disc that is pushed open when condensate is present and pulled closed when the gas tries to escape.
217/32 31/2 with blowdown
F E AT U R E S
Rugged, stainless steel body and hardened seat Handles a wide range of pressures up to 250 PSIG Works in any position (horizontal preferable) Integral strainer with blowdown option Three-holed balanced discharge Freezeproof in vertical flow-down position
LIQUID DRAINERS
Units: inches
OPTIONS
Blowdown valve for easy maintenance.
M AT E R I A L S
Body Disc Cap Strainer Screen Blowdown Valve*
* WLD1703SB model only.
Drain Trap shall be thermodynamic disc type with an all stainless steel construction. Body shall have a built-in strainer with optional blowdown valve. Integral seat design and disc to be hardened for long service life. Unit shall be capable of installation in any orientation and self-draining when mounted vertically with flow direction downwards.
Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless Stainless
Steel, Steel, Steel, Steel, Steel,
AISI AISI AISI AISI AISI
420F 420 416 304 303
Drain Trap can be installed in any position; however, horizontal is preferred. Installation should include isolation valves for maintenance purposes.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Select working pressure in capacity chart; read number underneath to determine capacity (lbs/hr). Example: Application: 500 lbs/hr at 80 PSIG inlet pressure Size/Model:
1/2
MAINTENANCE
Dirt is the most common cause of premature failure. The strainer should be periodically cleaned. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
WLD1703S @ 530 lbs/hr
C A PA C I T I E S Cold Water (lbs/hr)

Model WLD1703S WLD1703SB Size 1/2 1/2 2 90 5 130 10 190 25 300 Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 50 80 100 425 530 600 125 670 150 715 180 790 200 835 250 955
Note: 1) Maximum back pressure not to exceed 80% of inlet pressure. 2) To determine gallons per minute of flow, divide values in chart by 500. Example: 600 lbs/hr = 600 : 500 = 1.2 GPM
216
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD1800/1800R Series
Guided Float Type Liquid Drain Trap
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WLD1800, WLD1800R 1/2, 3/4 NPT Stainless Steel 400 PSIG 500F 400 PSIG @ 500F 500F @ 400 PSIG
WLD1800 (Non-Repairable)
WLD1800R (Repairable)
The WLD1800/1800R Series are used on industrial air and gas applications for drainage of liquid from systems.
MAINTENANCE
Close isolation valves prior to any maintenance. The WLD1800 is non-repairable unit. With the WLD1800R all working components can be replaced. Repair kits include float, lever & seat assembly, and gaskets. For full maintenance details see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
HOW IT WORKS
M AT E R I A L S
Body Inlet & Outlet Fittings Float Assembly Valve & Lever Assembly Seat *Gasket (Repairable only) Washer, Seat *Bolt, Hex, HD *Nut, Jam
* WLD1800R repairable models only.
F E AT U R E S
Stainless steel body All stainless steel internals for longer service life Guided float ensures proper valve seating on every cycle Repairable unit available (WLD1800R)
The liquid drain trap shall have a guided-float operation with a tamper proof seal welded stainless steel body and all stainless steel internals. The unit shall be available with an in-line repairable version. All units to be equipped with FNPT threaded end connections.
Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Stainless Steel, AISI 303 Hardened Stainless Steel Grafoil 302 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel, AISI 316 Stainless Steel, 18-8
LIQUID DRAINERS
The installation should include isolation valves to facilitate maintenance and an in-line strainer. The trap must be level and upright for the float mechanism to operate. Trap must be sized and properly located in the system.
217
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD1800/1800R Series
Guided Float Type Liquid Drain Trap
DIMENSIONS
Model WLD1811 WLD1811R WLD1812 WLD1812R WLD1813 WLD1813R WLD1821 WLD1821R WLD1822 WLD1822R WLD1823 WLD1823R WLD1831 WLD1831R WLD1832 WLD1832R WLD1833 WLD1833R 1/2 x 1/2 .125 3/4 x 3/4 3/4 x 1/2 1/2 x 1/2 .101 3/4 x 3/4 3/4 x 1/2 1/2 x 1/2 .078 3/4 x 3/4 Orifice Size
inches / pounds
Size (Inlet x Outlet) 3/4 x 1/2 Height A 7.5 7.9 7.5 7.9 7.5 7.9 7.5 7.9 7.5 7.9 7.5 7.9 7.5 7.9 7.5 7.9 7.5 7.9 Weight (lbs) 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5
INLET
INLET
FLOW 2 5/8
FLOW 4.0
WLD1800 (Non-Repairable)
WLD1800R (Repairable)
LIQUID DRAINERS

Series WLD1810 WLD1820 WLD1830 PMO* Orifice (PSIG) Size 400 255 175 .078 .101 .125 1 60 90 160 2 80 120 230 5 120 175 325 10 130 195 365 15 180 275 510 Differential Pressure (PSI) 20 30 50 100 260 385 730 315 470 790 400 610 1150 570 860 1630 150 700 1050 2000 175 750 1125 2150 200 800 1200 250 900 1350 275 940 1425 300 1050 350 1050 400 1120
* PMO based on a liquid with a specific gravity of 1.0. Consult factory for the PMO of a liquid with specific gravity less than 1.0.
C A PA C I T Y C O R R E C T I O N FA C T O R S
Specific Gravity Correction Factor 1 1 .98 .99 .96 .98 .94 .97 .92 .959 .90 .949 .88 .938 .86 .927 .84 .917 .82 .906 .80 .894 .75 .866 .70 .837 .65 .806 .60 .775 .55 .742 .50 .707
Note: To obtain capacity with a liquid other than water, multiply water capacity by correction factor.
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Determine differential pressure and capacity (lbs/hr) required. Locate differential pressure on capacity chart; move down column to capacity required. Make sure to select the correct model based on the required inlet pressure. Example: Application: 1,000 lbs/hr at 250 PSIG working pressure and 200 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 3/4 x 3/4 WLD1822 @ 1,200 lbs/hr (non-repairable) or
3/4
x 3/4 WLD1822R @ 1,200 lbs/hr (repairable)
218
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD1900 Series
WLD1900 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2 NPT Cast Iron 250 PSIG 450F 250 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 250 PSIG
WLD1900 3/4 & 1
The WLD1900 Series is used in applications where immediate and continuous discharge of liquid is required. Typically used in process applications for draining condensate from air or other gases.
WLD1900 2
HOW IT WORKS
F E AT U R E S
All stainless steel internals Hardened valve seat for longer service life Cast Iron body In-line repairable
The liquid drain trap shall be float operated with a cast iron body, all stainless steel internals and a hardened valve seat. The unit shall be in-line repairable and equipped with a FNPT threaded connection for the use of a balance line.
WLD1900 11/4 & 11/2 LIQUID DRAINERS
The installation should include isolation valves to facilitate maintenance and an in-line strainer. The trap must be level and upright for the float mechanism to operate. Trap must be sized and properly located in the system.
M AT E R I A L S
Body Cover Gasket Cover Screws Float Internals Valve Seat Valve Disc Cast Iron Cast Iron Garlock 3400 Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel,
MAINTENANCE
Gr 5 AISI 304 300 Series 17-4 PH AISI 420F
219
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD1900 Series
DIMENSIONS
Drawing A A A C D A A A C D A A C C D A A C C D B B C C D B B C C D Model WLD1913-015 WLD1914-015 WLD1915-015 WLD1916-015 WLD1917-015 WLD1913-030 WLD1914-030 WLD1915-030 WLD1916-030 WLD1917-030 WLD1913-090 WLD1914-090 WLD1915-090 WLD1916-090 WLD1917-090 WLD1913-150 WLD1914-150 WLD1915-150 WLD1916-150 WLD1917-150 WLD1913-200 WLD1914-200 WLD1915-200 WLD1916-200 WLD1917-200 WLD1913-250 WLD1914-250 WLD1915-250 WLD1916-250 WLD1917-250
inches/pounds
Size 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 PMO (PSIG) 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 90 90 90 90 90 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 250 250 250 250 250 Weight (lbs) 9 9 9 21 53 9 9 9 21 53 9 9 21 21 53 9 9 21 21 53 20 20 21 21 53 20 20 21 21 53
61/4 31/8
43/4
1/2 NPT
81/4 3
25/8
3/8 3/4 21/4 43/8 87/8
DRAWING - B
43/4
1/2 NPT
81/4 3
LIQUID DRAINERS
25/8
3/8 3/4 21/4 43/8
87/8
DRAWING - C
1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 37/8
33/8 11/4
107/8
57/8 33/8 41/2
1/2 41/4 53/4
121/4
DRAWING - A
DRAWING - D
220
LIQUID DRAINERS
WLD1900 Series
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Determine differential pressure and capacity (lbs/hr) required. Locate differential pressure on capacity chart; move down column to capacity required. Make sure to select the correct model based on the required inlet pressure. Example: Application: 3,000 lbs/hr at 30 PSIG working pressure and 5 PSI differential pressure Size/Model: 11/2 WLD1916-030

Model WLD1913-015 WLD1914-015 WLD1915-015 WLD1916-015 WLD1917-015 WLD1913-030 WLD1914-030 WLD1915-030 WLD1916-030 WLD1917-030 WLD1913-090 WLD1914-090 WLD1915-090 WLD1916-090 WLD1917-090 WLD1913-150 WLD1914-150 WLD1915-150 WLD1916-150 WLD1917-150 WLD1913-200 WLD1914-200 WLD1915-200 WLD1916-200 WLD1917-200 WLD1913-250 WLD1914-250 WLD1915-250 WLD1916-250 WLD1917-250 PMO Orifice Size (PSIG) Size 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 90 90 90 90 90 .250 .250 1 910 910 2 5 10 15 20 Differential Pressure (PSI) 30 40 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 1260 1940 2690 3260 1260 1940 2690 3260
.312 1130 1570 2420 3360 4070 .500 2400 3330 5140 7140 8650 .625 3000 4170 6430 8920 10810 .228 .228 .228 830 830 830 1150 1770 2450 2970 3410 4130 1150 1770 2450 2970 3410 4130 1150 1770 2450 2970 3410 4130
.390 2200 3060 4710 6540 7930 9080 11000 .500 2400 3330 5140 7140 8650 9910 12000 .166 .166 260 260 360 360 550 550 770 770 930 930 1060 1290 1480 1640 1990 1060 1290 1480 1640 1990
.312 1130 1570 2420 3360 4070 4660 5650 6470 7190 8710 .312 1130 1570 2420 3360 4070 4660 5650 6470 7190 8710 .422 1350 1870 2890 4010 4860 5570 6740 7730 8590 10400 150 150 910 910 260 260 910 910 150 150 600 600 910 210 210 330 330 450 450 550 550 630 630 760 760 870 870 970 970 1170 1170 1340 1490 1590 1340 1490 1590
LIQUID DRAINERS
150 .128 150 .128 150 .250 150 .250 200 .166 200 .166 200 .250 200 .250 250 .128 250 .128 250 .203 250 .203 250 .250
1260 1940 2690 3260 3740 4530 5190 5760 6980 8000 8890 9800 1260 1940 2690 3260 3740 4530 5190 5760 6980 8000 8890 9800 360 360 550 550 770 770 930 930 1060 1290 1480 1640 1990 2280 2530 2760 2970 3150 1060 1290 1480 1640 1990 2280 2530 2760 2970 3150
150 .332 1200 1670 2580 3580 4330 4960 6010 6890 7650 9270 10620 11810 12500
1260 1940 2690 3260 3740 4530 5190 5760 6980 8000 8890 9690 10420 11100 1260 1940 2690 3260 3740 4530 5190 5760 6980 8000 8890 9690 10420 11100 210 210 830 830 330 330 450 450 550 550 630 630 760 760 870 870 970 970 1170 1170 1340 1490 1630 1750 1860 1970 2070 1340 1490 1630 1750 1860 1970 2070
200 .281 1960 2720 4200 5830 7060 8090 9800 11230 12480 15120 17320 19250 20980 22570 23800
1280 1770 2150 2460 2980 3420 3800 4600 5270 5860 6390 6870 7320 7740 8140 1280 1770 2150 2460 2980 3420 3800 4600 5270 5860 6390 6870 7320 7740 8140
1260 1940 2690 3260 3740 4530 5190 5760 6980 8000 8890 9690 10420 11100 11740 12340
221
LIQUID DRAINERS
Installation Guidelines
for Liquid Drain Traps
PROPER INSTALLATION OF LIQUID DRAINERS
Liquid Drain Traps are primarily used to remove condensation from air and other non-condensable gas lines. The proper liquid drain trap should be selected based on several parameters, including installation limitations, pressure conditions and the amount of liquid to be drained. If a Ball & Float Type Drain Trap is selected, typically it is necessary to add a Balancing (or Equalizing) Line to allow any air or gases trapped in the drainer to escape. If the Balancing Line is not installed, these gases can prevent proper operation by air-binding the trap. Inverted Bucket Type & Disc Type Traps will self-vent eliminating the risk of air-binding and therefore do not require Balancing Lines.
Figure 1
Draining Condensate from an Air Line Drip Pocket with a Float Type Drainer
ISOLATION VALVE
DRAIN TRAP TO DRAIN
STRAINER
Due to the small amount of condensate normally found in drip leg applications, a small Ball & Float Type Liquid Drainer can be used and a Balancing Line is not required. However, a minimum pipe connection size of 3/4 is recommended for this type of application.
LIQUID DRAINERS
Figure 2
Draining Condensate from a Separator on a Large Air Main with a Float Type Drainer
BALANCING LINE
SEPARATOR
Due to the large amount of condensate normally found in air mains or from the discharge of air compressors, a larger Ball & Float Type Liquid Drainer must be used and a Balancing Line is required.
TO DRAIN DRAIN TRAP
222
LIQUID DRAINERS
Installation Guidelines
for Liquid Drain Traps (continued)
Figure 3 Draining Condensate from a Receiver with a Float Type Drainer
BALANCING LINE RECEIVER
WATER LINE
When draining a receiver, a large trap is typically required in order to handle the liquid load. If a Ball & Float Type Liquid Drainer is used, a Balancing Line is required. Make certain that the Balancing Line connection to the receiver is above the water line.
TO DRAIN DRAIN TRAP
Figure 4
Draining Condensate from a Receiver with an Inverted Bucket Trap
RECEIVER
WATER LINE
PRIMING PLUG
In this example, an Inverted Bucket Type Liquid Drain Trap is used. The Inverted Bucket Trap has a small internal orifice which permits the venting of air, and therefore does not require a Balancing Line. However, it is important to make certain that the Inverted Bucket Trap is primed with liquid before operation. Note: See installation manual for proper priming procedures.
LIQUID DRAINERS
TO DRAIN
DRAIN TRAP
223
Specialty Products
STAINLESS STEEL CHECK VALVES

Watson McDaniel Check Valves are available in all 316 SS construction in 12 thru 3 sizes and were specifically designed to handle the difficult environments associated with steam and hot condensate service. As a standard procedure, check valves should be installed on the discharge side of all steam traps to eliminate backflow into the trap. With the specially designed 14 PSI low cracking pressure spring, these check valves come standard on all Watson McDaniel Pressure Motive Pumps.
YSTRAINERS
Strainers remove scale and dirt from steam systems and are designed to protect critical components such as Regulators and Steam Traps from damage. These strainers are available in Cast Iron, Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel up to 4 in size.
SUCTION/MIXING TEES
This is a unique and specialized product used for blending, mixing, aeration or even heating by mixing steam and water together. Available in Cast Iron, Bronze and Stainless Steel.
DRIP PAN ELBOWS

Drip Pan Elbows are used to collect and remove condensate. Typically used with steam boilers, pressure relief valves, safety valves and steam pressure vessels and lines.
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
EJECTORS
Ejectors are used for non electric pumping of fluids or evacuating a tank or vessel of air or other gases. Commonly used on sterilizing equipment for pre and post evacuation of the chamber.
AIR ELIMINATORS
Air Eliminators are used on tanks or piping systems to vent entrained air without allowing the liquid inside the tank or piping to escape. Available in Cast Iron and Stainless Steel.
224
SAFETY RELIEF VALVES

Pressure relief valve standards regarding design, installation, performance and certification are covered in codes developed by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) in Section I (for power boilers) and Section VIII (for pressure vessels). Watson McDaniel Safety Relief Valves are ASME qualified for steam service and are available in Bronze and Cast Iron in 1/2 thru 6 sizes.
STEAM TRAP TEST VALVES

Test Valves can be installed downstream of any steam trap to visually inspect the discharge of condensate from the traps. Available in Bronze and Stainless Steel up to 1 in size.
EXHAUST HEADS
Exhaust heads are used to separate entrained water from steam prior to being discharged directly to the atmosphere, preventing damage to rooftops and other equipment.
VACUUM BREAKERS
Vacuum Breakers break the vacuum caused by the condensing of steam or draining of liquid. These are primarily positioned on the top of heat exchangers, allowing condensate to properly drain from the system.
FREEZE/SCALD PROTECTION VALVES

Freeze Protection valves automatically open and dump liquid to protect equipment from freeze damage. Scald Protection valves automatically open and dump overheated liquid from a system to protect personnel from possible injury due to scalding.
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
STEAM HUMIDIFIERS
Watson McDaniel offers a complete line of steam humidification products for controlling humidity in commercial offices, hospitals, warehouses and various types of industrial facilities.
THERMOSTATIC AIR VENTS

Air Vents purge unwanted air from steam systems which can inhibit the steam from entering process equipment, vessels and piping. Air vents should be placed at all high points in the system but primarily on all pieces of heat transfer equipment.
AIR/STEAM MOISTURE SEPARATORS

Separators are used for the removal of entrained moisture in steam and compressed air lines. Separators should be placed before all regulating valves to eliminate problems caused by water logging and wire drawing of the valve seats.
225
Specialty Products
Model/Series Product Body Material PMO (PSIG) Sizes Connection Page No.
WSI, WIP, WSX WSVB WSVI WCIY WCSY WSSY SUCTION TEE W-EJECT/ELL/LM AV813W AE1800/1800R AV2000C AVT125 WDS WCIS WEH WVBSS WSSCV
Steam Humidifiers Safety Relief Valve Safety Relief Valve Strainer Strainer Strainer Mixing Tee Ejector Air Eliminator Air Eliminator Air Vent Air Vent Separator Separator Exhaust Head Vacuum Breaker Check Valve
Stainless Steel Bronze Cast Iron Cast Iron Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Cast Iron, Bronze, SS Cast Iron, Bronze Cast Iron Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Brass C.I., Carbon Steel Cast Iron C.I., Carbon Steel, SS Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
60 250 250 125-500 600 600 250-450 100 150 400 650 125 250/300 145/200 NA 300 500 200 200 250 150 150
1/2 - 21/2 11/2 - 6 1/2 - 4 1/2 - 2 1/2 - 2 1/2- 3 1/2 - 2 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4 3/4 - 12 3/4 - 4 1 - 10 1/2 1/2 - 3 1/2 1/2, 3/4 3/4 - 8 6, 8, 12, 16 1/2 - 1
NPT NPT, FLG NPT, FLG NPT, SW NPT, SW NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT, SW, FLG NPT, FLG NPT, FLG NPT NPT, SW NPT NPT NPT, FLG FLG NPT
227-231 232-233 234-235 236 237 237 238-239 240-243 244 245 246 247 248-249 250-251 252-253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
WFPV WSPV WDPL WFLV WSTTV
Freeze Protection Valve Stainless Steel Scald Protection Valve Drip Pan Elbow Flash Tank Steam Trap Test Valve Stainless Steel Cast Iron Carbon Steel Bronze, Stainless Steel
226
S P E C I A LT Y P R O D U C T S
Steam Humidifiers
Steam Injection Humidification Overview
Single Tube Humidifier
Duct Steam Supply Connection
Mounting Bracket
Strainer
Single Tube (WSI)

For direct injection of steam humidification into air stream Many tube length options to accommodate various duct widths Recommended for relatively small duct heights where dissipation distance is not critical
Separator
Injection Tube Steam Emission Ports Steam Control Valve & Actuator 3/4 NPT Condensate Connection
Steam Trap
Multiple Tube Humidifier

Strainer
Multiple Tube (WSI)

A Valve B
Injection Tubes
A B Trap Trap C
Used for improved dissipation distances in duct heights above 20 Number of tubes can be selected to optimize performance Many tube length options to accommodate various duct widths
Separator
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Insty-Pac Manifold-Style Humidifier Insty-Pac (WIP)

Custom-engineered manifold design for job-specific requirements Used when dissipation distances are critical for optimum air stream humidification Number of tubes properly selected to achieve design requirements
227
Steam Humidifiers
Steam Injection Humidification Overview
Steam Heat Exchanger (WSX)

Provides humidification for todays stringent indoor air quality requirements Utilizes boiler steam to heat tap water providing injection steam free from chemical or mineral carry-over Ideal for use where electric humidifiers would be cost-prohibitive
Mini-Mult Front View

7.5 (19.1) B Tube Insertion Length
Mini-Mult
Designed for applications that require small humidification loads in a small duct size Ideal for any high humidity job where fast steam dissipation in cool air in a short-run duct is essential Number of tubes can be specified per duct size and job requirements
A (ref. note #1)
3 (7.6) Typ. Centers
3/4 NPT Condensate Connection (see Side View)
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Electric Fan 115 VAC single phase 9 watt / 3 amp. Steam Control Valve & Actuator Air Flow C
Area Type
Designed for applications that require humidification without the use of duct work Ideal for area humidity control in paper, textile or wood manufacturing applications as well as printing plants and storage areas
B Tube Diameter
A Dia
Separator
3/4 NPT Condensate Connection D
228
WSI & WIP

Steam Humidifiers
Series WSI Steam Injection Humidifiers
Series WIP INSTY-PAC Steam Injection Humidifiers
A Steam Injection Humidifier supplies precise humidity control from the facility steam boiler into the air stream. Typically used in manufacturing plants, printing plants, commercial offices, hospitals and any other facilities which require a critical balance between temperature and humidity control.
F E AT U R E S
Provides accurate humidity control Simple and cost efficient system to meet high
humidity requirements
HOW IT WORKS
The Steam Injection Humidifier receives steam directly from the boiler (live steam), removes the condensate and injects the dry steam into the duct work or an air stream. Live steam enters a steam jacket to preheat the injection tube. Steam then flows into the separator where condensate is removed. Dry steam is then discharged through the injection tube for circulation into the air stream.
Dry Steam Out Valve Live Steam In
Available for regular or purified boiler steam Available for single or multiple tube applications Capacities up to 2900 lbs/hr Pressure ranges from 2-60 PSIG Available for pneumatic or electric controls All stainless steel distributors and nozzles ensure
permanent bond
Separator & Steam Jacket included to provide

highest quality steam
Distributor must be mounted level in a straight section of duct, with steam outlets facing into the air stream. A steam trap should be installed on the separator outlet, allowing for proper condensate removal. Also include a strainer upstream of humidifier inlet.
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Injection Tube
Separator
Condensate Removal
MAINTENANCE
The strainer should be cleaned periodically. The valve, actuator, steam trap and temperature switch should be inspected annually to confirm proper operation. For full maintenance details, see installation and maintenance manual.
Dry Steam Steam/Condensate
HOW TO ORDER M AT E R I A L S
Separator Dispersion Tube 304 SS 304 SST
Consult factory for sizing and selection. Provide required humidification load, steam pressure at humidifier inlet, duct dimensions, actuator type and any accessories.
229
WSI & WIP

Steam Humidifiers
Single Tube
Valve
Strainer
Injection Tube
Separator
Dry Steam Steam/Condensate

Strainer
Trap
Multiple Tube
Valve
Injection Tubes
To prevent condensation on in-duct objects, such as dampeners, coils, filters or turning vanes, it is very important that the dissipation distance be shorter than the distance from the humidifier to the in-duct object. The following recommendations should be used when designing a multiple injection tube system: Duct Height Up to 36 37 48 49 72 73 96 Above 96 Recommended Qty. of Tubes 2 3 4 5 6
Trap Trap
Separator
Final duct relative humidity, air velocity and available dissipation distance will affect the quantity of tubes required.
Insty-Pac Tube
Strainer Control Valve Strainer
Trap Trap
MODEL NUMBERS Insty Pac Single Tube Multi Tube Valve Size NPT Cv .10 (1/2) .22 (1/2) .40 (1/2) .75 (1/2) .95 (1/2) 1.30 (1/2) 1.75 (1/2) 2.20 (1/2) 2.80 (1/2) 3.25 (1/2) 4.40 (1/2) 5.50 (3/4) 6.20 (3/4) 7.50 (3/4) 8.20 (1) 10.0 (1) 12.0 (1) 20.0 (1-1/4) 28.0 (1-1/4) 40.0 (2) 2 1.6 3.5 6.4 12 15 21 28 35 45 52 70 85 96 116 123 150 180 300 420 300 3 1.9 4.2 7.6 14 18 24 33 41 53 61 83 104 117 142 155 189 228 375 511 375 4 2.3 5.0 9.1 17 21 29 40 50 64 73 98 123 138 166 180 220 264 440 612 440 5 2.6 5.6 10 19 24 33 44 55 70 82 110 138 155 186 204 248 296 494 686 494 6 2.8 6.5 11 21 27 36 49 61 78 90 121 150 169 204 223 272 326 540 756 540 Steam Pressure to Humidifier Supply Connection (PSIG) 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 20 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 16 17 18 20 23 24 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 38 29 31 33 34 36 38 39 40 42 48 39 42 44 47 49 51 53 55 57 66 52 55 60 63 66 69 72 74 76 88 66 71 75 79 82 86 90 93 95 111 84 90 96 100 104 109 114 118 121 141 96 104 110 116 121 127 132 137 140 163 130 141 149 157 163 172 178 185 190 221 161 176 186 196 204 213 222 231 235 275 182 198 210 220 230 240 250 259 265 310 220 238 253 265 277 289 302 312 320 373 240 261 275 290 303 313 328 341 349 407 293 317 335 354 370 380 400 414 423 497 351 378 402 422 441 456 465 492 505 595 582 630 666 702 736 750 772 814 834 990 812 873 927 980 1024 1044 1075 1128 1165 1383 582 630 666 702 736 750 772 814 834 990 25 5.7 13 23 43 54 74 99 123 157 181 244 305 343 412 443 540 648 1060 1484 1060 30 6.3 14 25 47 59 80 107 134 171 198 256 333 372 450 488 595 714 1180 1638 1180 35 6.8 15 27 50 64 87 116 146 186 214 290 360 403 487 529 645 774 1280 1778 1280 40 7.3 16 29 54 68 93 124 156 199 229 310 385 434 525 570 695 828 1376 1912 1376 45 7.7 17 31 57 72 99 132 165 210 244 328 408 459 555 603 735 876 1460 2044 1460 50 8.1 18 33 60 76 104 139 174 221 257 345 430 485 585 635 770 55 8.5 19 34 63 80 109 146 183 233 270 363 451 508 614 668 810 60 8.9 20 36 66 84 114 153 192 244 282 381 471 529 640 703 850 -
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
BP-1
50-10
50
BP-2
60-20
60
BP-3 BP-4 BP-5
70-20 80-30 N/A
70 80 90
230
Steam Humidifiers
Steam Heat Exchanger Humidifiers can be used for humidification applications where steam injection is to be used, but chemically treated boiler steam is not allowable. They provide humidification to meet stringent indoor air quality requirements and are ideal for use where electric humidifiers would be cost-prohibitive.
WSX
HOW IT WORKS
The WSX Steam Heat Exchanger Humidifier works by utilizing existing boiler steam to heat tap water, providing injection steam free from chemical or mineral carry-over. Several steam injection dispersion methods are available to suit the application requirements.
F E AT U R E S
Single unit capacity up to 2,035 lbs/hr 304 Stainless Steel reservoir construction Stainless Steel heat exchanger Unique side-entry heat exchanger provides a large clean
out access section without disturbing the cover or injection tube systems steam supply piping Pneumatic modulating steam control valve Tri-Probe level controller Adjustable surface water flusher Motorized drain valve with brass body User-adjustable automatic drain system Float & Thermostatic steam trap(s) Inlet Y strainer(s)
OPTIONS
INTAC microprocessor controller Electric modulating actuator Factory-mounted control panel NEMA 4 weather-tight control panel Control panel door lock Seasonal End-of-Use drain system Door interlock safety switch Factory-insulated reservoir Support legs Wall brackets Freeze protection Stand-by water temperature sensing Blower Pack for area humidification Variable air volume control Outdoor air temperature sensing Drain tempering kit Remote INTAC microprocessor controller Outdoor enclosure
Humidifier Capacity lbs/hr (kg/hr)

Model SX-1R SX-2R SX-3R SX-4R SX-8R SX-12R 5 (34.5) 32 (14.5) 52 (23.6) 102 (46.3) 192 (87.1) 370 (167.8) 560 (254.0) 10 (69.0) 76 (34.5) 108 (48.9) 228 (103.4) 484 (219.5) 840 (381.0) 1265 (573.8) 13 (89.6) 100 (45.3) 140 (63.5) 292 (132.5) 655 (297.1) 1200 (544.3) 1810 (821.0)
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Steam Pressure in at the control valve PSIG (kPa) 15 (103.4) 122 (55.3) 169 (76.7) 348 (157.8) 753 (341.7) 1350 (612.4) 2035 (923.1)
Actual humidifier capacity may vary due to the heat loss from the humidifier reservoir. The ambient air temperature, air velocity and injection tube system will affect the rate of the heat loss from the reservoir. The capacities shown are based on a non-insulated humidifier reservoir tested in a 70F environment.
231
WSVB Series
Safety Valves
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature WSVB 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2 NPT Bronze 250 PSIG (steam) 406 F
UV Steam-ASME Section VIII Pressure Vessels
The WSVB Safety Relief Valves are used for over-pressure protection on unfired pressure vessels in saturated steam systems.
HOW IT WORKS
As safety valves open on a non-compressible fluid application, the disc lifts directly proportional to the increase in system pressure over the valve set point. Safety relief valves not only provide over pressure protection resulting from thermal expansion of liquids, but will respond with a rapid full opening pop action on systems which contain or generate steam, air or gas.
F E AT U R E S
Stainless Steel springs Teflon-PFA seat resists corrosive boiler chemicals Two control rings for maximum performance &
adjustability Tapped body drain allows piping of condensate away from equipment
Safety valves shall be cast bronze construction with stainless steel springs, Teflon-PFA seats and stainless steel stems. Units shall be qualified to the ASME Boiler Code, Section VIII and suitable for steam service.
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS

Model No. WSVB-12M-13S-D WSVB-13M-13S-D WSVB-13M-14S-E WSVB-14M-14S-E WSVB-14M-15S-F WSVB-15M-15S-F WSVB-15M-16S-G WSVB-16M-16S-G WSVB-16M-17S-H WSVB-17M-17S-H WSVB-16S-18S-J WSVB-17M-18S-J WSVB-18M-18S-J Orifice Size D D E E F F G G H H J J J Inlet x Outlet MNPT x FNPT 1/2 x 3/4 3/4 x 3/4 3/4 x 1 1 x 1 1 x 11/4 11/4 x 11/4 11/4 x 11/2 11/2 x 11/2 11/2 x 2 2 x 2 11/2 FNPT x 21/2 FNPT 2 x 21/2 21/2 x 21/2
inches / pounds
A 2.21 2.21 2.50 2.64 2.95 2.95 3.38 3.38 3.63 3.63 3.80 4.06 4.50 B 6.52 6.52 7.16 7.30 9.34 9.34 11.01 11.01 11.96 11.96 14.00 14.25 14.68 C 1.37 1.37 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.37 2.37 2.75 2.75 3.50 3.50 3.50 D 0.84 0.84 1.06 1.06 1.44 1.44 1.69 1.69 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 2.06 Weight (lbs) 1.6 1.6 2.0 2.2 4.1 4.3 7.4 7.6 11.5 11.6 20.0 19.9 20.8
M AT E R I A L S
Body Guide Ring Disc Seat Insert Stem Bronze Brass Brass Teflon-PFA SST
232
WSVB Series
Safety Relief Valves
C A PA C I T I E S
Set Pressure (PSIG) 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 Approx. 1 PSI Incr.
Pounds of saturated steam per hour (lbs/hr)

Orifice E .230 Diameter 320 369 418 467 521 574 628 682 736 790 844 897 951 1005 1059 1113 1167 1220 1274 1328 1382 1436 1489 1543 1597 1651 1705 1759 1812 1866 1920 1973 2081 2189 2296 2404 2512 2619 2727 2834 10.8 Orifice F .359 Diameter 499 576 652 729 813 897 981 1065 1149 1233 1317 1401 1485 1569 1653 1737 1821 1905 1989 2073 2157 2241 2325 2409 2493 2577 2661 2745 2829 2913 2997 3081 3249 3417 3585 3753 3921 4089 4257 4425 16.8 Orifice G .586 Diameter 820 945 1070 1195 1333 1471 1609 1747 1885 2022 2160 2298 2436 2574 2712 2849 2987 3125 3263 3401 3539 3677 3814 3952 4090 4228 4366 4504 4641 4779 4917 5055 5331 5606 5882 6158 6433 6709 6985 7260 27.6 Orifice H .919 Diameter 1279 1474 1670 1865 2080 2295 2510 2725 2941 3156 3371 3586 3801 4016 4231 4446 4661 4876 5091 5306 5521 5736 5951 6167 6382 6597 6812 7027 7242 7457 7672 7887 8317 8747 9177 9608 10038 10468 10898 11328 43.0 Orifice J 1.509 Diameter 2100 2421 2742 3063 3416 3769 4122 4475 4828 5181 5535 5888 6241 6594 6947 7300 7653 8007 8360 8713 9066 9419 9772 10125 10479 10832 11185 11538 11891 12244
Orifice D .129 Diameter 179 207 234 262 292 322 352 383 413 443 473 503 534 564 594 624 654 684 715 745 775 805 835 866 896 926 956 986 1017 1047 1077 1107 1167 1228 1288 1349 1409 1469 1530 1590 6.0
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
12597 12951 13657 14363 15069 15776 16482 17188 17894 18601 70.6
Notes: 1) Ratings are 90% of actual capacity. 2) For Set Pressures over 250 PSIG, consult factory. 3) For other sizes, consult factory.
233
WSVI Series
Safety Valves
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature WSVI 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4, 6 NPT, Flanged Cast Iron 250 PSIG (Steam) 422 F
The WSVI Safety Valves are used for over-pressure protection on unfired pressure vessels in saturated steam systems.
HOW IT WORKS
As safety valves open on a non-compressible fluid application, the disc lifts directly proportional to the increase in system pressure over the valve set point. Safety valves not only provide over pressure protection resulting from thermal expansion of liquids, but will respond with a rapid full opening pop action on systems which contain or generate steam air or gas.
F E AT U R E S
Stainless Steel wetted trim nozzle & disc Metal to metal seating, lapped to optimum flatness Two control rings assure maximum performance &
adjustability
Safety valves shall be high capacity design with cast iron construction featuring rust-proof steel stems, springs, washers and metal-to-metal lapped seats. Units shall be qualified to the ASME Boiler Code Section VIII and suitable for steam service.

Model No. WSVI-16F-18S-J WSVI-17F-19S-K WSVI-17S-19S-K WSVI-18F-19S-K WSVI-19F-19S-K WSVI-18F-20S-L WSVI-18S-20S-L WSVI-19F-20S-L WSVI-20F-20S-L WSVI-19S-20S-M WSVI-19F-20S-M WSVI-20F-20S-M WSVI-20F-22F-N WSVI-20F-22F-P WSVI-22F-23F-Q WSVI-22F-23F-R Valve Size Inlet x Outlet 11/2 250# 2 250# 2 FNPT 21/2 250# 3 250# 21/2 250# 21/2 FNPT 3 250# 4 250# 3 FNPT 3 250# 4 250# 4 250# 4 250# 6 250# 6 250# x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 21/2 FNPT 3 FNPT 3 FNPT 3 FNPT 3 FNPT 4 FNPT 4 FNPT 4 FNPT 4 FNPT 4 FNPT 4 FNPT 4 FNPT 6 125# 6 125# 8 125# 8 125# Orifice Size J K K K K L L L L M M M N P Q R
inches / pounds
A 15 16 16 16 16 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 28 28 42 42 B 4 4 4 4 4 5.13 5.13 5.13 5.13 5.13 5.13 5.13 7.25 7.25 10 10 C 4.31 4.63 4.63 4.63 4.63 5.63 5.63 5.63 5.63 5.63 5.63 5.63 6.75 6.75 9.25 9.25 Hex Flat D Weight (lbs) 35 36 37 41 45 84 81 85 90 80 87 95 210 215 530 530
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
3.75
5.38
B D
5.38
M AT E R I A L S
Body Guide Ring Disc Stem Cast Iron Brass SST Steel-Plated
234
WSVI Series
Safety Relief Valves
C A PA C I T I E S
Set Pressure (PSIG) 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 Approx. 1 PSI incr.
Notes:
Pounds of saturated steam per hour (lbs/hr)

K = 1.926 2848 3283 3719 4154 4633 5112 5591 6070 6549 7028 7507 7986 8465 8944 9423 9902 10381 10860 11339 11818 12297 12776 13255 13734 14213 14692 15171 15650 16129 16608 17087 17566 18045 18524 19003 19482 19961 20440 20919 21398 21876 22355 22834 23313 23792 24271 24750 25229 96 Orifice Letter / Area in Square Inches L = 2.990 M = 3.774 N = 4.550 4421 5097 5773 6449 7193 7936 8680 9423 10167 10911 11654 12398 13141 13885 14629 15372 16116 16859 17603 18346 19090 19834 20577 21321 22064 22808 23552 24295 25039 25782 26526 27270 28013 28757 29500 30244 30988 31731 32475 33218 33962 34706 35449 36193 36936 37680 38424 39167 149 5580 6433 7287 8140 9079 10017 10956 11894 12833 13771 14710 15649 16587 17526 18464 19403 20341 21280 22218 23157 24096 25034 25973 26911 27850 28788 29727 30666 31604 32543 33481 34420 35358 36297 37236 38174 39113 40051 40990 41928 42867 43806 44744 45683 46621 47560 48498 49437 188 6728 7756 8785 9814 10945 12077 13208 14340 15471 16603 17735 18866 19998 21129 22261 23392 24524 25655 26787 27919 29050 30182 31313 32445 33576 34708 35839 36971 38103 39234 40366 41497 42629 43760 44892 46023 47155 48287 49418 50550 51681 52813 53944 55076 56207 57339 58471 59602 226 P =6.692 9895 11408 12921 14434 16098 17762 19426 21091 22755 24419 26083 27748 29412 31076 32740 34405 36069 37733 39397 41062 42726 44390 46055 47719 49383 51047 52712 54376 56040 57704 59369 61033 62697 64361 66026 67690 69354 71018 72683 74347 76011 77675 79340 81004 82668 84332 85997 87661 333 Q = 11.593 17141 19762 22383 25004 27887 30771 33654 36537 39420 42303 45186 48069 50952 53835 56719 59602 62485 65368 68251 71134 74017 76900 79783 82666 85550 88433 91316 94199 97082 99965 102848 105731 108614 111497 114381 117264 120147 123030 125913 128796 131679 134562 137445 140329 143212 146095 148978 151861 577 R = 16.798 24820 28615 32410 36205 40379 44554 48729 52903 57078 61252 65427 69601 73776 77951 82125 86300 90474 94649 98823 102998 107173 111347 115522 119696 123871 128045 132220 136395 140569 144744 148918 153093 157267 161442 165617 169791 173966 178140 182315 186489 190664 194839 199013 203188 207362 211537 215711 219886 835
J= 1.358 2008 2315 2622 2929 3267 3604 3942 4280 4618 4955 5293 5631 5969 6306 6644 6982 7319 7657 7995 8333 8670 9008 9346 9684 10021 10359 10697 11034 11372 11710 12048 12385 12723 13061 13399 13736 14074 14412 14749 15087 15425 15763 16100 16438 16776 17113 17451 17789 68
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
1) Ratings are 90% of actual capacity. 2) For Set Pressures over 250 PSIG, consult factory. 3) For other sizes, consult factory. 4) ASME Section I Steam Boilers pounds of saturated steam per hour @ 3% or 2 PSIG accumulation (whichever is greater). 5) ASME Section VIII Pressure Vessels pounds of saturated steam per hour @ 10 % or 3 PSIG accumulation (whichever is greater).
235
WCIY Series
Cast Iron Y-Type Strainers
Model Sizes Connections Body Material WCIY 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4 NPT, Flanged Cast Iron
P R E S S U R E / T E M P E R AT U R E R AT I N G S
NPT NPT 125# 125# 250# 250# FLG FLG FLG FLG 250 400 125 200 250 500 PSIG @ 406F PSIG @ 150F PSIG @ 450F PSIG @ 150F PSIG @ 450F PSIG @ 150F Steam WOG Steam WOG Steam WOG
Note: WOG = Water, Oil or Gas.
FLOW
The WCIY Y-Strainer is used to strain dirt particles from fluid in pipelines and provide inexpensive protection for costly pumps, meters, valves, traps, turbines and compressors.
B B
F E AT U R E S
Machined seat assures perfect fit for screen Blowdown connection & easily removable Durable cast iron body
stainless steel cylindrical screens for easy maintenance

Size/ Connection 1/2" NPT 3/4 NPT 1 NPT 11/4 NPT 11/2 NPT 2 NPT 2 125# FLG 2 250# FLG 21/2 NPT 21/2 125# FLG 21/2 250# FLG Model WCIY-12-020S250 WCIY-13-020S250 WCIY-14-020S250 WCIY-15-020S250 WCIY-16-020S250 WCIY-17-020S250 WCIY-17-020F125 WCIY-17-020F250 WCIY-18-045S250 WCIY-18-045F125 WCIY-18-045F250 WCIY-19-045S250 WCIY-19-045F125 WCIY-19-045F250 WCIY-20-045F125 WCIY-20-045F250 A 33/16 33/4 4 5 53/4 7 87/8 87/8 91/4 103/4 111/4 10 111/2 115/8 137/8 141/2
inches / pounds
B 21/16 27/16 27/16 33/8 37/8 43/4 6 61/2 57/8 8 7 6 83/4 8 91/2 103/4 Blowdown NPT 3/8 3/8 3/4 3/4 1 11/2
1/2 1/2
Weight (lbs) 1.5 2.5 3 5.5 8 13 22 28 22 35 38 30 43 54 75 110
Screen Opening 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.125
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
The strainer should be installed in the flow direction as indicated on the body in either a vertical down or horizontal pipeline. The strainer must be accessible for periodic cleaning.
11/2 1 1 11/2 1 1 11/4 1
M AT E R I A L S
Body Plug Cover *Screen *Gasket Cast Iron, A126 CLASS B Cast Iron, A126 CLASS B Cast Iron, A126 CLASS B Stainless Steel Blue Guard
3 NPT 3 125# FLG 3 250# FLG 4 125# FLG 4 250# FLG
*Recommended spare parts.
236
WCSY/WSSY Series
Y-Type Strainers - Carbon Steel/Stainless Steel
Model Sizes Connections Body Material WCSY, WSSY 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2 NPT, SW Carbon Steel (WCSY) Stainless Steel (WSSY)
Carbon Steel NPT Stainless Steel NPT 600 PSIG @ 839F 600 PSIG @ 1124F
The WCSY/WSSY Y-Strainers are used to strain dirt particles from fluid in pipelines and provide inexpensive protection for costly pumps, meters, valves, traps, turbines and compressors.
M AT E R I A L S
WCSY CARBON STEEL MODEL Body Carbon Steel, A216 GR WCB Plug Carbon Steel, A216 GR WCB Cover Carbon Steel, A216 GR WCB Screen Stainless Steel Gasket Blue Guard WSSY STAINLESS STEEL MODEL Body Stainless Steel, A351 GR CF8M Plug Stainless Steel, A351 GR CF8M Cover Stainless Steel, A351 GR CF8M Screen Stainless Steel Gasket Blue Guard
F E AT U R E S
Machined seat assures perfect fit for screen Blowdown connection & easily removable stainless steel
cylindrical screens for easy maintenance
Choice of carbon steel or stainless steel bodies

The strainer should be installed in the flow direction as indicated on the body in either a vertical down or horizontal pipeline. The strainer must be accessible for periodic cleaning.
HOW TO ORDER
Specify connection size and connection configuration (NPT or SW) that will meet application requirements.
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS

Size NPT 1/2" 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 A 3 33/4 45/8 5 55/8 7 B 27/16 215/16 33/4 4 413/16 61/8 Blowdown NPT 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/4 3/4 1
inches / pounds
Weight (lbs) 2 3 5 7 10 15 Screen Opening 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.033 0.045 B FLOW
237
Suction/Mixing Tee
Cast Iron, Bronze or Stainless Steel
Model Sizes Connections Body Material Suction Tee 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3 NPT Cast Iron 125# & 250# Bronze 250# Stainless Steel 300#
Cast Iron NPT 250 PSIG @ 406F Bronze NPT 300 PSIG @ 422F Stainless Steel NPT 450 PSIG @ 400F
The Watson McDaniel Cast Iron, Bronze or Stainless Steel Suction Tee is a specialized type of pipe fitting used for blending, agitation, recirculation, mixing, aeration and heating.
F E AT U R E S
HOW IT WORKS
Heating by Direct Steam Injection: When using a Suction Tee for heating by direct steam injection, the Suction Tee must be completely submerged in the liquid being heated. When steam enters the primary inlet side of the Suction Tee, a low pressure condition is created inside the Suction Tee body. This causes the liquid inside the tank to circulate through the suction tee and intermix with the steam causing the liquid to be heated. Mixing: When liquid is pumped through the primary inlet of a Suction Tee, a low pressure region is created inside the Suction Tee body. When a Suction Tee is submerged, the liquid inside the tank will circulate through the secondary inlet of the Suction Tee causing a mixing action to occur. An alternate method when mixing two different liquids is to pump one liquid through the primary inlet and the other liquid through the secondary inlet of the Suction Tee. Aeration: A tank or reservoir of liquid can be aerated by connecting the secondary inlet of the Suction Tee to an air or gas line under pressure while pumping liquid through the primary inlet.
Available in cast iron, bronze or stainless steel No moving parts Quiet operation Replaces mixing pumps, propellers & other
mechanical devices
Installation should include a strainer and isolation valves for maintenance purposes.
MAINTENANCE
Watson McDaniel Suction Tee will operate for extended periods of time and requires no maintenance.
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
M AT E R I A L S
CAST IRON MODEL Body Plug BRONZE MODEL Body Plug STAINLESS STEEL MODEL Body Plug Cast Iron, A126 CLASS 30 Cast Iron, A126 CLASS 30 Bronze, ASTM B-62 Brass Stainless Steel, A351 GR CF8M Stainless Steel, A351 GR 316
238
Suction/Mixing Tee
Cast Iron, Bronze or Stainless Steel
Pipe Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 A 33/4 5 55/8 53/4 61/16 7 83/8 91/2 61/16 63/16 61/2 73/8 B 11/2 17/8 23/16 21/4 27/16 27/8 31/2 41/8 25/16 23/8 213/16 31/16 C 21/4 31/8 37/16 31/2 35/8 41/8 47/8 53/8 33/4 313/16 311/16 45/16 D 13/4 31/8 21/2 21/2 27/8 3 35/16 37/8 211/16 213/16 27/8 31/4 125# Cast Iron Body & Bronze 250# 1/4 3/8 5/8 11/16 7/8 15/16 1 15/16 1.5 3.25 4 4.75 5.50 7 11.75 20.50 PRIMARY INLET E D
inches / pounds
E Weight (lbs) B
SECONDARY INLET
250# Cast Iron Body & Stainless Steel 300# 1 11/4 11/2 2 11/16 11/16 7/8 15/16 6.75 8 10.50 16.50
OUTLET
C A PA C I T I E S
Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 5 66 108 312 444 612 798 912 1332 10 96 138 390 558 756 1008 1152 1656
Steam (lbs/hr)
15 20 135 198 549 783 1026 1410 1584 2304 25 156 228 630 894 1152 1614 1800 2628 30 165 255 711 1005 1332 1815 2052 2970 35 174 282 792 1116 1512 2016 2304 3312 40 Supply Pressure (PSIG) 45 50 55 240 336 972 1344 1836 2412 2772 3960 258 363 1026 1461 1980 2610 2997 4302 276 390 1080 1578 2124 2808 3222 4644 60 294 402 1170 1689 2286 3024 3447 4986 65 312 414 1260 1800 2448 3240 3672 5328 75 354 504 1428 2010 2772 3636 4140 5976 85 396 564 1584 2232 3060 3996 4608 6600 100 456 648 1800 2592 3528 4680 5292 7620 125 552 792 2232 3168 4320 5652 6480 9300 150 630 936 2556 3708 5040 6696 7560 10800
114 168 468 672 900 1206 1368 1980
207 309 882 1230 1674 2214 2538 3636
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
A P P L I C AT I O N S
STEAM SUPPLY OPEN TANK TEMP. PROBE SUCTION TEE TEMP. LIQUID AIR OR GAS SUPPLY
TEMPERATURE REGULATOR
SUCTION TEE
Controlling temperature of large open tank by steam injection
Aeration or Agitation
239
Ejectors
Syphons, Eductors, Exhausters & Injectors
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature W-EJECT, W-ELL, W-LM 1/2 2 NPT Bronze (1/2 - 11/2) Cast Iron (2) 100 PSIG 130F 250 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 250 PSIG
W-ELL & W-LM
Note: Minimum Operating Pressure for W-ELL & W-LM is 20 PSIG.
Watson McDaniel Ejectors perform a variety of functions depending on the application and motive fluid (steam or water) used. See performance charts on the following pages. Applications include: exhausting, agitating, aerating, circulating, pumping and mixing.
W-EJECT
HOW IT WORKS
Using water, steam or air pressure as the motive force, ejectors operate on the principle that a high velocity flow through a nozzle will create a pressure drop in the area around the nozzle discharge. The resulting vacuum will induce flow into the secondary inlet of the ejector.
F E AT U R E S
See installation examples on following page.
No moving parts Can be used with water or steam pressure Submersible Available in cast iron or bronze
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
M AT E R I A L S
Body (1/2 - 11/2) Body (2) Nozzles (all sizes) Bronze Cast Iron Bronze
Ejectors shall be constructed from bronze or cast iron. Units shall be capable of using steam, water or air as a motive force.
Note: W-ELL & W-LM for liquid motive service only.
240
Ejectors
Syphons, Eductors, Exhausters & Injectors
W-EJECT
DIMENSIONS
Size 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 Bronze Body & Nozzles 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2
inches
A 31/4 4 51/8 57/8 61/4 71/4 Dimensions B C 17/16 11/2 21/4 27/16 211/16 31/8 113/16 21/2 27/8 37/16 39/16 41/8 D 11/8 13/8 15/8 113/16 115/16 B 1 23/8 SECONDARY (S.) INLET (suction) C
FLOW
Connection Sizes * S. Inlet Discharge P. Inlet 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 3/4
PRIMARY (P.) INLET
DISCHARGE
Cast Iron Body with Bronze Nozzles 2 2 2
* Connections are female NPT.
W-ELL / W-LM
Bronze Body & Nozzles
NPT
DISCHARGE
DIMENSIONS
Size 3/4 1 11/4 S. Inlet 3/4 1 11/4
inches
Dimensions A 513/16 71/8 9 B 2 25/16 27/16 D 13/8 13/4 21/8
PRIMARY (P.) INLET
Connection Sizes ** Discharge P. Inlet 3/4 1 11/4 1/2 3/4 1
D
NPT
NPT
B SECONDARY (S.) INLET (suction)
** Connections are male NPT.
Ejectors shown Pumping Liquid

INLET WATER OR STEAM EJECTOR
DISCHARGE HEAD
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
EJECTOR INLET WATER OR STEAM
TOTAL HEAD
25 FT. MAXIMUM LIFT
SUCTION HEAD
It is always desirable to keep the Ejector as close to the actual liquid being pumped as possible. The maximum height the liquid can be pumped depends on the pressure of the motive liquid or steam available. Please refer to the capacity graphs for maximum flow rates and maximum achievable heads.
The maximum height that water or any liquid with a specific gravity of 1 can be lifted is 25 feet. Increases in the temperature of the liquid being lifted will cause this maximum height to decrease. Pumping liquids in excess of 130F is not recommended. Please consult factory with any specific application.
241
Ejector Sizing
Example 1
A #14 1 Ejector using 60 lbs. of water pressure as a motive force will pump water to a maximum height of 40 ft. When pumping water to a height of 20 ft. using 60 lbs. of water pressure, the amount of water being pumped is 700 gal/hr.
Example 2
A #14 1 Ejector using 60 lbs. of steam pressure as a motive force will pump water to a maximum height of 60 ft. When pumping water to a height of 53 ft. using 60 lbs. of steam pressure, the amount of water being pumped is 650 gal/hr.
#12 (1/2") Water Ejector

500 400 Flow (gal/hr) 300 200 100 0 0 20 40 60 Total Head (Ft - H2O) 80 Flow (gal/hr) 150
#12 (1/2") Steam Ejector
100
50 0 0 20 40 60 80 Total Head (Ft - H2O) 100 120

1750 1400 Flow (gal/hr) Flow (gal/hr) 400 1050 700 350 0 0 20
300
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
40 60 Total Head (Ft - H2O)
80
0 0
20
40 60 80 Total Head (Ft - H2O)
100
120
#14 (1") Water Ejector

2500 2000 Flow (gal/hr) 1500 1000 500 0 0 20 40 60 Total Head (Ft - H2O) 80 Flow (gal/hr) 700
#14 (1") Steam Ejector
600
0 0
20
100
120
242
Ejector Sizing
4000 3200 Flow (gal/hr) 2400 1600 800 0 0 20 40 60 Total Head (Ft - H2O) 80 0 0 Flow (gal/hr) 1100
1000
20
100
120
5000 4000 Flow (gal/hr) 3000 2000 1000
Flow (gal/hr) 0 20 40 60 Total Head (Ft - H2O) 80
2000
1000
0 0
20
100
120
#17 (2") Water Ejector

10000 8000
#17 (2") Steam Ejector
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Flow (gal/hr)
6000 4000 2000 0 0 20 40 60 Total Head (Ft - H2O) 80
Flow (gal/hr)
3000
2000
0 0
20
100
120
243
AV813W
Air Eliminator
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature AV813W 3/4 NPT Cast Iron 150 PSIG 300F 150 PSIG up to 350F 353F @ 150 PSIG
The AV813W Air Eliminator is used for the removal of air and other gases from vessels or piping systems without allowing the contained liquid to escape.
M AT E R I A L S
Cover Body Gasket Seat Yoke Valve Seat Pivot Pin Valve Head Lever Float Washer Screw & Washer Cast Iron, ASTM A-126, Class B Cast Iron, ASTM A-126, Class B Grafoil Stainless Steel, Type 304 Stainless Steel, Type 304 Stainless Steel, Type 304 EPDM (Viton optional) Stainless Steel, Type 304 Stainless Steel, Type 304 Stainless Steel, Type 304 Stainless Steel, Type 304
HOW IT WORKS
The valve and seat assembly inside the air eliminator is connected to a stainless steel float. When there is no liquid in the body of the air eliminator, the float will be in the down position allowing air or other gases in the vessel or piping system to escape. When liquid enters the body, it will lift the float and the valve will be closed off before any liquid can escape.
F E AT U R E S
Rugged cast iron housing Simple design for easy maintenance Stainless steel internals Optional Viton Valve Head for high temperatures &
tight shut-off
DIMENSIONS
inches
Air Eliminator shall be of cast iron construction with stainless steel internals and soft EPDM seat for tight shut-off. Optional Viton seat is available for elevated temperatures and tight shut-off.
4.0
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
The AV813W should be located at a high point in the system or vessel. The unit must be installed level and upright with flow upward for the float mechanism to operate properly. Isolation valves should be installed for ease of maintenance.
CAPACITIES 41/2 3/8 NPT
6.9 5.8 4.8 SCFM 3.7 2.7 1.6 0.0
51/4
25
50
75 Pressure (PSIG)
100
125
150
3/4 NPT FLOW
244
AE1800/1800R Series
Air Eliminator
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature AE1800, AE1800R 1/2, 3/4 NPT Stainless Steel 400 PSIG 500F 400 PSIG up to 500F 500F @ 400 PSIG
AE1800
The AE1800 Air Eliminator is used for the removal of air and other gases from vessels or piping systems without allowing the contained liquid to escape.
(Non-Repairable)
AE1800R
(Repairable)
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Shell Float Assembly Valve & Lever Assembly Seat Washer, Seat *Gasket *Bolt, Hex, HD *Nut *
AE1800R Repairable models only.
HOW IT WORKS
The valve and seat assembly inside the air eliminator is connected to a stainless steel float. When there is no liquid in the body of the air eliminator, the float will be in the down position allowing air or other gases in the vessel or piping system to escape. When liquid enters the body, it will lift the float and the valve will be closed off before any liquid can escape.
Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Hardened Stainless Steel, 55 Rc Stainless Steel, AISI 420 302 SS Grafoil Stainless Steel, AISI 316 Stainless Steel, 18-8
F E AT U R E S
All stainless steel body & internals Hardened SST seat (55 Rc) for longer service life Repairable units available (AE1800R Series)
The AE1800 should be located at a high point in the system or vessel. The unit must be installed level and upright with flow upward for the float mechanism to operate properly. Isolation valves should be installed for ease of maintenance.
2 5 /8
4.0
DIMENSIONS
.078 AE1811 AE1811R AE1812 AE1812R AE1813 AE1813R AE1821 AE1821R AE1822 AE1822R AE1823 AE1823R
inches / pounds
Size (Inlet x Outlet) 3/4 x 1/2 3/4 x 3/4 1/2 x 1/2 Height A 7.5 7.9 7.5 7.9 7.5 7.9 Weight (lbs)
Model & Orifice Size .101 .125 AE1831 AE1831R AE1832 AE1832R AE1833 AE1833R
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
4 5 4 5 4 5 FLOW FLOW
AE1800 (Non-Repairable)
AE1800R (Repairable)
C A PA C I T I E S
Series Orifice PMO* Size (PSIG) 400 265 180 5 1.0 1.7 2.5 AE1810 .078 AE1820 .101 AE1830 .125
Air (SCFM)
7 1.1 1.9 3.0 9 1.3 2.1 3.4 12 1.5 2.4 3.9 15 1.7 2.6 4.3 20 1.9 3.1 5.1 25 2.2 3.5 5.8 30 2.5 4.0 6.5 40 3.1 4.8 8.0 Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 50 60 70 80 3.4 5.3 8.7 3.7 5.7 9.5 4.2 6.6 10.9 5.4 8.4 13.9 90 6.0 9.3 15.4 100 6.8 10.2 16.9 110 7.2 11.1 18.4 120 7.5 12 19.9 125 7.9 12.4 20.5 150 9.4 14.5 24.4 180 11.2 17.3 29.6 265 16.3 24.8 300 400 -
18.4 24.4
Note: Specify Model Number when ordering. Example: AE1812R (.078 Orifice, 3/4 x 3/4, 400 PSIG max, Repairable unit) * PMO based on liquids with specific gravity of 1. Consult factory for PMO for liquids of other specific gravity values.
245
AV2000C
Thermostatic Air Vent
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature AV2000C 1/2, 3/4 NPT Stainless Steel 650 PSIG Saturated Steam Temp. 1032 PSIG @ 100F 750F @ 800 PSIG
The AV2000C is used on industrial steam applications up to 650 PSIG for the removal of air and non-condensable gases from process equipment, vessels and piping.
M AT E R I A L S
Housing Thermal Element Valve & Seat Strainer Screen .033 perf. Stainless Steel, ASTM A351-CF3 Stainless Steel Hardened Stainless Steel, 40 Rc Stainless Steel
HOW IT WORKS
The thermostatic air vent contains a welded stainless steel thermal element that expands when heated and contracts when cooled. When air and non-condensable gases are present, the valve is in the open discharge position. When steam reaches the air vent, the element expands and closes the valve off tightly.
HOW TO ORDER
Specify model, pipe size and orifice size. If orifice size is not specified, the standard 5/16 diameter will be used.
F E AT U R E S
Welded stainless steel thermal element Hardened stainless steel seat and valve plugs for extended
service life
DIMENSIONS
inches
Integral strainer to protect from contamination Steam pressures up to 650 PSIG Special Subcool Options Available
Air Vent shall have a thermal element operation with a seal-welded tamper-proof stainless steel construction. All internals shall be stainless steel, featuring an integral strainer and hardened seating system.
17/8
15/16
Vent
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
37/8
The air vent should be located at a high point in the system or vessel. The air vent can be installed in any orientation. An isolation valve should be installed to facilitate removal and replacement without system shut-down. Unit is seal-welded and non-repairable.
FLOW
C A PA C I T I E S
Model Orifice PMO Size (PSIG) 650 650 2 5.2 10.7 AV2001C 3/16 AV2003C 5/16
A i r (SCFM)
5 6.2 12.6 10 7.7 15.8 25 12.4 25.4 50 20.2 41.4 100 35.9 73.3 125 43.9 89.4 150 51.5 105 Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 200 250 300 67.2 137 82.8 169 98.5 201 350 114 233 400 130 265 450 145 297 500 161 329 550 177 361 600 192 393 650 208 425
246
AVT125
Thermostatic Air Vent
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature AVT125 1/2, 3/4 NPT Forged Brass 125 PSIG 353F 125 PSIG up to 450F 450F @ 125 PSIG
The AVT125 is used on steam applications up to 125 PSIG for removal of air and non-condensable gases from process equipment, vessels and piping.
M AT E R I A L S
Body & Cover Element Spring Seat Gasket Union Nipple Union Nut Forged Brass, CA 377 Welded Stainless Steel, AISI 302 Stainless Steel, AISI 304 Stainless Steel, AISI 303 Brass, ASTM B-21 Brass, ASTM B-16 Brass, ASTM B-16
HOW IT WORKS
The thermostatic air vent contains a welded stainless steel thermal element that expands when heated and contracts when cooled. When air and non-condensable gases are present, the valve is in the open discharge position. When steam reaches the air vent, the element expands and closes the valve off tightly.
F E AT U R E S
C A PA C I T I E S
Orifice
Ai r (SCFM)
10 13 16 Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 25 50 22 27 37 46 100 65 82 125 80 100
Simple design for easy maintenance All Stainless Steel Internals Thermal element is the only moving part
Air Vent shall have a stainless steel thermal element operation with forged brass construction, featuring a union nipple inlet connection. The valve and seat shall be stainless steel.
Size 1/2 3/4
Size .25 .30
5 9 12

Size 1/2" 3/4" A 213/16 31/16 B 13/16 13/16 C 1 1
inches / pounds
D 21/8 21/8 Weight 2.75 2.75
The AVT125 should be located at a high point in the system or vessel. The air vent can be installed in any orientation. An isolation valve should be installed to facilitate repair without system shut-down. Unit is in-line repairable. Repair kits are available.
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
FLOW B
Vent A
247
WDS Series
Model Body Material Sizes WDS Cast Iron 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4 NPT, 125# Flanged
Air/Steam Moisture Separator

Carbon Steel 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 NPT, SW, 150# & 300# Flanged 300 PSIG (NPT & SW)
Connections
PMO Max. Operating Pressure 250 PSIG NPT: 250 PSIG @ 450F NPT, SW: 1000 PSIG @ 650F Pressure/ Temperature Rating 125# FLG: 150 PSIG @ 450F 150# FLG: 150 PSIG @ 450F
300# FLG: 500 PSIG @ 650F
The WDS Series Separators are used for the removal of entrained liquid or solids from steam. Effective in applications were the system has an entrained liquid flow rate of up to 40% by weight of the units flow capacity.
WDS Carbon Steel WDS Cast Iron
HOW IT WORKS
Moisture-laden steam enters the inlet of the separator where it is deflected in a centrifugal downward motion. The entrained moisture is separated out by reduction in velocity. Separated liquid then falls below the Vortex Containment Plate where it cannot be re-entrained. Dry, clean steam then flows upward and exits through the outlet of the separator.
Steam Moisture Separator shall be T style for horizontal piping installations. Separator to be code constructed in cast iron or carbon steel and available in FNPT and flanged connections.
The WDS Steam Moisture Separator must be installed in a horizontal run of pipe. Exercise standard piping and structural practices when installing this unit. Proper drainage of the separator utilizing a float & thermostatic steam trap is essential for proper operation.
F E AT U R E S
High efficiency: 99% of all particles 10 microns and larger Minimum pressure drop Gauge ports on 3 & 4 cast iron units Standard gauge ports on 21/212 carbon steel units ASME Code constructed
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
M AT E R I A L S
WDS Cast Iron Model WDS Carbon Steel Model All Parts Cast Iron All Parts Fabricated Carbon Steel
C A PA C I T I E S
Size 3/4, 1" 114" 112" 2" 212" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 5 192 305 434 769 1220 1912 3183 4823 7465 12444 19376 28560
Steam (lbs/hr)
10 25 289 459 653 1156 1834 2876 4787 7252 11226 18713 29137 42947 50 384 609 868 1536 2437 3821 6362 9637 14917 24867 38720 57071 100 536 851 1211 2143 3401 5333 8878 13449 20818 34704 54036 79648 Operating Pressure (PSIG) 150 200 661 1050 1495 2646 4199 6583 10959 16603 25699 42840 66705 98320 250 300 400* 450* 500*
219 348 495 877 1391 2181 3632 5501 8516 14196 22104 32580
772 872 964 1132 1210 1284 1225 1384 1531 1797 1921 2038 1744 1970 2179 2559 2734 2902 3087 3487 3857 4529 4839 5136 4900 5535 6121 7188 7680 8151 7682 8677 9597 11269 12041 12779 12788 14446 15977 18760 20046 21274 19373 21884 24203 28420 30367 32229 29988 33874 37464 43992 47006 49887 49989 56468 62452 73334 78359 83161 77836 87924 97241 114186 122009 129487 114728 129597 143331 168306 179836 190859 * Not to be used for steam service at these pressures. For air service only.
248
CAST IRON
WDS Series
CAST IRON WDS
A (Flanged) A (NPT)
IN OUT
WDS CAST IRON NPT MODEL DIMENSIONS

Size (NPT) 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 A 51/2 6 6 71/4 81/8 12 11 B 101/8 101/8 103/8 131/8 155/8 181/4 181/4 C 53/4 63/4 7 81/8 81/2 113/8 113/8 Vent NPT 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 Drain NPT 3/4 1 1 1 1 11/4 11/4
inches / pounds
Weight (lbs) 23 26 30 45 50 95 90
Gauge Centers G N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 31/2
VENT CONNECTION 1/4 NPT
WDS CAST IRON FLANGED MODEL DIMENSIONS

Size (Flanged) 2 3 4 A 101/2 14 157/8 B 133/4 16 193/8 C 81/2 113/8 14 Vent NPT 1/4 1/4 1/4 Drain NPT 1 11/4 11/4
inches / pounds
Weight (lbs) 50 95 195 DRAIN C
Gauge Centers G N/A 43/4 53/4
1/2 NPT WATER GAUGE CONNECTION
CARBON STEEL
WDS CARBON STEEL MODEL DIMENSIONS

Size 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 NPT & 150# & SW 300# FLG A A 63/8 63/8 75/8 77/8 101/2 101/2 111/2 111/2 16 18 20 22 24 28 34 38 B 101/2 101/2 121/2 121/2 15 18 22 26 30 37 55 58 C 12 12 14 14 22 26 31 36 41 50 70 75 D 59/16 59/16 65/8 65/8 85/8 103/4 123/4 14 16 18 24 28 Gauge Centers G Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. 53/4 53/4 53/4 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8 77/8 Std. 1 1 1 1 1 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 2 2 21/2
inches / pounds
Weight (lbs) NPT & 150# 300# SW FLG FLG 29 30 55 57 33 35 50 55 100 140 195 230 350 475 780 940 35 37 56 59
CARBON STEEL WDS

A (Flanged) A (NPT/SW)
NPT Drain Opt. 11/2 11/2 2 2 2 21/2 21/2 21/2 21/2 3 3 4
VENT CONNECTION 1/4 NPT
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
110 150 220 290 380 610 1180 1510
IN
OUT
C B G
Note: 1 - 2 units are Cast Steel; 21/2 and up are Fabricated Steel.
DRAIN D
1/2 NPT WATER GAUGE CONNECTION
249
WCIS Series
MODEL WCIS2

WCIS1 3/4, 1 NPT Cast Iron 200 PSIG 388F 232 PSIG @ 0-248F 160 PSIG @ 572F 572F @ 160 PSIG WCIS2 11/2, 2 NPT WCIS3 2 to 4 ANSI 125#
MODEL WCIS1
Cast Iron 145 PSIG 363F 232 PSIG @ 0-248F 188 PSIG @ 428F 428F @ 0-188 PSIG
IN
OUT
MODEL WCIS3
OUT IN
OUT
IN
On steam mains, as a drip station ahead of steam pressure reducing or temperature control valves On the steam inlet to laundry presses and other process equipment which require dry saturated steam On the compressed air supply to sensitive instruments and before filters
Install a horizontal pipeline with the drain directly below the line. Recommended trap is a continuous draining float operated type.
MAINTENANCE
The trap at the separator drain should be serviced periodically according to the manufacturers instructions. The separator itself requires no maintenance.
HOW IT WORKS
When a vapor entrained with moisture enters the steam separator, a series of baffles change its flow direction several times. During the process, the baffles in the housing collect impinged water droplets that are carried in the vapor. Gravity causes the accumulated water droplets and other foreign particles to fall to the drain and exit through an external trap. This allows clean, dry vapor to exit at the outlet of the separator.
M AT E R I A L S
WCIS1 Body & Cover WCIS2/3 Body WCIS1 Gasket WCIS2/3 Gasket Bolts Bushing Plug Cast Iron ASTM A 126 GR CLB Semi-rigid Graphite Laminate Reinforced Exfoliated Graphite Steel UNF, BS 1766 Gr 5 Malleable Iron Malleable Iron
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
F E AT U R E S
Extracts nearly all moisture and solids > 10 microns Optimal gravity discharge Long-lasting cast iron construction
Moisture Separator shall be of the high efficiency impingement type having a pressure drop that does not exceed an equivalent length of pipe. Body shall be iron with threaded or flanged connections. A threaded bottom drain shall be provided for the installation of a trap to discharge any accumulated liquid.
250
MODEL WCIS2
D C
WCIS Series
D
MODEL WCIS3
B F (NPT) G E (DRAIN NPT)
B A F (NPT) G E (DRAIN NPT) C A
MODEL WCIS1
WCIS2 DIMENSIONS with threaded connections - in./mm

Size A B C 31/2 89 D 12 304 E
1/2
F 11/2 11/2
G 23/8 60 27/8 73
Weight 24 lb 11 kg 42.0 lb 19 kg
B
11/2 411/16 61/2 119 165 2 515/16 81/4 150 210
1/2
41/2 1511/16 115 398
WCIS3 DIMENSIONS with flanged connections - in./mm

Size 2 A 53/8 137 B 81/8 207 95/8 244 10 254 C 413/16 122 D 18 457 E
1/2
F 11/2 11/2 11/2
G 33/4 94 37/8 98 37/8 98
Weight 67 lb 30.5 kg 67 lb 30.5 kg 86 lb 39 kg 172 lb 78 kg

D F (NPT) E (DRAIN NPT)
3/4
21/2 63/4 172 3 4 63/4 172
53/4 1515/16 147 404 61/8 155 191/16 484
1 1
WCIS1 DIMENSIONS (nominal) - inches/mm

Size
3/4
97/16 133/8 713/16 271/4 233 337 197 692
11/2 413/16 122
A 61/16 155 9 229
B 101/4 260 151/4 388
C 47/16 112 57/8 149
D 47/16 112 61/16 155
E
1/2
F 11/2 2
Weight 15 lb 7 kg
1/2
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
30 lb 14 kg
Recommended Air Capacities in SCFM Operating Pressure (PSIG)

Size
3/4
Recommended Saturated Steam Capacities in lbs/hr Operating Pressure (PSIG)

145 148 245 587 968 1380 1776 3059 200 194 322 Size
3/4
20 31 51 123 206 288 370 643
40 51 82 190 437 623 803 1385
60 67 108 262 437 623 803 1385
80 87 138 334 556 793 1019 1756
100 102 169 406 674 957 1236 2132
10 82 133 317 523 746 1153 1985
25 128 208 494 814 1162 1795 3092
50 203 330 783 1292 1844 2848 4906
100 349 567 1347 3220 3168 4893 8427
145 496 804 1845 3041 4340 6702 11542
200 635 1030
1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
68 1 110 11/2 260 2 429 21/2 612 3 946 4 1630
251
WEH Series
Exhaust Head
Model Sizes WEHC 2, 1, 21/2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 NPT, 125# Flanged Cast Iron 11/2, WEHF WEHFSS 21/2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 150# Flanged Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Connections Body Material
The WEH Series Exhaust Heads are used to separate entrained water and particles from steam prior to being discharged directly to the atmosphere. Typically used to eliminate water damage to rooftops and other equipment.
M AT E R I A L S
WEHC WEHF WEHFSS All Parts Cast Iron All Parts Fabricated Carbon Steel All Parts Fabricated Stainless Steel
HOW IT WORKS
Exhaust heads use the cyclonic effect where the velocity of the steam is used to generate centrifugal motion that whirls the steam and throws the entrained water to the wall of the unit where it is released to a drain below. Correct sizing of exhaust heads for steam service is important in order to assure the highest possible desiccation of the steam.
F E AT U R E S
Up to 99% of particles 10 microns and larger are

separated from discharging steam
HOW TO ORDER
Refer to the capacity chart to determine which model is required to satisfy the application requirements.
Maximizes separation of water and steam Contains Vortex Containment Plate

SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Available sizes & connections:

Cast Iron NPT - 1, 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3, 4 125# Flanged - 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 Carbon Steel & Stainless Steel 150# Flanged - 21/2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10
Steam Exhaust Head shall be a cyclone design for vertical venting to atmosphere. Unit shall have a vortex containment plate feature to prevent re-entrainment of liquid. Exhaust Head to be constructed in cast iron, carbon steel or stainless steel and available in FNPT and flanged connections.
The WEH Steam Exhaust Head must be installed at the top of a vertical vent pipe. Exercise standard piping and structural practices when installing this unit. Proper drainage of the exhaust head is essential for proper operation. Pipe the drain connection of the exhaust head to a roof gutter or down spout.
252
WEH Series
Exhaust Head
A
WEHC (Cast Iron)
WEHC DIMENSIONS
Size 1 11/2 2 & 21/2 3 4 4 5 6 8 10 Inlet Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT 125# FLG 125# FLG 125# FLG 125# FLG 125# FLG
(inches),
A 51/4 51/4 71/2 83/4 10 10 13 143/4 18 23
WEIGHTS & CAPACITIES

B 61/8 61/8 87/8 111/4 117/8 15 14 183/4 20 24 Drain NPT 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1 11/2 11/2 2 2 Weight (lbs) 11 11 25 40 50 68 90 115 190 335 Capacity* 160 370 1,000 2,100 2.700 2,700 4,000 6,000 10,500 16,000 NPT FLOW A DRAIN NPT B
* Capacity in pounds of exhaust steam per hour at atmospheric pressure of 14.7 PSIA.
DRAIN NPT FLANGE
FLOW
WEHF (Carbon Steel) & WEHFSS (Stainless Steel)
WEHF/SS DIMENSIONS (inches), WEIGHTS & CAPACITIES

Inlet Size 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 Inlet Connection 150# FLG 150# FLG 150# FLG 150# FLG 150# FLG 150# FLG 150# FLG A 85/8 103/4 14 16 18 20 24 B 16 19 24 26 30 36 42 Drain NPT 1 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 2 2 Weight (lbs) 55 65 100 130 140 240 390 Capacity* 1,000 1,600 2,700 4,000 6,000 10,500 16,000
OUTLET
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
* Capacity in pounds of exhaust steam per hour at atmospheric pressure of 14.7 PSIA.
FLANGE
FLOW
DRAIN NPT
253
WVBSS
Stainless Steel Vacuum Breaker
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature WVBSS 1/2 NPT Stainless Steel 300 PSIG 752F 300 PSIG up to 752F 752F @ 300 PSIG
The WVBSS Vacuum Breaker is used on heat exchangers, air coils, jacketed kettles, pressing machines, boiler feed water tanks, sparge systems, water lines or anywhere else an unwanted vacuum may occur. The WVBSS allows air to enter the steam or liquid system in order to break the vacuum caused by the condensing of steam or draining of liquid from a system. The elimination of vacuum is necessary to allow proper drainage of liquid from process systems.
M AT E R I A L S
Body Ball Nameplate Stainless Steel, Series 300 Hardened Stainless Steel Stainless Steel, Series 300
DIMENSIONS HOW IT WORKS

The Vacuum Breaker functions like a simple check valve. Outside air is allowed to enter the system through the air inlet. However, when steam or water try to escape, the vacuum breaker closes off tightly.
13/8
inches
F E AT U R E S
All stainless steel construction Small & compact

SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Vacuum Breakers shall be of all stainless steel construction with a hardened stainless steel ball valve design.
1/8 NPT 13/8 Hex 1/2 NPT FLOW
17/8
Air Inlet
Unit must be installed in a vertical position and should be placed at the highest point in the system.
System Connection
C A PA C I T I E S
Size NPT 1/2 2 2.4 4 3.4
A i r (SCFM)
inches Hg Vacuum 6 8 4.0 4.3 10 4.7 12 4.9
254
WSSCV Series
Stainless Steel Check Valves
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure PMA Max. Allowable Pressure TMA Max. Allowable Temperature
Note:
WSSCV 1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/4, 11/2, 2, 3 NPT, SW 316 Stainless Steel 500 PSIG 750F PSIG @ 100F 850F @ 420 PSIG
WSSCV is supplied with standard spring for 1/4 PSIG cracking pressure; optional 5 PSIG cracking pressure spring is available upon request.
The Model WSSCV is an all stainless steel in-line check valve for steam, gas, or liquid service. It provides tight shut-off, minimizes water hammer and also stops recycling of pumps by preventing back flow of liquid. Used in the petrochemical, pulp & paper, textile and food & beverage industries. The WSSCV all stainless steel check valves will operate much longer and are less problematic than bronze or cast iron check valves.
M AT E R I A L S
Body Disc Spring 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Inconel-X-750
316 Stainless Steel Body and Internals Low cracking Pressure on spring (1/4 PSI) to minimize resistance and maximize flow. Available with optional 5 PSI cracking pressure (must specify at time of order) Available with NPT, SW, or optional Flanged connections Spring made from Inconel-X-750 to handle extreme temperature as well as corrosive applications Body is seam welded to eliminate O-rings or gasket seals which can be affected by high temperature steam or hot condensate Spring assisted closing of check valve to minimize noise and wear
INLET B
A SEAM WELDED
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Check valve shall have a 316 stainless steel body and disc. Spring shall be made from Inconel-X-750. Check valve body to be seam welded together to eliminate need for O-ring or gasket.
NPT or SOCKET WELD
D I M E N S I O N S & S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Size MODEL A B Weight (lbs) Standard Cracking Pressure* Optional Cracking Pressure* Cv 1/2 WSSCV-12 2.69 1.62 1.1 0.25 5.0 7 3.00 2.12 1.5 0.25 5.0 13 3.32 2.56 1.9 0.25 5.0 22
inches/pounds
11/4 WSSCV-15 3.81 3.06 3.8 0.25 5.0 39 11/2 WSSCV-16 4.75 3.44 4.7 0.25 5.0 54 2 WSSCV-17 5.03 4.38 7.7 0.25 5.0 93 3 WSSCV-19 6.87 6.19 18.8 0.25 5.0 180
3/4 1 WSSCV-13 WSSCV-14
* Note: Pressure at which valve opens and flow occurs (PSI).

255
WFPV
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature
Freeze Protection Valve

WFPV 1/2 NPT Stainless Steel 200 PSIG 300F
The WFPV is used for freeze protection on pipes, valves, fittings, pumps, condensate systems, safety showers, fire lines, spray nozzles, freeze sensitive equipment or as backup protection on steam tracing lines.
M AT E R I A L S
Body O-Ring Plug Spring Thermal Actuator Stainless Steel, 303 EPDM Brass, CDA-360 Stainless Steel, 302 Brass, CDA-360
HOW IT WORKS
A thermostatic element senses water temperature in the valve. If the temperature falls below 40F, the valve will modulate open allowing water to drain from the system. The valve will remain open as long as the water flowing by the sensing element is less than 40F. When the water temperature rises above 40F, the valve will close.

Size NPT 1/2" A 11/4 B 41/2
inches / pounds
Weight (lbs) 0.9
F E AT U R E S
Corrosion resistant stainless steel body Long service life Narrow temperature band System pressures will not affect opening temperature
FLOW
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
The freeze protection valve shall have a stainless steel body and actuated by a thermostatic element that senses water temperature. The unit shall feature a ram-type plug for reliable and tight shut-off.
C A PA C I T I E S
Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 50 75 100 125 150 175 200
Water (lbs/hr)
Capacity (lbs/hr) 2475 3031 3500 3913 4287 4630 4950
Unit should be installed in a vertical orientation with flow direction downward. For full details, see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
256
Scald Protection Valve
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature WSPV 1/2, 3/4 NPT Stainless Steel 200 PSIG 300F
WSPV
The WSPV is used to protect personnel from accidental scalding by over-heated water or other liquids. Installations such as eye-wash stations and safety showers can become over-heated by piping exposed to solar radiation or a heat exchanger malfunction
M AT E R I A L S
Body Seat Seal Plug Spring Thermal Actuator Stainless Steel, 303 PTFE Brass*, CDA-360 Stainless Steel, 302 Brass*, CDA-360
HOW IT WORKS
When water temperature rises above 95F, the thermal actuator modulates the valve open. If the water exceeds 115F, the valve will go to full open position in order to discharge the over-heated water. When the water temperature returns to 95F, the thermal actuator modulates the valve to close.
* All stainless steel version available. Consult Factory.

Size NPT 1/2" 3/4" A 11/4 11/2 B 41/2 51/2
inches / pounds
Weight (lbs) 0.9 1.4
F E AT U R E S
Corrosion resistant stainless steel body Long service life Narrow temperature band System pressures will not affect opening temperature
The scald protection valve shall have a stainless steel body and actuated by a thermal element that senses water temperature. The unit shall feature a ram-type plug for reliable and tight shut-off.
FLOW
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
C A PA C I T I E S
Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 50 75 100 125 150 200
Water (lbs/hr)
Capacity (lbs/hr) 1/2 5,300 6,495 7,500 8,385 9,180 10,600 3/4 7,070 8,660 10,000 11,180 12,240 14,140
Unit should be installed in a vertical orientation with flow direction downward. For full details, see Installation and Maintenance Manual.
257
WDPL Series
Drip Pan Elbow
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO
Max. Operating Pressure
WDPL 3/4 through 8 NPT, Flanged Cast Iron 250 PSIG WDPL Flanged
The WDPL Drip Pan Elbow is used to collect and remove condensate. Typically used with steam boilers, pressure relief valves, safety valves and steam pressure vessels and lines.
M AT E R I A L S
Body Cast Iron
F E AT U R E S
B A PIPE SIZE RISER 1/2 MIN. D C
Collects discharge condensate from steam systems Returns condensate to safe areas Increases life of safety valves Reduces discharge piping strain Female NPT or Flanged connections available
Drip Pan Elbow shall be made of cast iron and conform to the Power Piping Code. It shall have a pan to collect condensate in the steam riser pipe and a drain to pipe away the condensate.
INLET G NPT G FLG F DRAIN NPT
HOW TO ORDER
Specify pipe size needed for application.
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS

Size 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6 8 Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT 125# FLG 125# FLG A 11/2 11/2 2 2 3 4 4 6 8 10 B 33/4 33/4 51/2 51/2 61/4 73/8 8 95/8 123/4 161/2
inches / pounds
C 13/4 13/4 215/32 215/32 23/8 3 31/2 41/2 65/8 71/2 D 23/4 23/4 41/8 41/8 35/8 45/16 47/8 53/4 79/16 89/16 E 11/32 11/32 17/16 17/16 15/8 115/16 25/16 27/8 43/16 53/8 F 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 G 11/2 11/2 21/8 21/8 21/4 211/16 31/8 33/4 8 103/4 Weight (lbs) 2 2 5 5 6.5 11 14 27 75 102
258
WFLV Series
Flash Recovery Vessel
Model Sizes Connections Body Material PMO Max. Operating Pressure TMO Max. Operating Temperature PMA Max. Allowable Pressure WFLV 6, 8, 12, 16 150# RF Carbon Steel 150 PSIG 366F 150 PSIG @ 562F
G A
OUTLET
H 150# FLANGE
1/2 NPT
Note: 250 PSIG unit available. Consult factory.
J NPT E C
INLET
The WFLV flash recovery vessels are installed in condensate return systems in order to capture and utilize the flash steam coming off of the hot condensate. This flash steam is typically piped away for use on low pressure steam processes.
H 150# FLANGE
HOW TO SIZE/ORDER
Use Table 1 to determine amount of Flash Steam that will be generated by the hot pressurized condensate. The percentage of Flash Steam formed is found where Condensate Pressure and Flash Tank Pressure intersect. Multiply your Condensate Load by the decimal equivalent of the Flash Steam Percent to determine the amount of Flash Steam in lbs/hr. Then, use Figure 1 to determine Flash Tank Size required:
Example: Condensate Pressure: 100 PSIG Flash Tank Pressure: 20 PSIG Condensate Load: 8,000 lbs/hr % Flash Steam: 8.7% from chart Decimal Equivalent % Flash Steam = .087 .087 x 8000 = 696 lbs/hr of flash steam Therefore Choose: 12 FLASH TANK
Figure 1 Recovery Vessel Capacities
20,000
L NPT D
Note: All Watson McDaniel flash recovery vessels are supplied with ASME Section VIII Code Stamp.
Ta b l e 1 P E R C E N T ( % ) F L A S H S T E A M
Produced when condensate is discharged to atmosphere (0 PSIG) or into a flash tank controlled at various pressures Condensate Pressure (PSIG) 5 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 0 1.6 2.9 3.9 4.9 6.5 7.8 10.0 11.8 13.3 14.9 16.3 18.7 20.8 22.5 24.1 25.6 5 0.0 1.3 2.4 3.3 5.0 6.3 8.5 10.3 11.8 13.5 14.9 17.3 19.4 21.2 22.8 24.2 Flash Tank Pressure (PSIG) 10 20 30 40 60 80 100
Size 16 Condensate (lbs/hr)

10,000
8,000 Size 12
5,000
Size 8
2,000
Size 6
0 500 1000 2000 3000
0.0 1.1 2.1 3.7 5.1 7.3 9.1 10.6 12.3 13.7 16.2 18.2 20.0 21.7 23.1
0.0 1.7 3.0 5.3 7.1 8.7 10.4 11.8 14.3 16.4 18.2 19.9 21.4
0.0 1.4 3.7 5.5 7.1 8.8 10.3 12.8 14.9 16.8 18.4 19.9
0.0 2.3 4.2 5.8 7.5 9.0 11.5 13.7 15.5 17.2 18.7
0.0 1.9 3.5 5.3 6.8 9.4 11.5 13.4 15.1 16.7
0.0 1.6 3.4 4.9 7.6 9.8 11.7 13.4 15.0
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
0.0 1.8 3.3 6.0 8.2 10.2 11.9 13.5
696 Flash Steam (lbs/hr)

Size 6 8 12 16 A 65/8 85/8 123/4 16 B 47 48 491/2 58 C 381/2 393/4 411/4 50 D 12 13 21 24
inches/pounds
E 8 81/2 113/4 133/8 F 9 91/2 111/2 121/2 G 251/2 255/8 26 32 H 21/2 4 5 6 J 3/4 3/4 11/2 2 L 11/2 2 3 3 Weight (lbs) 75 150 165 215
259
WSTTV Series
Steam Trap Test Valves
WSTTV 1/2, 3/4, 1 NPT (Consult Factory for Options) Bronze or Stainless Steel Bronze 150 PSIG WSP Stainless Steel 150 PSIG WSP Model Sizes Connections Body Material Pressure Ratings
WSP = Working Steam Pressure
The WSTTV Steam Trap Test Valve offers simple, immediate, and visible diagnosis of any steam trap. Turning a single handle will instantly provide steam trap operational data.
M AT E R I A L S ( Bronze)
Description Body Tailpiece Ball Stem Packing Nut Seats (2) Packing Thrust Washer Handle Assembly Handle Nut 150 lb. Rating Bronze B584 C84400 Brass B124 C27700 ASTM A276 Gr. 316 SST ASTM A276 Gr. 316 SST Brass B16 C36000 R-TFM (Hostaflon) 25% Carbon-filled PTFE R-TFM (Hostaflon) 300 Series SST 300 Series SST
HOW IT WORKS
With the WSTTV Steam Trap Test Valve installed downstream of the trap and in the open position, steam trap discharges normally. A quarter-turn of the handle repositions the specially designed ball and diverts the trap discharge through a port on the bottom of the valve. Discharge can then be observed and assessments made regarding the operation of the steam trap.
F E AT U R E S ( Bronze)
Full Port Cast heavy wall bronze bodies Standard locking stainless steel handles
F E AT U R E S ( Stainless Steel)
M AT E R I A L S (Stainless Steel)
Description Body Tailpiece Ball Stem Packing Nut Seats (2) Tailpiece Seal Thrust Washer Stem Packing Lock Washer Handle Nut Handle Assembly Nameplate 150 lb. Rating CF8M CF8M ASTM A276 Gr. 316 SST ASTM A276 Gr. 316 SST ASTM A276 Gr. 316 SST R-TFM (Hostaflon) Graphite R-TFM (Hostaflon) Graphite 300 Series SST 300 Series SST 300 Series SST 300 Series SST
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
Seal welded construction Full stainless steel construction Fully compliant with ASME B16.34 & API 608 NACE MR-01-75 compliant Standard locking stainless steel handles Single reduced bore/full porting (depending on size)
Test Valve to be mounted on the outlet side of any steam trap. Care should be taken to ensure that the discharge port will be positioned in such a manner so as to avoid danger to personnel. NOT AN ISOLATION OR STOP VALVE.
MAINTENANCE
No maintenance required.
HOW TO ORDER
Specify size, pressure class and options, if applicable. Additional options available; consult factory.
260
Engineering Data
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Formulas, Conversions & Guidelines
Capacity Formulas for Steam Loads Steam Trap Sizing & Selection Guidelines Engineering Guidelines Recommended Velocities & Pressure Drops for Various Services Equivalents & Conversion Factors Cv Formulas for Valve Sizing Absolute & Kinematic Viscosity Units & Conversions Properties of Saturated Steam Draining Condensate from Steam Mains or Steam Supply Lines Steam Capacity Tables Steam Flow thru Various Orifice Diameters Pressure Drop in Schedule 40 Pipe Sizing Steam Pipes Percent Flash Steam Sizing of Condensate Return Line, Vent Line & Flash Tank 262 262 263 263 264 265 265 266 267 268 268 269 269-270 271 271-272 Page No.
Steam Properties & Flow Characteristics
Fluid Flow in Piping

Flow of Water thru Schedule 40 Steel Pipe Flow Rates, Velocities & Pressure Drops 273
Pipe, Fitting & Flange Specifications

Pipe Data Table (for 1/8 thru 30 sizes) Maximum Allowable Working Pressures for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe Flange Standards Dimensional Data Fitting Standards & Specifications Standard Class Pressure-Temperature Ratings 274-276 277 278-279 280 281-283
Steam Trap Applications

Introduction to Steam Traps Thermostatic & Bi-Metallic Steam Traps Mechanical Steam Traps Thermodynamic Steam Traps Steam Trap Selection & Sizing Drip Leg Design Process Steam Trap Gravity Drainage of Heat Transfer Equipment Process Steam Trap Syphon Drainage of Heat Transfer Equipment 284 285 286-287 288 289 290-291 292-293 294-295
Regulating Valve Applications

General Regulator Application & Installation Notes Single Stage Pressure Reducing Station using Spring-Loaded Pilot Single Stage Pressure Reducing Station using Air-Loaded Pilot for Remote Installations Two-Stage (Series) Pressure Reducing Station Parallel Pressure Reducing Station Two-Stage Parallel Pressure Reducing Station Temperature Control of a Heat Exchanger with Pressure Limiting Automatic Temperature Control of a Batch Process with Electrical Time Sequence Programmer (Solenoid Pilot) Temperature Control of a Semi-Instantaneous Heater using a Self-Contained Temperature Regulating Valve 296-297 298-299 300-301 302-303 304-305 306-307 308-309 310-311 312-313
ENGINEERING
Pressure Motive Pump (PMP) Applications

Drainage of a Single Source of Condensate for a Closed Loop System Drainage of Condensate from Below Grade for a Closed Loop System Flash Steam Recovery Removal of Water or Condensate from a Pit 314-315 316-317 318-319 320-321
261
FORMULAS, CONVERSIONS & GUIDELINES

C A PA C I T Y F O R M U L A S F O R S T E A M L O A D S
When BTU Load is Known Capacity of steam required (lbs/hr) When Square Feet Equivalent Capacity of Direct Radiation (EDR) is Known steam required (lbs/hr) When Heating Water with Steam Capacity of steam required (lbs/hr) When Heating Fuel Oil with Steam Capacity of steam required (lbs/hr) When Heating Air with Steam Coils Capacity of steam required (lbs/hr) Boiler Output Capacity of steam required (lbs/hr) = BTU 1000 HEATING AIR WITH STEAM PIPE COILS Steam (lbs/hr) = A x U x UT L A = Area of heating surface in sq. ft. U = Heat transfer coefficient (U = 2 for free convection) 6T = Steam Temperature Air Temperature in (F) L = Latent heat of Steam (BTU/lb) * * Latent heat of Steam is 970 BTU/lb at 0 PSIG/212F.
= Sq ft. of EDR 4 = GPM x Temp Rise F 2 = GPM x Temp Rise F 4 = CFM x Temp Rise F 900 = Boiler H.P. x 34.5
STEAM TRAP SIZING & SELECTION GUIDELINES

Drip Trap on Steam Mains: Should be sized for 2X safety factor at full differential pressure Primary choice for trap (up to 30 PSI): Float &Thermostatic Primary choice for trap (30-600 PSI): 1/2 WD600L Thermodynamic 3/4 WD600L Thermodynamic Place trap every 200 ft. depending on pressure and piping configuration. Steam Tracing: Typically a trap is placed approximately every 100 ft. Primary choice for trap: 1/2 WT2000 Thermostatic 1/2 WT1000 Thermostatic Thermodynamic and Bucket traps are used on critical tracing applications where no condensate can back up into the steam tracing lines Process Applications: For steam systems with constant pressure: 2X safety factor based on differential pressure For steam systems with modulating pressure: When used to drain a heat exchanger being supplied by a modulating control valve using up to 30 PSIG steam pressure, trap must handle full load at 1/2 PSI differential pressure. When used to drain a heat exchanger being supplied by a modulating control valve using steam pressure greater than 30 PSIG use 2.5X safety factor at fulI differential pressure. Primary choice for trap: Float & Thermostatic
ENGINEERING
262

ENGINEERING GUIDELINES
1. STEAM MAINS
A. Trap type & size: 1. Low Pressures 0-30 PSI = 3/4 WFT Float & Thermostatic Trap 2. High Pressures 30-600 PSI = 1/2 WD-600L Thermodynamic Trap B. Distance between traps: 1. 500 ft. for supervised start up (where drain valves will be manually opened to drain condensate) 2. 200 ft. for automatic start up (where traps are solely relied upon for drainage of condensate) C. Location of Trap: 1. At all low points 2. At each change in elevation 3. Before all control valves 4. Always put a trap at end of main D. Size of Drip Leg for Drain Trap: 1. Drip Leg Diameter to be equal to steam main diameter for steam main sizes up to 4 2. Drip Leg Diameter may be half the steam main diameter for steam main sizes over 4, but not less than 4 3. For systems with automatic start-up, Drip Leg Length to be 28 minimum (= 1 PSI minimum head pressure) 4. For systems with supervised start-up, Drip Leg Length to be 1.5 x Drip Leg Diameter, but not less than 8
2. LIFTING CONDENSATE: Every 2.3 ft. of lift = 1 PSI 3. 1000 BTU = 1 lb. Steam or Condensate 4. 1 GPM = 500 lbs/hr liquid condensate 5. Effect of back pressure on steam trap capacity in % reduction in capacity:
% Back Pressure 25 50 75 5 6 20 38 Inlet Pressure (PSI) 25 100 3 12 30 0 10 28 200 0 5 23
RECOMMENDED VELOCITIES & PRESSURE DROPS FOR VARIOUS SERVICES

SERVICE Saturated Steam
Vacuum 0 15 PSIG 15 100 PSIG Over 100 PSIG Steam Main, Low Noise (Hospital, Hotel, etc) Steam Main, Industrial Plant 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 4,000 ft/min 5,000 ft/min 7,500 ft/min 9,000 ft/min 6,000 ft/min 12,000 ft/min
VELOCITIES
PRESSURE DROPS (per 100 ft.)

0.25 0.5 PSI 0.25 0.5 PSI 0.5 1.5 PSI 0.5 2.0 PSI
Superheated Steam
0100 PSIG 100500 PSIG 2,500 10,000 ft/min 2,500 12,000 ft/min 0.5 1.5 PSI 1.0 2.0 PSI
Condensate
Boiler feed pump suction Condensate pump suction Condensate pump discharge Boiler feed pump discharge 1.5 1.5 3.0 4.0 2.5 ft/sec 3.0 ft/sec 7.5 ft/sec 10 ft/sec
ENGINEERING
Hot Water
Heating Systems Pump suction lines Pump discharge lines Cooling Water Systems 4.0 1.0 5.0 5.0 ft/sec max for quiet flow 8.0 ft/sec 15.0 ft/sec 15.0 ft/sec
263

EQUIVALENTS & CONVERSION FACTORS
A MULTIPLY
Atmospheres Atmospheres Atmospheres Atmospheres Atmospheres Atmospheres Barrels (petroleum) Barrels per day Bars-G Centimeters Centimeters Centimeters Centimeters Cubic centimeters Cubic feet Cubic feet Cubic feet per second Cubic inches Cubic inches Cubic meters Cubic meters per hour Feet Feet Feet Feet of water Feet of water Gallons (U.S.) Gallons (U.S.) Gallons (U.S.) Gallons (Imperial) Gallons (U.S.) Gallons (U.S.) Gallons of water Gallons of liquid per minute Gallons per minute Horsepower (boiler)
B BY
14.697 1.033 29.92 760 407 33.90 42 0.0292 14.5 0.3937 0.03281 0.01 0.01094 0.06102 7.48055 0.17812 448.833 16.39 0.004329 264.17 4.40 0.3048 0.3333 30.48 0.882 0.433 3785 0.13368 231 277.4 0.833 3.785 8.328 500 x Sp. Gr. 0.002228 34.5 33479 2.54 0.0833 0.0254 0.02778
C TO OBTAIN
Pounds per sq. in. Kilograms per sq. cm Inches of mercury Millimeters of mercury Inches of water Feet of water Gallons Gallons per minute Pounds per sq. in. Inches Feet Meters Yards Cubic inches Gallons Barrels Gallons per minute Cubic centimeters Gallons Gallons Gallons per minute Meters Yards Centimeters Inches of mercury Pounds per sq. in. Cubic centimeters Cubic feet Cubic inches Cubic inches Gallons (Imperial) Liters Pounds (at 70F) Pounds per hr liquid (at 70F) Cubic feet per second Pounds water per hr. evaporation Btu per hour Centimeters Feet Meters Yards
A MULTIPLY
Inches of mercury Inches of mercury Inches of mercury Inches of water Inches of water Kilograms Kilograms Kilograms per minute Kilograms per sq. cm Kilograms per sq. cm Kilograms per sq. cm Kilopascals Liters Liters Liters per hour Meters Meters Meters Meters Megapascals Pounds Pounds Pounds Pounds Pounds per hour Pounds per hour liquid Pounds per sq. in. Pounds per sq. in. Pounds per sq. in. Pounds per sq. in. Pounds per sq. in. Pounds per sq. in. Specific Gravity (of gas or vapors) Square centimeters Square inches Tons (short ton 2000 lbs.) Tons (short ton 2000 lbs.) Tons (metric) per day Water (cubic feet) Yards Yards
B BY
1.133 0.4912 0.0345 0.03613 0.07355 2.205 0.001102 132.3 14.22 0.9678 28.96 0.145 1000 0.2642 0.0044 3.281 1.0936 100 39.37 145.0 0.0005 0.4536 0.000454 16 6.32/M.W. 0.002/Sp. Gr. 27.684 2.307 2.036 0.0703 51.71 0.7037 28.97 0.1550 6.452 907.2 0.9072 91.8 62.3 0.9144 91.44
C TO OBTAIN
Feet of water Pounds per sq. in. Kilograms per sq. cm Pounds per sq. in. Inches of mercury Pounds Short tons (2000 lbs.) Pounds per hour Pounds per sq. in. Atmospheres Inches of mercury Pounds per sq. in. Cubic centimeters Gallons Gallons per minute Feet Yards Centimeters Inches Pounds per sq. in. Short tons (2000 lbs.) Kilograms Metric Tons Ounces Cubic feet per minute Gallons per minute liquid (at 70F) Inches of water Feet of water Inches of mercury Kilograms per sq. cm Millimeters of mercury Meters of water Molecular Wt. (of gas or vapors) Square inches Square centimeters Kilograms Metric Tons Pounds per hour Pounds (at 70F) Meters Centimeters
ENGINEERING
Horsepower (boiler) Inches Inches Inches Inches
This table may be used in two ways: (1) Multiply the unit under column A by the figure under column B; the result is the unit under column C. (2) Divide the unit under column C by the figure under column B; the result is the unit under column A.
264

Cv FORMULAS FOR VALVE SIZING
Cv = WATER CAPACITY in GPM with Pressure Drop of 1 PSI
The formulas for sizing regulating or control valves are based on Fluid Controls Institute Standard FCI 62-1. The Cv number of a valve is its flow coefficient and is used to determine the maximum valve capacity (W, Q1 or Q) for any condition, using the formulas below: Cv = Valve Coefficient
6P = Pressure Drop [P1 - P2]
P1 = Inlet Pressure Absolute (PSIA) P2 = Outlet Pressure Absolute (PSIA) W = Saturated Steam Flow (lbs/hr) STEAM When 6P < 0.5 P1 : 6P ( P1 + P2 ) W 2.1 6P ( P1 + P2 )
Q Q1 G G1 T
= = = = =
Flow in Gallons per Minute Flow in Cubic Feet per Hour Specific Gravity (Water = 1) Specific Gravity Gas (Air = 1 @ 14.7 PSIA @ 60 F) Rankine Temperature of Flowing Medium ( R = F + 460)
When 6P > 0.5 P1 : W = 1.82 x Cv x P1 Cv = W 1.82 x P1
W = 2.1 x Cv x Cv =
Steam Flow (W) when Pressure Drop is greater than or equal to Critical Pressure Drop (6P > 0.5 P1)
GAS
When 6P < 0.5 P1 : 6P ( P1 + P2 ) G1 x T
When 6P > 0.5 P1 : P1 Q1 = 833 x Cv x G1 x T Q1 G1 x T 833 x P1 Gas Flow (Q1) when Pressure Drop is greater than or equal to Critical Pressure Drop (6P > 0.5 P1)
Q1 = 962 x Cv
Cv =
Q1 962
G1 x T 6P ( P1 + P2 )
Cv =
WATER Q = Cv
(G = 1) 6P = Cv G 6P Cv = Q G 6P = Q 1 6P
ABSOLUTE & KINEMATIC VISCOSITY UNITS & CONVERSIONS

Absolute Viscosity Units:
1 poise (P) = 1 dyn-s-cm-2 [cgs system] 1 centipoise (cP) = 10-2 P = 10-2 dyn-s-cm-2 [cgs system] 1 centipoise (cP) = 1 millipascal-second (mPas) [MKS system] 1 centipoise (cP) = 2.0877 x 10-5 lb-s-ft-2 [English system]
Kinematic Viscosity Units:

1 stoke (St) = 1 cm2/s [cgs system] 1 centistoke (cSt) = 10-2 St = 10-2 cm2/s [cgs system]
ENGINEERING
Relation between Absolute & Kinematic Viscosity:

Kinematic Viscosity (cSt) = Absolute Viscosity (cP) Specific Gravity of Fluid
265
STEAM PROPERTIES & FLOW CHARACTERISTICS

Properties of Saturated Steam
Pressure Temp. (F) (Hg vac) Sensible Heat (BTU/lb) Latent Total Volume (ft3/lb) Condensate Steam Pressure Temp. (PSIG) (F) Heat (BTU/lb) Sensible Latent Total Volume (ft3/lb) Condensate Steam
25 20 15 10 5
(PSIG)
133 161 179 192 203 212 215 219 222 224 227 230 232 235 237 239 244 248 252 255 259 262 265 267 268 271 274 277 279 281 282 284 287 289 291 292 294 296 298 303 307 312 316 320 324 328 331 335 338 341 344 347 350 353 356 358 361 363
101 129 147 160 171 180 184 187 190 193 195 198 201 203 206 208 212 216 220 224 228 231 234 236 237 240 243 246 249 250 251 254 256 258 261 262 263 265 267 272 277 282 286 291 295 298 302 306 309 312 316 319 322 325 328 331 333 336
1018 1002 991 983 976 970 968 966 964 962 961 959 957 956 954 953 950 947 944 942 940 937 935 934 933 931 929 927 925 924 923 922 920 918 916 916 915 913 912 908 905 901 898 895 892 889 886 883 881 878 876 873 871 868 866 864 861 859
1119 1131 1138 1143 1147 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1160 1162 1163 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1174 1174 1175 1176 1177 1177 1178 1178 1178 1179 1180 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1190 1191 1192 1192 1193 1194 1194 1195 1195
0.01626 0.01640 0.01650 0.01659 0.01666 0.01672 0.01674 0.01676 0.01679 0.01681 0.01683 0.01685 0.01687 0.01689 0.01690 0.01692 0.01696 0.01699 0.01702 0.01705 0.01708 0.01711 0.01713 0.01715 0.01716 0.01719 0.01721 0.01723 0.01726 0.01727 0.01728 0.01730 0.01733 0.01735 0.01737 0.01738 0.01739 0.01741 0.01743 0.01748 0.01753 0.01757 0.01761 0.01766 0.01770 0.01774 0.01778 0.01782 0.01785 0.01789 0.01792 0.01796 0.01799 0.01803 0.01806 0.01809 0.01812 0.01815
143.3 75.41 51.41 39.22 31.82 26.80 25.21 23.79 22.53 21.40 20.38 19.46 18.62 17.85 17.14 16.49 15.33 14.33 13.45 12.68 11.99 11.38 10.83 10.57 10.33 9.874 9.459 9.078 8.728 8.563 8.404 8.104 7.826 7.566 7.323 7.208 7.096 6.883 6.683 6.230 5.837 5.491 5.184 4.911 4.665 4.444 4.242 4.059 3.891 3.736 3.594 3.462 3.340 3.226 3.119 3.020 2.927 2.839
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 25 26 28 30 32 34 35 36 38 40 42 44 45 46 48 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145
150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255 260 265 270 275 280 285 290 295 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 900 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3194
366 368 371 373 375 377 380 382 384 386 388 390 392 394 395 397 399 401 403 404 406 408 409 411 413 414 416 417 419 420 422 425 428 430 433 436 438 441 443 446 448 460 470 480 489 497 505 513 520 534 546 574 598 618 637 654 669 683 696 706
339 341 344 346 349 351 353 355 358 360 362 364 366 368 370 372 374 376 378 380 382 384 385 387 389 391 392 394 396 397 399 402 405 408 411 414 417 420 423 426 428 441 453 464 475 485 494 504 512 529 545 581 614 644 674 703 734 766 805 906
857 855 853 851 849 847 845 843 841 839 837 836 834 832 830 829 827 825 823 822 820 818 817 815 814 812 811 809 808 806 805 802 799 796 793 790 787 785 782 779 777 764 752 740 729 718 707 697 687 667 648 601 556 510 463 413 358 295 211 0
1196 1196 1196 1197 1197 1198 1198 1198 1199 1199 1199 1200 1200 1200 1200 1201 1201 1201 1201 1202 1202 1202 1202 1202 1203 1203 1203 1203 1203 1203 1203 1204 1204 1204 1204 1204 1204 1204 1205 1205 1205 1205 1205 1204 1203 1203 1202 1200 1199 1196 1192 1182 1169 1155 1137 1116 1092 1061 1016 906
0.01818 0.01821 0.01824 0.01827 0.01830 0.01833 0.01835 0.01839 0.01841 0.01844 0.01847 0.01850 0.01852 0.01855 0.01857 0.01860 0.01863 0.01865 0.01868 0.01870 0.01873 0.01875 0.01878 0.01880 0.01882 0.01885 0.01887 0.01889 0.01891 0.01894 0.01896 0.01901 0.01906 0.01910 0.01915 0.01919 0.01923 0.01927 0.01932 0.01936 0.01940 0.01961 0.01980 0.02000 0.02019 0.02038 0.02056 0.02074 0.02092 0.02128 0.02164 0.02256 0.02352 0.02456 0.02572 0.02707 0.02871 0.03097 0.03465 0.05078
2.756 2.678 2.605 2.535 2.469 2.407 2.347 2.291 2.237 2.185 2.136 2.089 2.044 2.001 1.960 1.920 1.882 1.845 1.810 1.776 1.744 1.712 1.682 1.652 1.624 1.596 1.570 1.544 1.520 1.497 1.473 1.428 1.386 1.346 1.309 1.273 1.240 1.207 1.177 1.148 1.120 0.9992 0.9010 0.8195 0.7509 0.6922 0.6415 0.5971 0.5580 0.4922 0.4390 0.3410 0.2740 0.2248 0.1864 0.1554 0.1293 0.1062 0.0835 0.0508
ENGINEERING
266

DRAINING CONDENSATE FROM STEAM MAINS OR STEAM SUPPLY LINES
Charts Assume All Pipes are Insulated (with 80% efficiency)
Warm Up Loads in Pounds of Condensate per hour per 100 ft. of Steam Main
Outside Temperature at 70F. Based on Sch. 40 Pipe up to 250 PSI; Sch. 80 above 250 PSI; Sch. 120, 5 & Larger, above 800 PSI. 0F Pipe Size Steam Correction Pressure Factor (PSIG) 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
0 5 10 20 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1750 1800 6.2 6.9 7.5 8.4 9.9 11.0 12.0 12.8 13.7 14.5 15.3 16.0 17.2 25.0 27.8 30.2 32.7 38 45 52 62 71 78 80 9.7 11.0 11.8 13.4 15.8 17.5 19.0 20.3 21.7 23.0 24.2 25.3 27.3 38.3 43 46 50 58 64 72 79 87 94 97 12.8 14.4 15.5 17.5 20.6 22.9 24.9 26.6 28.4 30.0 31.7 33.1 35.8 51 57 62 67 77 86 96 106 117 126 129 18.2 20.4 22.0 24.9 90.3 32.6 35.3 37.8 40 43 45 47 51 75 83 91 98 113 126 140 155 171 184 189 24.6 27.7 29.9 33.8 39.7 44 48 51 55 58 61 64 69 104 116 126 136 203 227 253 280 309 333 341 31.9 35.9 38.8 44 52 57 62 67 71 75 79 83 89 143 159 173 187 274 305 340 376 415 448 459 48 48 58 66 78 86 93 100 107 113 119 125 134 217 241 262 284 455 508 566 626 692 746 764 68 77 83 93 110 122 132 142 152 160 169 177 191 322 358 389 421 670 748 833 922 1018 1098 1125 90 101 109 124 145 162 175 188 200 212 224 234 252 443 493 535 579 943 1052 1172 1297 1432 1544 1584 107 120 130 146 172 192 208 222 238 251 265 277 299 531 590 642 694 1132 1263 1407 1558 1720 1855 1902 140 157 169 191 225 250 271 290 310 328 347 362 390 682 759 825 893 1445 1612 1796 1988 2194 2367 2427 176 198 213 241 284 316 342 366 391 414 437 456 492 854 971 1033 1118 1835 2047 2280 2524 2786 3006 3082 207 233 251 284 334 372 403 431 461 487 514 537 579 1045 1163 1263 1367 2227 2485 2767 3064 3382 3648 3741 308 324 350 396 465 518 561 600 642 679 716 748 807 1182 1650 1793 1939 3227 3601 4010 4440 4901 5285 5420 1.5 1.44 1.41 1.37 1.32 1.29 1.27 1.26 1.25 1.24 1.23 1.22 1.21 1.20 1.18 1.17 1.16 1.16 1.15 1.14 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.13
Running Loads in Pounds of Condensate per hour per 100 ft. of Steam Main
Outside Temperature at 70F. Based on Sch. 40 Pipe up to 250 PSI; Sch. 80 above 250 PSI; Sch. 120, 5 & Larger, above 800 PSI. Steam 0F Pipe Size Pressure Correction (PSIG) Factor 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
10 30 60 100 125 175 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1750 1800 6 8 10 12 13 16 18 20 23 27 30 36 43 51 60 69 76 79 7 9 12 15 16 19 22 25 28 33 37 44 52 62 73 85 93 96 9 11 14 18 20 23 27 30 34 39 44 53 63 75 89 103 113 117 11 14 18 22 24 26 34 37 43 49 55 69 82 97 114 132 145 150 13 17 24 28 30 33 42 46 53 61 68 85 101 119 141 163 179 185 16 20 27 33 36 43 50 54 63 73 82 101 120 142 168 195 213 221 20 26 33 41 45 53 62 68 80 91 103 131 156 185 219 253 278 288 24 32 41 51 56 66 77 85 99 114 128 164 195 230 273 31 347 358 29 38 49 61 66 78 92 101 118 135 152 194 231 274 324 375 411 425 32 42 54 67 73 86 101 111 130 148 167 214 254 301 356 412 452 467 36 48 62 77 84 98 116 126 148 170 191 244 290 343 407 470 516 534 39 51 67 83 90 107 126 138 162 185 208 274 326 386 457 528 580 600 44 57 74 93 101 119 140 154 180 206 232 305 363 430 509 588 645 667 53 68 89 111 121 141 168 184 216 246 277 365 435 515 610 704 773 800 1.58 1.50 1.45 1.41 1.39 1.38 1.36 1.35 1.33 1.32 1.31 1.30 1.27 1.26 1.25 1.22 1.22 1.21
ENGINEERING
For outdoor temperatures of 0F, multiply load value selected from table by correction factor shown.
267

STEAM CAPACITY TABLES
This chart provides a simple method for sizing steam pipes with velocities in the range of 7,000 to 10,000 ft/min. (Example: a 1 pipe with 100 PSIG steam pressure has a flow rate of 672 lbs/hr at a velocity of 7250 ft/min.
S T E A M C A PA C I T Y Flow in lbs/hr
Pressure (PSIG) 250 200 175 150 125 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 Temp. (F) (sat.) 406 388 378 366 353 338 331 324 316 308 298 287 274 267 259 250 240 228 212
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
11/4
11/2 7375 3591 2932 2603 2273 1943 1612 1478 1345 1211 1076 940 803 666 596 526 455 384 311 233
7062 7094 7125 176 143 127 111 95 79 72 66 59 53 46 39 33 29 26 22 19 15 11 324 264 235 205 175 145 133 121 109 97 85 72 60 54 47 41 35 28 21 518 423 375 328 280 232 213 194 175 155 136 116 96 86 76 66 55 45 34
7187 7250 7312 916 1498 2615 748 1223 2135 664 1086 1895 580 496 411 377 343 309 274 240 205 170 152 134 116 98 79 60 948 1655 811 1415 672 1173 617 1076 561 505 449 392 335 278 249 219 190 160 130 97 979 881 783 684 585 485 434 383 331 279 227 170
FULL-PORT VALVE or PIPE SIZE 2 21/2 3 31/2 VELOCITY (FPM) 7500 7625 7750 7875 6018 4913 4361 3810 3256 2701 2477 2254 2029 1803 1575 1346 1115 999 881 763 643 522 391 8731 7128 6328 5528 4724 3919 3594 3270 2943 2616 2286 1953 1618 1449 1279 1107 933 757 568 13700 11190 9931 8675 7414 6150 5641 5132 4619 4105 3587 3066 2539 2274 2006 1737 1464 1188 891 18620 15200 13490 11790 10070 8356 7665 6973 6277 5577 4874 4166 3451 3090 2726 2360 1990 1615 1210
4 8000 24360 19880 17650 15420 13180 10930 10030 9122 8211 7296 6376 5449 4514 4042 3566 3087 2603 2112 1583
5 8250 39470 32230 28610 24990 21360 17720 16250 14780 13310 11820 10330 8831 7315 6551 5780 5003 4218 3423 2566
6 8500 58730 47950 42560 37180 31780 26360 24180 22000 19800 17590 15380 13140 10880 9747 8600 7444 6276 5093 3818
8 9000 107700 87910 78040 68170 58260 48330 44330 40330 36300 32260 28190 24090 19960 17870 15770 13650 11510 9339 7000
10 9500 179200 146300 129800 113400 96940 80410 73760 67100 60400 53670 46900 40080 33200 29730 26230 22710 19150 15540 11650
12 10000 267700 218500 194000 169500 144800 120100 110200 100300 90240 80190 70080 59890 49610 44430 39200 33930 28610 23220 17400
This table represents steam loss thru an orifice on a failed open steam trap, assuming that 25% of the flow consists of condensate.
STEAM FLOW
Orifice Diameter (Inches) 1/32 1/16 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 7/32 1/4 9/32 5/16 11/32 3/8 2
thru various orifice diameters discharging to atmosphere (0 PSIG) in lbs/hr

5 0.47 1.86 4.20 7.50 11.70 16.70 22.90 29.80 37.80 46.60 56.40 67.10 78.80 91.40 105.00 119.00 10 0.58 2.30 5.30 7.40 14.60 21.00 28.70 37.40 47.40 58.50 70.70 84.20 98.80 115.00 131.00 150.00 15 0.70 2.80 6.30 11.20 17.60 25.30 34.40 45.00 56.90 70.30 85.10 101.00 119.00 138.00 158.00 180.00 25 0.94 3.80 8.45 15.00 23.50 33.80 46.00 60.10 76.10 94.00 114.00 135.00 159.00 184.00 211.00 241.00 Inlet Pressure (PSIG) 50 75 100 1.53 6.10 13.80 24.50 38.30 55.10 75.00 98.00 124.00 153.00 185.00 221.00 259.00 300.00 344.00 392.00 2.12 8.50 19.10 34.00 53.10 76.40 104.00 136.00 172.00 212.00 257.00 306.00 359.00 416.00 478.00 544.00 2.70 10.80 24.40 43.40 67.90 97.70 133.00 173.00 220.00 272.00 329.00 391.00 459.00 532.00 611.00 695.00 125 3.30 13.20 29.70 52.90 82.70 119.00 162.00 212.00 268.00 331.00 400.00 478.00 559.00 648.00 744.00 847.00 150 3.90 15.60 35.10 62.40 97.40 140.00 191.00 250.00 316.00 390.00 472.00 561.00 659.00 764.00 200 5.10 20.30 45.70 81.30 127.00 183.00 249.00 325.00 412.00 508.00 615.00 732.00 250 6.30 25.10 56.40 100.00 156.00 226.00 307.00 401.00 507.00 627.00 758.00 300 7.40 29.80 67.00 119.00 186.00 268.00 365.00 477.00 603.00 745.00 901.00
0.31 1.25 2.81 4.50 7.80 11.20 15.30 20.00 25.20 31.20 37.70 44.90 52.70 61.10 70.20 79.80
902.00 1073.00
ENGINEERING
13/32 7/16 15/32 1/2
859.00 1059.00 1259.00 996.00 1228.00 1460.00
877.00 1144.00 1410.00 1676.00 998.00 1301.00 1604.00 1907.00
268
PRESSURE DROP IN SCHEDULE 40 PIPE

100 PSIG Saturated Steam
For other pressures use correction factors psi 0 5 0 factor 6.9 6.0 5.2
15.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.0 4.0 3.0 2.0
10 4.3
3/4"
15 20 3.6 3.1
1"
30 2.4
40 2.0
60 1.5
75 1.3
90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 500 600 1.1 1.0 0.92 0.83 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.49 0.45 0.38 0.33 0.29 0.23 0.19
3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"
1-1/4" 1-1/2"
2" 2-1/2"
Pressure Drop psi/100 ft.
1.0 .9 .8 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 .2
.1 100
200 300 400500
1,000
4 5
10,000
3 4
5 6 7 8 10,000
10,000
Steam Flow lbs/hr
SIZING STEAM PIPES

Saturated steam lines should be sized for a steam velocity of 4800 to 7200 ft/min. Piping on pressure reducing stations should be sized for the same steam velocity on both sides of the regulator. This usually results in having a regulator smaller than the piping and having larger piping on the downstream side of the regulator. Example using Steam Velocity Chart (see next page): 100 PSIG Inlet Pressure to control valve; 25 PSIG Outlet Pressure; 1000 lbs/hr flow rate; Determine pipe size required. Upstream Piping: Enter Velocity Chart at A 1000 lbs/hr. Follow line to B 100 PSIG Inlet Pressure. Follow line vertically upwards to C 11/2 Pipe Diameter. Steam Velocity at D shows 4800 ft/min. Downstream Piping: Enter Velocity Chart at A 1000 lbs/hr. Follow line to E 25 PSIG Outlet Pressure. Follow line vertically upwards to F 21/2 Pipe Diameter. Steam Velocity at G shows 5500 ft/min.
ENGINEERING
269
STEAM VELOCITY CHART

(Schedule 40 Pipe)
20,000
" 1/2 1"
1 " 1/4 1 " 1/2
Process Steam 8,000-12,000 FPM

3"
12,000 10,000 8,000
3/4 "
2"
1 " 2/2
Heating Systems 4,000-6,000 FPM

5" 6"
F C
G D
6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000
4"
Flash Vent Lines 3,000 FPM

" 14 6" 1
8" " 10 " 12
1,000
50,000 40,000 30,000 Capacity Pounds Per Hour 20,000
Multiply Chart Velocity by Factor below to get Velocity in Schedule 80 Pipe

Pipe Size 1/2" 3/4" & 1" 11/4" & 11/2" 2" to 16"
0 25 0 20 0 15 5 12 00 1 5 7
10,000 8,000 6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000

10 25
Factor 1.30 1.23 1.23" 1.17 1.12
50
2,000
0
1,000 800 600 500 400 300
A E B
0 25 0 20 0 15 5 12 00 1 5 7 50 25
ENGINEERING
200
5 0
10
100 Steam Pressure PSIG (Saturated Steam)
270
PERCENT (%) FLASH STEAM

Percent Flash Steam produced when condensate is discharged to atmosphere (0 PSIG) or into a flash tank controlled at various pressures Condensate Pressure (PSIG) 5 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 Flash Tank Pressure (PSIG) 0 1.6 2.9 3.9 4.9 6.5 7.8 10.0 11.8 13.3 14.9 16.3 18.7 20.8 22.5 24.1 25.6 5 0.0 1.3 2.4 3.3 5.0 6.3 8.5 10.3 11.8 13.5 14.9 17.3 19.4 21.2 22.8 24.2 10 0.0 1.1 2.1 3.7 5.1 7.3 9.1 10.6 12.3 13.7 16.2 18.2 20.0 21.7 23.1 20 30 40 60 80 100
0.0 1.7 3.0 5.3 7.1 8.7 10.4 11.8 14.3 16.4 18.2 19.9 21.4
0.0 1.4 3.7 5.5 7.1 8.8 10.3 12.8 14.9 16.8 18.4 19.9
0.0 2.3 4.2 5.8 7.5 9.0 11.5 13.7 15.5 17.2 18.7
0.0 1.9 3.5 5.3 6.8 9.4 11.5 13.4 15.1 16.7
0.0 1.6 3.4 4.9 7.6 9.8 11.7 13.4 15.0
0.0 1.8 3.3 6.0 8.2 10.2 11.9 13.5
SIZING OF CONDENSATE RETURN LINE, VENT LINE & FLASH TANK

Velocity of Flash Steam in Condensate Return Lines should be between 4000 and 6000 ft/min. Velocity in Flash Tank should be less than 600 ft/min. Velocity in a Vent Pipe should be less than 4000 ft/min. Example: A steam trap with a 160 PSIG steam inlet pressure is being discharged into a flash tank operating at 20 PSIG. The condensate load on the trap is 3000 lbs/hr. Problem: 1) Determine the size of the condensate return line from the trap to the flash tank 2) Determine the size of the flash tank 3) Determine the size of the vent line on the flash tank Solution: The accepted practice of determining condensate return pipe sizing is to base the size of the return pipe on the amount of flash steam in the return line. This is due to the fact that the volume of flash steam is over 1000 times greater than the equivalent volume of liquid condensate. Therefore, the flash steam is the dominant factor affecting flow in the return line. We must first calculate the amount of flash steam produced. From the Percent Flash Steam Chart we find that 12.4% of the condensate will flash into steam. Therefore .124 X 3000 = 372 lbs/hr of flash steam will be produced in the condensate return line and flash tank. Enter Condensate Line, Flash Tank & Vent Line Sizing chart at A 372 lbs/hr. Move horizontally to point B 20 PSIG Flash Tank Pressure. Move vertically upwards to point D to determine a 5 Flash Tank Diameter is needed to keep velocities less than 600 ft/min. Continue to move vertically to point E to determine that the Vent Line on the Flash Tank should be 2 Diameter in order to keep velocities less than 4000 ft/min. Continue to move vertically to point C to determine that the Condensate Line Diameter should be 11/2 Diameter to maintain condensate return line velocities between 4000 and 6000 ft/min.
ENGINEERING
271
CONDENSATE LINE, FLASH TANK & VENT LINE SIZING

Velocity (ft/sec) 100 66 50 33 17 10 50,000
0 10 0 8 0 6 " 24 " 26 " 28 " 30 " 12 " 14 " 16 " 18 " 20 " 10 3" 5" 8" 4" 6"
(Schedule 40 Pipe)
C E
1 " 1/4 1 " 1/2 1 " 2/2
Velocity (ft/min) 6000 Condensate Return Line 4000 3000 Vent Pipe 2000 1000
" 1/2 " 3/4 2" 1"
600 Flash Tank
30,000 Flash Steam Flow Rate (lb/hr) 20,000

5 0 20 10
10,000 8,000 5,000

0 10 0 8 0 6
Multiply Chart Velocity by Factor below to get Velocity in Schedule 80 Pipe

Pipe Size 1/2" 3/4" & 1" 11/4" & 11/2" 2" & 3" 4" to 24" 26" to 30" Factor 1.30 1.23 1.15 1.12 1.1 1.0
40 0 3
3,000 2,000
0 10 5
40 0 3 20
Li e at g) ns si de (p on nk C Ta in sh re la su r F es o Pr
1,000 800 500
A
300 200 100 80 60 50 40 30 20 10
ENGINEERING
ne
0 10 0 8 60 40 0 3 20 10 5 0
272
FLUID FLOW IN PIPING

Flow of Water thru Schedule 40 Steel Pipe
Pressure Drop per 1,000 Feet of Schedule 40 Steel Pipe
Flow Rate (GPM)
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450 475 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 4,500 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000 12,000 14,000 16,000
Velocity Pressure Velocity Pressure Velocity Pressure Velocity Pressure Velocity Pressure Velocity Pressure Velocity Pressure Velocity Pressure Velocity Pressure Drop Drop Drop Drop Drop Drop Drop Drop Drop (ft/s) (PSI) (ft/s) (PSI) (ft/s) (PSI) (ft/s) (PSI) (ft/s) (PSI) (ft/s) (PSI) (ft/s) (PSI) (ft/s) (PSI) (ft/s) (PSI) 1
0.37 0.74 1.12 1.49 1.86 2.24 2.98 3.72 5.60 7.44 0.49 1.70 3.53 5.94 9.02 12.25 21.1 30.8 64.6 110.5
11/4
0.43 0.64 0.86 1.07 1.28 1.72 2.14 3.21 4.29 5.36 6.43 7.51 0.45 0.94 1.55 2.36 3.30 5.52 8.34 17.6 29.1 43.7 62.9 82.5
11/2
0.47 0.63 0.79 0.95 1.26 1.57 2.36 3.15 3.94 4.72 5.51 6.30 7.08 7.87 0.44 0.74 1.12 1.53 2.63 3.86 8.13 13.5 20.2 29.1 38.2 47.8 60.6 74.7
2
0.57 0.76 0.96 1.43 1.91 2.39 2.87 3.35 3.82 4.30 4.78 5.74 6.69 7.65 8.60 9.56 0.46 0.75 1.14 2.33 3.86 5.81 8.04 10.95 13.7 17.4 20.6 29.6 38.6 50.3 63.6 75.1
21/2
0.67 1.00 1.34 1.68 2.01 2.35 2.68 3.00 3.35 4.02 4.69 5.37 6.04 6.71 8.38 10.06 11.73 0.48 0.99 1.64 2.48 3.43 4.49 5.88 7.14 8.82 12.2 15.3 21.7 26.1 32.3 48.2 60.4 90.0
3
0.87 1.08 1.30 1.52 1.74 1.95 2.17 2.60 3.04 3.48 3.91 4.34 5.42 6.51 7.59 8.68 9.77 10.85 11.94 13.02 0.59 0.67 1.21 1.58 2.06 2.51 3.10 4.29 5.84 7.62 9.22 11.4 17.1 23.5 32.0 39.7 50.2 61.9 75.0 84.7
31/2
0.81 0.97 1.14 1.30 1.46 1.62 1.95 2.27 2.59 2.92 3.24 4.05 4.86 5.67 6.48 7.29 8.10 8.91 9.72 10.53 11.35 12.17 12.97 13.78 14.59 0.42 0.60 0.79 1.00 1.21 1.44 2.07 2.71 3.53 4.46 5.27 7.86 11.3 14.7 19.2 23.1 28.5 34.4 40.9 45.5 52.7 60.7 68.9 77.8 87.3
4
0.88 1.01 1.13 1.26 1.51 1.76 2.01 2.26 2.52 3.15 3.78 4.41 5.04 5.67 6.30 6.93 7.56 8.18 8.82 9.45 10.08 10.70 11.33 11.96 12.59 13.84 15.10 0.42 0.53 0.67 0.80 1.10 1.50 1.87 2.37 2.81 4.38 6.02 8.20 10.2 12.9 15.9 18.3 21.8 25.5 29.7 32.3 36.7 41.5 46.5 51.7 57.3 69.3 82.5
5
1.12 1.28 1.44 1.60 2.00 2.41 2.81 3.21 3.61 4.01 4.41 4.81 5.21 5.61 6.01 6.41 6.82 7.22 7.62 8.02 8.82 9.62 10.42 11.22 12.02 12.82 13.62 14.42 15.22 16.02 17.63 0.48 0.63 0.80 0.95 1.48 2.04 2.78 3.46 4.37 5.14 6.22 7.41 8.25 9.57 11.0 12.5 14.1 15.0 16.7 18.5 22.4 26.7 31.3 36.3 41.6 44.7 50.5 56.6 63.1 70.0 84.6
6
1.11 1.39 1.67 1.94 2.22 2.50 2.78 3.06 3.33 3.61 3.89 4.16 4.44 4.72 5.00 5.27 5.55 6.11 6.66 7.21 7.77 8.32 8.88 9.44 10.00 10.55 11.10 12.22 13.32 14.43 15.54 16.65 17.76 19.98 22.20 0.39 0.56 0.78 1.06 1.32 1.66 2.05 2.36 2.80 3.29 3.62 4.16 4.72 5.34 5.96 6.66 7.39 8.94 10.6 11.8 13.7 15.7 17.8 20.2 22.6 23.7 26.3 31.8 37.8 44.4 51.5 55.5 63.1 79.8 98.5
8
1.44 1.60 1.76 1.92 2.08 2.24 2.40 2.56 2.72 2.88 3.04 3.20 3.53 3.85 4.17 4.49 4.81 5.13 5.45 5.77 6.09 6.41 7.05 7.69 8.33 8.97 9.62 10.26 11.54 12.83 16.03 19.24 22.43 25.65 0.44 0.55 0.63 0.75 0.88 0.97 1.11 1.27 1.43 1.60 1.69 1.87 2.26 2.70 3.16 3.69 4.21 4.79 5.11 5.73 6.38 7.08 8.56 10.2 11.3 13.0 15.0 17.0 21.6 25.0 39.0 52.4 71.4 93.3
10
1.93 2.04 2.24 2.44 2.65 2.85 3.05 3.26 3.46 3.66 3.87 4.07 4.48 4.88 5.29 5.70 6.10 6.51 7.32 8.13 10.18 12.21 14.25 16.28 18.31 20.35 24.42 28.50 0.30 0.63 0.70 0.86 1.01 1.18 1.35 1.54 1.74 1.94 2.23 2.40 2.74 3.27 3.86 4.44 5.11 5.46 6.91 8.54 12.5 18.0 22.9 29.9 37.8 46.7 67.2 85.1
12
2.01 2.15 2.29 2.44 2.58 2.72 2.87 3.16 3.45 3.73 4.02 4.30 4.59 5.16 5.73 7.17 8.60 10.03 11.48 12.90 14.34 17.21 20.08 22.95 25.80 28.63 34.38 0.48 0.55 0.62 0.70 0.79 0.88 0.98 1.18 1.40 1.56 1.80 2.07 2.36 2.98 3.47 5.41 7.31 9.95 13.0 15.4 18.9 27.3 37.2 45.1 57.0 70.4 93.6
14
2.02 2.14 2.25 2.38 2.61 2.85 3.09 3.32 3.55 3.80 4.27 4.74 5.92 7.12 8.32 9.49 10.67 11.84 14.32 16.60 18.98 21.35 23.75 28.50 33.20 0.43 0.48 0.53 0.59 0.68 0.81 0.95 1.10 1.19 1.35 1.71 2.11 3.09 4.45 6.18 7.92 9.36 11.6 15.4 21.0 27.4 34.7 42.9 61.8 84.0
16
2.18 2.36 2.54 2.73 2.91 3.27 3.63 4.54 5.45 6.35 7.25 8.17 9.08 10.88 12.69 14.52 16.32 18.16 21.80 25.42 29.05 0.40 0.47 0.54 0.62 0.71 0.85 1.05 1.63 2.21 3.00 3.92 4.97 5.72 8.24 12.2 13.6 17.2 21.2 30.9 41.6 54.4
18
2.58 2.88 3.59 4.31 5.03 5.74 6.47 7.17 8.62 10.04 11.48 12.92 14.37 17.23 20.10 22.96 0.48 0.56 0.88 1.27 1.52 2.12 2.50 3.08 4.45 6.06 7.34 9.20 11.5 16.5 20.7 27.1
20
ENGINEERING
3.45 4.03 4.61 5.19 5.76 6.92 8.06 9.23 10.37 11.53 13.83 16.14 18.43
0.73 0.94 1.22 1.55 1.78 2.57 3.50 4.57 5.36 6.63 9.54 12.0 15.7
24
3.19 3.59 3.99 4.80 5.68 6.38 7.19 7.96 9.57 11.18 12.77 0.51 0.60 0.74 1.00 1.36 1.78 2.25 2.78 3.71 5.05 6.60
273
PIPE, FITTING & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS

P I P E D ATA TA B L E
Pipe Size (in.)
1/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8
Outside Diameter (in.)
Weight Class
STD XS STD XS STD XS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS
Carbon Steel Schedule

40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 160 40 80 160 40 80 160 40 80 160 40 80 160 40 80 160 40 80 160 40 80 160 40 80 120 160 40 80 120 160
Stainless Steel Schedule

10S 40S 80S 10S 40S 80S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S
Wall Thickness (in.)

.049 .068 .095 .065 .088 .119 .065 .091 .126 .065 .083 .109 .147 .187 .294 .065 .083 .113 .154 .219 .308 .065 .109 .133 .179 .250 .358 .065 .109 .140 .191 .250 .382 .065 .109 .145 .200 .281 .400 .065 .109 .154 .218 .344 .436 .083 .120 .203 .276 .375 .552 .083 .120 .216 .300 .438 .600 .083 .120 .237 .337 .438 .531 .674 .109 .134 .258 .375 .500 .625 .750
Inside Diameter (in.)

.307 .269 .215 .410 .364 .302 .545 .493 .423 .710 .674 .622 .546 .466 .252 .920 .884 .824 .742 .612 .434 1.185 1.097 1.049 .957 .815 .599 1.530 1.442 1.380 1.278 1.160 .896 1.770 1.682 1.610 1.500 1.338 1.100 2.245 2.157 2.067 1.939 1.687 1.503 2.709 2.635 2.469 2.323 2.125 1.771 3.334 3.260 3.068 2.900 2.624 2.300 4.334 4.260 4.026 3.826 3.624 3.438 3.152 5.345 5.295 5.047 4.813 4.563 4.313 4.063
Circum. (Ext.) (in.)
Circum. (Int.) (in.)

.96 .85 .68 1.29 1.14 .95 1.71 1.55 1.33 2.23 2.12 1.95 1.72 1.46 .79 2.89 2.78 2.59 2.33 1.92 1.36 3.72 3.45 3.30 3.01 2.56 1.88 4.81 4.53 4.34 4.02 3.64 2.81 5.56 5.28 5.06 4.71 4.20 3.46 7.05 6.78 6.49 6.09 5.30 4.72 8.51 8.28 7.76 7.30 6.68 5.56 10.47 10.24 9.64 9.11 8.24 7.23 13.62 13.38 12.65 12.02 11.39 10.80 9.90 16.79 16.63 15.86 15.12 14.34 13.55 12.76
Flow Area (sq. in.)

.074 .057 .036 .132 .104 .072 .233 .191 .141 .396 .357 .304 .234 .171 .050 .665 .614 .533 .433 .296 .148 1.103 .945 .864 .719 .522 .282 1.839 1.633 1.495 1.283 1.057 .630 2.461 2.222 2.036 1.767 1.406 .950 3.958 3.654 3.355 2.953 2.241 1.774 5.764 5.453 4.788 4.238 3.546 2.464 8.730 8.347 7.393 6.605 5.408 4.155 14.75 14.25 12.73 11.50 10.31 9.28 7.80 22.44 22.02 20.01 18.19 16.35 14.61 12.97
Weight of Pipe (lbs/Ft.)

.19 .24 .31 .33 .42 .54 .42 .57 .74 .54 .67 .85 1.09 1.31 1.71 .69 .86 1.13 1.47 1.94 2.44 .87 1.40 1.68 2.17 2.84 3.66 1.11 1.81 2.27 3.00 3.76 5.21 1.28 2.09 2.72 3.63 4.86 6.41 1.61 2.64 3.65 5.02 7.46 9.03 2.48 3.53 5.79 7.66 10.01 13.69 3.03 4.33 7.58 10.25 14.32 18.58 3.92 5.61 10.79 14.98 19.00 22.51 27.54 6.36 7.77 14.62 20.78 27.04 32.96 38.55
Weight of Water (lbs/Ft.)

.032 .025 .016 .057 .045 .031 .101 .083 .061 .172 .155 .132 .102 .074 .022 .288 .266 .231 .188 .128 .064 .478 .409 .375 .312 .230 .122 .797 .708 .649 .555 .458 .273 1.066 .963 .882 .765 .608 .420 1.72 1.58 1.45 1.28 .97 .77 2.50 2.36 2.07 1.87 1.54 1.07 3.78 3.62 3.20 2.86 2.35 1.80 6.39 6.18 5.50 4.98 4.47 4.02 3.38 9.72 9.54 8.67 7.88 7.09 6.33 5.61
Gallons of Water per Ft.

.004 .003 .002 .007 .005 .004 .012 .010 .007 .021 .019 .016 .012 .009 .003 .035 .032 .028 .022 .015 .008 .057 .049 .045 .037 .027 .015 .096 .085 .078 .067 .055 .033 .128 .115 .106 .092 .073 .049 .206 .190 .174 .153 .116 .092 .299 .283 .249 .220 .184 .128 .454 .434 .384 .343 .281 .216 .766 .740 .661 .597 .536 .482 .405 1.17 1.14 1.04 .945 .849 .759 .674
Section Modulus
.00437 .00523 .00602 .01032 .01227 .01395 .01736 .0216 .0255 .0285 .0341 .0407 .0478 .0527 .0577 .0467 .0566 .0706 .0853 .1004 .1103 .0760 .1151 .1328 .1606 .1903 .2136 .1250 .1934 .2346 .2913 .3421 .4110 .1662 .2598 .3262 .4118 .5078 .5977 .2652 .4204 .5606 .7309 .9790 1.1040 .4939 .6868 1.064 1.339 1.638 1.997 .744 1.041 1.724 2.225 2.876 3.424 1.249 1.761 3.214 4.271 5.178 5.898 6.791 2.498 3.029 5.451 7.431 9.250 10.796 12.090
Pipe Size (in.)

1/ 8 1/ 4 3/ 8
0.405
1.27
0.540
1.70
0.675
2.12
1/ 2
0.840
2.64
1/ 2
3/ 4
1.050
3.30
3/ 4
1.315
4.13
11/4
1.660
5.22
11/4
11/2
1.900
5.97
11/2
2.375
7.46
21/2
2.875
9.03
21/2
3.500
11.00
ENGINEERING
4.500
14.14
5.563
17.48
274

Pipe Size (in.) Outside Diameter (in.) Weight Class
STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS XXS STD XS STD XS
(continued)
40 80 120 160 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 40S 80S 5S 10S 5S 10S

.109 .134 .280 .432 .562 .719 .864 .109 .148 .250 .277 .322 .406 .500 .594 .719 .812 .875 .906 .134 .165 .250 .307 .365 .500 .594 .719 .844 1.000 1.125 .156 .180 .250 .330 .375 .406 .500 .562 .688 .844 1.000 1.125 1.312 .156 .188 .250 .312 .375 .438 .500 .594 .750 .938 1.094 1.250 1.406 .165 .188 .250 .312 .375 .500 .656 .844 1.031 1.219 1.438 1.594

6.407 6.357 6.065 5.761 5.501 5.187 4.897 8.407 8.329 8.125 8.071 7.981 7.813 7.625 7.437 7.187 7.001 6.875 6.813 10.482 10.420 10.250 10.136 10.020 9.750 9.562 9.312 9.062 8.750 8.500 12.438 12.390 12.250 12.090 12.000 11.938 11.750 11.626 11.374 11.062 10.750 10.500 10.126 13.688 13.624 13.500 13.376 13.250 13.124 13.000 12.812 12.500 12.124 11.812 11.500 11.188 15.670 15.624 15.500 15.376 15.250 15.000 14.688 14.312 13.938 13.562 13.124 12.812

20.13 19.97 19.05 18.10 17.28 16.30 15.38 26.41 26.17 25.53 25.36 25.07 24.55 23.95 23.36 22.58 21.99 21.60 21.40 32.93 32.74 32.20 31.84 31.48 30.63 30.04 29.25 28.47 27.49 26.70 39.08 38.92 38.48 37.98 37.70 37.50 36.91 36.52 35.73 34.75 33.77 32.99 31.81 43.00 42.80 42.41 42.02 41.63 41.23 40.84 40.25 39.27 38.09 37.11 36.13 35.15 49.23 49.08 48.69 48.31 47.91 47.12 46.14 44.96 43.79 42.61 41.23 40.26
Flow Area (sq. in.)

32.24 31.74 28.89 26.07 23.77 21.15 18.84 55.51 54.48 51.85 51.16 50.03 47.94 45.66 43.46 40.59 38.50 37.12 36.46 86.29 85.28 82.52 80.69 78.86 74.66 71.84 68.13 64.53 60.13 56.75 121.50 120.57 117.86 114.80 113.10 111.93 108.43 106.16 101.64 96.14 90.76 86.59 80.53 147.15 145.78 143.14 140.52 137.88 135.28 132.73 128.96 122.72 115.49 109.62 103.87 98.31 192.85 191.72 188.69 185.69 182.65 176.72 169.44 160.92 152.58 144.50 135.28 128.96

7.60 9.29 18.97 28.57 36.39 45.35 53.16 9.93 13.40 22.36 24.70 28.55 35.64 43.39 50.95 60.71 67.76 72.42 74.69 15.19 18.65 28.04 34.24 40.48 54.74 64.43 77.03 89.29 104.13 115.64 20.98 24.17 33.38 43.77 49.56 53.52 65.42 73.15 88.63 107.32 125.49 139.67 160.27 23.07 27.73 36.71 45.61 54.57 63.44 72.09 85.05 106.13 130.85 150.79 170.28 189.11 27.90 31.75 42.05 52.27 82.58 82.77 107.50 136.61 164.82 192.43 233.64 245.25

13.97 13.75 12.51 11.29 10.30 9.16 8.16 24.06 23.61 22.47 22.17 21.70 20.77 19.78 18.83 17.59 16.68 16.10 15.80 37.39 36.95 35.76 34.96 34.20 32.35 31.13 29.53 27.96 26.06 24.59 52.65 52.25 51.07 49.74 49.00 48.50 46.92 46.00 44.04 41.66 39.33 37.52 34.89 63.77 63.17 62.03 60.89 59.75 58.64 57.46 55.86 53.18 50.04 47.45 45.01 42.60 83.57 83.08 81.74 80.50 79.12 76.58 73.42 69.73 66.12 62.62 58.64 55.83

1.68 1.65 1.50 1.35 1.24 1.10 .978 2.88 2.83 2.69 2.66 2.60 2.49 2.37 2.26 2.11 2.00 1.93 1.89 4.48 4.43 4.29 4.19 4.10 3.88 3.73 3.54 3.35 3.12 2.95 6.31 6.26 6.12 5.96 5.88 5.81 5.63 5.51 5.28 4.99 4.71 4.50 4.18 7.64 7.57 7.44 7.30 7.16 7.03 6.90 6.70 6.37 6.00 5.69 5.40 5.11 10.02 9.96 9.80 9.65 9.49 9.18 8.80 8.36 7.93 7.50 7.03 6.70
Section Modulus
3.576 4.346 8.496 12.22 14.98 17.81 20.02 6.131 8.212 13.39 14.69 16.81 20.58 24.51 28.14 32.58 35.65 37.56 38.48 11.71 14.30 21.15 25.57 29.90 39.43 45.54 53.22 60.32 68.43 74.29 19.2 22.0 30.2 39.0 43.8 47.1 56.7 62.8 74.6 88.1 100.7 109.9 122.6 23.2 27.8 36.6 45.0 53.2 61.3 69.1 80.3 98.2 117.8 132.8 146.8 159.6 32.2 36.5 48.0 59.2 70.3 91.5 116.6 144.5 170.5 194.5 220.0 236.7
Pipe Size (in.)
6.625
20.81
8.625
27.10
10
10.750
33.77
10
12
12.750
40.06
12
14
14.000
43.98
14
ENGINEERING
16
16.00
50.27
16
275

Pipe Size (in.) Outside Diameter (in.) Weight Class
STD XS STD XS STD XS STD XS STD XS
(continued)
10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 10 20 30 60 80 100 120 140 160 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 10 20 30

5S 10S 5S 10S 5S 10S 5S 10S 5S 10S

.165 .188 .250 .312 .375 .438 .500 .562 .750 .938 1.156 1.375 1.562 1.781 .188 .218 .250 .375 .500 .594 .812 1.031 1.281 1.500 1.750 1.969 .188 .218 .250 .375 .500 .875 1.125 1.375 1.625 1.875 2.125 .218 .250 .375 .500 .562 .688 .969 1.219 1.531 1.812 2.062 2.344 .250 .312 .375 .500 .625

17.67 17.62 17.50 17.38 17.25 17.12 17.00 16.88 16.50 16.12 15.69 15.25 14.88 14.44 19.62 19.56 19.50 19.25 19.00 18.81 18.38 17.94 17.44 17.00 16.50 16.06 21.62 21.56 21.50 21.25 21.00 20.25 19.75 19.25 18.75 18.25 17.75 23.56 23.50 23.25 23.00 22.88 22.62 22.06 21.56 20.94 20.38 19.88 19.31 29.50 29.38 29.25 29.00 28.75

55.51 55.37 54.98 54.59 54.19 53.80 53.41 53.02 51.84 50.66 49.29 47.91 46.73 45.36 61.65 61.46 61.26 60.48 59.69 59.10 57.73 56.35 54.78 53.41 51.84 50.46 67.93 67.75 67.54 66.76 65.97 63.62 62.05 60.48 58.90 57.33 55.76 74.03 73.83 73.04 72.26 71.86 71.08 69.31 67.74 65.78 64.01 62.44 60.67 92.68 92.29 91.89 91.11 90.32
Flow Area (sq. in.)

245.22 243.95 240.53 237.13 233.71 230.30 226.98 223.68 213.83 204.24 193.30 182.66 173.80 163.72 302.46 300.61 298.65 290.04 283.53 278.00 265.21 252.72 238.83 226.98 213.82 202.67 367.25 365.21 363.05 354.66 346.36 322.06 306.35 291.04 276.12 261.59 247.45 436.10 433.74 424.56 415.48 411.00 402.07 382.35 365.22 344.32 326.08 310.28 292.98 683.49 677.71 671.96 660.52 649.18

31.43 35.76 47.39 58.94 70.59 82.15 93.45 104.87 138.17 170.92 207.96 244.14 274.22 308.50 39.78 46.06 52.73 78.60 104.13 123.11 166.40 208.87 256.10 296.37 341.09 379.17 43.80 50.71 58.07 86.61 114.81 197.41 250.81 302.88 353.61 403.00 451.06 55 63 95 125 141 171 238 297 367 430 483 542 79 99 119 158 196

106.26 105.71 104.21 102.77 101.18 99.84 98.27 96.93 92.57 88.50 83.76 79.07 75.32 70.88 131.06 130.27 129.42 125.67 122.87 120.46 114.92 109.51 103.39 98.35 92.66 87.74 159.14 158.26 157.32 153.68 150.09 139.56 132.76 126.12 119.65 113.36 107.23 188.98 187.95 183.95 179.87 178.09 174.23 165.52 158.26 149.06 141.17 134.45 126.84 296.18 293.70 291.18 286.22 281.31

12.74 12.67 12.49 12.32 12.14 11.96 11.79 11.62 11.11 10.61 10.04 9.49 9.03 8.50 15.71 15.62 15.51 15.12 14.73 14.44 13.78 13.13 12.41 11.79 11.11 10.53 19.08 18.97 18.86 18.42 17.99 16.73 15.91 15.12 14.34 13.59 12.85 22.65 22.53 22.05 21.58 21.35 20.88 19.86 18.97 17.89 16.94 16.12 15.22 35.51 35.21 34.91 34.31 33.72
Section Modulus
40.8 46.4 61.1 75.5 89.6 103.4 117.0 130.1 168.3 203.8 242.3 277.6 305.5 335.6 57.4 66.3 75.6 111.3 145.7 170.4 225.7 277.1 331.5 375.5 421.7 458.5 69.7 80.4 91.8 135.4 177.5 295.0 366.4 432.6 493.8 550.3 602.4 96.0 109.6 161.9 212.5 237.0 285.1 387.7 472.8 570.8 652.1 718.9 787.9 172.3 213.8 255.3 336.1 414.9
Pipe Size (in.)
18
18.00
56.55
18
20
20.00
62.83
20
22
22.00
69.12
22
24
24.00
75.40
24
30
30.00
94.25
30
ENGINEERING
276

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURES FOR SEAMLESS CARBON STEEL PIPE
Nominal Pipe Size (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 36 42 SCH 10 659 1065 556 486 388 431 346 303 269 284 239 225 224 219 333 291 258 233 211 194 209 SCH 20 543 434 366 451 395 350 399 331 376 SCH 30 628 578 534 573 500 538 568 541 488 Maximum allowable working pressure at -20 to 650 F STD WALL SCH 40 SCH 60 XH SCH 80 SCH 100 SCH 120 1694 1450 1578 1069 1004 903 1214 1094 1023 974 888 833 770 723 630 573 500 444 399 363 331 306 265 220 189 1694 1450 1578 1069 1004 903 1214 1094 1023 974 888 833 1038 723 696 693 711 725 693 683 1343 1070 1033 999 980 1013 995 1004 3036 2589 2601 1941 1821 1659 1936 1773 1671 1598 1475 1473 1343 1070 898 816 711 631 568 515 471 435 376 314 269 3036 2589 2601 1941 1821 1659 1936 1773 1671 1598 1475 1473 1649 1311 1305 1311 1305 1303 1299 1295 2068 1641 1653 1690 1638 1648 1653 1664 2243 2123 2038 2388 1975 2009 2013 1975 1998 1970 2003 SCH 140 SCH 160 2715 2406 2295 2341 2378 2303 2338 2309 4551 4505 4290 3001 3091 3225 2963 2933 2868 2791 2738 2605 2754 2735 2675 2669 2665 2663 2656 XXH 9223 7531 7150 5593 5114 4475 4936 4405 3858 3485 3414 -
S For allowable working pressures at higher temperatures, multiply values listed above by the following factors:
Grade A Temperature Multiply by 700 F 0.971 750 F 0.892 800 F 0.750 850 F 0.708 900 F 0.417
Grade B Temperature Multiply by 700 F 0.956 750 F 0.853 800 F 0.720 850 F 0.620 900 F 0.333
ENGINEERING
277

FLANGE STANDARDS Dimensional Data in inches
125 lb. CAST IRON

PIPE SIZE Diameter of Flange Thickness of Flange (min)a Diameter of Bolt Circle Number of Bolts Diameter of Bolts
1/ 2 3/ 4
ANSI STANDARD B16.1

1 41/4
7/ 16
11/4 45/8
1/ 2 2
11/2 5
9/ 16
2 6
5/ 8
21/2 7
11/ 16
3 71/2
3/ 4
31/2 81/2
13/ 16
4 9
15/ 16 2
5 10
15/ 16 2
6 11 1 91/ 8
3/ 4 2
8 131/2 11/8 113/ 8

3/ 4 4
10 16 13/16 141/ 12
7/ 8 4
12 19 11/4 17 12
7/ 8
31/8 4
1/ 2
31/ 4
1/
37/ 4
1/
43/ 4
51/ 4
6 4
5/ 8
7 8
5/ 8
71/ 8
5/
81/ 8
3/
5/ 8
5/ 8
a 125 lb. Cast Iron Flanges have plain faces (i.e. not raised faces).
250 lb. CAST IRON

PIPE SIZE Diameter of Flange Thickness of Flange (min)b Diameter of Raised Face Diameter of Bolt Circle Number of Bolts Diameter of Bolts
1/ 2 3/ 4
ANSI STANDARD B16.1

1 47/8
11/ 16
11/4 51/4
3/ 4
11/2 61/8
13/ 16
2 61/2
7/ 8
21/2 71/2 1 57/8 8

3/ 4
3 81/4 11/8 65/8 8

3/ 4
31/2 9 13/16 71/4 8

3/ 4
4 10 11/4 77/8 8
3/ 4
5 11 13/8 91/4 8
3/ 4
6 121/2 17/16 105/8 12

3/ 4
8 15 15/8 13 12
7/ 8
10 12 171/2 201/2 17/8 2
211/16 31/16 39/16 43/16 415/16 511/16 65/16 615/16 85/16 911/16 1115/16 141/16 167/16 31/2 4
5/ 8
37/8 4
5/ 8
41/2 4
3/ 4
5 8
5/ 8
151/4 173/4 16 1 16 11/8
b 250 lb. Cast Iron Flanges have a 1/16 raised face which is included in the flange thickness dimensions.
150 lb. BRONZE

PIPE SIZE Diameter of Flange Thickness of Flange (min)c Diameter of Bolt Circle Number of Bolts Diameter of Bolts
1/ 2 3/ 4
ANSI STANDARD B16.24

1 41/4 3/ 8 31/8 4
1/ 2
11/4 45/8
13/ 32
11/2 5
7/ 16
2 6
1/ 2
21/2 7
9/ 16
3 71/2 5/ 8 6 4
5/ 8
31/2 81/2
11/ 16
4 9
11/ 16
5 10 3/ 4 81/2 8
3/ 4
6 11
13/ 16
8 131/2 15/ 16 8
3/ 4
10 16 1 12
7/ 8
12 19 11/16 17 12
7/ 8
31/2 5/ 16 23/8 4
1/ 2
37/8
11/ 32
23/4 4
1/ 2
31/2 4
1/ 2
37/8 4
1/ 2
43/4 4
5/ 8
51/2 4
5/ 8
7 8
5/ 8
71/2 8
5/ 8
91/2 8
3/ 4
113/4 141/4
c 150 lb. Bronze Flanges have plain faces (i.e. not raised faces) with two concentric gasket-retaining grooves between the port and the bolt holes.
300 lb. BRONZE

PIPE SIZE Diameter of Flange Thickness of Flange (min)d Diameter of Bolt Circle Number of Bolts Diameter of Bolts
1/ 2
4
ANSI STANDARD B16.24

3/ 4
8
33/
1/
45/ 31/ 4
1 47/8
19/ 32
11/4 51/4
5/ 8 8
11/2 61/2
11/ 16 2
2 61/2
3/ 4
21/2 71/2
13/ 16
3 81/4
29/ 32 8
31/2 9
31/ 32 4
4 10 11/16 77/ 8
3/ 4 8
5 11 11/8 91/ 8
3/ 4 4
6 121/2 13/16 105/ 12

3/ 4 8
8 15 13/8 13 12
7/ 8
10
12
2 8
17/ 32 4
ENGINEERING
25/ 4
1/
31/2 4
5/ 8
37/ 4
5/
41/ 4
3/
5 8
5/ 8
57/ 8
65/ 8
3/
71/ 8
5/ 8
3/ 4
3/ 4
d 300 lb. Bronze Flanges have plain faces (i.e. not raised faces) with two concentric gasket-retaining grooves between the port and the bolt holes.
278

FLANGE STANDARDS Dimensional Data in inches (continued)
150 lb. STEEL

PIPE SIZE Diameter of Flange Thickness of Flange (min)e Diameter of Raised Face Diameter of Bolt Circle Number of Bolts Diameter of Bolts
1/ 2 3/ 4
ANSI STANDARD B16.5

1 4
7/ 16
11/4 45/8
1/ 2
11/2 5
9/ 16
2 6
5/ 8
21/2 7
11/ 16
3 71/2
3/ 4
31/2 81/2
13/ 16
4 9
15/ 16
5 10
15/ 16
6 11 1 81/2 91/ 8
3/ 4 2
8 131/2 11/8 113/ 8

3/ 4 4
10 16 13/16 141/4 12
7/ 8
12 19 11/4 15 17 12
7/ 8
2 31/8 4
1/ 2
21/2 31/ 4
1/ 2 2
27/8 37/ 4
1/ 2 8
35/8 43/ 4
5/ 8 4
41/8 51/ 4
5/ 8 2
5 6 4
5/ 8
51/2 7 8
5/ 8
63/16 75/16 71/2 8

5/ 8
105/8 123/4
81/ 8
3/
e 150 lb. Steel Flanges have a 1/16 raised face which is included in the flange thickness dimensions.
300 lb. STEEL

PIPE SIZE Diameter of Flange Thickness of Flange (min)f Diameter of Raised Face Diameter of Bolt Circle Number of Bolts Diameter of Bolts
1/ 2 3/ 4
ANSI STANDARD B16.5

1 47/8
11/ 16
11/
3/
11/
13/
51/4
4
61/8
16
2 61/2
7/ 8
21/ 1
71/2 41/8 57/8 8

3/ 4
3 81/4 11/8 5 65/8 8

3/ 4
31/ 9
4 10 11/4 77/8 8
3/ 4
5 11 13/8 91/4 8
3/ 4
6 121/2 17/16 81/2 105/8 12

3/ 4
8 15 15/8 13 12
7/ 8
10 12 171/2 201/2 17/8 2 15 16 11/8
13/16 51/2 71/4 8

3/ 4
2 31/2 4
5/ 8
21/2 37/8 4
3/ 4
27/8 41/2 4
5/ 8
35/8 5 8
3/ 4
63/16 75/16
105/8 123/4 16 1
151/4 173/4
f 300 lb. Steel Flanges have a 1/16 raised face which is included in the flange thickness dimensions.
400 lb. STEEL

PIPE SIZE Diameter of Flange Thickness of Flange (min)g Diameter of Raised Face Diameter of Bolt Circle Number of Bolts Diameter of Bolts
1/ 2 3/ 4
ANSI STANDARD B16.5

33/4
9/ 16
45/8
5/ 8
1 47/8
11/ 16
11/4 51/4
13/ 16
11/2 61/8
7/ 8
2 61/2 1 35/8 5 8
5/ 8
21/2 71/2 11/8 41/8 57/ 8

3/ 4 8
3 81/4 11/4 5 65/ 8

3/ 4 8
31/2 9 13/8 51/2 71/ 8

7/ 8 4
4 10 13/8 77/ 8
7/ 8 8
5 11 11/2 91/ 8
7/ 8 4
6 121/2 15/8 81/2 105/ 12

7/ 8 8
8 15 17/8 13 12 1
10 12 171/2 201/2 21/8 151/ 16 11/8

4
21/4 15 173/4 16 11/4
13/8 25/ 4
1/ 2 8
111/16 31/ 4
5/ 8 4
2 31/2 4
5/ 8
21/2 37/ 4
5/ 8 8
27/8 41/2 4
3/ 4
63/16 75/16
105/8 123/4
g 400 lb. Steel Flanges have a 1/4 raised face which is included in the flange thickness dimensions.
600 lb. STEEL

PIPE SIZE Diameter of Flange Thickness of Flange (min)h Diameter of Raised Face Diameter of Bolt Circle Number of Bolts Diameter of Bolts
1/ 2
4
ANSI STANDARD B16.5

3/ 4
8
33/ 13/ 4
1/
45/
5/
1 47/8
11/ 16
11/4 51/4
13/ 16 2
11/2 61/8
7/ 8
2 61/2 1 35/ 5 8
5/ 8 8
21/2 71/2 11/8 41/ 8

3/ 4 8
3 81/4 11/4 5 65/8 8

3/ 4
31/2 9 13/8 51/ 8

7/ 8 2
4 103/4 11/2 63/

16
5 13 13/4 75/
16
6 14 17/8 81/
2
8 161/2 23/16 105/ 12 11/8

8
10 20 21/2 123/4 17 16 11/4
12 22 25/8 15 191/4 20 11/4
9/ 16 8
8 16
ENGINEERING
111/ 4
5/
2 31/2 4
5/ 8
21/ 4
5/
27/8 41/2 4
3/ 4
25/8
2
31/4
8
37/8
8
57/8
71/4
81/2 8
7/ 8
101/2 111/2 133/4 8 1 12 1
h 600 lb. Steel Flanges have a 1/4 raised face which is included in the flange thickness dimensions.
279

FITTING STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS
Class or Material Dimensions Malleable Iron Fittings

Class 150/PN 20 Class 300/PN 50 ASME B16.3 ASME B16.3 ASME B16.39 ASME B16.39 ASME B16.39 ASME B16.4 ASME B16.4 ASME B16.14
Material Spec.
ASTM A-197 ASTM A-197 ASTM A-197 ASTM A-197 ASTM A-197 ASTM A-126 (A) ASTM A-126 (A) ASTM A-126 (A)
Galvanizing
ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153
Thread
ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+
Pressure Rating
ASME B16.3 ASME B16.3 ASME B16.39 ASME B16.39 ASME B16.39 ASME B16.4 ASME B16.4 ASME B16.14
Federal/Other
ASME B16.3**
Malleable Iron Unions

Class 150/PN 20 Class 250 Class 300/PN 50 Class 125 Class 250 ASME B16.39***
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings

ASME B16.4 ASME B16.4 WW-P-471
Cast Iron Plugs & Bushings Cast Iron Drainage Threaded Fittings
ASME B16.12 ASTM A-126 (A) ASTM A-126 (A) or (B) ASTM A-126 (B) ASTM A-126 (A) or (B) ASTM A-126 (B) ASTM A105, ASTM A182, ASTM A350 ASTM A53 Type F or Type E ASTM A106 Gr.B ASTM B43 ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153 ASTM A-153 ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B16.12 ASME B16.1 ASME B16.1 ASME B16.1 ASME B16.1 ASME B16.1 ASME B16.1 ASME B16.1 ASME B16.1
Cast Iron Flanges & Flanged Fittings

Class 125 (1 -12 ) Class 125 (14 & up) Class 250 (1 -12 ) Class 250 (14 & up) Class 2000, 3000, 6000 ASME B16.1 ASME B16.1 ASME B16.1 ASME B16.1
Forged Steel Threaded Fittings

ASME B16.11 ASME B120.1+ ASME B16.11
Pipe Nipples
Steel Pipe - welded Steel Pipe - seamless (High Temperature) Brass ASTM A733 ASTM A733 ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ ASME B120.1+ WWN 351 WWN 351 WWN 351
an American National standard (ANSI) + ASME B120.1 was ANSI B2.1 Formerly WW-P-501 ** Formerly WW-P-521 *** Formerly WW-U-531
ENGINEERING
280

STANDARD CLASS PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS ANSI/ASME B16.34
Working Pressure by Classes Temperature (F) A 216 WCB (a) A 352 LCB (d) A 216 WCC (a) A 352 LC2 (d) A 352 LC3 (d) A 352 LCC (e) A 217 WC1 (b) A 352 LC1 (d) A 217 WC4 (h) A 217 WC5 (i) A 217 WC6 (j) A 217 WC9 (j) A 217 C5 A 217 C12 A 351 CF3 (f) A 351 CF8 A 351 CF3M (g) A 351 CF8M A 351 CF8C A 351 CN7M (l)
in PSI Pressure Drop per 1,000 Feet of Schedule 40 SteelWorking Pipe, inPressure pounds per square inch Pressure Drop per 1,000 Feet of Schedule 40 -20 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500 -20 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 700 750 800 285 260 230 200 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 740 675 655 635 600 550 535 535 505 410 270 170 105 50 265 250 230 200 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 695 655 640 620 585 535 525 520 475 390 270 170 105 50 290 260 230 200 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 750 750 730 705 665 605 590 570 505 410 270 170 105 50 265 260 230 200 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 695 680 655 640 620 605 590 570 530 510 485 450 280 165 290 260 230 200 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 20(1) 750 750 730 705 665 605 590 570 530 510 485 450 345 215 190 290 260 230 200 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 15(1) 750 710 675 660 640 605 590 570 530 510 485 450 380 225 140 95 50 35 290 260 230 200 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 750 715 675 650 640 605 590 570 530 510 485 450 380 270 200 115 105 55 290 260 230 200 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 750 750 730 705 665 605 590 570 530 510 440 355 260 190 140 105 70 45 290 260 230 200 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 750 750 730 705 665 605 590 570 530 510 485 450 370 290 190 115 75 50 275 235 205 180 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 15(1) 10(1) 720 600 530 470 435 415 410 405 400 395 390 385 375 325 310 260 195 155 110 85 60 50 35 25 275 240 215 195 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 15(1) 720 620 560 515 480 450 445 430 425 415 405 395 385 365 360 325 275 205 180 140 105 75 60 40 275 245 225 200 170 140 125 110 95 80 65 50 35 20 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 20(1) 15(1) 720 635 590 555 520 490 480 470 460 455 445 430 385 365 360 325 275 170 125 95 70 50 40 35 230 215 200 185 170 140 125 110 95 80 600 555 525 480 470 455 450 445 440 430
300 LB.
150 LB.
850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
ENGINEERING
281

STANDARD CLASS PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS ANSI/ASME B16.34 (continued)
Working Pressure PSI inch Pressure Drop per 1,000 Feet of Schedule 40 Ste Pipe, in pounds perin square -20 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500 -20 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500 990 900 875 845 800 730 715 710 670 550 355 230 140 70 1480 1350 1315 1270 1200 1095 1075 1065 1010 825 535 345 205 105 925 875 850 825 775 710 695 690 630 520 355 230 140 70 1390 1315 1275 1235 1165 1065 1045 1035 945 780 535 345 205 105 1000 1000 970 940 885 805 785 755 670 550 355 230 140 70 1500 1500 1455 1410 1330 1210 1175 1135 1010 825 535 345 205 105 925 905 870 855 830 805 785 755 710 675 650 600 375 220 1390 1360 1305 1280 1245 1210 1175 1135 1065 1015 975 900 560 330 1000 1000 970 940 885 805 785 755 710 675 650 600 460 285 250 1500 1500 1455 1410 1330 1210 1175 1135 1065 1015 975 900 685 425 380 1000 950 895 880 855 805 785 755 710 675 650 600 505 300 185 130 70 45 1500 1425 1345 1315 1285 1210 1175 1135 1065 1015 975 900 755 445 275 190 105 70 1000 955 905 865 855 805 785 755 710 675 650 600 505 355 265 150 140 75 1500 1430 1355 1295 1280 1210 1175 1135 1065 1015 975 900 755 535 400 225 205 110 1000 1000 970 940 885 805 785 755 710 675 585 470 350 255 190 140 90 60 1500 1500 1455 1410 1330 1210 1175 1135 1065 1015 880 705 520 385 280 205 140 90
Pressure Drop per 1,000 Feet of Schedule 40 1000 1000 970 940 885 805 785 755 710 675 650 600 495 390 250 150 100 70 1500 1500 1455 1410 1330 1210 1175 1135 1065 1015 975 900 740 585 380 225 150 105 960 800 705 630 585 555 545 540 530 525 520 510 500 430 410 345 260 205 145 110 85 65 45 30 1440 1200 1055 940 875 830 815 805 795 790 780 770 750 645 620 515 390 310 220 165 125 95 70 50 960 825 745 685 635 600 590 575 565 555 540 525 515 485 480 430 365 275 245 185 140 100 80 55 1440 1240 1120 1030 955 905 890 865 845 830 810 790 775 725 720 645 550 410 365 275 205 150 115 85 960 850 785 740 690 655 640 625 615 610 590 575 515 485 480 430 365 230 165 125 90 70 55 45 1440 1270 1175 1110 1035 985 960 935 920 910 890 865 775 725 720 645 550 345 245 185 135 105 80 70 800 740 700 640 625 605 600 595 585 575 1200 1115 1045 960 935 910 900 890 880 865
ENGINEERING
600 LB. 282
400 LB.

STANDARD CLASS PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS ANSI/ASME B16.34 (continued)
in PSI Pressure Drop per 1,000 Feet of Schedule 40 SteelWorking Pipe, inPressure pounds per square inch Pressure Drop per 1,000 Feet of Schedule 40 -20 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500 -20 to 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 700 750 800 2220 2025 1970 1900 1795 1640 1610 1600 1510 1235 805 515 310 155 3705 3375 3280 3170 2995 2735 2685 2665 2520 2060 1340 860 515 260 2085 1970 1915 1850 1745 1600 1570 1555 1420 1175 805 515 310 155 3470 3280 3190 3085 2910 2665 2615 2590 2365 1955 1340 860 515 260 2250 2250 2185 2115 1995 1815 1765 1705 1510 1235 805 515 310 155 3750 3750 3640 3530 3325 3025 2940 2840 2520 2060 1340 860 515 260 2085 2035 1955 1920 1865 1815 1765 1705 1595 1525 1460 1350 845 495 3470 3395 3260 3200 3105 3025 2940 2840 2660 2540 2435 2245 1405 825
Footnotes:
2250 2250 2185 2115 1995 1815 1765 1705 1595 1525 1460 1350 1030 640 565 3750 3750 3640 3530 3325 3025 2940 2840 2660 2540 2435 2245 1715 1065 945
a) b) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) l)
2250 2135 2020 1975 1925 1815 1765 1705 1595 1525 1460 1350 1130 670 410 290 155 105 3750 3560 3365 3290 3210 3025 2940 2840 2660 2540 2435 2245 1885 1115 684 480 260 170
2250 2150 2030 1945 1920 1815 1765 1705 1595 1525 1460 1350 1130 805 595 340 310 165 3750 3580 3385 3240 3200 3025 2940 2840 2660 2540 2435 2245 1885 1340 995 565 515 275
2250 2250 2185 2115 1995 1815 1765 1705 1595 1490 1315 1060 780 575 420 310 205 135 3750 3750 3640 3530 3325 3025 2940 2840 2660 2485 2195 1765 1305 960 705 515 345 225
2250 2250 2185 2115 1995 1815 1765 1705 1595 1525 1460 1350 1110 875 565 340 225 155 3750 3750 3640 3530 3325 3025 2940 2840 2660 2540 2435 2245 1850 1460 945 565 380 260
2160 1800 1585 1410 1310 1245 1225 1210 1195 1180 1165 1150 1125 965 925 770 585 465 330 245 185 145 105 70 3600 3000 2640 2350 2185 2075 2040 2015 1990 1970 1945 1920 1870 1610 1545 1285 980 770 550 410 310 240 170 120
2160 1860 1680 1540 1435 1355 1330 1295 1270 1245 1215 1180 1160 1090 1080 965 825 620 545 410 310 225 175 125 3600 3095 2795 2570 2390 2255 2220 2160 2110 2075 2030 1970 1930 1820 1800 1610 1370 1030 910 685 515 380 290 205
2160 1910 1765 1665 1555 1475 1440 1405 1385 1370 1330 1295 1160 1090 1080 965 825 515 370 280 205 155 125 105 3600 3180 2940 2770 2590 2460 2400 2340 2305 2280 2220 2160 1930 1820 1800 1610 1370 855 615 465 345 255 205 170
1800 1670 1570 1445 1405 1365 1350 1335 1320 1295 3000 2785 2615 2405 2340 2275 2250 2225 2200 2160
1500 LB.
900 LB.
850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
ENGINEERING
Note: For welding end valves only. (1) Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 F.
Permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above about 800 F. Permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above about 850 F. Not to be used over 650 F. Not to be used over 700 F. Not to be used over 800 F. Not to be used over 850 F. Not to be used over 1000 F. Not to be used over 1050 F. Not to be used over 1100 F. Ratings apply for 300 F and lower.
283
STEAM TRAP APPLICATIONS

INTRODUCTION TO STEAM TRAPS
WHAT IS A STEAM TRAP AND WHAT DOES IT DO?
A steam trap is an automatic valve that allows condensate, air and other non-condensable gases to be discharged from the steam system while holding or trapping the steam in the system. Several different types of steam trap technologies exist to accomplish this extremely critical and necessary task. Explained below are why steam traps are required, their primary applications, how each type functions, their advantages and disadvantages, and when each should be applied.
WHY ARE STEAM TRAPS REQUIRED?

For any steam system to operate properly a method must used to remove the condensate, air and other non-condensable gases such as carbon dioxide from the steam.
CONDENSATE:
When steam releases its heat energy in a heat exchanger making hot water, from a radiator heating a room, from a steam pipe transferring steam or from any process application, the steam reverts back to water. This water, technically referred to as condensate, must be separated from the steam and removed from the system or the system would back up with water. The removal of condensate from steam is considered the primary function of the steam trap.
AIR:
Air exists in all steam pipes prior to system start-up when the system is cold. This air must be bled out of the piping system so that the steam can enter and eventually reach the designated process applications. If the air is not removed, the steam will effectively be blocked from entering the steam pipes by the residual air. In addition to blocking the steam, air acts as an insulator to heat transfer. Even after the system is filled with steam, small amounts of air can re-enter the system thru various paths such as boiler water make-up systems and vacuum breakers.
NON-CONDENSABLE GASES:
Gases other than air such as carbon dioxide exist inside steam systems. These non-condensable gases must also be separated from the steam and removed from the system for all processes to operate properly. In addition to inhibiting steam flow and proper heat transfer, carbon dioxide can be very corrosive to components in the system.
STEAM TRAP GENERAL APPLICATION CATEGORIES:

DRIP APPLICATIONS:
Drip applications are by far the most common application for steam traps. This application refers to removing the condensate that forms in steam lines when steam loses its heat energy due to radiation losses. Traps used in these applications are referred to as drip traps. Generally speaking, traps used for these applications require relatively small condensate capacities and dont normally need to discharge large amounts of air. (Air removal is the primary function of air vents and process traps located throughout the system.) The most common trap choices for drip applications are thermodynamic for line pressures over 30 PSIG, and float & thermostatic for line pressures up to 30 PSIG. Inverted bucket traps are also commonly used for drip trap applications due to their ability to handle large amounts of dirt and scale often found in this type of application.
PROCESS APPLICATIONS:
Process trap applications refer to removing condensate and air directly from a specific heat transfer process such as a heat exchanger that could be making hot water or a radiator heating a room. Traps used in these applications are referred to as process traps. Generally speaking, traps used for process applications require larger condensate handling capability and also need to be able to discharge large amounts of air. The most common trap choices for process applications are float & thermostatic traps and thermostatic traps. Both are known for their excellent condensate and air handling capabilities. In contrast, thermodynamic traps and inverted bucket traps, which have poor air handling ability, would normally make a poor choice for process applications.
TRACING APPLICATIONS:
ENGINEERING
Steam tracing refers to using steam to indirectly elevate the temperature of a product using jacketed pipes or tubing filled with steam. A typical application would be wrapping a high viscosity oil pipeline with steam tubing. The steam inside the tubing heats the oil to lower its viscosity, allowing it to flow easily thru the pipeline. Similar to any steam applications, a steam trap must be used on the end of the steam tubing to discharge unwanted condensate. Steam traps used in these applications are referred to as tracer traps. The most common trap choice for tracing applications is the thermostatic type.
284

THERMOSTATIC & BI-METALLIC STEAM TRAPS
Thermostatic & Bi-Metallic steam traps operate under the direct influence of increasing or decreasing temperature within the body of the trap. These two different types of steam traps operate differently to suit specific applications.
Figure 1: A) AIR (When air, which is cooler than steam, is present,

the bellows is retracted and the seat is open, allowing large quantities of air to be discharged.)
THERMOSTATIC STEAM TRAPS

The bellows type thermostatic trap uses a fluid-filled thermal element (bellows) that operates under the principle of thermal expansion and contraction. The fluid vaporizes and expands as the temperature increases, causing the bellows to close the valve. As the temperature decreases, the fluid condenses and contracts, causing the bellows to open the valve. These traps provide excellent air handling capability and are used for drip, tracing and process applications. The main advantage of the thermal element is that on start-up loads, the trap is in the open position, allowing air and condensate to be rapidly removed from the system. Watson McDaniel thermal element traps offer wide operating pressure ranges, rugged welded stainless steel bellows, and various orifice sizes, making them a great choice for a majority of applications.
B) CONDENSATE (When condensate, which is cooler

than steam, is present, the bellows is retracted and the seat is open, allowing condensate to be discharged.)
BELLOWS VALVE VALVE SEAT
Operation:
The operation of the thermal element is governed by the volumetric thermal expansion of the fluid inside the bellows as it changes states. There is no adjustment required for this trap as the fluid inside the bellows is chosen for its quick response to the change in temperature between steam and condensate at various pressures. The bellows is designed to follow the steam saturation curve, always discharging condensate a few degrees cooler than the steam temperature. During start-up, when the system is cold, the bellows is contracted and the valve plug is lifted off of the seat allowing air and condensate to be discharged from the system (Figures 1A & 1B). Throughout warm-up, air and condensate are allowed to escape from the system through the open orifice in the trap. As hot steam approaches the thermal element in the trap, the fluid inside the bellows vaporizes and expands, closing the valve tightly (Figure 1C). As long as steam is present, the valve will remain closed. Only when subcooled condensate or air is present will the valve open. The bellows will immediately expand and close the valve upon the reintroduction of steam.
C) STEAM (When steam reaches the trap, the bellows

expands, which closes off the seat and prevents the steam from escaping.)
Air Condensate Steam
BI-METALLIC STEAM TRAPS

The bi-metallic steam traps operate under the principle of thermal expansion of metals. Two dissimilar metals are joined into a series of discs and upon heating will deflect to provide movement to close off the valve. These traps are primarily used in steam tracing because of their ability to adjust condensate discharge temperature which may be desirable on certain tracing applications. When cold condensate and air are present, the bimetallic trap remains open as the flow of air and condensate discharges from the system. When steam arrives to the trap, the discs deflect and pushes the plug onto the seat. The temperature at which the valve closes can be adjusted by turning a set screw located on the top of the valve.
ENGINEERING
285

MECHANICAL STEAM TRAPS
Mechanical steam traps operate by use of a float device connected to a mechanical linkage that reacts upon changes in volume or fluid density. There are two main types of mechanical traps: the float & thermostatic (F&T) trap and the inverted bucket trap.
FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC TRAPS

The float & thermostatic trap uses a float connected by a linkage to the valve plug to discharge condensate from the system. In addition, F&T traps contain a thermostatic air vent to allow the discharge of air from the system. For this reason, these traps have excellent air removal capability, which is advantageous during system start-up when large amounts of air are present in the system. Float & thermostatic steam traps are generally the primary selection for drainage of process heat transfer equipment.
Operation:
At start-up, air and condensate enter the steam trap. The air will be discharged through the open thermostatic air vent (Figure 2A). As the condensate level in the trap rises, it lifts the float which opens the valve to allow the discharge of condensate. When steam enters the trap, the thermostatic element expands and closes the air vent, preventing the steam from escaping (Figure 2B). As the condensate discharges through the seat orifice, the float lowers and shuts the valve (Figure 2C). The float is designed to shut the valve with a level of condensate above the seating orifice to prevent loss of any steam. The float modulates to maintain a constant equilibrium between the incoming and discharging condensate. Due to the balance of forces required between the incoming pressure and internal trap components, several orifice sizes are offered to accommodate various differential pressure ranges. These traps can be fitted with a steam lock release (SLR) orifice for high pressure and high temperature applications that exceed the pressure capability of a thermostatic air vent.
Figure 2:
(A)
Thermostatic Air Vent (Open) Float Air
A) When cold air enters the trap during

start-up, the thermostatic air vent is open, allowing the discharge of large quantities of air from the system.
B) When condensate enters the trap,

the float lifts, opening the valve, and discharges the condensate.
C) When steam is present, and no

Condensate condensate is entering the trap, the valve and thermostatic air vent remain closed, trapping steam in the system.
Valve (Closed)
(B)
Thermostatic Air Vent (Closed) Float Steam

Elevated Condensate Level
(C)
Thermostatic Air Vent (Closed)
Float Steam
Condensate level always remains above valve seat to prevent loss of steam
ENGINEERING
Condensate Condensate
Valve (Open)
Valve (Closed)
286

MECHANICAL STEAM TRAPS
INVERTED BUCKET TRAPS
The inverted bucket trap uses an inverted bucket as a float device connected by a linkage to the valve plug. The varying densities between condensate and steam are used to create a buoyancy force on the bucket to open and close the valve. These traps are primarily used in drip applications on stream mains and steam supply lines. They are generally not used in process applications due to their poor air handling capability. Bucket traps are extremely rugged and resistant to waterhammer and also resistant to any dirt and scale that may be present in the system.
(continued)
Operation:
Upon start-up, the trap fills with condensate. Due to the weight of the bucket, it rests on the bottom of the trap keeping the valve open to let condensate flow out (Figure 3A). In the top of the bucket there is a small orifice (bleed hole) to allow air to escape the bucket and exit through the outlet (Figure 3B). When steam arrives through the inlet of the trap, it fills the inverted bucket. The density differential between the steam and the condensate causes the bucket to become buoyant and rise to the top of the trap, closing the valve (Figure 3C). As steam condenses and/or is bled through the small orifice, the bucket loses buoyancy as it becomes filled with condensate; this causes it to sink to the bottom of the trap. This opens the valve allowing condensate to escape from the system (Figure 3A). The small orifice in the top of the bucket is imperative for venting air from the system; however, it will also bleed steam once the air has been completely removed. The bucket trap must contain a certain amount of water (prime) in order to operate. Without this prime, the bucket will not be able to float and rest on the bottom of the trap, keeping the valve in the open position, allowing steam to escape (Figure 3D). Due to the balance of forces required between the incoming pressure and internal trap components, several orifice sizes are offered to accommodate various differential pressure ranges.
Figure 3: (A) Discharging Condensate

Valve (Open)
(B) Expelling Air

Bleed Hole Valve (Open)
A) With condensate completely

filling the trap, the bucket is in the down position with the valve open, allowing condensate to be discharged.
B) Small amounts of air will

pass thru the bleed hole on top of the bucket and be discharged. (Note: Large amounts of air will lift the bucket and close off the trap, temporarily air locking the system.) Inverted Bucket
C) When steam enters the trap,

the inverted bucket will fill with steam and float, closing off the valve, preventing steam from escaping.
(C) Trapping Steam

Valve (Closed)
(D) Potential Failure Mode

Bleed Hole Valve (Open)
D) Potential Failure Mode:

Bucket traps must maintain a water prime to function properly. If the prime is lost, the bucket will remain in the down position with the valve open, and live steam will be discharged from the system.
ENGINEERING
Air Condensate Steam
287

THERMODYNAMIC STEAM TRAPS
THERMODYNAMIC STEAM TRAPS
Thermodynamic steam traps operate in a cyclic on/off process using the thermodynamic properties of flash steam as it flows through the trap. Thermodynamic traps use only one moving part, the valve disc, which allows condensate to escape when present and closes tightly upon the arrival of steam. These traps have an inherently rugged design and are commonly used as drip traps on steam mains and supply lines. Their solid construction and single moving part make them resistant to waterhammer and are freezeproof when installed vertically. Thermodynamic traps will only discharge small amounts of air and therefore are typically not used in process applications.
Operation:
As inlet pressure to the trap increases, the disc lifts off the seat and allows the unwanted condensate to escape through the peripheral outlet surrounding the inlet (Figure 4A). As hot condensate reaches the disc chamber, it creates flash steam in the chamber (Figure 4B). This flash steam travels at high velocity from the inlet to the outlets, creating a low pressure area under the disc. Some of the flash steam bypasses the disc and enters the top of the chamber, creating a buildup of pressure above the disc. This differential pressure causes the disc to close against the seat, trapping the steam (Figure 4C). The flash steam above the disc is the only force opposing the pressure from the inlet condensate, keeping the valve closed. As heat transfer takes place in the upper chamber, the flash steam condenses and the pressure above the disc reduces. When the pressure above the disc falls to a point that is less than the pressure of the incoming condensate, the disc will lift again and repeat the cycle (Figure 4A). Cycle time is dependent on steam temperature, and more importantly, ambient temperature outside the trap. Since the amount of time the valve is closed is primarily dependent on the heat transfer from the flash steam to the ambient environment, frequent cycling of the valve can occur in cold or wet environments. Applying an insulating cap over the cover of the trap will reduce the cycle rate.
Figure 4:
(A) Valve Disc (Open)

Peripheral Outlet
(B) Valve Disc (Starting to Close)

Disc (Closing) Inlet
A) When condensate is present,

trap is in the full open position discharging condensate.
B) When steam enters the trap,

the disc begins to close with the formation of flash steam above the disc.
C) Trap will remain closed,

trapping steam in the system until the flash steam above the disc condenses, due to ambient heat loss.
D) Potential Failure Mode:

A possible failure mode for thermodynamic traps is the disc not seating properly due to dirt or scale on the flat seating surface, causing the loss of steam.
(C) Valve Disc (Closed)

Control Chamber
(D) Potential Failure Mode

Valve Disc not properly seated
Flash Steam
ENGINEERING
Condensate Steam
288

STEAM TRAP SELECTION & SIZING
Selection & Sizing of Steam Traps & Safety Factors:
The type of steam trap to choose for a particular application can depend on several variables, making it difficult to effectively cover every factor involved in making a proper decision. However, the guidelines below should assist you in making a proper and logical selection. For any type of process applications, such as making hot water in a heat exchanger, we generally want a steam trap that is very good at discharging air as well as condensate. Therefore, a float & thermostatic (F&T) trap is typically the first choice of steam trap. However, thermostatic steam traps, such as the WT3000 and WT4000, which have been designed for process applications, also do an excellent job and are very commonly used. Both types of traps will generally satisfy most process applications. For drip applications, such as draining steam mains over 30 PSIG, thermodynamic traps are normally considered the first choice. In drip applications its not as critical of a requirement to remove air from the system since this is normally the function of separate thermostatic air vents placed in strategic places in the piping system and the process traps. However, for steam systems up to 30 PSIG, F&T traps are normally recommended. For steam systems that are known to contain large amounts of scale and dirt, bucket traps are recommended because they are less prone than thermodynamic and F&T traps to failure from this type of situation. For tracing applications, the most commonly used steam trap is the thermostatic type. Thermostatic traps are the most thermally efficient of all traps and lend themselves perfectly to this type of application.
The capacity of steam traps:

The capacity charts for steam traps give the maximum condensate flow in pounds per hour at a given pressure or pressure differential. When selecting the proper size of steam trap, the normal condensate rate (load) should be known and then multiplied by an appropriate safety factor.
Why safety factors need to be considered:

A safety factor is required because the amount of condensate generated and the steam pressure are not always constant in any steam system. For example, when the system is cold and steam first starts to flow thru the pipes, steam is condensing very quickly because of the massive heat required to heat all the cold surfaces as well as to overcome the radiation losses. To compound this issue further, the steam pressure in the system, which is being relied upon to push the condensate thru the steam trap into the return line, is extremely low before the system comes up to full pressure. Therefore, we have a condition in which the condensate in the system is being generated at a maximum rate and the steam pressure used to push the condensate out of the system, is at a minimum. If we sized the traps for the normal running loads and normal system pressures, these traps would be severely undersized for the start-up condition. If supervised start-ups of the steam system are being done then sizing the steam traps for start-up conditions may be less of an issue. When performing a supervised start-up of a cold system, the condensate drain valves that are strategically placed throughout the system are manually opened. This helps drain the massive amount of condensate that is generated by the cold piping system, relying less on the steam traps. Therefore, the steam traps selected for the system can be more properly sized for the actual normal running load if supervised start-ups are performed.
Recommended Steam Trap Selection & Safety Factors for Sizing:

APPLICATIONS Drip Trap on Steam Mains < 30 PSIG Drip Trap on Steam Mains > 30 PSIG Steam Tracing, Non-critical Steam Tracing, Critical PRIMARY TRAP CHOICE Float & Thermostatic Thermodynamic Thermostatic Thermodynamic SAFETY FACTORS & SPECIAL NOTES Trap should be sized for 2X normal capacity at full differential pressure Thermostatic traps are suitable for the majority of steam tracing applications; for critical steam tracing applications, where no back-up of condensate can be tolerated, thermodynamic traps should be used. For steam systems with constant pressure: Trap should be sized for 2X normal capacity at full differential pressure. For steam systems with modulating pressure: When draining condensate from heat exchangers operating up to 30 PSIG, steam traps should be sized for full capacity at 1/2 PSI differential pressure. When draining condensate from heat exchangers operating at over 30 PSIG, steam trap should be sized for 2.5X normal condensate load at full differential pressure.
ENGINEERING
Process applications up to 450 PSIG
Float & Thermostatic
289

DRIP LEG DESIGN
PURPOSE:
Drip Legs are used for removing entrained moisture from steam transmission and distribution lines to ensure high quality steam for use in various plant applications, while also preventing damaging and dangerous waterhammer. As steam travels at high velocity through piping, moisture forms as the result of piping heat losses and/or improper boiler control resulting in condensate carryover. Drip legs are therefore located at points where condensate may accumulate to allow for drainage by gravity down to a steam trap for proper discharge from the system. Since condensate drains by gravity, drip legs must be located on the bottom of piping and designed with diameters large enough to promote collection.
OPERATION:
INSTALLATION GUIDELINES:
z
(see Figure 5)
For drainage of steam transmission and distribution lines, drip legs should be located at bends in piping (direction changes), low points, end of line, and in straight run of piping every 200 feet. For protection of equipment such as regulators and control valves, drip legs should be installed directly ahead of the regulating or control valve line. Proper steam trap selection for drip applications is dependent upon application requirements, such as pressure, number of and distance between installed steam traps, ambient conditions, start-up requirements, etc. A commonly accepted practice is to use float & thermostatic (F&T) steam traps for low pressure steam systems up to 30 PSIG, and thermodynamic steam traps for steam pressures over 30 PSIG. Because condensate drainage from steam systems is dependent upon gravity, drip leg diameter is critical for optimum removal larger is better. Collection leg diameter (DL) is recommended to be the same size as the steam main (D), up to 4. For steam mains above 4, the collection leg diameter may be half the diameter of the main, but not less than 4. The length (L) of the drip leg for systems with automatic start-up should be a minimum of 28 to provide approximately 1 PSI head pressure. The length (L) of the drip leg for systems with supervised start-up should be 1.5 x DL, but not less than 8. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. A drain valve is included at the bottom of the collection leg for manual discharge of condensate during supervised start-up. The drain valve should be located at least 6 below the steam trap line. An isolation valve and strainer should be installed before the steam trap. The isolation valve simplifies maintenance of the trap and the strainer protects the trap from any dirt, debris or scale in the line.
ENGINEERING
290

DRIP LEG DESIGN
DRIP LEG DESIGN CRITERIA:
Figure 5:
1) Locate prior to valves, bends in pipe (direction changes), low points, end of line and straight piping runs (max. 200 ft. apart). 2) Diameter: Drip leg diameter (DL ) to be equal to steam main diameter (D) for steam main sizes up to 4 Drip leg diameter (DL ) may be half the steam main diameter (D) for steam main sizes over 4, but not less than 4 3) Length (L): For systems with automatic start-up, L to be 28 minimum (= 1 PSI minimum head pressure) For systems with supervised start-up, L to be 1.5 x DL, but not less than 8
L DL
STEAM TRAP 6 MIN. TO CONDENSATE RETURN (SEE SELECTION GUIDELINES)
ISOLATION VALVE
STRAINER
DRAIN VALVE
PROPER DRIP LEG DESIGN
D D
DL
PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
GATE VALVE
STRAINER
DL
STEAM TRAP STEAM TRAP TO CONDENSATE RETURN 6 MIN. TO CONDENSATE RETURN
T
ISOLATION VALVE STRAINER
T
6 MIN. ISOLATION VALVE STRAINER
(SEE SELECTION GUIDELINES) DRAIN VALVE
(SEE SELECTION GUIDELINES)
DRAIN VALVE
ENGINEERING
DRIP LEG BEFORE REGULATING OR CONTROL VALVES
DRIP LEG AT ABRUPT CHANGES IN DIRECTION OR ELEVATION
291

PROCESS STEAM TRAP GRAVITY DRAINAGE OF HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT
PURPOSE:
For removing condensate from below steam heat transfer equipment to ensure optimum heating under various load conditions. Steam used to heat product such as water in a heat exchanger condenses to liquid after passing though the heat exchanger and releasing its heating energy. To ensure optimum heating, this condensate is removed through an adequately sized drip leg and steam trap properly selected for the application and installed below the equipment. A Float and Thermostatic (F&T) steam trap is often an appropriate choice due to its modulating discharge and air venting capability.
OPERATION:
z
(see Figure 6)
Selection and sizing of the process steam trap is critical to proper operation. A safety load factor (SLF) is applied to accommodate load variations and surges, as well as high start-up requirements. Consult appropriate sections of this catalog or the factory for guidelines regarding proper process steam trap selection and sizing. The collecting leg to the process trap should be no smaller than the designed condensate outlet of the heat transfer equipment. Note that some steam trap technologies such as thermostatic require extended distance between the heat exchanger and steam trap to allow for back-up of subcooled condensate. The process trap should be located at least 2.3 feet (28) below the condensate outlet of the heat exchanger to provide a minimum of 1 PSI head pressure. The drip leg and steam trap prior to the regulating valve protect the valve from condensate, as well as ensure the best quality steam for heat transfer. Note the take-off from the top of the steam main to avoid condensate that would collect on the bottom of the main piping. The vacuum breaker and auxiliary air vent located at the top of the heat exchanger vessel promotes proper drainage and optimum heat transfer. The vacuum breaker allows system equalization with atmospheric air to allow gravity condensate drainage when vacuum is formed from condensing steam. The air vent improves heat-up times and overall heat transfer by expelling accumulated air on start-up. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. An isolation valve and strainer should be installed before any steam trap. The isolation valve simplifies maintenance of the trap and the strainer protects the trap from any dirt, debris or scale in the line.
ENGINEERING
292

PROCESS STEAM TRAP GRAVITY DRAINAGE OF HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT
Figure 6:
STEAM MAIN
HDPT
REGULATOR
GATE VALVE
WVBSS
VACUUM BREAKER
AV2000
AIR VENT
STRAINER TEMPERATURE SENSING BULB
ISOLATION VALVE
HEAT EXCHANGER F&T TRAP MINIMUM OF 2.3 Feet FOR MINIMUM HEAD PRESSURE OF 1 PSI
STRAINER COLD WATER IN
HOT WATER OUT
F&T TRAP
DRAIN VALVE
ISOLATION VALVE
STRAINER
DRAIN VALVE
SHELL AND TUBE HEAT EXCHANGER
ENGINEERING
293

PROCESS STEAM TRAP SYPHON DRAINAGE OF HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT
PURPOSE:
For removing condensate from steam heat transfer equipment when the steam trap is to be installed above the point where condensate will collect. When steam is used to heat liquid in a tank with a submerged coil or a rotary drum dryer, gravity drainage to the steam trap is not possible. For these applications, it may be necessary to install the steam trap above the drain point of the equipment by creating a syphon lift to allow for proper condensate drainage.
OPERATION:
z
(see Figure 7)
There are two critical requirements to ensure proper operation of syphon lift process drainage systems: A water seal lift fitting and a steam trap with a function to prevent steam lock (often referred to as Steam Lock Release or SLR). The lift fitting on a submerged coil provides a water seal to stop steam from pushing past the condensate and reaching the steam trap, preventing a vapor-lock condition of the trap. Steam Lock Release (SLR) is provided on the steam trap to ensure the syphon lift remains continuous by preventing steam from becoming trapped or locked between the cavity of the steam trap and incoming condensate. The SLR function allows any small portion of trapped steam to be automatically removed from the system, allowing continuous drainage. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. An isolation valve and strainer should be installed before any steam trap. The isolation valve simplifies maintenance of the trap and the strainer protects the trap from any dirt, debris or scale in the line.
ENGINEERING
294

PROCESS STEAM TRAP SYPHON DRAINAGE OF HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT
Figure 7:
ISOLATION VALVE STEAM
ISOLATION VALVE
F&T TRAP W/ SLR
STRAINER
TO ATMOSPHERE OR CONDENSATE RETURN
WATER SEAL LIFT FITTING
SUBMERGED COIL FOR HEATING LIQUID
ISOLATION VALVE STEAM STRAINER
F&T TRAP W/ SLR
TO CONDENSATE RETURN
ENGINEERING
ROTARY DRUM DRYER
295
REGULATING VALVE APPLICATIONS

GENERAL REGULATOR APPLICATION & INSTALLATION NOTES
Regulator Application & Installation Notes

The following are considerations for all steam regulator installations, as system operation is dependent upon proper design, installation, start-up and maintenance procedures:
Inlet & Outlet Pipe Sizing Improperly sized piping can contribute to erratic control and excessive noise in a steam system. Make certain inlet and outlet piping to the regulator is adequately sized for the flow, velocity and pressure requirements.
1-2 SIZES LARGER THAN REGULATOR INLET PORT
2-3 SIZES LARGER THAN REGULATOR OUTLET PORT
RULE OF THUMB: Inlet piping is typically 1-2 sizes larger and outlet piping 2-3 sizes larger than the connection ports of a properly sized regulator.
REGULATOR
Straight Run of Pipe Before and After the Valve Pipe fittings, bends and other accessories contribute to fluid turbulence in a system which can result in erratic control. To limit this and ensure optimum system operation, follow recommended guidelines for minimum straight run lengths of pipe before and after a regulator.
10 PIPE DIAMETERS MINIMUM
Note: Any isolation valves or pipeline accessories should be full-ported.
ENGINEERING
Reducer Selection Concentric pipe reducers should be avoided on the inlet side of regulators as they can allow entrained condensate to collect, potentially leading to damaging and dangerous waterhammer. Therefore, when reducers are required in the steam piping to accommodate properly sized valves and pipes, use eccentric reducers on regulator inlets and concentric or eccentric reducers on regulator outlets.
CONCENTRIC REDUCER
STEAM
CONDENSATE ACCUMULATED AT LOW POINT
ECCENTRIC REDUCER
STEAM
296

GENERAL REGULATOR APPLICATION & INSTALLATION NOTES
Strainers with Blowdown Valves Regardless of any filters provided on a regulator, a strainer with blowdown valve is recommended before (upstream of) all regulator installations. Pipeline debris and scale can damage internal valve components, potentially leading to poor operation and/or failure.
INLET PORT
OUTLET PORT BLOWDOWN VALVE BELOW STRAINER PORTS
Note: Consider strainer orientation to avoid collection of condensate (see diagram).
BLOWDOWN VALVE ORIENTED AT SAME ELEVATION AS STRAINER PORTS TO AVOID CONDENSATE COLLECTION
Drip Legs & Steam Traps To prevent condensate accumulated during shutdown from possibly damaging the regulator or piping at start-up, an adequately sized drip leg with steam trap should be installed prior to all regulators. This will also help protect the regulator during normal operation.
Note: Separators may be necessary when boiler carryover or wet steam is a concern.
DRIP LEG
STEAM TRAP DRAIN VALVE
Proper Start-up & Maintenance Procedures It is important to follow good start-up practices to avoid operational complications and potential system damage. Starting a steam system too quickly or using an improper sequence may lead to a potentially hazardous working environment. Lack of system maintenance over time can also contribute to this situation. It is imperative to develop proper start-up and maintenance procedures and train personnel on the importance of following them at all times. Consult equipment manufacturers for specific guidelines, if necessary.
ENGINEERING
297

SINGLE STAGE PRESSURE REDUCING STATION USING SPRING-LOADED PILOT
PURPOSE: OPERATION:
For reducing system inlet pressure to a constant outlet pressure. The pressure reducing valve (PRV) can be easily adjusted to set the desired outlet pressure and modulates to maintain that pressure setting. The PRV requires no external power source.
z
(see Figure 8)
This example depicts a pilot-operated steam PRV, whereby an external sensing line is required to sense downstream pressure. The end of the sensing line is placed away from the turbulent flow of the valve outlet. This helps to improve accuracy of the set pressure. Set pressure is adjusted by turning a screw on the pilot to increase or decrease compression on a balancing spring. For optimum operation and service life, maintain recommended minimum piping straight runs before and after the PRV. Inlet pipe diameters are typically 1-2 sizes larger and outlet pipe diameters 2-3 sizes larger than the end connections of an appropriately sized PRV. The purpose of increasing the pipe size downstream of the regulator is to keep the steam velocity constant on both sides of the regulator. The pressure sensing line should slope downwards, away from the regulator, to prevent condensate from entering the pilot. Eccentric reducers are used on valve inlets to prevent accumulation of pipeline moisture which could become entrained with high-velocity steam, possibly resulting in dangerous waterhammer. While the separator shown upstream is appropriate for protection of the PRV, it is not always required as a properly sized drip leg with steam trap may be sufficient. It is recommended for systems where steam is known to be wet and the entrained moisture could affect valve performance and/or result in component damage. Consider installing a properly sized bypass line with globe valve to provide continuous operation should regulator maintenance be required. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. A safety relief valve (SRV) is appropriate where applicable codes dictate their requirement, or anywhere protection of downstream piping and equipment from over-pressurization is desired. The SRV needs to handle the complete volume of steam from the regulator and bypass loop. Consult the factory for appropriate SRV sizing guidelines.
ENGINEERING
298
Figure 8:
STEAM INLET
VENT
SRV
BYPASS GLOBE VALVE
STEAM OUTLET
SINGLE STAGE PRESSURE REDUCING STATION USING SPRING-LOADED PILOT
ENGINEERING
10 PIPE DIAMETERS MINIMUM DRIP PAN ELBOW
HDP
REGULATOR
PRESSURE SENSING LINE
GATE VALVE
SEPARATOR
GATE VALVE
STRAINER
ECCENTRIC REDUCER CONCENTRIC REDUCER
ISOLATION VALVE STRAINER APPLICATION DEPENDENT CHECK VALVE STEAM TRAP

TO CONDENSATE RETURN TO CONDENSATE RETURN
STEAM TRAP
ISOLATION VALVE STRAINER STEAM TRAP

STRAINER
ISOLATION VALVE
ISOLATION VALVE
CHECK VALVE ISOLATION VALVE ISOLATION VALVE CHECK VALVE
DRAIN VALVE
DRAIN VALVE
SINGLE STAGE PRESSURE REDUCING STATION USING SPRING-LOADED PILOT (HD REGULATOR APPLICATIONS)
299

PRESSURE REDUCING STATION with AIR-LOADED PILOT for REMOTE INSTALLATIONS
PURPOSE:
For reducing system inlet pressure to a constant outlet pressure when valve is located in a remote location and/or using air pressure for control is desired. This combination of HD regulating valve and A-pilot (HDA) allows air to be used to control outlet pressure in lieu of the spring of a standard P-pilot. Using air allows for simple adjustment of control pressure when valve is installed in a remote and/or difficult to access location.
OPERATION:
z
(see Figure 9)
The desired set outlet pressure will determine the specific A-Pilot required as well as the air supply pressure to attain the set pressure. Consult the appropriate section of this catalog or the factory for selection guidelines. For optimum operation and service life, maintain recommended minimum piping straight runs before and after the PRV. Inlet pipe diameters are typically 1-2 sizes larger and outlet pipe diameters 2-3 sizes larger than the end connections of an appropriately sized PRV. The purpose of increasing the pipe size downstream of the regulator is to keep the steam velocity constant on both sides of the regulator. The pressure sensing line should slope downwards, away from the regulator, to prevent condensate from entering the pilot. Eccentric reducers are used on valve inlets to prevent accumulation of pipeline moisture which could become entrained with high-velocity steam, possibly resulting in dangerous waterhammer. While the separator shown upstream is appropriate for protection of the PRV, it is not always required, as a properly sized drip leg with steam trap may be sufficient. It is recommended for systems where steam is known to be wet and the entrained moisture could affect valve performance and/or result in component damage. Consider installing a properly sized bypass line with globe valve to provide continuous operation should regulator maintenance be required. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. A safety relief valve (SRV) is appropriate where applicable codes dictate their requirement, or anywhere protection of downstream piping and equipment from over-pressurization is desired. The SRV needs to handle the complete volume of steam from the regulator and bypass loop. Consult the factory for appropriate SRV sizing guidelines.
ENGINEERING
300
STEAM INLET
VENT
Figure 9:
SRV
BYPASS GLOBE VALVE
STEAM OUTLET
10 PIPE DIAMETERS MINIMUM GATE VALVE GATE VALVE A PILOT PRESSURE SENSING LINE
DRIP PAN ELBOW
PRESSURE REDUCING STATION with AIR-LOADED PILOT for REMOTE INSTALLATIONS
ENGINEERING
STRAINER ISOLATION VALVE STEAM TRAP TO
CONDENSATE RETURN
SEPARATOR
HDA REGULATOR
STRAINER APPLICATION DEPENDENT CHECK VALVE ISOLATION VALVE
CONTROL AIR LINE STRAINER
STRAINER STEAM TRAP TO CONDENSATE RETURN CHECK VALVE ISOLATION VALVE TO CONDENSATE RETURN ISOLATION VALVE CHECK VALVE STEAM TRAP
ISOLATION VALVE
ISOLATION VALVE
DRAIN VALVE
PL2 AIR SUPPLY

AIR REGULATOR
DRAIN VALVE
PRESSURE REDUCING STATION with AIR-LOADED PILOT for REMOTE INSTALLATIONS (HD REGULATOR APPLICATIONS)
301

TWO-STAGE (SERIES) PRESSURE REDUCING STATION
PURPOSE:
For reducing system inlet pressure to a constant outlet pressure when the pressure drop exceeds the recommended operation of a single-stage pressure regulating valve (PRV). The 1st stage PRV reduces inlet pressure to an intermediate pressure. The 2nd stage PRV then reduces pressure to the final outlet pressure. Individual valve setting and operation is the same as for single-stage applications.
OPERATION:
z
(see Figure 10)
This example depicts a two-stage (series) pilot-operated steam PRV pressure reducing station using HDP regulators. An external sensing line is required to sense downstream pressure from each regulator. The end of each sensing line is placed away from the turbulent flow at the valve outlet. This helps to improve accuracy of the set pressures. Set pressure for each PRV is adjusted by turning a screw on the pilot to increase or decrease compression on a balancing spring. For optimum operation and service life, maintain recommended minimum piping straight runs before and after the PRV. Inlet pipe diameters are typically 1-2 sizes larger and outlet pipe diameters 2-3 sizes larger than the end connections of an appropriately sized PRV. The purpose of increasing the pipe size downstream of the regulator is to keep the steam velocity constant on both sides of the regulator. Each pressure sensing line should slope downwards, away from the regulator, to prevent condensate from entering the pilot. Eccentric reducers are used on valve inlets to prevent accumulation of pipeline moisture which could become entrained with high-velocity steam, possibly resulting in dangerous waterhammer. While the separator shown upstream is appropriate for protection of the PRV, it is not always required, as a properly sized drip leg with steam trap may be sufficient. It is recommended for systems where steam is known to be wet and the entrained moisture could affect valve performance and/or result in component damage. Consider installing a properly sized bypass line with globe valve on each stage, to provide continuous operation should regulator maintenance be required. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. A safety relief valve (SRV) is appropriate where applicable codes dictate their requirement, or anywhere protection of downstream piping and equipment from over-pressurization is desired. The SRV needs to handle the complete volume of steam from the regulator and bypass loop. Consult the factory for appropriate SRV sizing guidelines.
ENGINEERING
302
VENT
Figure 10:
SRV
STEAM OUTLET
STEAM INLET
BYPASS GLOBE VALVE BYPASS GLOBE VALVE
ENGINEERING
DRIP PAN ELBOW
HDP
REGULATOR
P PILOT
GATE VALVE GATE VALVE
10 PIPE DIAMETERS MINIMUM P PILOT

GATE VALVE
SEPARATOR
GATE VALVE
STRAINER
ISOLATION VALVE STRAINER TO CONDENSATE RETURN CHECK ISOLATION VALVE VALVE STEAM TRAP
HDP
REGULATOR
APPLICATION DEPENDENT
STEAM TRAP TO CONDENSATE RETURN
STEAM TRAP
DRAIN VALVE
DRAIN VALVE
DRAIN VALVE
TWO-STAGE (SERIES) PRESSURE REDUCING STATION
1st Stage
2nd Stage
TWO-STAGE (SERIES) PRESSURE REDUCING STATION (HD REGULATOR APPLICATIONS)
303

PARALLEL PRESSURE REDUCING STATION
PURPOSE: OPERATION:
For reducing system inlet pressure to a constant outlet pressure when steam flow rates vary widely. Typically referred to as 1/3 - 2/3 system, one valve may be sized for 1/3 of the total load demand and the other for 2/3. When full load is required, both valves will be open and regulating. The primary valve is set at a pressure 2 PSI higher than the secondary valve to allow the secondary valve set at the lower pressure to modulate closed when flow demand is reduced and outlet pressure begins to rise. The primary valve may be selected as either the larger or smaller PRV, based on expected load demands.
INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
z
(see Figure 11)
This example depicts a parallel pilot-operated steam PRV pressure reducing station using HDP regulators. An external sensing line is required to sense downstream pressure from each regulator. The end of each sensing line is placed away from the turbulent flow at the valve outlet. This helps to improve accuracy of the set pressures. Set pressure for each PRV is adjusted by turning a screw on the pilot to increase or decrease compression on a balancing spring. Proper setting of the valves is key to proper operation. The chosen primary valve should be set at a pressure approximately 2 PSI higher than that of the secondary valve. For optimum operation and service life, maintain recommended minimum piping straight runs before and after the PRV. Inlet pipe diameters are typically 1-2 sizes larger and outlet pipe diameters 2-3 sizes larger than the end connections of an appropriately sized PRV. The purpose of increasing the pipe size downstream of the regulator is to keep the steam velocity constant on both sides of the regulator. Each pressure sensing line should slope downwards, away from the regulator, to prevent condensate from entering the pilot. Eccentric reducers are used on valve inlets to prevent accumulation of pipeline moisture which could become entrained with high-velocity steam, possibly resulting in dangerous waterhammer. While the separator shown upstream is appropriate for protection of the PRV, it is not always required, as a properly sized drip leg with steam trap may be sufficient. It is recommended for systems where steam is known to be wet and the entrained moisture could affect valve performance and/or result in component damage. Consider installing a properly sized bypass line with globe valve to provide continuous operation should regulator maintenance be required. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. A safety relief valve (SRV) is appropriate where applicable codes dictate their requirement, or anywhere protection of downstream piping and equipment from over-pressurization is desired. The SRV needs to handle the complete volume of steam from the regulator and bypass loop. Consult the factory for appropriate SRV sizing guidelines.
ENGINEERING
304
STEAM INLET
VENT
Figure 11:
SRV
STEAM OUTLET
10 PIPE DIAMETERS MINIMUM 10 PIPE DIAMETERS MINIMUM
HDP
REGULATOR
P PILOT GATE VALVE
DRIP PAN ELBOW
GATE VALVE
SEPARATOR
Primary
STRAINER ISOLATION VALVE PRESSURE SENSING LINE STEAM TRAP TO CONDENSATE RETURN BYPASS GLOBE VALVE STRAINER
ENGINEERING
CHECK ISOLATION VALVE VALVE SEPARATOR
GATE VALVE P PILOT
HDP REGULATOR
GATE VALVE
Secondary
STRAINER PRESSURE SENSING LINE STEAM TRAP
APPLICATION DEPENDENT CHECK VALVE TO CONDENSATE RETURN
ISOLATION STRAINER VALVE
TO CONDENSATE RETURN ISOLATION VALVE
STEAM TRAP TO CONDENSATE RETURN DRAIN VALVE
STEAM TRAP
PARALLEL PRESSURE REDUCING STATION
DRAIN VALVE
PARALLEL PRESSURE REDUCING STATION (HD REGULATOR APPLICATIONS)
305

TWO-STAGE PARALLEL PRESSURE REDUCING STATION
PURPOSE:
For reducing system inlet pressure to a constant outlet pressure when both flow conditions vary widely and a high pressure drop (i.e. higher than the recommended range of a single stage regulator) is required. This system is a combination of Two-Stage (Series) and Parallel pressure reducing stations and operates based on the individual principles of each system. This allows for accurate control of outlet pressure when both high pressure and high flow turndowns are required.
OPERATION:
z
(see Figure 12)
This example depicts a two-stage parallel pilot-operated steam PRV pressure reducing station using HDP regulators. An external sensing line is required to sense downstream pressure from each regulator. The end of each sensing line is placed away from the turbulent flow at the valve outlet. This helps to improve accuracy of the set pressures. Set pressure for each PRV is adjusted by turning a screw on the pilot to increase or decrease compression on a balancing spring. Proper setting of the valves is key to proper operation. The chosen 1st stage primary valve should be set at a pressure approximately 2 PSI higher than that of the 1st stage secondary valve. For optimum operation and service life, maintain recommended minimum piping straight runs before and after the PRV. Inlet pipe diameters are typically 1-2 sizes larger and outlet pipe diameters 2-3 sizes larger than the end connections of an appropriately sized PRV. The purpose of increasing the pipe size downstream of the regulator is to keep the steam velocity constant on both sides of the regulator. Each pressure sensing line should slope downwards, away from the regulator, to prevent condensate from entering the pilot. Eccentric reducers are used on valve inlets to prevent accumulation of pipeline moisture which could become entrained with high-velocity steam, possibly resulting in dangerous waterhammer. While the separator shown upstream is appropriate for protection of the PRV, it is not always required, as a properly sized drip leg with steam trap may be sufficient. It is recommended for systems where steam is known to be wet and the entrained moisture could affect valve performance and/or result in component damage. Consider installing a properly sized bypass line with globe valve on each stage, to provide continuous operation should regulator maintenance be required. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. A safety relief valve (SRV) is appropriate where applicable codes dictate their requirement, or anywhere protection of downstream piping and equipment from over-pressurization is desired. The SRV needs to handle the complete volume of steam from the regulator and bypass loops. Consult the factory for appropriate SRV sizing guidelines.
ENGINEERING
306
VENT
SRV
STEAM OUTLET
Figure 12:
STEAM INLET 10 PIPE DIAMETERS MINIMUM DRIP PAN ELBOW
GATE VALVE
HDP REGULATOR
GATE VALVE
HDP REGULATOR
P PILOT
SEPARATOR
P PILOT
Primary
STRAINER PRESSURE SENSING LINE GATE VALVE PRESSURE SENSING LINE GATE VALVE
STRAINER TO CONDENSATE RETURN CHECK ISOLATION VALVE VALVE BYPASS GLOBE VALVE BYPASS GLOBE VALVE STEAM TRAP
ISOLATION VALVE
GATE VALVE
HDP REGULATOR
GATE VALVE GATE VALVE
HDP REGULATOR
SEPARATOR
Secondary
STRAINER 20 PIPE DIAMETERS MINIMUM STEAM TRAP TO CONDENSATE RETURN STEAM TRAP
GATE VALVE
STEAM TRAP
DRAIN VALVE
DRAIN VALVE
TWO-STAGE PARALLEL PRESSURE REDUCING STATION
DRAIN VALVE
1st Stage
2nd Stage
ENGINEERING
307
TWO-STAGE PARALLEL PRESSURE REDUCING STATION (HD REGULATOR APPLICATIONS)

TEMPERATURE CONTROL of a HEAT EXCHANGER with PRESSURE LIMITING
PURPOSE:
For accurately controlling both temperature of a product being heated in heat transfer equipment as well as limiting the pressure of the incoming steam, providing optimum heat transfer characteristics. When a pilot-operated HD valve is selected, a single valve can be used for both pressure and temperature control when equipped with a P-pilot and T-pilot (HDPT). As temperature at the sensing bulb falls below set point, the valve begins to modulate open to supply steam for heating. Supply pressure to the heat exchanger is then controlled by adjusting the pressure pilot to the recommended value for optimum heat transfer and/or a limiting pressure of the heat transfer equipment. The HDPT Regulator requires no external power source.
OPERATION:
z z
(see Figure 13)
The temperature and pressure pilots should be set individually, starting slowly and gradually with the T-pilot. Care should be given to the installation of the temperature sensing bulb to ensure full immersion in the liquid. The sensing bulb should be placed as close as possible to the heat exchanger vessel to ensure accurate temperature control of the process fluid. For optimum operation and service life, maintain recommended minimum piping straight runs before and after the PRV. Inlet pipe diameters are typically 1-2 sizes larger and outlet pipe diameters 2-3 sizes larger than the end connections of an appropriately sized PRV. The purpose of increasing the pipe size downstream of the regulator is to keep the steam velocity constant on both sides of the regulator. The pressure sensing line should slope downwards, away from the regulator, to prevent condensate from entering the pilot. Eccentric reducers, if required, are used on valve inlets to prevent accumulation of pipeline moisture which could become entrained with high-velocity steam, possibly resulting in dangerous waterhammer. While the separator shown upstream is appropriate for protection of the PRV, it is not always required, as a properly sized drip leg with steam trap may be sufficient. It is recommended for systems where steam is known to be wet and the entrained moisture could affect valve performance and/or result in component damage. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. The vacuum breaker and auxiliary air vent located at the top of the heat exchanger vessel promotes proper drainage and optimum heat transfer. The vacuum breaker allows system equalization with atmospheric air to allow gravity condensate drainage when vacuum is formed from condensing steam. The air vent improves heat-up times and overall heat transfer by expelling accumulated air on start-up. A safety relief valve (SRV) is appropriate where applicable codes dictate their requirement, or anywhere protection of downstream piping and equipment from over-pressurization is desired. Consult the factory for appropriate SRV sizing guidelines.
ENGINEERING
308
Figure 13:
HDPT REGULATOR
VENT
APPLICATION DEPENDENT T PILOT SEPARATOR DRIP PAN ELBOW
P PILOT
PRESSURE SENSING LINE SRV
WVBSS
VACUUM BREAKER
AV2000
AIR VENT
TEMPERATURE CONTROL of a HEAT EXCHANGER with PRESSURE LIMITING
ENGINEERING
TEMPERATURE SENSING BULB ISOLATION VALVE CAPILLARY HEAT EXCHANGER STRAINER HOT WATER OUTLET COLD WATER INLET DRAIN VALVE F&T TRAP DRAIN VALVE
GATE VALVE
STRAINER
STEAM SUPPLY
ISOLATION VALVE
F&T TRAP
TEMPERATURE CONTROL of a HEAT EXCHANGER with PRESSURE LIMITING (HD REGULATOR APPLICATIONS)
309

AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL of a BATCH PROCESS with Electrical Time Sequence Programmer (Solenoid Pilot)
PURPOSE: For accurately controlling temperature of a batch process where on-off operation is to be electronically controlled. Operation is similar to that of the pressure and temperature combination pilot-operated regulator whereby the temperature (T) pilot senses the temperature inside the autoclave and appropriately modulates the flow of steam. Pressure is limited by the pressure (P) pilot. The solenoid valve (S-pilot) is electronically activated to control on-off operation of the batch process. (The HD Regulator operating with these three pilots is known as the HDPTS Regulator.)
OPERATION:
z z
(see Figure 14)
The temperature and pressure pilots should be set individually, starting slowly and gradually with the T-pilot. For optimum operation and service life, maintain recommended minimum piping straight runs before and after the PRV. Inlet pipe diameters are typically 1-2 sizes larger and outlet pipe diameters 2-3 sizes larger than the end connections of an appropriately sized PRV. The purpose of increasing the pipe size downstream of the regulator is to keep the steam velocity constant on both sides of the regulator. The pressure sensing line should slope downwards, away from the regulator, to prevent condensate from entering the pilot. Eccentric reducers, if required, are used on valve inlets to prevent accumulation of pipeline moisture which could become entrained with high-velocity steam, possibly resulting in dangerous waterhammer. While the separator shown upstream is appropriate for protection of the PRV, it is not always required, as a properly sized drip leg with steam trap may be sufficient. It is recommended for systems where steam is known to be wet and the entrained moisture could affect valve performance and/or result in component damage. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. The thermostatic air vent located at the top of the autoclave chamber promotes optimum heat transfer. The air vent improves heat-up times and overall heat transfer by expelling accumulated air on start-up. A safety relief valve (SRV) is appropriate where applicable codes dictate their requirement, or anywhere protection of downstream piping and equipment from over-pressurization is desired. Consult the factory for appropriate SRV sizing guidelines.
ENGINEERING
310
Figure 14:
HDPTS REGULATOR
ELECTRIC OPERATOR T PILOT STEAM FILTER P PILOT PRESSURE SENSING LINE
VENT
POWER
STEAM SUPPLY
SRV
SEPARATOR STRAINER GATE VALVE THERMOSTATIC STEAM TRAP
S PILOT
DRIP PAN ELBOW
ENGINEERING
TO CONDENSATE RETURN THERMOSTATIC AIR VENT TO DRAIN ISOLATION VALVE CAPILLARY TEMPERATURE SENSING BULB AUTOCLAVE F&T TRAP TO CONDENSATE RETURN CHECK VALVE F&T TRAP DRAIN VALVE
GATE VALVE
ISOLATION VALVE
STRAINER
F&T TRAP
DRAIN VALVE
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL of a BATCH PROCESS with Electrical Time Sequence Programmer (Solenoid Pilot)
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL of a BATCH PROCESS with Electrical Time Sequence Programmer (Solenoid Pilot) (HD REGULATOR APPLICATIONS)
311

TEMPERATURE CONTROL of a SEMI-INSTANTANEOUS HEATER using a Self-Contained Temperature Regulating Valve
PURPOSE: For accurate control of the temperature of a product being heated when the benefits of a self-contained regulator are required. A self-contained temperature regulating valve (TRV) such as the W91, offers response times and characteristics suitable for semi-instantaneous heating applications. The temperature sensing bulb senses the temperature of the liquid being heated and allows modulation of the valve for appropriate supply of steam.
OPERATION:
z
(see Figure 15)
Care should be given to the installation of the temperature sensing bulb to ensure full immersion in the liquid. The sensing bulb should be placed as close as possible to the heater tank to ensure accurate temperature control of the process fluid. For optimum operation and service life, maintain recommended minimum piping straight runs before and after the PRV. Inlet pipe diameters are typically 1-2 sizes larger and outlet pipe diameters 2-3 sizes larger than the end connections of an appropriately sized PRV. The purpose of increasing the pipe size downstream of the regulator is to keep the steam velocity constant on both sides of the regulator. All pressure sensing lines should slope downwards, away from the regulator, to prevent condensate from entering the pilot. Eccentric reducers, if required, are used on valve inlets to prevent accumulation of pipeline moisture which could become entrained with high-velocity steam, possibly resulting in dangerous waterhammer. While the separator shown upstream is appropriate for protection of the PRV, it is not always required, as a properly sized drip leg with steam trap may be sufficient. It is recommended for systems where steam is known to be wet and the entrained moisture could affect valve performance and/or result in component damage. Consider installing a properly sized bypass line with globe valve to provide continuous operation should regulator maintenance be required. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. The vacuum breaker and auxiliary air vent located at the top of the heater tank promotes proper drainage and optimum heat transfer. The vacuum breaker allows system equalization with atmospheric air to allow gravity condensate drainage when vacuum is formed from condensing steam. The air vent improves heat-up times and overall heat transfer by expelling accumulated air on start-up. A safety relief valve (SRV) is appropriate where applicable codes dictate their requirement, or anywhere protection of downstream piping and equipment from over-pressurization is desired. The SRV needs to handle the complete volume of steam from the regulator and bypass loop. Consult the factory for appropriate SRV sizing guidelines.
ENGINEERING
312
Figure 15:
CAPILLARY
W91
TEMPERATURE REGULATING VALVE
APPLICATION DEPENDENT GATE VALVE GATE VALVE
TEMPERATURE CONTROL of a SEMI-INSTANTANEOUS HEATER using a Self-Contained Temperature Regulating Valve
ENGINEERING
STRAINER BYPASS LINE GLOBE VALVE WVBSS VACUUM BREAKER AV2000 AIR VENT
STEAM INLET
SEPARATOR
HOT WATER OUTLET
TEMPERATURE SENSING BULB
STRAINER STEAM TRAP
ISOLATION VALVE
SEMI-INSTANTANEOUS HEATER
COLD WATER INLET
CHECK VALVE
ISOLATION VALVE STEAM TRAP
DRAIN VALVE TO CONDENSATE RETURN
SEMI-INSTANTANEOUS HOT WATER HEATER WITH W91 TEMPERATURE REGULATOR

(TEMPERATURE REGULATOR APPLICATIONS)
313
PRESSURE MOTIVE PUMP (PMP) APPLICATIONS

DRAINAGE of a SINGLE SOURCE of CONDENSATE for a CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM
PURPOSE:
For removing condensate from below steam heat transfer equipment when a modulating valve is used for control and stall conditions will exist. The Pressure Motive Pump (PMP) is used to overcome the stall condition that exists when steam feeding a single piece of heat transfer equipment is controlled by a modulating steam valve and steam pressure falls below system back pressure as the valve closes. A steam trap is required after the to prevent the loss of live steam when the system is under positive pressure. Operating as a closed loop provides an energy-efficient system by eliminating the need to vent flash steam.
OPERATION:
PMP
z
(see Figure 16)
Proper installation and piping of the pump vent line is critical to ensure the system operates correctly. Follow guidelines or consult factory for additional information. Maintain proper fill head above the top of the pump to ensure proper function of the pump and system. A suitably sized reservoir or oversized piping should be installed ahead of the pump for accumulation of condensate during the pumps discharge cycle (i.e. not filling). The steam trap after the pump must be sized in conjunction with the pump to ensure proper function as a system. Improper sizing may result in reduced capacity leading to condensate back-up, poor heat transfer and potentially dangerous waterhammer. Consult appropriate sections of this catalog or the factory for guidelines regarding proper sizing of the pump-trap combination. While the separator shown upstream is appropriate for protection of the PRV, it is not always required, as a properly sized drip leg with steam trap may be sufficient. It is recommended for systems where steam is known to be wet and the entrained moisture could affect valve performance and/or result in component damage. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. The thermostatic air vent located above the condensate reservoir promotes optimum heat transfer. The air vent improves heat-up times and overall heat transfer by expelling accumulated air on start-up.
ENGINEERING
314
Figure 16:
STEAM INLET T PILOT CAPILLARY
HDT REGULATOR
SEPARATOR GATE VALVE MOTIVE STEAM SUPPLY TO DRAIN
GATE VALVE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SENSOR
ENGINEERING
AIR INLET STEAM HEATING COIL HEATED AIR OUTLET THERMOSTATIC AIR VENT ISOLATION VALVE RESERVOIR
ISOLATION VALVE
STRAINER
F&T TRAP
PUMP VENT LINE
MOTIVE STEAM
THERMODYNAMIC STEAM TRAP
CHECK VALVE
CHECK VALVE F&T TRAP

(PMP APPLICATIONS)
315

DRAINAGE of CONDENSATE FROM BELOW GRADE for a CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM To Achieve Minimal Fill Head
PURPOSE: For drainage of condensate from below process equipment where fill head is limited due to height restrictions and the pump must be installed below grade. When fill head is restricted and it is more suitable to create a pit below grade than reposition process equipment, the Pressure Motive Pump (PMP) may be modified so both condensate inlet and outlet connections are on top to limit the necessary pit size. When stall exists, condensate will accumulate between the inlet and outlet check valves and eventually drain into and fill the PMP tank. Once the PMP fills and its mechanism trips, high pressure motive steam will enter the pump tank and force condensate back out the same connection. The check valves will direct the flow of pumped condensate into the return piping. (see Figure 17)
OPERATION:
z
The positioning of the check valves and PMP fill/discharge line are the key elements which allow the system to function properly. The check valves dictate the proper direction of condensate flow for both fill and discharge cycles of the PMP. The PMP fill/discharge line should be taken off the top, as shown, so condensate only accumulates and fills the pump during stall. Proper installation and piping of the pump vent line is critical to ensure the system operates correctly. Follow guidelines or consult factory for additional information. Maintain proper fill head above the top of the pump to ensure proper function of the pump and system. A suitably sized reservoir or oversized piping should be installed ahead of the pump for accumulation of condensate during the pumps discharge cycle (i.e. not filling). The steam trap after the pump must be sized in conjunction with the pump to ensure proper function as a system. Improper sizing may result in reduced capacity leading to condensate back-up, poor heat transfer and potentially dangerous waterhammer. Consult appropriate sections of this catalog or the factory for guidelines regarding proper sizing of the pump-trap combination. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. The thermostatic air vent located above the condensate reservoir promotes optimum heat transfer. The air vent improves heat-up times and overall heat transfer by expelling accumulated air on start-up.
ENGINEERING
316
Figure 17:
CONDENSATE FROM PROCESS EQUIPMENT THERMOSTATIC AIR VENT
TO DRAIN
MOTIVE STEAM SUPPLY
DRAINAGE of CONDENSATE FROM BELOW GRADE for a CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM To Achieve Minimal Fill Head
ENGINEERING
RESERVOIR
THERMODYNAMIC STEAM TRAP
PUMP VENT LINE MOTIVE STEAM
TO DRAIN OR CONDENSATE RETURN
CHECK VALVE CHECK VALVE
F&T TRAP
DRAINAGE of CONDENSATE FROM BELOW GRADE for a CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM to Achieve Minimal Fill Head
(PMP APPLICATIONS)
317

FLASH STEAM RECOVERY
PURPOSE:
For recovering flash steam from multiple condensate sources and drainage of the condensate when the total system back pressure is greater than the total of the individual source pressures. Condensate at various pressures collects in a receiver (flash tank), equalizing the pressures to that of the flash tank. This allows drainage by gravity into the Pressure Motive Pump (PMP), filling the PMP until the internal mechanism reaches its upper trip point and activates the motive steam used for pumping. The flash steam generated from the high pressure condensate may be used to supplement other applications for optimum energy efficiency. The pressure in the receiver tank is maintained by a back pressure regulator and protected by a safety relief valve.
OPERATION:
z
(see Figure 18)
The key element for proper system operation is the sizing of the receiver tank and receiver vent connection, which must accommodate the flash steam. Consult appropriate sections of this catalog or the factory for guidelines regarding proper sizing of the receiver tank and receiver vent connection. Proper installation and piping of the pump vent line is critical to ensure the system operates correctly. Follow guidelines or consult factory for additional information. Careful consideration should be given to sizing of the auxiliary components such as the back pressure regulator and safety relief valve. Maintain proper fill head above the top of the pump to ensure proper function of the pump and system. A suitably sized receiver or oversized piping should be installed ahead of the pump for accumulation of condensate during the pumps discharge cycle (i.e. not filling). The steam trap after the pump must be sized in conjunction with the pump to ensure proper function as a system. Improper sizing may result in reduced capacity leading to condensate back-up, poor heat transfer and potentially dangerous waterhammer. Consult appropriate sections of this catalog or the factory for guidelines regarding proper sizing of the pump-trap combination. While the separator shown upstream is appropriate for protection of the PRV, it is not always required, as a properly sized drip leg with steam trap may be sufficient. It is recommended for systems where steam is known to be wet and the entrained moisture could affect valve performance and/or result in component damage. Consider low-cracking pressure (1/4 PSI opening pressure) check valves after steam traps when discharging into condensate return lines. Check valves eliminate the possibility of condensate backing up through the steam trap into the system. A safety relief valve (SRV) is appropriate where applicable codes dictate their requirement, or anywhere protection of downstream piping and equipment from over-pressurization is desired. Consult the factory for appropriate SRV sizing guidelines.
ENGINEERING
318
Figure 18:
VENT SRV
P PILOT
PRESSURE SENSING LINE SEPARATOR STRAINER
PILOT-OPERATED PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (FOR MAKEUP)
VENT TO ATMOSPHERE GATE VALVE
DRIP PAN ELBOW
HIGH PRESSURE MAKEUP SUPPLY

HDP
REGULATOR
GATE VALVE
ENGINEERING
FLASH STEAM MOTIVE STEAM SUPPLY
LOW PRESSURE MAKEUP SUPPLY
PILOT-OPERATED BACK PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE F&T TRAP
HIGH PRESSURE CONDENSATE (FROM TRAPS)
F&T TRAP
RECEIVER
(FLASH TANK)
PUMP VENT LINE OVERFLOW TO DRAIN THERMODYNAMIC STEAM TRAP PRESSURE MOTIVE PUMP F&T TRAP TO CONDENSATE RETURN MAIN CHECK VALVE
PACKAGED ASME CODE STAMPED PRESSURE MOTIVE PUMP SYSTEM
CHECK VALVE

(PMP APPLICATIONS)

319

REMOVAL OF WATER OR CONDENSATE FROM A PIT
PURPOSE:
For drainage of water and condensate from collection pits especially with minimal horizontal space.
OPERATION:
Water enters the inlet check valve through a screened area at the bottom of the PMPSP Sump Drainer. After the pump fills, the internal mechanism is actuated and the water is discharged from the pump by motive steam or compressed air or other gas. (see Figure 19)
z z z z
Make certain vent line is unobstructed and allowed to discharge directly to atmosphere. Other compressed gases, such as nitrogen, may be used as a motive source. Pit diameter should be at least 18 to ensure proper installation and operation. Proper installation and piping of the pump vent line is critical to ensure the system operates correctly. Follow guidelines or consult factory for additional information.
ENGINEERING
320

REMOVAL OF WATER OR CONDENSATE FROM A PIT
Figure 19:
The Pit Boss

MOTIVE STEAM OR COMPRESSED AIR DISCHARGE LINE
ISOLATION VALVE
WATER OR CONDENSATE VENT
STRAINER
DISC TRAP
STEAM OR AIR
PMPSP SUMP DRAINER SCREENED INLET
18 MINIMUM DIAMETER
PMPSP Sump Drainer (The Pit Boss)

ENGINEERING
321
Product Cross Reference

Steam Traps
THERMODYNAMIC TRAPS
Manufacturer Watson McDaniel Armstrong Spence Nicholson
F/F Dim 2 2.68 2.81 3.31 3.25 3.25
Hoffman
Product TD6523 TD6524 TD6526 TD6528 F/F Dim 2 2.75 2.75 3.25
Spirax Sarco
Product F/F Dim 2 2.7 2.8 3.3
Yarway
Product F/F Dim 2 2.25 2.87 3.37 Product
TLV
F/F Dim
Desc. Size Product Standard 600 PSI 3/8 Disc 1/2 WD600 Trap 3/4 1
Low Capacity Disc Trap Low Capacity Disc Trap w/ Strainer Disc Trap with Strainer Disc Trap with Strainer & Blowdown Low Cap. Disc Trap w/ Strainer & Blowdown
F/F Dim Product 2 2.7 2.8 3.3
F/F Dim Product
CD-33
3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31
NTD600
TD-52
29
1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 3/4
WD600L
2.7 2.8 3.1 3.5 3.7 3.1
CD-33L
S610L
TD-52L
2.7
2.8
3.1
TD-42L TD6424 TD6426 TD6428 3.06 3.06 3.25 3.5 3.7 NTD600S
A3N P46SS A3N P46SS A3N P46SS A3N P46SS 3.87 2.75 4.06 2.75 3.87 2.75 4.06 2.75
WD600LS
CD-33SL
3.5
CD-33S
WD600S
2 2.68 2
3.1
TD-42H
129Y
2.76 2.95 2.76 2.95
3.5 3.5
3.5 3.5
3.5 3.5
129YB
WD600SB
3.7 3.5
CD-33SB
NTD600SB
TD-42HB
3.5 3.5
2.68
3.7 3.5
TD-42LB
CD-33SBL
WD600LSB
3.72
3.7
A46S A50S P46SRN A46S A50S P46SRN A46S A50S P46SRN A46S A50S P46SRN A46S A50S P46SRN A46S A50S P46SRN
Repairable In-line
1/2
Disc Trap with Strainer
3.16
WD700S
S610
3.25
721
3.15 3.54 3.93 3.15

721
3.12 3.12 3.43 3.12 3.12 3.43
3/4 1 1/2
3.55 6.31 3.16
Disc Trap with Strainer & Blowdown
3/4 1
WD700SB
3.55 6.31
3.54 3.93
High-Pressure Repairable In-line

Disc Trap with Strainer Disc Trap w/ Strainer & Blowdown
1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1
3.15 3.54 6.31 3.15 WD700HSB 3.54 6.31

WD700HS
721HP
3.15 3.54 3.93 3.15 3.54 3.93 4.81 4.81 4.81 3.12 3.12 3.43
High-Pressure Repairable In-line 900 PSI

Disc Trap with Strainer
WD900S
3.6 3.6 6.5 6.2 6.2 6.2
TD62
3.6 3.6 3.9 6.2 6.2 6.2
460D3
A65SS
Ultra High-Pressure Repairable In-line 3600 PSI

Disc Trap
WD3600
TD120
HR150A
5.88
322
PRODUCT CROSS REFERENCE (CONTINUED)
Steam Traps (continued)

THERMOSTATIC TRAPS
Manufacturer Watson McDaniel
Desc. Size Product Standard 600 psi Non -Repairable 1/2 3/4 Thermostatic 1/2 650 PSI 3/4 Repairable
Thermostatic 300 PSI Thermostatic 250 PSI Thermostatic 650 PSI Thermostatic 650 PSI with Strainer Thermostatic 650 PSI with Strainer & Blowdown Thermostatic 300 PSI Thermostatic 300 PSI with Strainer Thermostatic 300 PSI w/ Strainer & Blowdown Thermostatic 125 PSI, Angle*
Armstrong
F/F Dim
Spence Nicholson
Product F/F Dim
Spirax Sarco
Product F/F Dim 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Hoffman
Product F/F Dim
TLV
Product F/F Dim 2.18 2.18
F/F Dim Product 2.5 2.5 3.75 3.75 3 3 4.5 4.5 4.5
WT1000 WT2000C 3.75
TSS300 WT-1 TTF-1 4.5 4.69 TA 3.75 3.93 3 3 5 5 5 N650Y TM600N 5 5 N650Y 5 N450 3 3 3 N450Y 3 3 N450Y 3 TS-3 3.12 3.5 N125 2.75 3.18 RTA-125 DTS300
LV21
1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 1/2
WT2500 WT3000
N450 N650
5.25 5.25
WT3000S 3/4 1/2 WT3000SB 3/4 3/4 1 3/4 WT4000S 1 3/4 WT4000SB 1 1/2 3/4 TT125 4.5 2.81 3.06 4.5 4.5 WT4000 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
L21S L32S L21S L32S
3.12 3.12
2.8 3
17C 8C
3.24 3.12
RT3A
3.12 3.06
Adjustable Bi-Metallic
1/2
WT5000
2.75
3/4
3.12
1
* Right Angle (90) Ports
3.12
LEX3N-TZ LEXW3N-TZ LEXF3N-TZ LEX3N-TZ LEXW3N-TZ LEXF3N-TZ LEX3N-TZ LEXW3N-TZ LEXF3N-TZ
2.75
3.12
3.12
323

FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC TRAPS
Manufacturer Watson McDaniel Armstrong
F/F Dim 2.75 2.75 3 4.18 6 6.62 11.31 2.75 3 3 4.18 6 2.75 3 3 4.18 6 2.75 3 3 4.18 6 2.75 3 3 4.18 6 2.75 3 3 4.18 6
Hoffman
Product F/F Dim 5.5 5.5 5.5
Spence Nicholson
Product F/F Dim 5.06 5.06 5.06 11.12 12.12 3 6.62 9.5 3.31 3.31 3 3 4.94 3.31 3.31 3 3 4.94 3.31 3.31 3 FTN
Spirax Sarco
Product F/F Dim 4.8 4.8 4.7 10.6 11.9
TLV
Product F/F Dim 4.75 4.75 4.75 11 21.31
Desc. Size Product F/F Dim Product Ductile Iron Repairable In-Line 1/2 4.8 BI2 3/4 4.8 BI3 FTT In-Line 1 4.8 BI4 1.5 10.6 BI6 2 11.9 BI8 High Capacity
J3X JS7X J87
FTI
FTE10
FT14
1.5 2 2.5
FTE
3 4.5 7.25
3
FTB 4.5 7.25 3.3 3.3 3 4.25 4.9 3.3 3.3 3 4.25 4.9 3.3 3.3 4.25 FT-75 4.25 4.9 3.3 3.3 4.25 FT-125 4.25 4.9 3.3 3.3 4.25 FT-200 4.25 4.9 3.3 3.3 4.25 4.25 4.9 SJ3-1 SJ3-1 SJ5-1 SJ6-1 SJ6-1 SJ3-2 SJ3-2 SJ5-2 SJ6-2 SJ7-2 SJ6-2 SJ7-2 SJ3-5 SJ3-5 SJ5-5 SJ6-10 SJ7-10 SJ6-10 SJ7-10 SJ3-10 SJ3-10 SJ5-10 SJ6-10 SJ7-10 SJ6-10 SJ7-10 SJ3-14 SJ3-14 SJ5-14 SJ6-14 SJ7-14 SJ6-14 SJ7-14 SJ3-14 SJ3-14 SJ5-14 SJ6-14 SJ7-14 SJ6-14 SJ7-14 3.31 5.12 3 4.93 4.93 5.12 5.12 3 4.06 4.93 5.12 5.12 3 4.93 4.93 5.12 5.12 3 4.93 4.93 5.12 5.12 3 4.93 4.93 5.12 5.12 3 4.93 4.93
J&L K&M 15-B3 15-B4 15-B5 15-B6 15-B8 30-B3 30-B4 30-B5 30-B6 30-B8 75-A3 75-A4 75-A5 75-A6 75-A8 125-A3 125-A4 125-A5 125-A6 125-A8 175-A3 175-A4 175-A5 175-A6 175-A8
FT-X-8 FT-C-10 FT015H-3 FT015H-4 FT015H-5 FT015H-6 FT015H-8 FT030H-3 FT030H-4 FT030H-5 FT030C-6 FT030C-8 FT075H-3 FT075H-4 FT075C-5 FT075C-6 FT075C-8 FT125H-3 FT125H-4 FT125C-5 FT125C-6 FT125C-8 FT175H-3 FT175H-4 FT175C-5 FT175C-6 FT175C-8
6.3 9.5 3.93 3.93 3 3 4.94 3.31 3.31 3 3 4.94 3.31 3.31 3 3 4.94 3.31 3.31 3 3 4.94 3.31 3.31 3 3 4.94
6.3 HC 9.5
Cast Iron Repairable In-Line 3/4 3.3 1 3.3 15 PSI 1.25 3 WFT-015 1.5 3 2 4.9 3/4 3.3 1 3.3 1.25 3 30 PSI WFT-030 1.5 3 2 3/4 1 1.25 75 PSI WFT-075 1.5 2 3/4 1 1.25 125 PSI 1.5 2 3/4 1 1.25 175 PSI 1.5 2 3/4 1 1.25 250 PSI 1.5 2 3/4 1 1.25 1.5 2 3/4 1 1 1.25 1.5 2 3/4 1 1 1.25 1.5 2 FT3 FT4 FT6 FT7 FT8 FT33 FT34 FT35 FT36 FT37L FT38 FT73 FT74 FT75 FT76 FT77L FT78 WFT-250 WFT-175 WFT-125 3 4.9 3.3 3.3 3 3 4.9 3 3 3 3 4.5 3 3 3 3 4.5 4.12 4.12 5 6.37 6.5 4.12 4.12 5 5 6.37 6.5 4.12 4.12 5 5 6.37 6.5 4.9 3.3 3.3 3
FTN
FT-15
FTN
FT-30
3 4.94 3.31 3.31 3
FTN
3 4.94
FT-200
H Pattern 15 PSI
FT015H-3 FT015H-4 FT015H-5 FT015H-6 FT015H-8 FT030H-3 FT030H-4 FT030H-5 FT030H-6 FT075H-3 FT075H-4
3.31 3.31 3 5.25 7.46 3.31 3.31 3 5.25 3.31 3.31
H Pattern 30 PSI
H Pattern 75 PSI
324

FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC TRAPS (continued)
Manufacturer
Desc. Size Carbon Steel 3/4 1 In-Line 1.5 FT600 2 3 4 Offset 2.5 3/4 1 1.5 2 3 4 FTES 11.8 27.55 39 39 8.4 6.1 6.5 9.8 11.8 27.55 39 39 LS 11.31 CS 11
Watson McDaniel
Product
Armstrong
Hoffman
F/F Dim
Spence Nicholson
Product FTE44 NFT650 FTE44 NFT650 FTE44 NFT650 FTE44 NFT650 F/F Dim 5.12 5.5 5.12 11 11.12 13.75 12.12 13.75
Spirax Sarco
Product F/F Dim
TLV
Product F/F Dim
F/F Dim Product
F/F Dim Product
6.1 6.5 9.8
CS CS CS
6.75 8.37 11
FT450 FT450 FT450 FT450 FT450 FT450 FTB
6.1 6.5 9.8 11.8 27.55 39 39 9.25 5.8 6.2 9 9
JH3X JH3X JH7.2X JH8RX JL10 JL16 J10
5.12 5.25 16 23.25 10.32 23.43 24.06
Stainless Steel FT46
In-Line
FT601
INVERTED BUCKET (IB) TRAPS

Manufacturer
Desc. Size Cast Iron 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1.25 1.5
Watson McDaniel
Product F/F Dim 5 5 5 5 5 6.5 6.5 7.75 7.75 5 5 5 5 7.12 7.12 7.12 7.12
Armstrong
Product F/F Dim 5 5 5 5 5 6.5 6.5 7.75 7.75 5 5 5 5 7.87 7.87
Hoffman
Product F/F Dim
Spence Nicholson
Product F/F Dim
Spirax Sarco
Product 5 B1H F/F Dim 5 5 6.6
1031 1032
800 5 811 812 813 880 B1S-2 881 B1S-3 883
IB Trap
B1-2 B1-3 B2-2 B2-3
6.93 6.93 6.93 6.93
B2
1033 1034 1041 1042 1044 1038S
B2 B2 B3 80S 5.06 5.06 5.06 5.06 7 8.12
6.6 6.6 7.9 5 5 6.6 6.6 7.9 9.3
IB Trap with Strainer
B1S-2 B1S-3
6.93 6.93
81S 82S 83S
B2S B2S B3S B4S
STAINLESS STEEL INVERTED BUCKET (SS IB) TRAPS

Manufacturer
Desc. SS IB Trap SS IB Trap Hi Cap. Size 1/2 3/4 1/2 3/4
Watson McDaniel
Product WSIB WSIBH F/F Dim 4.55 4.55 4.55 4.55
Armstrong
Product 1810 1811 F/F Dim 4.31 4.31 4.31 4.31
Spence Nicholson
Product TSBTLS/MS F/F Dim 4.31 4.31 4.31 4.31
Spirax Sarco
Product SIB30 SIB30H F/F Dim 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
325

UNIVERSAL CONNECTORS
Manufacturer
Desc. Universal Connector Universal Connector w/ Str Universal Connector w/ Str/BD Universal Connector w/ Str Universal Connector w/ Str/BD Size 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 1
Watson McDaniel
Product WU450
Armstrong
F/F Dim 3.5 3.5 3.5
Spence Nicholson
Product UMTC F/F Dim 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Spirax Sarco
Product UPC F/F Dim 2.4 2.9 3.6
TLV
Product F/F Dim
WU450S
WU450SB
WU450S-LR WU450S-RL WU450SB-LR WU450SB-RL
F/F Dim Product 2.92 2.92 IS-2 5.66 3.31 3.31 6.06 3.31 3.31 6.06 3.31 IS-2 3.31 3.62 3.31 3.31 3.62
UMTCY
FS
FS 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.5 3.9 3.2 3.5 3.9
3.12 3.12 3.75 3.12 3.12 3.75
USC
USCB
Str = Strainer; BD = Blowdown Valve
UNIVERSAL STEAM TRAP MODULES

Description
Standard Thermodynamic Standard Thermodynamic LC SM Thermodynamic SM Thermodynamic LC SM Thermodynamic LC/HP Thermostatic Float & Thermostatic Inverted Bucket Inverted Bucket HP Bi-Metallic
Watson McDaniel
WD450 WD450L WD450SM WD450LSM WD600LSM-HP WT450 WFT450 WSIB450 WSIB450H WB450
Armstrong
Spence Nicholson
UMT-TD10 UMT-TD10L
Spirax Sarco
TLV
CD-3300
UTD52H UTD52L UTD52L-HP
FP32
WT-2000 TT-2000 FT-4000 2010 2011 AB-2000
UMT450T
UBP32 UFT14
FL21 FL32 FS3 FS5
USBT USBT
UIB30 UIB30H USM21
FX-1
SM = Side Mount; LC = Low Capacity; HP = High Pressure
SANITARY / CLEAN STEAM TRAPS

Description
Thermostatic Repairable, Angle* Thermostatic Repairable Thermostatic Thermodynamic
Watson McDaniel
FDA400 FDA500 FDA600 FDA800
Armstrong
Spence Nicholson
CDH CDS DS100 NTD230L
Spirax Sarco
BT6 BTM7 BTD52L
TLV
SS5P P10
ENGINEERING
* Right Angle (90) Ports
326

PRESSURE MOTIVE PUMPS
Description
Cast Iron Mini Upright Ductile Iron Upright Carbon Steel Low Profile Carbon Steel Hi-Cap 4x4 Carbon Steel
Watson McDaniel
PMPM PMPC PMPF PMPLS PMPBP
Armstrong
PT104 PT3500 PT400 PT200 PT516 Double Duty 4 Double Duty 6
Spence Nicholson
P3 P3 Classic Vertical P3 Little Boy Big Boy
Spirax Sarco
PPEC PPC PTC PPF PTF PPEC PTF4 APT-10 APT-14 APT-14HC APT-14
Hoffman
TLV
GP10L GP10 GP14 GP10F GP14F GP10L
PCC PCS
PUMP-TRAP COMBINATION 1x1 PMPM & FTE-200 WPT1 11/4x11/4 PMPM & FTE-200 WPT2 11/2x11/2 PMPLS & FTE-200 WPT3 2x2 PMPC & FTE-200 WPT4 3x2 PMPC & FTE-200 1, 11/2 PMP w/ Internal Trap WPT5 PMPT
GT10L-1 GT10L-1-1/2
Double Duty 4
GL10L-1
SKID MOUNTED PUMP SYSTEMS

Watson McDaniel
PMPM Simplex, 6 x 36 Receiver PMPM Simplex, 8 x 36 Receiver PMPM Simplex, 10 x 36 Receiver PMPM Duplex, 21-Gallon Receiver PMPC Simplex, 6 x 36 Receiver PMPC Simplex, 8 x 36 Receiver PMPC Simplex, 10 x 36 Receiver PMPC Simplex, 21-Gallon Receiver PMPC Duplex, 21-Gallon Receiver PMPC Duplex, 75-Gallon Receiver PMPF Simplex, 10 x 36 Receiver PMPF Simplex, 21-Gallon Receiver PMPF Duplex, 21-Gallon Receiver PMPF Duplex, 75-Gallon Receiver PMPF Triplex, 116-Gallon Receiver PMPF Quadraplex, 116-Gallon Receiver PMPC Simplex, 10 x 36 Receiver PMPC Simplex, 21-Gallon Receiver PMPC Duplex, 21-Gallon Receiver PMPC Duplex, 75-Gallon Receiver PMPC Triplex PMPC Quadraplex PMPF Simplex, 10 x 36 Receiver PMPF Simplex, 21-Gallon Receiver PMPF Duplex, 21-Gallon Receiver PMPF Duplex, 75-Gallon Receiver PMPF Triplex PMPF Quadraplex PMPBP Simplex, 116-Gallon Receiver PMPBP Duplex, 280-Gallon Receiver
Armstrong
SPT-104LBRP-6 (4 Gallon) SPT-104LBRP-8 (7 Gallon) SPT-104LBRP-10 (10 Gallon) DPT-104LBRP-12 (22 Gallon) SPT-200LBRP-6 SPT-200LBRP-8 SPT-200LBRP-10 SPT-200LBRP-16 (30 Gallon) DPT-200LBRP-12 DPT-200LBRP-24 (85 Gallon) SPT-400LBRP-10 SPT-400LBRP-16 DPT-400LBRP-12 DPT-400LBRP-24 TPT-400LBRP (24 x 72) QPT-400LBRP (24 x 72) SPT-3500LBRP-10 SPT-3500LBRP-16 DPT-3500LBRP-12 DPT-3500LBRP-24 TPT-3500LBRP QPT-3500LBRP SPT-300LBRP-10 SPT-300LBRP-16 DPT-300LBRP-12 DPT-300LBRP-24 TPT-300LBRP QPT-300LBRP SPT-516RP (24 x 72) DPT-516RP (30 x 84)
Spirax Sarco Pivitrol

PPEC Simplex PMPLS PPEC SImplex, 12 Gallon PPEC Duplex PTC Simplex PTC Simplex, 31 Gallon PTC Duplex, 31 Gallon PTC Duplex, 65 Gallon PTF Simplex, 12 Gallon PTF Simplex, 31 Gallon PTF Duplex, 31 Gallon PTF Duplex, 65 Gallon PTF Triplex, 135 Gallon PTF Quadraplex, 185 Gallon PTC Simplex PTC Simplex, 31 Gallon PTC Duplex, 31 Gallon PTC Duplex, 65 Gallon PTC Triplex PTC Quadraplex PTF Simplex PTF Simplex, 31 Gallon PTF Duplex, 31 Gallon PTF Duplex, 65 Gallon PTF Triplex PTF Quadraplex PTF4 Simplex PTF4 Duplex
Spence Nicholson Condensate Commander
Classic Vertical Simplex, 25 Gallon Classic Vertical Duplex, 25 Gallon Classic Vertical Duplex, 65 Gallon Classic Vertical Triplex, 115 Gallon Classic Vertical Quadraplex, 250 Gallon
Classic Vertical Simplex, 25 Gallon Classic Vertical Duplex, 25 Gallon Classic Vertical Duplex, 65 Gallon Classic Vertical Triplex Classic Vertical Quadraplex Big Boy Simplex Big Boy Duplex
327
Pressure & Temperature Regulators

PILOT-OPERATED REGULATING VALVES
Description
External Pilot-Operated Main Valve, Ductile Iron Pressure Pilot Temperature Pilot Temperature Pilot w/ Dial Air Pilot Back Pressure Pilot Solenoid Pilot Pneumatic Temperature Controller Differential Pressure Pilot
Watson McDaniel
HD P T/TU TRP A BP S PTL/PTR DP
Armstrong
GP GP-2000 OB-2000
Spence Nicholson
E D T124 T14 T14 A Q M T61/62/63/64 Type N
Spirax Sarco
25 P T
Hoffman
2100 SPS STPA
Fisher Controls
92 92B
GP-2000K GP-2000R GP-2000 OBK-2000
A BP E
AP
SELF-CONTAINED PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES

Description
Cast Iron, Steam, Water & Air Service Ductile Iron, Piston Actuated High-Capacity Steam & Air Service Bronze & Cast Iron Water, Air & Oil Service
Watson McDaniel
O-Series
Armstrong
GD30 GD6(N) GP-1000 GP-18/28 GP-1
Spence Nicholson
D-50
Spirax Sarco
BRV
Hoffman
754
Watts
152
TLV
COSR ACOSR D-34 740 223
402/403
B-Series
GD-200
TEMPERATURE REGULATING VALVES

Description
Direct Acting, Heating w/ Dial Reverse Acting, Cooling w/ Dial Heating or Cooling, w/o Dial Heating or Cooling, w/ Dial
Watson McDaniel
175 * 175T ** 153 * 153T ** W91 W94
Trerice
91000 91400 91000 91400 91000 91400
Powers
11 11 11 11
Spence Nicholson
2000 2000 2000 2000
Hoffman
1140 1140R 1140 1140R 1140 1140R
* Watson McDaniel Models 175 & 153 were upgraded to Model W91. ** Watson McDaniel Models 175T & 153T were upgraded to Model W94.
BACK PRESSURE / RELIEF VALVES

Description
Bronze & Cast Iron Water, Air & Oil Service Bronze Water Service
Watson McDaniel
3040 R-Series & 10691
Fisher Controls
98H
328
Liquid Drainers
LIQUID DRAINERS
Description Size Watson McDaniel Armstrong Spirax Sarco Hoffman
High Capacity Float Type Ductile Iron Float Type Ductile Iron Cast Iron Carbon Steel
1/2
1.5 2 2.5
WLDE
JD & L KD & L
FAB
- 2
WLD1400 WLD1900 WLDES-300 WLD600 WLD601 WLD1800 WLD1800R WLD1703S WLD1500 1-LD 11-LD 32-LD 21 LS LS MS
CA14 FAI CA10S FA FAB FA450 CA46S CAS14 793
3/4
- 2 2.5 - 4 - 4
3/4
3/4
Stainless Steel
1/2, 3/4
Thermodynamic Type 1/2 Stainless Steel Inverted Bucket Type 3/4, 1 Cast Iron
TDA52
656A
Air Eliminators, Air Vents & Vacuum Breakers

AIR ELIMINATORS & AIR VENTS
Description Watson McDaniel Armstrong
21AR 11AV 22AV 32AV VS204 Stainless Steel AV2000C TTF-1 TS-2 SV-12A VS206 (Cast Iron) T202 17C 8C TAV
Spirax Sarco
13WS
Hoffman
792
Spence Nicholson
Float-Type Air Eliminators Cast Iron AV813W Stainless Steel Thermostatic Air Vents AE1800 AE1800R
Brass
AVT125
VACUUM BREAKERS
Description
Stainless Steel Brass
Watson McDaniel
WVBSS
Spirax Sarco
VB21 VB14
Hoffman
62
329
Notes
330
Notes
331
Notes
332
Watson McDaniel reserves the right to change the designs and/or materials of its products without notice. The contents of this publication are the property of Watson McDaniel and cannot be reproduced by any other party without written permission. All rights reserved. Copyright 2010 Watson McDaniel Incorporated.
428 Jones Boulevard Limerick Airport Business Center Pottstown PA 19464 Tel. 610.495.5131 Fax. 610.495.5134

Watson McDaniel Product Catalog-2013

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Watson McDaniel Product Catalog-2013

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Manufacturing High-Quality Steam & Fluid Specialty Products for Industry

Made in the USA Since 1878

Manufacturing High-Quality Steam & Fluid Products for Industry

Condensate Return Pumps

Page 73 - 115 PUMPS

Pilot-Operated Regulating Valves

Page 116 - 151

Direct-Operated Pressure & Temperature Regulating Valves

To download any portion of this catalog go to: www.watsonmcdaniel.com

WD600 WD600S WD700S WD900S WD3600

600 600 600 900 3600

3/8 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1

6-7 8-9 10-11 12-13 14-15

WT1000 WT2500 WT2000C WT3000 WT4000 WT5000 TT25B/TT125

300 250 650 650 300 650 25/125

16 17 18-19 20-21 22-23 24-25 26-27

FT600 & FT601

FTE & FTES

FLOAT & THERMOSTATIC

FT FT600/FT601 FTE/FTES FTT WFT

75 450 200/300 300 250

3/4 2 3/4 4 11/2, 2, 21/2 1/2 2 3/4 2

NPT NPT, SW, FLG NPT, SW, FLG NPT NPT

28-29 30-33 34-35 36-37 38-40

WSIB/WSIBH IB Series 103X/104X

Stainless Steel Cast Iron

1/2, 3/4 1/2 11/2

PMO = Maximum Operating Pressure

WU450 Series UNIVERSAL CONNECTORS

Trap Module Dependent

NPT, SW, FLG

450 Series UNIVERSAL STEAM TRAP MODULES

WSIB450/ WSIB450H WFT450 WD450/WD450SM WD600LSM-HP WT450 WB450

Inverted Bucket Float & Thermostatic Thermodynamic

450 225 450 600 450 450

Use WU450SM connector Use WU450 connector Use WU450 connector

FDA400 FDA500 FDA600 FDA800

Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel

1/2, 3/4 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2, 3/4, 1 1/2

Tri-Clamp Tri-Clamp, NPT, TW Tri-Clamp, NPT, TW Tri-Clamp, NPT, TW

Alloy Steel or Carbon Steel Variation

NPT, FLG, SW, BW

Carbon Steel/Forged Steel

PMO = Maximum Operating Pressure

Single trap will operate over the entire pressure range of

1020 1165 1300 1440 1565 1670 1775 1880 1960 2 0 6 0

Thermodynamic Steam Trap

WD600SB Strainer & Blowdown Valve

Integral strainer with optional blowdown valve to protect

Optional Blowdown Valve

3.5625 1.625 3.5625 1.5625 3.725 1.4375

Thermodynamic Steam Trap (Repairable)

WD700S Strainer WD700SB Strainer & Blowdown Valve

WD700S is a Direct Replacement for Yarway Model 721

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Thermodynamic Steam Trap

A (NPT, SW) A (Flanged as Reqd)*

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

3.6 9.0 3.6 9.0 6.5 9.0

Notes: WD900S: WD900LS:

Note: Connections may limit Pressure & Temperature ratings.

Trap will function in any orientation (horizontal preferred)

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Excellent air handling capability which allows steam to